TWIN PEAKS TIMELINE By way of brief introduction: Twin Peaks is one of those works, like Sir Arthur Conan Doyle’s Sherlock Holmes series (perhaps not coincidentally a favorite of both Mark Frost and Dale Cooper), that frequently mentions specific dates in order to add a sense of authenticity, but which proves notoriously resistant to attempts to actually fit fit those dates together into a workable timeline T he original series and (a polite way of saying, “It’s a bit of a mess m ess,” albeit a very intriguing one). The film actually hold together surprisingly well overall, but as early as late Season 1 (which is set in February-March 1989 but aired in 1990), 1990 dates began bega n to creep onto props seen onscreen. The books muddied the t he waters further, beginning with w ith The Secret Diary of Laura Palmer , which has undated entries written after October 31, 1989, well past Laura’s February 24, 1989 date of death. My initial goal with this timeline was a relatively simple one: catalogue every date mentioned in the Twin Peaks canon consecutively, without any attempt atte mpt to retcon dates to fit better or make ma ke more sense. I thought it might be interesting to see how things lined up, to be able to see where Dale Cooper and Laura Palmer were on the same given g iven day in 1985, or how Windom Earle’s Blue Book timeline fit with Douglas Milford’s . This modest goal quickly spiraled out of control into the massive work you see before you, which is essentially a chronological, color-coded (and often overly-detailed) recap of the entire Twin Peaks canon, with editorial commentary interspersed throughout pointing out any inconsistencies incons istencies regarding dates and events. When I first began this project, the latest “limited event series” season had not yet aired; if I had had any inclination how maddening it would be to attempt to structure a workab le timeline for that series’ events, I very likely never would have embarked upon this journey. However, the fallacy of sunken costs demanded that I forge on given the work I had already done (it helped that the new season happens to be eminently rewatchable), and after much equivocating and cutting-and pasting (and a whopping 47 drafts preserved on my hard drive to allow allow me to move move back and forth between varying approaches), I finally came to a sequencing that, today, I believe to be as good as it can possibly be. (Ask me how I feel tomorrow.) You may look forward to reading plenty more about my approach to dating the limited event series later on, when we get there.
As I said above, my approach approac h leads to some funky results, such as Laura continuing to write diary entries for months after her death. The entire point of this project was to see how the various dates line up, letting the chips fall where they may. Hopefully some fans will find this approach as interesting as I have; and those who don’t are welcome to build on my work and adapt this timeline as they see fit. With that out of the way… Let’s rock!
Code/Key Bold text = filmed material (TV show or film — Episode/Part Episode/Part number appears as capitalized heading above the Episode/Part’s events, or cited in parentheses for individual standalone bullet points) Italicized bold text = deleted scenes [Bracketed black text] = material from scripts, or in some cases real-world trivia, which is not
necessarily canon but may be instructive Underlined text = indicates events that take place in the t he alternate timeline Color coding for printed/audio materials: The Secret Diary of Laura Palmer “Diane…”: The Twin Peaks Tapes of Agent Coop er The Autobiography of F.B.I. Special Agent Dale Cooper: My Life, My Tapes [Bracketed timestamps indicate that Dale recorded the tape at this time, but was chronicling events that took place earlier] Welcome to Twin Peaks: Access Guide to the Town Trading cards The Secret History of Twin Peaks Twin Peaks: The Final Dossier
B.C. •
•
•
• •
•
•
~1,000,000,000 B.C. — Current-day Twin Peaks (specifically the current day location of — Current-day Big Ed’s Gas Farm) is the western coast of Pangaea. ~200,000,000 B.C. — The Macro continent Pangaea splits. North America & South — The America move west. The then-western coast shoves the Pacific floor, creating granitic magma, some of which erupts. ~100,000,000 B.C. — The Okanagan subcontinent slams into North America, creating — The volcanic activity & likely elevating White Tail & Blue Pine Mt ns. ~3,000,000-2,000,000 B.C. — Glaciation begins. — Glaciation ~1,000,000-500,000 B.C. — Northern Wa. covered by sheets sheets of ice as thick as a mile. mile. (The — current-day location of Twin Peaks is buried about ab out 530 ft.) st ~23,000 B.C. — The Sibers (1 humans in the American northwest) likely migrate from — The Asia during the final stages of the Quaternary Glacial Epoch over land bridge caused by dropping sea levels. A natural corridor formed by the receding Laurentian Ice Shield funnels them into Alberta, British Columbia, Washington, Idaho & Oregon. (Some head to the Pacific Ocean, Phoenix & Palm Springs.) 3,000 B.C. (or earlier; per Preston, “This dates back to @ least 3000 B.C.”) — The — The Sumerians begin using the name “Joudy” to refer to a species of wandering demon, also known as an utukku, that had “escaped from the underworld” & roamed freely throughout the earth, where they feast on human flesh & allegedly rip the souls s ouls from their victims for more meaningful nourishment. They particularly thrive while feeding “on human suffering.” “Joudy” indicates the female form & Ba’a l is the male. The ancient texts claim that if a male & female ever unite while on the earth, the resulting “marriage” would create the end of the world as we know it. [Note: In reality, while the description of utukku here is accurate to the real-world ancient Sumerian religion, nothing else appears to be. “Ba’al,” meaning lord or master, was a name used for various Mesopotamian gods — w/ w/ the 1 st recorded sources around 3,000 B.C., as stated but the name was not used for a demon as — described here. Ba’al only became demonized when the Hebrew texts, beginning w/ the Book of Kings in the 7th-6th centuries B.C., and especially Christians and Muslims subsequently, used the term to condemn gods from other earlier religions. “Joudy” appears to be a fabrication of the Twin Peaks creators.]
•
~500s B.C. — In what is now modern-day Iraq, Ezekiel sees four four-headed brightly — In burning animal-men which might actually be the exterior of a spacecraft. spacecraft.
A.D. •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
?? A.D. —Ba’al —Ba’al becomes better known in both Christian Christian & Islamic sources as “Beelzebub,” a false god, & eventually more generally as the devil. (Note: Preston says this was “a few centuries later”— a few centuries from what? The context seems to mean a few centuries after “Joudy”’s 1st appearance in Sumerian mythology in 3,000 B.C., but b ut this is impossible. 3,000 B.C. was not “a few centuries,” but rather several millennia before the birth of Christianity, let alone Islam!) 173 — Yr. Yr. of the water ox; some historians place “them” (the Happy Generations?) in this yr. (Coop to Albert, Episode 9) 213 — Water Water snake yr.; some historians place “them” (the Happy Generations?) in this yr. (Coop to Albert, Episode 9) 400s — Buddhist Buddhist tradition 1st comes to “the land of sn ow.” King Ha-tho-thori Gnyanbtsan is the 1st Tibetan king to be touched by the Dharma. He & succeeding kings are collectively known as the Happy Generations. (Coop to Albert, Episode 9) 1100s —Welsh prince Madog ab Owain Owa in Gynedd (“Madoc”) allegedly sails to America & follows the Mississippi north, founding settlements, one of which might have become the Dakota “white Indian” Mandan tribe. ~1200s — In In Japan, the samurai are stripped of their weaponry, but they discover that the aged & treated bamboo of their Shaku hachi flutes makes an excellent cudgel. (Earle to Leo, Episode 22) 1400s — Freemasonry Freemasonry founded as a regulatory organization, setting industry standards & acting as intermediary w/ clients & authorities. It evolves over the centuries into a secret society involved in statecraft & the founding of nations. 1500s — Rabelais Rabelais writes a satirical novel making Greek word “Thelema” (will/intention) the centerpiece of an anti-Christian religion (later appropriated unironically by A. Crowley). 1542 — Spaniard Spaniard Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, 1st European of record to land on northwest coast of modern-day North America, pulls into Puget Sound. ~early 1570s — Francis Francis Drake claims Puget Sound area for Queen Elizabeth, names it Nova Albion. 1670 — King King of England grants Royal Charter to Hudson Bay Co., permitting them to exploit virtually the entire North American continent. Early 1700s — (the (the turn of the 18th century) Holland is occupied by Napoleonic France for a short period. The French institute the country’s 1st comprehensive census. Many Dutch subjects invent ridiculous names, which they are stuck w/ after Napoleon meets his Waterloo. (Note: This dating may be an error on Preston’s part. In reality, Napoleon occupied Holland from 1806-1813, which was the early 19th century, ending well before Napoleon’s loss @ Waterloo in 1815. And Preston claims to be a history major!) 1700s — Spanish Spanish explorer Gaspar de Portola names the Arroyo Seco (“dry river ”) canyon near modern-day Pasadena, Ca. 1741 — Russians Russians Vitus Behring & Peter Cherikof arrive in the northwest. 8/18/1774 — Meriwether Meriwether Lewis born. (Lewis’s grandfather is a business associate of Thomas Jefferson’s father; Lewis grows up not far from Jefferson’s Va. Estate, & later
• •
• • •
serves as Jefferson’s secretary for 2 yrs. , living in the White House & becoming one of Jefferson’s most trusted confidant s.) 1775 — Dominick Dominick Renault born. 1787 — American General James Wilkinson begins serving as double agent for Spain . o According to one source (female, name withheld by request), Snoqualmie/Cayuse o legends believe trappers herded more than 50 moose onto a marsh & exterminated them, leaving one survivor, drained of the blood of his brothers & sisters, to appear to people in times of despair as the White Moose @ the foot of a lone 85-ft. Ponderosa past Owl Cave. (Many yrs. later, Dominick Renault writes in his diary of seeing the White Moose.) 5/1787 — French French trapper & pedophile Gaston Leroux writes diary entry about o carrying moss in his backpack to tell him where he’s going (appare ntly, he talks to it). Leroux’s bones were later found “not far” from Owl Cave. 1791 — Titanium Titanium discovered. 1793 — First First white man of record to reach northwest overland is Alexander MacKenz ie. 1795 — Ivan Ivan Pritkoff ends Chinook attacks on Russians w/ Treaty of Vladivostok (permitting Chinook to refer to icy northern winds as “Chinook wind” as compensation for their objection to the naming of o f the Bering Strait).
1800s •
•
•
•
19th Century — Madame Madame Helena Petrovna Blavatsky writes extensively about the summoning of tulpas by dark magicians or sorcerers through the practice of ancient & corrupt forms of esoteric magic: necromancy, demons & devil worship. Blavatsky refers to this sect as “the Brothers of the Shadow.” ~8/10/1803 — Dominick Dominick Renault, having set out from Montreal a yr. earlier to discover the Northwest Passage & ended up in Chilliwack, flees south in a state of depression and sets up a trading post on Black Lake half a mile above White Tail Falls. 1804 — o Meriwether Lewis & William Clark’s expedition sets out. (Freemason) Pres. Jefferson chooses (Freemason) Lewis to head the Corps of Discovery. Lewis selects as co-commander his former commanding officer, Clark. The expedition is kept secret, as the Louisiana Purchase is not yet finalized, & 3 European powers (the French, Spanish & English) are all targeting the area for colonization. Jefferson gives Lewis a secondary objective: to gain any insight he can into the spiritual/shamanistic traditions of the tribal people, due to Jefferson & Lewis’s mutual study of vols. @ the American Philosophical Society Library in Philadelphia (founded by Freemason Ben Franklin, & also containing vols. on alchemy & “transmutation”) which suggested “anomalous & peculiar geological arcana” in the uncharted lands of o f Oregon Country. The Bell Club of Twin Peaks is established (apparently devoted to the “delicious o life-giving essences” of “life’s existential algae”; they refer to themselves as “Bellmen”). 1805 — The plot of Jefferson’s former VP Aaron Burr who had fled west after killing — who o former Treasury secretary Alexander Hamilton in a duel in the NJ Palisades — to to seize land in Tx., Mexico & La.to create a new republic is exposed to Pres. Jefferson
•
by commander in chief c hief (& later governor of the upper upp er La. Territories) Gen. James Wilkinson — who who had in fact been a principal pr incipal in the traitorous cabal cabal & exposed Burr to save himself. (Burr & Wilkinson, as well as Benedict Arnold, were likely Illuminati.) Wilkinson also betrays Jefferson’s confidence & reveals the Corps of Discovery to his Spanish handlers, & attempts to stop them 3 times w/ grps. of Spanish assassins (over 200 in number), once missing them by the Platte River by less than 2 days. 4/1805 —Lewis’s letters to Jefferson become bec ome less regular as he moves m oves deeper into o the Louisiana Territory. 6/13/1805 —Lewis writes of “two mountains of a singular appearance…” (Note: o While this is a reality journal entry, in reality, Lewis was writing about mtns. in Mo.) (This date also contradicts L&C reaching the Twin Peaks area later, in Sept., as seen below.) 9/20/1805 — Clark Clark ’s 1st encounter w/ Chute-pa-lu (Nez Perce) (Lewis had split to o search for provisions a few days earlier). The great chief left for war 3 days earlier, is expected back in 15-18 days. Most of the men are gone. 9/21/1805 — The The natives lead Clark downriver to the camp of Chief Twisted Hair, o who draws Clark a map to White Tail Falls , which Clark’s Shoshone guide tells him is related to their spirits. Clark sends Reubin Fields w/ a tribal guide to direct Lewis to the village. ~9/22/1805 —Lewis meets up w/ Clark. Twisted Hair tells te lls Lewis “white people” o live near the falls, shows Lewis 3 objects they gave him (including the jade ring). Late Sept. 1805 — Several Several days later, Lewis sets out for the Falls w/ a small grp. o Twisted Hair gives him the ring to take along (emphasizing that it should never be taken from its pouch & worn). Lewis reaches the Falls several days later & sees lights from sky, silvery spheres, hears music, sees fire that burns but doesn’t consume, colors unseen or unimagined flowing from all things, “gold, all gold,” the secret deep within the color red, classical statuary, black lines, electricity (“the mysterious force B. Franklin had stumbled upon”), & an uncanny encounter w/ a silent man. In his letter to Jefferso n, he writes: “I should have heeded his warning.” Lewis destroys the map & all records of his passage north (except the letter to Jefferson). 10/03/1805 — Lewis Lewis reunites w/ Clark. Lewis keeps the ring. None N one of the other men o who had been w/ him seems to recollect any part of what happened; even to Lewis, it sometimes seems “like a silvery glimpse of fish in a river.” Oct.-Nov. 1805 — Lewis Lewis & Clark set out several days later, make swift passage to o the Columbia River in a matter of days, then reach Pacific Ocean within wks. (Jefferson receives this dispatch many mos. after the previous one; the next dispatch from Lewis does not come until nearly a yr. after this one.) 1807 — Lewis & Clark return to Washington, D.C. 2.5 yrs. after departure, a ccompanied by o Mandan chief Sheheke-shote. Jefferson appoints Lewis governor of Upper Louisiana Territory, Lewis moves to St. Louis, Mo. After an absence of 2 yrs., Sheheke is returned to his people, who don’t believe the stories of the civilization he saw in D.C. He loses standing w/ the tribe & d ies a few yrs. later in a Sioux S ioux raid. Aaron Burr is arrested & tried for treason. o
•
•
•
• •
•
9/21/1808 — Charter Charter granted for founding of Lodge 111, 1st St. Louis Masonic lodge, w/ Lewis as 1 st Master (announced in The Missouri Gazette, which was founded by Lewis). Shortly thereafter, Lewis initiates Clark. Clark later founds Mo. Lodge 12. 1809 — 10/10/1809 — Lewis, Lewis, en route to D.C. (to protest denials of reimbursements, to o deliver the Expedition of Discovery journals to a Philadelphia publisher, & to present evidence to Jefferson & Pres. Madison of a conspiracy being waged by Gen. Wilkinson & other enemies in the Louisiana Territory), having abandoned his original route (downriver from New Orleans — where where Wilkinson is commanding officer to D.C.) & abandoned the river @ Fort Pickering (near present-day — to Memphis) & ridden on horseback into the wild, w ild, stops for the nt. @ Grinder’s Stand Inn on Natchez Trace in Tn. 75 mi. SW of Nashville. (John Grinder is away on business; his wife Priscilla admits Lewis.) Lewis’s guide & protector from Fort Pickering has been Maj. James Neely — who who had recently been appointed agent in charge of relations w/ the Choctaw Indian Nation in western Tn. by Wilkinson. After eating little dinner, Lewis paces back & forth in front of the cabin smoking a pipe & talking about his enemies while w hile worrying a leather pouch around arou nd his neck (the ring). o 10/11/1809 — 3am. 3am. Lewis is shot in the back of the head & abdomen & slashed in the throat & arms. He dies shortly after 1 st light. His escort, Neely, arrives before noon to claim Lewis’s possessions & bury him. Neely claims Lewis had left him behind to find 2 stray horses, but gives no explanation why he arrived 12 hrs. after Lewis’s other servants who had been charged w/ the same task. 10/18/1809 — Neely sends letter from Nashville alerting Jefferson to Lewis’s o “suicide.” Neely “suicide.” Neely sends Lewis’s trunks on to Monticello. o End of 11/1809 — Lew Lewis’s trunks arrive @ Monticello, conveyed to his estate by Thomas Freeman, who had long worked under Wilkinson. The inventory by Jefferson’s secretary Isaac Coles makes no mention of several of Lewis’s items, including the ring. Also likely missing are many pages of Expedition notes, which had been rifled through. Neely is seen in public w/ many of these items, but slips out of history a few mos. after Lewis’s death. A murder charge is brought against the Grinders & parties unknown in a Tn. county inquest, but dropped out of “fear of retribution.” The Grinders later disappear from Tn. after coming into a substantial sum of money. ~1811 —2 yrs. after Lewis’s death, inson is court martialed for his role in the Burr dea th, Wilk inson conspiracy (charges ultimately dismissed for lack of evidence). Wilkinson sends a forged letter from Lewis’s friend & Fort Pickering commander Major Gilbert Russell to Jefferson about Lewis’s state of derangement shortly before death, detailing multiple suicide attempts (this contradicts a letter the real Russell sent shortly after Lewis’s death wherein ). Russell refers to Lewis’s death as a murder ). 1814 — Definitive Definitive edition of the Lewis & Clark journals published. pub lished. 1817 — Angus Angus MacDowell writes diary entry about the Nootka potshatl ceremony (which apparently involved the host giving guests pieces of his own body), expressing disgust @ how wasteful it is. 1818 — The The Poison Ivy Epidemic of 1818 takes ta kes the lives of two dozen pioneers & trappers before the elk & caribou populations close ranks & the dread rash fades fades away.
• • •
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
1824 —John Jeremiah “Liver -Eating” Johnson born. 1825 — Wilkinson Wilkinson dies, his traitorous acts come to light. ~1840 — In-Mut-Too-Yah-Lat-Lat (Chief Joseph) born (“thirty-eight winters ago” in 1/1879; o 64 @ death in 1904). The Martells, French trappers, work the Twin Peaks area’s beaver population. (This o and subsequent Martell family history, related by Robert Jacoby in Oh, What a Tangled Web…, contradict the Access Guide.) 1848 — Congressional investigation into Lewis’s death— exhumation exhumation & building of a monument @ the gravesite. (A dr. says he almost certainly died @ the hands of an assassin.) 1855 — Dominick Dominick Renault dies. No one knows what became of him. (It is postulated that he ran off to mate w/ owls due to his apparent delusions that he had been talking to animals). ~1860s — Boh Bohemian Gove “secret society” founded. (Note: Preston says the society is 150 yrs. old in 2016. In reality, the society was founded in 1872.) They have an annual 2-wk. summer retreat @ their rural San Jose, Ca., compound, begun by a huge bonfire presided over by a giant wooden owl. Their membership eventually includes former presidents, statesmen, military leaders & industrial tycoons. 1868 — Rudolph Rudolph Martell born. 1870s — Gold Gold discovered in Wallowa Valley (now Wa.). General Oliver Howard is dispatched to remove the Wal-am-wat-kin band of Nez Perce P erce from the land & escort them to a reservation. Chief Joseph refuses to leave. Hostilities escalate. ~early 1870s —Twin Peaks founded (described in 1902 as “nascent rural community” “barely three decades old”) 1870 —Thomas Randolph Jefferson (Jefferson’s oldest son) finds Jefferson’s “lost” writings involving Freemasonry & Illuminati and fascination w/ Native American culture; gives them to State Dep’t. 1871 — A fort is built which yrs. later is converted into Washington Psychiatric mental ward. ~1872 — Aleister Aleister Crowley born (72 @ death ~1944; note: Crowley was actually born in 1875) 1877 — o Summer 1877 —Chief Joseph visits the place known to his ancestors, “seldom visited, the place of smoke by the great falls and twin mounts,” to speak to the Great Spirit Chief. Upon his return, he leads the Nez Perce on a great tactical retreat toward Canada despite his lack of military knowledge/experience. 8/1877 — Gen. Gen. Oliver writes to Col. Nelson Miles @ Fort Keogh recounting o Joseph’s escape through a mysteriously inactive river channel/tunnel near Hart Mtn. into the Clark Basin. Asks Miles to cut the Nez Perce off. ~9/30/1877 — W/ W/ the help of Liver-Eating Johnson, Miles surrounds the Nez Perce o 11 wks. after their t heir flight. 10/05/1877 — After After 5 days of battle, Joseph surrenders. The tribe is taken to camp o as POWs by Howard’s adjutant Capt. C harles Erskine Wood. That nt., Chief White Bird w/ his family & a few of his band escape to join Sitting Bull in Canada. Gen. Howard maintains that this was violation of the surrender & the U.S. no longer has
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
to honor its agreement to return Joseph’s tribe to its land. Wood does not approve of this breaking of faith. Johnson tells Wood that the white man had awoken powerful medicine, & anyone who settles on the stolen land will one day face a reckoning. Joseph & his tribe are moved to POW camp in Fort Leavenworth, Ks. 1878 — Unguin (last name unknown) born. (Note that this date would w ould make her only 11-12 o when she moves to Twin Peaks in 1890, already married to James Packard!). Summer 1878 — 8 mos. after being moved to Ks., the Nez Perce are moved to a o reservation in Ok. ~1875-1879 (per dating of journal paper & ink) —“Lowlife —“Lowlife drifter” Wayne Chance & Denver Bob Hobbes make camp six days north of Spokane. Spend more than a wk. searching for a cave w/ a gold mine (based on a map they got in Yakima). They find Owl Cave. Rocks are piled over the cave entrance which take most of the day to move. Their compass needle spins @ this spot. Once inside, they encounter the cave drawings. They are chased from the cave by an owl. That nt., they move camp towards a river because of whistling (which sounds like moaning). DB disappears during the night w/o the Spencer rifle he always had with him, & is never seen again. Chance resolves to head back to Spokane, is never seen again. 1879 — Loggers find Wayne Chance’s journal (and DB’s rifle which Chance was going to o keep) in a saddlebag on the dessicated corpse of a starved mule. 1/14/1879 — Capt. Capt. Erskine Wood, having quit the army & practicing law in o Portland, has fought to get the Nez Perce’s plight before Congress & finally raises money to bring Joseph to D.C. to speak for himself. Chief Chie f Joseph speaks @ Lincoln Hall, Washington, D.C., delivering a plea for peace & equality to congressmen & cabinet members. 1882 — Twin Peaks Old Opera House is built. (Sarah Bernhardt in Camille is the opening o show. Ms. Bernhardt damaged her wooden leg while enacting her Paean to Aurora on the shore of Black Lake. James Packard made her a new one. [Note that in reality, Bernhardt didn’t lose leg until 1915.]) (The Opera House timeline is contradicted in Oh, What a Tangled Web…) Gen. George MacDowell (a bemedaled officer of the Army of the Potomac in the o Civil War) is buried in a 12-ft grave astride his horse Prancer, in Black Lake Cemetery. ~1883-1884 — Einer Einer Jennings born (63 in 1947). ~1885 —6 yrs. after Joseph’s Joseph’s speech, the Nez Perce are moved to a reservation in northeast Wa., shared w/ the remnants of 11 other ot her tribes. ~1887 — The The Martells found a modest lumber mill (3 yrs. before Packard arrives. Confusingly, the same source says James Packard was the first of the three founding families to arrive.) 1888 — Twin Twin Peaks is an untidy u ntidy collections of refugees, trappers & thieves living in shac ks on Black Lake serviced by the Wakahannawawak Trading Post (later renamed Thor’s). 1889 — Knute Rockne born (date printed on Bobo Hobson’s tombstone; in reality, Rockne o was born in 1888).
12/19/1889 —The Great Blizzard of 1889 hits Twin Peaks. Rev. Isaiah Hurly’s efforts to visit ailing Bartholomew Beaufort are thwarted when his horse insists on turning back. The Annual Candlelighting & Christmas Tree Ceremony on Meadowlark Hill is unexpectedly hit by the storm sometime after 3pm (time that Millicent Revere writes her diary entry). Feverish Cynthia Sithe saw the clouds approaching above the 2,000 oblivious revelers from her window. Knut Zimmerman observed Pete Lindstrom die when a fierce wind drove a candle into the back of his head. 43 people perished in the first ten minutes of the Blizzard. Another three dozen got lost in the storm & died. (Among the dead is Elsie Spaeth Miller, leaving a husband, son & daughter.) Spanish trappers Edwardo Delegato & (former prison inmate) José “Shorteyes” Manuela sheltered in Owl Cave during the Blizzard (ostensibly the first white people to find the Cave; Cave ; however, we know that Wayne Chance & Denver Bob predated them). them). 12/21/1889 —James Packard’s secretary Katy Mullen writes of coffins piled heado high in the Opera House. (She also references Packard, already apparently w/ an office & established in the community [contradicting the date for his arrival given elsewhere], asking the stuffed Great Horned Owl in his office why it hadn’t warned the town.) ~1888-1889 —Jack Parsons’s mother Ruth born (63 in 1952). 1890s — Orville Horne & wife Brulitha (a poetess who later wrote the epic poem O Twin o Peaks, My Land, My Home) leave the Horne family’s mercantile empire in Mn., travel to Twin Peaks & open Horne’s General Store. (They compete w/ Thor’s until a mysterious fire @ Thor’s gives them a monopoly.) (The Hornes’ timeline is contradicted by Oh, What a Tangled Web…, with the events moved to later dates, although the narrative is pretty much the same.) (Both versions seem to contradict Audrey’s line in Episode 3 about Horne’s Department Store: “He [Ben] named it after himself,” implying that Ben opened the store.) The Victorian home Irene Littlehorse shows Coop (on Chataugua Ln.) is built. o (file seen in Episode 19) Spring 1890 — Harvard Harvard and Yale-educated Yale-educated James Packard (eldest son of a shipping magnate in Boston) & wife Unguin arrive in Twin Peaks (James was roommates w/ one of the Weyerhauser boys, who told him about the t he wealth of resources out west). He opens the Packard Saw Mill thereafter (solving skirmishes w/ the Kwakiutl by trading cough drops for the land). (Preston elsewhere says the Packard Mill was founded in the late 1880s.) Unguin (who dabbled in the mystic arts & was institutionalized when she announced her true home was somewhere beyond the solar so lar system in the Land of Bloon) founds Those of Bloon, an informal meeting club. 1891 — Rudolph Martell (whose father died in a trolley accident & mother died of a virulent o form of scabies) & wife Pixie (daughter of a circus aerialist who quit after causing an accident in St. Louis) leave St. Louis after a mysterious fire destroys their home. They head for San Francisco, but their mules die & they settle in Twin Peaks. They open the Martell Mill thereafter. (Note that Oh, What a Tangled Web… contradicts all the Martell family history in the Access Guide, including the names.) o
• •
•
•
7/04/1891 — Mayor Mayor John Hanford (first mayor of Twin Peaks) invents the Little Scottie cocktail @ what is now the Roadhouse. 1892 — Mark Twain gets bad vibes from the woods & owls around Twin Peaks, cancels o scheduled reading of Huckleberry Finn @ the Old Opera House. Ladoux Tannery opens on the banks of Rattail River south of Twin Peaks. o ~1891-1892 — James James Forrestal born (57 @ death in 1949). 7/19/1893 — Agnes Agnes Turnquist’s diary entry concluding that Ladoux Tannery smells like shit. (Apparently she was a girl still living w/ her parents & seems to have a brother name named Arvid.) 1894 — Daisy Daisy Packard born to James & Unguin. (They also had three other daughters — — Addy, Roslyn & Mavis — and and one son, Ezekial.) Ezekial.) (This is contradicted in Oh, What a Tangled Web…, Web…, where the only child ch ild mentioned is James’s oldest son Thomas.) 1896 — o The Terrible Fire of 1896 destroys the Opera House. Wagon Wheel Bakery established (according to an ad in a 1986 newspaper; note: o the date is very tiny and difficult d ifficult to read, but it appears to be 1896). 12/19/18?? — 99-ft. “giant” skeleton exhumed from mound in Maple Creek, Wi. o
•
• •
•
•
•
1900s •
•
•
• •
~early 1900s — o The Yacoit Burn (of “not so distant memory” circa 1902), a carelessly started fire that destroyed 200,000 acres, took 38 lives & destroyed 12 billion board feet of timber. (“ Near the turn of the century”)— Rudolph Rudolph Martell dies of gangrene (elsewhere he o is said to die in 1931). Pixie joins a Native American tribe in the southwest. Son Nealith Martell & his mail order bride Bessie Spoon take over the Martell Mill. ( Nealith Nealith later later turns down inventor Crosby Truman’s patent on the V-shaped plume. Ezekial Packard buys the patent & eventually the Martells are forced to sell the Martell Mill to the Packards.) 1900 — Railroad sells German-born lumber baron Friederich Weyerhauser Weyerhauser o Northern Pacific Railroad 1 million acres of forest. He organizes the Weyerhauser Syndicate, a confederation of lumber cos., including Packard. Liver-Eating Johnson dies in army vets’ home in Santa Monica, Ca. o o Those of Bloon disband after one of Unguin’s U nguin’s frequent institutionalizations. 1902 — o Oscar Wilde takes a detour from his planned p lanned itinerary, traveling from San Francisco to Seattle by steamer, & comes to Twin Peaks by mule. [Note that in reality, Oscar Wilde died in 1900.] o 2/24/1902 — Night of the Burning River: the 2-wk.-old 2-wk.-old 7-mi. logjam created by the Packard & Martell mills erupts into flame (likely caused b y dry lightning), causing a fire that lasts 7 days, causes 8 deaths & destroys more than half the wooden structures in Twin Peaks. 1903 — Edward Edward Curtis takes a photo of Chief Chie f Joseph in Seattle. 1904 — Chief Joseph dies of a broken heart in Wa. o
The Grange is built by architect Winston Sanford White (located to the north between present-day Hwy. J & the old railroad spur). It houses the sheriff’s office, county seat, chamber of commerce, voting hall, Patrons of Husbandry and P ierre’s Smoke & News Arcade. 1905 — Orville Horne (son of Danville Horne, whose mercantile co. in San Francisco o banked its 1st million during the Ca. Gold Rush) arrives in Twin Peaks & opens a general store & dry good business. He eclipses his competitors, one of which suspiciously burns down. (As noted above, the events e vents of the Horne family timeline in Oh, What a Tangled Web… are similar to those presented in the Access Guide, G uide, but take place several yrs. later.) The Smallish Earthquake of 1905 damages Horne’s General Stor e. e. Horne rebuilds o into what becomes Horne’s Department Store. The Earthquake also apparently causes a fire that devastates thousands of acres of woods. The Grange is the only building to remain undamaged in the quake. ~1905-06 — Dwayne Dwayne Milford born (21 in 1927, per Gazette article). article). In In his 1991 intro to the Peaks. [In the original Pilot P ilot script, Access Guide, Milford says he has spent 80 yrs. in Twin Peaks. [In he was said to be 86, p placing lacing his b’day ~1902-03.] 1906 — Twin Twin Peaks Savings & Loan founded by Delbert Mibbler’s grandfather & other founding partner(s). (per 3/28/89 Post article) ~1906-07 — Richard Sharpe Shaver born (68 in 1975). o Timber Wars. More & more workers pour into the Twin Peaks area to compete for o employment @ the two mills; spirits run high, fueled by Unionists & Anarchists. Fistfights break out @ Grange meetings. 1908 —James Packard’s u nions), in response to Packard’s famous speech against anarchy (and likely unions), the Timber Wars. 8/11/1909 — Douglas Douglas James Milford born (per enlistment paperwork; he gives his middle name during the Roswell debriefing). This date is contradicted later: the Post article on his death in 3/1989 says he was 80. The same article gives him a different middle name, Raymond. ~1909-10 — Delbert Delbert Mibbler born (79 @ death in bank explosion, exp losion, per Post ). ). o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1910s •
•
•
1910 — James James Packard est. the Packard Timber Games (held annually in August; elsewhere contradictorily said to be held annually on Labor Day weekend). ~1911 — o Andrew Packard born to Thomas Packard (16 in 1927, per Gazette photo caption; note however that that the former is April & the 75 in 1987 @ time of “death”— note latter is September, so Andrew’s age seems to be off by a yr. in one of them . It could be b/w 1910-11 in the former or 1911-12 in the latter). Briggs says Andrew was age 70 when he married Josie in 1983, which would place his birth ~19121913 (it is possible that Briggs was rounding). rounding). (All of this contradicts the 1926 birthdate in the Access Guide). Lafayette Ronald Hubbard born (38 in 1949; he was in actuality born in 1911). o 1913 — Vanity Vanity Press (Ashtabula) publ. Some Pretty Good Speeches I Have Heard by by A.P. Johnson.
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
•
• •
~1913 — Marty Marty Lindstrom begins working for the Union Pacific Railroad (25 yrs. before founding the Double R). Prior to 1914 — Joshua Joshua Palmer brings his family to Twin Peaks. (Harry to Sternwood: more than 75 yrs. ago — Episode Episode 12) 1914 — José Raúl Capablanca & Lasker play a chess match in St. Petersburg. (Pete to o Coop, Episode 23) Morgan (Emil Jennings’s uncle) falls down drunk in a Spokane street after a 3-day o bender & is killed by a beer truck. 10/1914 — Outside Outside Grange Hall during the annual Lumber Days Festival, Ersel o nd Martell (2 son of patriarch Zebulon) & Canadian Jean Jacques Renault accost Thomas Packard (James’s oldest). A k nife nife fight “behind the barn” ensues; Renau lt stabs Thomas. Renault flees back north & his fugitive status leads him to become head of the Renault Gang, rising to t o prominence in the Prohibition era. Ersel stands trial as an accessory & spends 3 yrs. in Washington State Penitentiary in Walla Walla. Thomas recovers & marries Minnie Drixel (who was possibly the subject of the dispute). (Interestingly, given info elsewhere in the dossier, Thomas had apparently fathered Andrew several yrs. earlier. It’s unclear whether Andrew’s mother was Minnie or someone else.) ~1914 —Marvel John Whiteside “Jack” Parsons born (31 in 1945, 37 in 1952; born in 1914 in reality). 1915 — Enrico Enrico Caruso refuses to play Twin Peaks, dismissin d ismissing g it as a backwater ba ckwater venue. ~1915 — Kenneth Kenneth Arnold born (32 in 1947; born in 1915 in reality). 1916 — New Opera House built. Enrico Caruso gets lost on way to inaugural concert, never shows. (Different version presented in Oh, What a Tangled Web…) 1917 — Paris Paris and London: The Overseas Press publ. E. Targaski’s French Explorers: Enigmas in Fur (referencing Dominick Renault). 1918 — Enrico Caruso plays the new Opera House H ouse (accompanied by Mavis Mav is Packard). o The Packards & Hornes become principal investors in the Bijou Opera House. o Enrico Caruso plays the opening. (Later, Paderewski also plays there, as do Orpheum Circuit Vaudeville legends the Marx Bros. and juggler William Claude Dukenfield, later W. C. Fields. It also acts as the town’s 1st movie theater.) (This contradicts the Access Guide history of the Opera House.) Twin Peaks’s one-rm. schoolhouse is displaced by the town’s first official school o system. The old schoolhouse becomes a lending library and, eventually, the Bookhouse. ~1918 — Paul Paul Lantz born (29 @ death in 1/1948). ~1919 — Fred Lee Crisman born (56 @ death in 1975; in reality, he was born in 1919). o Wood Mistress Helga (last name unknown, later married surname su rname is Brogger) born o (rumored to be 72 ~1991. She only admits to being over 50).
1920s •
1920s — o Dead Dog Farm is built. Also, the cabin in the woods Irene Littlehorse shows Coop is built. (files seen in Episode 19)
Horne’s general store has grown to Horne’s Department Store. Owl Cave was a favorite wooing spot in this era (flappers & ukuleles abounded). o 1920 — As As the city of Pasadena grows, a dam is built @ the Devil’s Gate to contain seasonal monsoons. ~1919-1920 —“Sparks” born (49 in 1969). 1922 — Twin Peaks Gazette begins publishing. o Ezekial razes the original 2-acre Packard mill, builds bu ilds a new mill covering 25 acres. o 1923 — o Aleister Crowley publishes Moonchild , about a battle b/w two lodges of black & white magicians over an unborn child who may be the Antichrist. Great Circus Tragedies publ. by Odler Press. o 1924 — Packard Packard Mill now employs more than 100 people, compared to the original 8 in 1890. 1925 — Dr. Dan Hayward founds medical practice. o o Twin Peaks is incorporated (note: this date is on a Calhoun Hospital form. The date might be referring to the hospital’s incorporation date). Titanium 1st isolated & extracted from its common ore into its pure, usable form. o o Twin Peaks Opera House becomes movie theater. Opening show: double bill of The Gold Rush and Battleship Potemkin. 1926 — Andrew Packard born to Ezekial. (Birthdate contradicted by 1927 Gazette article o and 1987 Post article — see see above. His father is Thomas Packard in Oh, What a Tangled Web…) ~10/1926 — Douglas Douglas Milford sees a giant & a walking owl as tall as a man on a o scout trip near Glastonbury Grove (6 mos. before Andrew’s encounter). He presumably gets the three-triangle tattoo tattoo on his his inner forearm forearm during this this encounter (he shows it to Briggs in 1985; however, his 1941 Air Force paperwork notes that he has no distinguishing marks). It seems that more happened happe ned during this encounter which Milford may not fully remember. ~11/1926 — The The month after his encounter, Douglas punches Dwayne @ a Regional o Scoutmaster Council in Spokane because no one believes in his encounter; he is expelled from the scouts. His life subsequently spirals. 1927 — Ben Horne Sr. (son of Orville) breaks ground on the Great Northern Hotel. (This o seems to contradict Episode 18, which shows 16mm footage of the groundbreaking for the Great Northern with Ben & Jerry in attendance as children, implying a 1950s date.) A week before the Great Northern opens, its biggest competitor, Gus & Hetty Hetty Tidrow’s Sawmill River Lodge (one of the oldest establishments in town), burns down on a Tuesday night. ~4/1927 — Douglas Douglas is managing a pool hall down by the river flats on the wrong o side of town where he is shacked up w/ Pauline Cuyo, the estranged daughter of the Gazette’s owner Dayton Cuyo. He descends desce nds into alcoholism. 4/29/1927 — Boy Boy Scout Troop 79 (incl. Scoutmaster Dwayne Milford and Scouts o Andrew Packard, Rusty, Theo & Sherm) sets out in the early morning for a camping o
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
trip (2 wks. ago on a Friday, per 5/14 Gazette article). They reach Big Pearl Lake @ 3pm. Dwayne, Andrew, Rusty & Theo explore & encounter enc ounter Glastonbury Grove. A huge storm suddenly hits & they head back. They hear a peculiar whistling from the woods. Rejoining main camp @ 5pm, they weather the storm. Around 7pm, Andrew goes out to retrieve sodas from the lake & sees a 7’ tall man calmly standing. The Giant turns & walks into the woods. Around 10pm, they sleep & Andrew hears a “deep rhythmic thudding,” like someone beating a distant drum that seems to faintly shake the rocks beneath them. 4/30/1927 — @ 6am, Dwayne and Andrew find giant (barefoot) footprints in the dirt o near their fire pit, leading to the woods. wo ods. 5/14/1927 — Gazette Gazette publ. Andrew’s account of the camping experience. o 6/21/1927 — Andrew Andrew writes a diary entry about the Gazette leaving out part of his o story. 1928 — Bobo Bobo Hobson begins coaching the Twin Peaks Pea ks H.S. Lumberjacks (40 yrs. in 1968). ~1928 —Sara Elizabeth “Betty” Northrup born (17 in 1945). 1929 — The Bijou is the 1st theater in the area to be fitted for sound. The town’s last civil o war veteran succumbs to a fatal rictus @ a screening scree ning of The Jazz Singer . 5/25/1929 — William William Hayward born. o ~1929 — Douglas Douglas leaves Twin Peaks following the stock market crash, spends the ’30s riding the rails and drifting from city to city.
1930s •
•
Early 1930s — Pa. welder and former hobo (and frequent mental institution in-patient) Richard o Sharpe Shaver begins to believe he hears the thoughts of his coworkers due to a peculiar frequency emanating from his welding gun. Soon thereafter, he starts “downloading” sinister transcripts of dialogue from the Lemurians, a progenitor race living in vast underground cities accessible only by caves & la va tubes such as Mt. Rainier & Mt. Shasta — a cruel, cold-blooded race in possession of incredibly advanced technologies who observe, torture, manipulate telepathically, & sometimes dine on humans. The “teros,” a race of peaceful aliens hailing from the distant Pleiades constellation (and human-like enough to blend in among us), oppose the Lemurians. (“Dating back to the early 1930s”) Horace “the Dutchman” Vandersant builds, o owns & operates the Dutchman’s Lodge in rural western Mt. (directly b/w Missoula & Twin Peaks), a motel known not only as a “gateway to a sportsman’s paradise,” but as a mob-and-gangster-friendly establishment (rumor (rumor has it that John Dillinger later spends a wk. there while on the t he lam). ~1930s — (During the Depression) Ed Hurley Sr. (who has a “bum wheel” from a mishap @ o the Packard Mill when he was a teenager) tee nager) & his wife open a roadside stand selling eggs, fruits & vegetables from the t he family farm. Vivian Smith born to 2 high school teachers (she is “thirty-something” in the late o ’60s/early ’70s).
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
~1930 — Samson Samson “Sam” Lanterman born (a decade older than Margaret Coulson), the eldest of 5 brothers, a 3rd -generation woodsman whose family has been bee n in the industry since it began. ~1930-31 — Charles Charles Dahl born (16 in 1947). Dell Mibbler begins working @ the Twin Peaks Savings & Loan (58 yrs. @ death o in 1989, Post ). ). 1931 — Rudolph Martell dies. (Of gangrene; contradictorily, his death is elsewhere said to o have occurred “not long after a fter the turn of the century”). 5/08/1931 — Robert Robert Jacoby born to Richard & Esther Jacoby. o 1932 —TP Press publishes T. Billings’s Billings’s The Function of Neuroses in Snoqualmie Culture, about the Native tribe’s paranoia/secretiveness/morbidity. 1933 — The Martells harvest the last of the old-growth timber on th eir land. o o Spring 1933 — The The Phelan Gang (led by Milo Phelan) rob a bank in Twin Peaks, hide in or near Owl Cave. They T hey surrender @ night after building bu ilding a fire out of fear. 1934 — 1/30/1934 — Lawrence Lawrence Jacoby born to born to Richard & Esther Jacoby. Jacoby. This birthdate is o roughly consistent w/ The Final Dossier saying saying Jacoby launched The Dr. Amp Blast in 2006, “just after he turned 70,” and also w/ Preston saying Jacoby is “over 80 yrs. old now” as of 9/06/2017. Spring 1934 — Zeb Zebulon Martell signs the family’s acreage to Thomas Pac kard while o on his deathbed then dies pen in hand and scowl on face. — then 6/28/1934 — Pete Pete Martell born to Nealith & Bessie. In Oh, What a Tangled Web…, o Pete is said to be the eldest son of Ersel Martell, and according to the Post is is 52 in 1989, placing his birth 1936-37. Both dates seem inconsistent w/ Pete’s 1959 H.S. yearbook, seen in Episode 7. Summer 1935 — A labor dispute shuts down the Packard Mill (the only time it shut down before the 1989 fire). ~1936-37 — Pete Pete Martell born to Ersel Martell (52 @ death in bank explosion per t he Post ). ). (This date contradicts the 1934 date in the Access Guide and trading cards and also seems inconsistent w/ Pete’s 1959 yearbook in Episode 7.) 1937 — It is rumored that the Nazis recover a crashed flying saucer this yr., & that the o technology is the basis for their later “fixed wing” a ircraft design. o Boot: Formidable or Fake publ. by Iambic Press (about the Twin Peaks region’s poet laureate Hugo Boot). Knute Rockne dies (date printed on Bobo Hobson’s tombstone; in reality, Rockne o died in 1931). 1938 — o The year on the penny the young girl finds walking home in 1956 NM. (Part 8) Railroad employee Marty Lindstrom retires & opens the “Marty’s Railroad Café,” o serving Northern Pacific dining car fare & his wife Ilsa’s Swedish pie recipes. People simply refer to the diner as “the Double R.” Jolene is one of the original waitresses.
Bernie Welch tosses a sheaf (a 15 lb. bundle of spruce/pine boughs) 30 ft. into the air @ the Packard Timber Games, but his pitchfork goes w/ it & pins a spectator’s beret to his head. o 1/03/1938 — Garland Garland Briggs born to two Bohemian Catholics, his father a concert violinist & his mother a Parisian-born Montessori schoolteacher (this date contradicts Albert in Part 9 saying Garland would be 72 ~2014, as well as The saying he was 45 @ his “death”). Final Dossier saying 2/06/1938 — Phillip Phillip Michael Gerard born. o ~1938 — Marvel Marvel John Whiteside “Jack” Parsons (scion of a wealthy Pasadena family which lost its fortune in the Depression, a self-taught chemist who briefly attended classes @ three top universities) talks talks his way into a grant from Ca. Institute of Technology. (In 1945, Hubbard says Parsons is “seven years downstream from that investment.”) This leads to Parsons & his “Suicide Squad” team inventing rocket fuel & ultimately u ltimately his cofounding Jet Propulsion Laboratories (JPL). 1939 — o Thomas Packard closes & tears down the Martell Mill. Army officer Richard Jacoby & wife Esther Jacoby (w/ sons Robert & Lawrence) o move from Twin Peaks to Pearl Harbor, where Richard is stationed. o Jack Parsons 1st comes into contact w/ Thelema The lema (invented by Parsons’s soon-to-be friend & mentor Aleister Crowley after a series of mystical, possibly druginfluenced, experiences in Egypt; Crowley was also the 1st westerner to study w/ the lamas in Tibet). Thelema is centered on the t he powers of will (“Do what thou w ilt love & sex — & on shall be the whole of the law”), but tempered by eros & agape— love the notion that by rejecting God, we come to realize that every man is God. Parsons believes that that rockets & magick are one — both about transcending transcending the boundaries of — space & time which keep us from reaching our true potential, & that alchemy is about turning the base metal of primitive man into the gold of an enlightened soul. ~1939 — The Dwayne/Dougie Milford “running feud” starts over “something about an o old flame and a rumble seat” (per Will; 50 yrs., per Pete, Episode 17). (The Secret History/dossier version of the Milford history seems to contradict this in a variety of ways, not least of which is the fact that Dougie had apparently left Twin Peaks well before this date.) Carl Rodd begins smoking every day (“been smoking for 75 yrs., every fuckin’ o day,” Carl to Mickey, Part 6) o In 1989, Cooper says the large remains of a Douglas fir (the log @ the spot where Laura’s body washed ashore) was the victim of a storm or other calamity some 50 yrs. ago. o Nealith takes Pete fishing for the first first time (when Pete was 5). ~1939-40 — Dorothy Dorothy Doak born (49 @ bank explosion, per Post article). article). o
•
•
•
•
1940s •
•
1940s — Thomas Jefferson’s “lost” writings are moved to a section of the Library of o Congress requiring maximum security clearance. o Numerous UFO sightings over Los Angeles, Ca. 1940 —
Richard & Esther Jacoby divorce. 4/01/1940 — Jean Jean Renault born to Jean Jacques Renault. o 8/04/1940 — Benjamin Benjamin Joseph Horne Horne Jr. born born to Ben Horne Sr. ( Access Guide, o Jacoby’s Calhoun Hospital patient file; his middle name appears on the Mill land sale contract.) (Note: No source outside the Access Guide has said that Ben is a “Junior.”) o 10/10/40 — Margaret Margaret Coulson born. (She is an only child, & her parents die when she is young.) 11/04/1940 — Catherine Catherine Packard born to Ezekial Packard. In Oh, What a Tangled o Web…, she is contradictorily said to be the youngest daughter of Thomas Packard. (This DOB is contradicted by the trading cards.) 11/20/1940 — Catherine Catherine Packard born. (This DOB is contradicted by the Access o Guide.) 1941 — B ijou. Sheriff Sher iff Frederick Truman is inspired to The 49th Parallel premieres @ the Bijou. o form a volunteer watch, the Citizens Brigade, to protect the border against infiltrating Nazis. They eventually evolve into the Bookhouse Boys, named after their meeting place. Richard Jacoby is reassigned to the air base in Spokane, & returns to Twin Peaks o w/ Robert. Esther remains in Hi. w/ Lawrence, changes her name to Leilani. 12/08/1941 — Douglas Douglas Milford enlists in the army (the day after Pearl Harbor). He o spends the war in a quartermaster’s brigade in the Army Air Corps in the Pacific. ~1941 — UFOs crash in Tx. and Mo. M o. (6 yrs. before Roswell). o Windom Earle is born (he saw the 1951 film I Was a Communist for the F.B.I. @ o age 10, although Preston does not explicitly say he saw it the yr. it was released). 1942 — 1942 —Albatross —Albatross begins to manufacture manufacture jerky for sale (“since 1942,” per o packages, Part 12). o The Twin Peaks Post begins begins publishing (per prop seen on set in the A Very Lovely note that this contradicts The Secret History stating that the Dream documentary — note Gazette began publishing in 1922 and the name was changed to the Post in 1970). o U.S. gov’t seizes land in Hanford, Wa., relocating 1500 people from two local farming communities, & three Native American tribes (incl. the Nez Perce). Gov’t builds the Hanford Ordnance Works which produces most of the t he weapons-grade plutonium used in the Nagasaki atom bomb & the nuclear weapons the U.S. stockpiles during the Cold War. Henry Hill & his wife, full-blooded Nez Pierce, abandon their reservation “just before the Hanford nuc lear site c[o]me[s] online.” o Fairchild Air Force Base est. 15 mi. west of Spokane as a repair depot for damaged planes from the Pacific Theater. Jack Parsons becomes the leader of the west coast Thelema lodge. (Crowley later o writes to him about a place in the desert near Pasadena the Tongva tribe calls the “Hell Gate,” which they believe is a passage to the underworld. Crowley says he has researched the Hell Gate & believes it is one of seven gateways on Earth to hell, & encourages Parsons to “make use of it.” Parsons performs explosion tests to attempt to open the gate, as well as enacting the Thelema ritual @ the Gate, o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
attempting to summon into human form the goddess Babalon, Mother of Abominations.) Winter 1942 — An An unidentified man is caught trying to swim the rapids beneath o Whitetail Falls. He is rescued by the sheriff’s dept. & treated for frostbite @ Calhoun Memorial. ~1942 — Garland Briggs born (would be 72, per Albert, Part 9). ( Note Note that this date o contradicts the 1/03/1938 birthdate on the trading cards, as well as The Final saying he was 45). Dossier saying Management of the Packard Mill passes to Daisy for the duration of WWII. She o introduces innovative new technologies: mechanical barkers, skyhook cab le cars & a wigwam burner to dispose of debris. 1942-43 — Shelly McCauley’s mother is born (47 @ death in 1990). o Sarah Judith Novack born in Bellevue, Wa. to a Defense Defe nse Dept. employee (Summer o 1943 is said to be mos. after her birth). (Contradictorily, Jacoby’s report says she was 44 in 1989.) 1943 — Parsons uses the money he received for cofounding JPL to buy a mansion on o Orange Grove Rd. in Pasadena, “the Parsonage” (which was built by lumber baron Arthur Fleming, an early benefactor of CalTech, using proceeds from lumber imported from the Twin Peaks area). The Parsonage is used it to host Thelema gatherings. o Summer 1943 —Sarah Novack’s father is transferred to work in a small subcontractor role on the Manhattan Project; the family moves to a new suburb built on the edge of the desert outside Los Alamos, NM. ~1943-44 — Garland Garland Briggs born (45 @ time of disappearance; note that this date contradicts the trading cards, as well as Albert in Part 9 saying he would be 72 ~2014). ~1944 — Kenneth Arnold begins flying (3 yrs. in 1947). o Aleister Crowley dies (“just last year” in 1945; note t hat in reality, Crowley died in o 1947). o 2/26/1944 — Leland Leland Palmer born. Jacoby’s case notes say Leland is 45 @ Laura’s death; this birthdate would technically make him 2 da ys shy of 45 @ Laura’s death, but Jacoby could be rounding up or or simply simply using Leland’s current current age as as of the date of his report. 11/1944 — In In Guam, Sgt. Douglas Milford is brought up on charges c harges of black market o trafficking of army property (primarily liquor & cigarettes). He avoids courtmarshal by “volunteering” into a special detachment stateside. (He later tells Briggs that his superior officer appreciated Milford’s gift for dissembling, developed during his time as a drifter, & rather than sending Milford to the brig, this officer put him into intelligence work.) ~1944-45 — Sarah Sarah Judith Novack born (44 per Jacoby’s 1989 report). (Contradictorily, Tammy says Sarah’s family moved to NM in summer 1943, mos. after her birth.) Early-to-mid 1940s —
Fred Lee Crisman works in OSS — the the precursor to the CIA — as as liaison to the British Air Force (& possibly also acts as deep cover operative from WWII up through the 1970s). o L. Ron Hubbard is a Navy Intelligence lt., commands two anti-submarine vessels in the Pacific Theater. He is discharged after the war for medical reasons. 1945 — Douglas is now a buck pvt. @ the White Sands Missile Range in Alamogordo, NM. o Jack Parsons leaves his wife Helen for her sister s ister Sara Elizabeth “Betty” Northrup. o 1/1945 — Sighting Sighting of UFO over Hanford facility (two more later follow). o 5/26/1945 — Crisman Crisman flies his last combat mission, a top-secret mission in Burma. o After being shot down over Bassein, he & Capt. [redacted] ditch their plane off Cheduba Island, & run to Rudok, through the Kesa Pass to the northern nort hern foothills of the Korakoram. “[They] knew what [they] were searching for.” They have to fight their way out a cave w/ submachine guns, apparently against Lemurians, leaving both men w/ permanent scars. 7/16/1945 (Part 8) — o — 5:29am (MWT). White Sands, NM. A nuclear bomb is set off in the desert (this is the 1 st successful nuclear bomb test —code —code name “Trinity”). @ a convenience store, a mysterious group of Woodsmen appears, walking in & out of the convenience store w/ their fists balled as time skips strangely. They then circle stacks of cans inside the store. Inside a vortex… Judy floats in a smoky black void. She vomits a long trail of a clear viscous substance, containing many small eggs, as well as an orb containing Bob’s face. An egg separates from the stream & floats off. Inside the nuclear blast, a molten amorphous golden orb floats into being. In the Home by the Sea, Señorita S eñorita Dido sits listening to the phonograph. A machine in the rm. suddenly gives off an alarm. The Fireman enters, e nters, looking concerned. He presses a button on the machine & the alarm stops. He leaves the rm. & goes upstairs, entering a theater w/ a movie screen (the theater contains 2 more machines resembling the one that gave off the alarm). He raises his hand & the screen shows the Trinity atom bomb detonation, then the Woodsmen wandering in front of the convenience store, then Judy vomiting eggs. The screen freezes on the Bob orb. The Fireman levitates as Señorita Dido enters. As a golden glimmering stream begins emanating from the Fireman’s head, the image on the screen changes to moving stars. The golden stream births a golden orb containing Laura Palmer’s homecoming photo. Señorita Dido kisses the orb, then releases it. The orb floats upward into some sort of tube rig. The orb shoots out the other end & enters the screen, which now contains an image of planet Earth. The orb enters the screen, floating down toward America. 8/1945 — L. L. Ron Hubbard, pursuing a career as writer in L.A., is introduced through o acquaintances to Jack Parsons’s circle (possibly through Hubbard’s own machinations; in his “top secret” “field report,” on letterhead from Pt. Mugu, Ca. o
•
▪
▪
▪ ▪
▪
▪
Naval Air Station, Hubbard mentions “making contact w/ the subject of [his] inquiry.” He later claims he was on undercover assignment from military intelligence, but Maj. Briggs says this is bullshit). Shortly thereafter, Parsons invites Hubbard to move into the Parsonage. Hubbard records a private conversation w/ Parsons (during a Thelema gathering on a Thurs. night), during which Parsons is worrying the jade ring on his finger, mutters “the magician longs to see…” while looking @ his statute of Pan, & says he’s often felt there were spirits in the wood of the wall. W/i wks. of Hubbard’s arrival, Parsons’s girlfriend Betty leaves Parsons for Hubbard. Hubbard relentlessly learns about Thelema & works w/ Parsons @ Jornada del Muerto (in the NM desert) for the next 2 yrs. on “the Working of Babalon,” a ritual that Crowley had attempted in Europe to call forth “the Elemental” & summon forth the “messengers of the gods” (i.e., the Zeta Reticulans/grays & the “more benign” “Nordic types” from Sirius). Parsons tells a colleague (to whom Douglas later speaks on condition of anonymity) that Jornada del Muerto wai a 2nd gate, & that this ritual involves attempting to bring across “the Moonchild.” ~8/1945 — Less Less than a month after the Trinity test, atomic bombs are dropped on o Hiroshima & Nagasaki, & the war w/ Japan is over. (In reality, this occurs 8/06 and 8/09/1945, respectively.) 12/04/1945 — Jerry Jerry Horne born. o ~1945 — Walter & Reimar Horten develop the jet-powered flying-wing Horten Ho 229 o aircraft for the Nazis (too late for the craft to see active service w/ the Luftwaffe). (After the War, the Hortens refuse U.S. overtures, & one escapes to Argentina.) @ 15, Sam Lanterman, the youngest lumberjack in the history of the Packard Pac kard Mill, o begins competing in lumberjack competitions. Mid-1940s — Right Right after WWII, Crisman is involved in Project Paperclip, the covert e ffort to bring over key Nazi scientists to the U.S. (e.g., Wernher von Braun). Many become involved in the U.S. rocket & space program @ White Sands Missile Range in NM. ~mid-to-late 1940s —Dwayne Milford’s father dies, Dwayne takes over as owner & pharmacist @ the town pharmacy his family founded founded (“shortly after” WWII). Late 1940s — Jim Jim Garrison works for the FBI in the P acific Northwest. ~Late 1940s — (After (After WWII) When rationing ends & motorists start driving again, Ed Hurley Sr. adds some gas pumps to the roadside roads ide stand & lucks into a viable business. 1946 — Chicago publisher Ray Palmer’s pulp magazine Amazing Stories reaches its highest o circulation w/ “The Shaver Mystery,” Richard Sharpe Shaver’s recounting of his Lemurian experiences. Crisman writes to the magazine advising them to “drop the whole thing” because they are “playing with dynamite.” o Over 200 UFO sightings over Northern Europe, then Greece, Portugal, Spain & Italy. Also a “wave” of reports of sightings in Russia around this time. 3/03/1946 — Sarah Sarah Judith Novack born. (Jacoby’s report contradicts this date, o saying she was 44 in 1989, & Tammy’s dossier contradicts both by placing p lacing her birth in 1943.) 1943.) ▪
•
•
•
• •
•
12/1946 — U.S. U.S. Marine transport plane disappears in heavy weather over Mt. Rainier, Wa. ~1946 — w hen he flies a twin engine plane Garland Briggs’ 1 st contact w/ aviation (age of 8), when o solo. o
•
1947 •
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1947 — Fairchild Air Force Base turned over to Strategic Air Command. Becomes home to o B-29 Superfortress bomber & is rumored to have ICBM missile silos. o Will Hayward attends 1 st yr. of medical school @ Washington U. in St. Louis. (This contradicts his 1929 birthdate given in the Access Guide and the trading cards, which would make him only 18 this yr.) 5/19/1947 — 12:15pm. 12:15pm. Manitou, Springs, Co.: Three railroad employees see UFO. 5/22/1947 — Oklahoma Oklahoma City, Ok.: Businessman-pilot sees UFO (from ground). (Details redacted. Apparently not fully analyzed @ time of 1st Project Sign meeting; notably, only 3 other entries of the 18 included are said to require further investigation: the Kenneth Arnold sighting & the two Twin Peaks sightings.) 6/21/1947 — @ 11am in Puget Sound Harbor, Wa., near Maury Island, marine scavenger Harold Dahl & his son Charles observe six unidentified aircraft hovering. One appears to be in distress; part of it explodes, raining a thin white w hite metal & a hot h ot black b lack lava-like rock touc hes the distressed ship which kills Dahl’s dog & grazes Charles’s arm. One of the ships touches in a “jump start” maneuver & they all fly off. Dahl takes photos & collects debris, which he turns over to his superior, Fred Lee Crisman. Cr isman. Crisman gives the story to Tacoma Times police beat reporter Paul Lantz, and also calls Ray P almer, editor of Amazing Stories. Ted Morello, a local stringer for the United Press, also puts it on the UPI newswire where the story gains nat’l traction. 6/22/1947 — Tacoma Times publ. Lantz’s article. o o 11:30am in Greenfield, Ma.: An individual sees a UFO U FO 6/24/47 — Prominent Prominent Id. Businessman Kenneth Arnold, working w/ Boise fire control, flies Mt. Rainier searching for the missing Marine plane wreckage; @ 3pm, he spots nine pie plate-shaped objects flying like saucers skipping across water. w ater. (An FBI report rep ort states this occurred on 6/25). 6/25/1947 — En En route to Boise, Arnold stops in Pendleton, Or., the next morning & meets a man from Ukiah (Ca.) who also saw the objects. The Pendleton East Oregonian publishes his story. It soon makes nat’l & int’l news (misquoting Arnold as saying the objec ts were “saucer - like”). o (Sometime thereafter, Edward R. Murrow interviews Arnold on CBS, at which point Arnold claims to have seen the objects two subsequent times.) times.) 6/28/1947 — 9:20pm: 9:20pm: Maxwell Air Force Base, Al.: 3 capts. & a 1st lt. see zig-zagging starlike light in sky. ~6/27-29/1947 — Parsons Parsons & Hubbard conduct the Thelema ritual @ Jornada del Muerte (the weekend before Roswell incident). 6/29/1947 — 1:30pm. 1:30pm. Near White Sands, NM: Admin assistant in the Rocket Sonde Sect. of NRL & two other employees as well we ll as an employee’s wife observe a UFO.
•
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
•
7/01/1947 — Bakersfield, Bakersfield, Ca.: Civilian pilot spots UFO from ground. (Oddly, this entry is redacted in Project Sign report, along w/ 2 of the sightings which are said to require further analysis.) 7/05/1947 — An alien craft crashes in Roswell, NM (apparently because b ecause radar from the military o base fouled fouled up its its systems). Douglas is is now a corporal working in the Roswell, NM base PX (cantina). (He later claims to Briggs that he was sent in undercover on intelligence work, after the news of the disturbing d isturbing UFO sightings in the area, where the Manhattan Project was a security priority.) An hr. before dawn, a major shuts down the cantina. Based on rumors of a crashed top-secret test craft, Douglas, curious, sneaks off base & follows the convoy heading to the crash site, on a sheep ranch about 35 mi. outside base. He sees the crashed craft cra ft & “things” being loaded into ambulances & bags, and Gen. Ge n. Nathan F. Twining (Commander of Air Material Command) barking orders. Douglas is knocked out & taken to the brig. Veteran United Airlines pilot Emil J. Smith, flying from Boise to Seattle, observes o nine silvery disks & monitors them for ten minutes (along (a long w/ copilot & stewardess) (the date on Project Sign’s S ign’s report of this sighting is contradictorily 7/04 @ 8:15pm). 7/06/1947 — 1:45pm. Clay Center, Ks.: Air Force major spots a U FO in the air. o An Air Force capt. sees a UFO in Fairfield-Suisun, Ca. o 7/07/1947 — 11:45am. Koshkonog, Wi.: CAP instructor & student see a UFO in the air. a ir. o 2:30pm. East Troy, Wi. A CAP pilot & passenger observe UFO from the air. o (Interestingly, the Project Sign report is extremely vague as to this incident, but the description of the ship shape is redacted.) 7/08/1947 — o A lieutenant interviews Douglas about what he saw. Douglas asks to speak to the lt.’s superior officer, claiming that he has seen something like this before. A meeting in the office of Chief of Air Force Intelligence results in a memorandum ordering that saucer reports be investigated by more qualified observers of flying disks. 3:50pm. Near Mt. Baldy, Ca., an ACCNG 1st lt. sees a UFO in the air. o 7/09/1947 — 11:30am. 11:30am. Grand Falls, Newfoundland: Constable sees UFOs. 7/10/1947 — 4pm. 4pm. Harmon Field, Newfoundland: TWA rep. & PAA see UFO. Early July 1947 — Within Within days, initial reports of a “large metallic disc” and unknown bodies @ Roswell are walked back & the official story becomes a “top secret air balloon” crash. Internal Air Force documents show fear that the craft was a Soviet spy plane of advanced technological nature. 7/12/1947 — o Douglas (now Special Agent for Continental Air Force Command) & FBI Special Agent Frederic Nathan interview Kenneth Arnold in Boise. Determine that he appears to be credible. o 6:30pm. Elmendorf Field, Al.: an Air Force major ma jor sees a UFO. 7/14/47 — Doug Doug Milford buys a new 1947 Buick Roadmaster from Bob J. Hart’s dealership in Seattle, Wa.
•
•
•
7/30/1947 —@ Ray Palmer’s Palmer’s urging, Kenneth Arnold flies to Tacoma Tacoma & that evening meets w/ Fred Crisman & Harold Dahl in the Winthrop Hotel, Hote l, Rm. 502. Arnold suggests that they the y talk to his friend Emil Smith, as well as Douglas M ilford & Special Agent Nathan. 7/31/1947 — Dahl is visited by a man claiming to be from the gov’t (implied to be Douglas per o the Buick sedan) who threatens Dahl’s family unless Dahl says he made the wh ole story up. Dahl’s son Charles disappears while this conversation occurs. Arnold picks up Smith from Seattle & flies him to Tacoma. Capt. Davidson & Lt. o Brown from Military Intelligence are notified by Douglas & Nathan and fly up from Hamilton Field, San Francisco. The four meet w/ Crisman Cri sman that night. 8/01/1947 — 12:30am. After Crisman has left, Paul Lantz calls Arnold’s hotel rm. & says an o anonymous caller just told him exactly what their discussion had been about up to the time after Crisman left. (Tamara Preston later theorizes the anonymous caller is Crisman, based on multiple reports that he had a car phone long before they were common.) Davidson & Brown take a corn flake box containing the metal fragments & depart to return to Hamilton Field, where the next day a ceremony is scheduled officially transferring transferring the U.S. Army Arm y Air Force into its own service branch. ~1:30am. Davidson & Brown’s 1am B-25 flt. from McChord field catches fire after o the engine bursts into flames a half-hour after take-off. The other two people on board (the crew chief & a sergeant on leave catching a ride home) parachute to safety, but Davidson & Brown die in the crash near Kelso, Wa. Crisman gets a call from Lantz detailing a second anonymous call saying that the flt. was sabotaged or shot down, & that the Mt. Rainier Marine transport plane was a lso shot down. Early morning. Crisman goes to the Winthrop, Lantz joins them. Ted Morello calls o the hotel saying he also received an anonymous call that the flt. was shot down & to tell Arnold & Smith that the same thing could happen to them. Crisman flees the hotel in fear. About an hr. after Crisman leaves, the Local 61 Cooks, Waiters & Bartenders Union goes on strike — Arnold Arnold & Smith are barricaded into the nearly empty hotel. Afternoon. Arnold leaves to get the Tacoma Times (Lantz’s article on the o anonymous call is published). o 5:30pm. Ted Morello calls — he he got another call from the informant. Arnold & Smith meet him @ KMO radio station — an an informant told him Crisman was taken into custody by US military & sent to Alaska (Smith’s contact @ McChord verifies a flt. left for Alaska w/i the hr.). They try the address Dahl gave them —it’s been bee n abandoned for mos. They go to McChord (a Buick —implied to be Douglas’s— follows them) where they meet w/ an Army Intelligence major who confiscates their last remaining samples of the Maury Island rocks. Arnold flies Smith to Seattle, then takes off for the 4-hr. flt. home to Boise (in his biography, he says he needed to make it home before dark since he did n’t n’t have a battery for his navigation lts. — this is cutting it impossibly close if the Ted Morello More llo call was @ 5:30). Arnold — this stops in Pendleton for fuel — — & upon takeoff, apparently shuts off his fuel valve (he believes due to mind mind control), causing him to crash from 50 ft. in the air, air, damaging his plane. (He later makes it home safely after a fter his plane is repaired.)
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
Early 8/1947 — A few days after the B-25 crash, a black-suited individual (Milford?) shows up @ Ray Palmer’s office asking about Lemurians & Maury Island. Heees the Maury Island metal & rocks Crisman sent Palmer. The next day, Palmer’s office is burgled & the metal/rocks are stolen. ~8/05/1947 — Charles Charles Dahl, 5 days after disappearing, calls ca lls Harold collect from Missoula, Mt. Charles returns to Tacoma safely. 8/08/1947 — Tacoma Tacoma Times publ. Lantz’s article on a Puget Sound College prof.’s findings, re: the samples of metal & rock Dahl sent to Morello shortly after the crash — rock rock is common slag, but metal can’t be duplicated. Mystery ingredients are calcium (@ high concentration which would protect from radiation) & titanium. Fall 1947 — On On a Sun., Lantz is visited @ home after church by two men in black who angrily try to convince him to “stop.” He refuses to be intimidated & they leave. 9/1947 — Project Project Sign, Air Force program dedicated to the investigation of UFOs, is formed. Gen. Twining, one of the most decorated officers of WWII, is closely involved, following his report on the Roswell data. 9/04/1947 — Fighter Fighter pilot Lt. Dan Luhrman (from Fairchild Air Force Base) spots a UFO, pursues it for 20 minutes, evasive actions taken. Retired mill worker Einer Jennings witnesses part of this pursuit while walking his dog Rover. (Project Sign report indicates an Air Force capt. saw the UFO @ 7:30pm. 9/06/1947 — Gazette Gazette publ. Robert Jacoby’s article on Einer Jennings’s experience. 9/07/1947 — Douglas Douglas Milford travels to Twin Peaks for the 1 st time since leaving after the stock market crash to convince Einer Jennings that talking about ab out UFOs can lead to trouble. 9/08/1947 — After he returns from his mysterious Alaska trip (it’s implied that he was on a b rig o -the-grid” questioning by military), Crisman’s Air Force reserve status is for “off -therevoked. (“A few months” after his return, Crisman writes a letter to Amazing Stories claiming he discovered a 2nd Lemurian frozen cave during his time in Alaska, & his associate, a soldier named Dick, was killed by a ray gun.) Douglas Milford checks the area where Einer Jennings had his sighting. Doug o suddenly has a mental image of the location near Owl Cave (where he had seen the Giant). He goes to the location (feeling like he’s not in control c ontrol of his actions) & has repressed memories return (Preston later speculates Douglas had had his own close encounter/abduction). 2:30pm. Douglas sees a 100’ round object w/ lights take Margaret Coulson, Carl o Rodd & Alan Traherne (all 3rd grade students @ Warren G. Harding Elementary School on a school outing/nature hike) from the clearing. (In his 1986 profile on Margaret, Robert Jacoby, presumably mistaken about the time of day, says the abduction occurred “[o]ne night in 1947.”) Margaret later says that when she was seven (note that the Secret History timeline puts her just shy of 7), she went walking in the woods, & when she got back was told she’d been missing for a day. All she recalls is a flash of light & the call of an owl… and, upon returning, she has the symbol tattooed on her leg. (Margaret to Coop, Episode 24) 9/09/1947 — After After an all-night search, the three children are located just before noon by Andrew Packard’s Eagle Scout troop. The children seem to think they were only gone for an hr. Dr. Dan Hayward checks Margaret @ Calhoun — she she is fine except minor abrasions on the elbows & knees, & “recently raised or abraded” skin on the back of her rt. knee w/
a symbol. Carl apparently has the same symbol in the same location. Margaret asks if the owl is coming back. 9/12/1947 — Gazette Gazette publ. Robert Jacoby’s chronicle of the children’s rescue. 12/09/1947 — 1st official meeting of Project Sign @ Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Oh., 8am. Present: Gen. Hoyt Vandenberg, Gen. Nathan Twining, Gen. Charles Cabell, Col. Howard McCoy, Col. Robert Taylor, Lt. Col. George Garrett, Maj. Aaron J. Boggs, Maj. Douglas Milford (he’s one of the “Analysis “ Analysis Officers”), Maj. Dewey Fournet, & FBI liaison Special Agent F.W. Reynolds. Lt. Col. Garrett presents a detailed breakdown on 18 of the most credible credib le UFO reports. Garrett’s conclusion is that the discs exist, & may be some sort of secret domestic project project given the lack of topside inquiry. Late 1947 —Project Sign S ign delivers “An “A n Estimate of the Situation,” w/ working hypothesis that UFOs are extraterrestrial. (Contradictorily, Briggs in the same sentence says this was “a few months after” the 1st Sign meeting.) ~1947 — After After a ritual @ the Hell Gate, Parsons comes back from his desert trip to find Marjorie Cameron waiting @ his front door. Shortly after Parsons meets Marjorie Cameron, Hubbard cons Parsons out of his $20,000 life savings, & runs off to Miami, Fl. w/ Betty, marrying her before divorcing his 1 st wife & using Parsons’s money to buy a yacht. Parsons, meanwhile, is accused of selling secrets to a foreign power (& ultimately acquitted), leading JPL to terminate its relationship w/ him. He sells the Parsonage & sues Hubbard for his money (Hubbard in turn threatens to expose that Betty was 17 when Parsons 1st got involved w/ her). Parsons consults on a military missile program. (According to Parsons’s anonymous colleague, Hubbard ran off w/i a yr. of meeting Parsons; this timeline is contradictory contradictory to Parsons saying Hubbard worked w/ him for 2 yrs., & the date of the Roswell incident.) 1948-49 1948 — o Pres. Harry Truman appoints James Forrestal as 1st Secretary of Defense. Gen. Vandenberg orders all copies of “An Estimate of the Situation” destroyed & o shuts down Project Sign, replacing it w/ Project Grudge — essentially essentially the same personnel, but now tasked largely w/ spreading misinformation & debunking all sightings. @ the direction of Pres. Truman, Gen Twining sets up Majestic 12 (MJ12, a.k.a. the Wise Men), a small insider grp. w/ the highest hi ghest security in U.S. military history. The CIA is involved from the start, as is James Forrestal. Andrew takes over management of the Packard Pac kard Mill. o Pres. Harry S. Truman speaks on the steps of the Grange on the campaign trail; o afterward, millworker Boyd Truman shakes his hand. Pres. Truman also visits Owl Cave during this stop & is made an honorary Flathead. Shortly thereafter, the Circulars (a secretive, possibly cannibalistic, lodge in town) take control of the Cave for the duration of Truman’s Presidency & call it Elk Cave. (Note that in some passages, Truman is referred to as “future President”; in reality, Truman assumed office in 1945 & was running for reelection.) ree lection.) (In The Secret History, Sheriff Harry Truman’s father is Sheriff Frederick Truman, rather than being a millworker named Boyd.) 1/10/1948 — Paul Paul Lantz dies suddenly & w/o warning. war ning. Contemporary accounts cite o meningitis. a “short unspecified illness” that puzzled drs.; death certificate lists meningitis. • •
•
•
•
Spring 1948 —Kenneth Arnold’s account of his his Tacoma experience is published in the debut issue of Fate, a new Ray Palmer magazine. ~1948 — W/i W/i 3 yrs. of his 1 st lumberjack competition, Sam Lanterman holds h olds every record. [~1948-49 — Emory Emory Battis born (40 yrs old according to Episode Ep isode 5 script).] 1949 — Hanford facility releases massive amounts of raw, irradiated uranium into the o surrounding environment. Thyroid disease & cancer rates soar in the local Native American tribes over the next few yrs. o A second UFO crash occurs. James Forrestal attempts to blow the whistle on the Wise Men, u ncomfortable with o where the CIA is taking things. Shortly thereafter, he resigns as Secretary of Defense. Soon after, although no longer in the military, he is confined to the psychiatric ward of Bethesda Bet hesda Naval Na val Hospital for “nervous exhaustion” in a “VIP th suite” on the 6 floor. 6 wks. later, his body is found, apparently having committed suicide by jumping out a window (but w/ severe abrasions around the throat & broken glass in the rm. suggesting a struggle). 10/17/1949 —Hubbard speaks to Congressman Richard M. Nixon in Nixon’s o Washington office about Jack Parsons’s sanity (right around the time that Pars ons’s nat’l security clearance is up for renewal). 11/12/1949 — Congressman Congressman Nixon writes to Gen. Twining asking him to investigate o the Jack Parsons allegations. 12/03/1949 — Douglas Douglas Milford, posing as a left-wing journalist, meets w/ Jack o Parsons in Manhattan Beach, Pasadena. The meeting is broken up prematurely by the arrival of Parsons’s new wife. Douglas then meets w/ a former colleague from Parsons’s “Suicide Squad.” While Milford considers Parsons more troubled than “evil,” he concludes that Parsons’s security clearance should not be renewed. (Based on Milford’s recommendation, & Parsons’s membership in the American Civil Liberties Union, his security clearance is terminated & all associations b/w entities associated w/ the U.S. gov’t & Parsons are ended. Parsons turns to work as a mechanic & hospital orderly, & eventually uses bootleg explosives to become a pyrotechnic consultant on war movies.) Architrave Press in Tacoma publishes Redemption in Wood and Marble: The Twin o Peaks Grange by N. Mailer. ~1949 — Franklin “Frank” Truman born (he is a senior when Harry H arry is a junior). o Edward Condon, a Manhattan Project nuclear scientist w/ high security clearance, o is a person of interest to (& extremely hostile witness before) the House UnAmerican Activities Committee, starting a lifelong animosity between Condon & Nixon. (20 yrs. earlier, as of 1969) Late 1940s — (“After the war yrs.”) Marty Lindstrom yields to popular opinion & puts up the o “RR” on the Double R’s sign. (This seems inconsistent w/ Norma’s statement in Part 13 saying “it’s been the Double R Diner for more than 50 yrs.,” which would be a pretty conservative count ca. 2014!) o
• • •
•
•
o
o
Unguin Air Force Base is built 15 mi. south of Twin Peaks. As of 1991, it continues to serve as a one-strip airport for privately chartered planes, known as Old Unguin’s Field. 1949 or later — Bob Bob begins inhabiting Leland (Episode 13, Mike to Coop & co.: When Coop asks if Bob is “near [them] now,” Mike responds, “For nearly 40 yrs.”) . Bob lives next door to Leland’s grandfather’s summer home when Leland is a boy (per Leland, Episode 9). When Leland Lela nd was a boy he saw Bob in dreams. Bob said he wanted to play. Leland: “ He opened me and I invited him and he came inside me. … When he was inside, I didn’t know and when he was gone I couldn’t remember. He made me do things, terrible things. He said he wanted lives, he wanted others. Others that they could use like they used me.” (per Leland, Episode 16) ▪
1950s •
•
•
Early 1950s — Andrew introduces chainsaw cutting of logs to the Mill. o Emma Thrimble opens her roomy if drafty Lower Town home to visitors as the 5o unit Mrs. Thrimble’s Bed & Breakfast, still operating ~1991. Crisman is recalled to active duty as a fighter pilot in the Korean War for 2.5 yrs. o (Cover for espionage activities in the region, incl. inc l. Japan). 1950s — o Ben comes through Iceland (Episode 5: Ben tells the Icelanders he came through their country “somewhere in the ’50s”) The FBI comes to Hap’s Diner (while Hap is still in charge). ( Fire Walk with o Me) o The U.S. highway system makes lumber transport by truck more economical than railroad. The old trains are eventually relegated to the Train Graveyard, @ the end of the old railroad spur across the Wa./Or. border. 1950 — o Communist China invades Tibet, seizing the entire country while leaving the Dalai Lama (the centuries-old title for the spiritual leader) only nominally in charge. (per Coop, Episode 2) o Crisman writes a letter to Fate magazine denying that the Maury Island incident was a hoax. L. Ron Hubbard publishes Dianetics, the founding text of his new religion, o Scientology, stealing ideas from Thelema as well as Shaver’s Lemurian stories (he calls the underground aliens living in volcanic cave cities Thetans). 1/25/1950 — Nadine Gertz born. (Per the trading cards and Jacoby’s 1987 Calhoun o Hospital psych evaluation. Note: This seems to contradict Nadine being a “couple in fact, this makes her yrs.” behind Hawk & Ed in school, according to Hawk— in older than them and all of their classmates by several mos.! Perhaps she was left back due to her psychological issues? Also contradicts her being 35 in Episode 17, per Asst. Principal Greege, and per Nadine in Episode 29; the series also has her last name as Butler, not Gertz.) Her mother is later diagnosed manicdepressive, & her father is an undiagnosed alcoholic. The family has some money because her father invented an industrial flame retardant.
4/18/1950 — Daryl Daryl Lodwick born (D.A. ID, Episode 11). 5/13/1950 — Harry Harry Truman born to Boyd Truman (a millworker) ( Access Guide). o In The Secret History, his father is instead Sheriff Frederick Truman. o 9/16/1950 — Thomas Thomas “Tommy” Hill born to a Zuni shaman. Contradictorily, in The Secret History Hawk says his father is Henry Hill, a 35-yr. career logger who worked as a tree-topper (the most dangerous job in the world) for the Packard Mill, M ill, & Preston says Hawk is full-blooded Nez Pierce). 9/30/1950 — Norma Lindstrom Lindstrom born born to to Marty & Ilsa Lindstrom. o 10/26/1950 — Ed Ed Hurley Jr. (Big Ed) born Ed) born to to Ed Hurley Sr . (This is supported by o Preston saying Big Ed is “pushing 70” ~2016.) (The Hurleys have been Packard Sawmill employees emp loyees for two generations — — Big Ed’s uncle lost his finger there. B ig Ed’s brother Ernest also eventually eventua lly works for the mill, according to Cooper. Hawk talks about abou t Big Ed’s brother Billy working for the mill — unclear if Ernest & Billy are the same person.) — unclear ~11/22/1950 — Jack Jack Parsons testifies before Nixon @ the House Un-American o Activities Committee hearing (FBI report is dated 11/22 & was made in Cinc innati, Oh. — unclear if this is where the testimony actually occurred). He names his former — unclear closest colleague among other names, & explains his religious beliefs. FBI ultimately decides not to prosecute him. 12/01/50 —Copy of Jack Parsons’s HUAC testimony entered in FBI files in o Cincinnati & Los Angeles. ~1950 — The U.S. Air Force begins Project Blue Book to investigate UFOs (“their 20 o yr. investigation into UFOs,” shut down in 1970, per Albert, Part 12). (It is possible that Albert is simply ballparking, since he never nev er names a specific yr., and The Secret History places the start of Blue Book in 1952.) -do-well souse who owed everyone Hank Jennings born to Emil Jennings (a ne’er -do-well o money) & his wife, Double R waitress Jolene. (It is heavily implied that Hank is in the same yr. in school as Truman, Ed, Hawk & Norma, so he is presumably born the same yr.) 1951 — 3 yrs. after its founding, Project Grudge releases its official public summation: UFO o encounters are @ best a form of mass hysteria, @ worst psychopathology & publicity-seeking. o The film I Was a Communist for the F.B.I. is released; it is the pivotal inspiration for Windom Earle’s law enforcement career. c areer. 1952 — Will Hayward completes postgraduate work @ U. of Washington in Seattle, takes o over his father’s medical practice. (Again, this seems to contradict the 1929 birthdate for Will in the Access Guide and the trading cards, which would make him 23 this yr.) (This also contradicts Earle, posing as Dr. Gerald Craig, telling Donna that Will graduated med school “30 yrs. ago this month” in Episode 24, placing Will’s med school graduation in 1959.) Kenneth Arnold publ. book The Coming of the Saucers, breaking his relative o silence on his experiences since his near-crash. o
▪
•
•
•
A smaller grp. in the gov’t (many alleged members of Majestic 12) shut down Grudge, replace it w/ Project Blue Book. Gen. Charles Cabell demands an end to the lies & an answer. Douglas Doug las Milford is present @ the 1st meeting. o 6/15/1952 — Due Due to a perceived threat posed by Parsons (presumably an accusation that he may sell secrets to foreign powers), Douglas Milford visits Parsons, now living in a carriage house on the Cruikshank estate on Orange Grove Blvd. in Pasadena & still wearing the jade ring. Parsons says he & his wife are planning a trip to Mexico. Milford concludes that Parsons’s extensive knowledge, continued dabbling in explosives, erratic personality & desperate financ ial situation make him an espionage risk & thinks he may be planning to move to Mexico permanently. Suggests house arrest. 6/17/1952 —@ 5:08pm, an a n explosion @ Parsons’s P arsons’s home kills him (likely due to a o dropped coffee can containing fulminate of mercury). His boarders (an actor & a grad student) hide hypodermic needles & later paint over a devil portrait in another room. His mother Ruth, immediately after learning the news, overdoses on pills & dies. Marjorie flees to Mexico. There is speculation that a bomb was planted in the crawlspace under the floorboard, triggering a larger explosion of the chemicals above. o 6/18/52 — Los Angeles Times article on Parsons’s death. 1953 — Gleem is set up by the Wise Men to investigate the UFO cases that seem most o promising, leaving mostly horseshit for Blue Book. One goal g oal of Gleem/the G leem/the Wise Men is to reverse-engineer the aliens’ technology. o Gen. Twining named chief of staff of the Air Force & chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. 2/1953 — Andrew Andrew Packard est. the annual Twin Peaks Chess Tournament. o (Vladimir Nabokov is once a challenger; Anatoly Karpov sends his regrets, but the letter is later lost.) lost.) 12/01/1953 — During During a snowstorm, the Grange burns to ashes. Later determined to o be arson. A witch hunt ensues, pitting neighbor against neighbor, but the arsonist ars onist is never identified. (In identified. (In The Secret History, Grange Hall is still standing in 1986 — Margaret flicks the lts. on & off before meetings, implying that this is the location of the town hall meeting in the Pilot.) P ilot.) ~1953-54 — o Nadine Butler born (35 in Episode 17, per Asst. Principal Greege, and in Episode 29 per Nadine to Ed). Lewis Nordine born (13 in 1967). o o Marie Schlurman born (14 in early 1968). Hed Steele opens Headers by Hed, specializing in repairing antler impact to autos o (open “since the Grange fire”). 4/19/1954 — Dale Dale Bartholomew Cooper born (he later refers to Philadelphia as the place where he grew up; unclear if he was born there). Per a deleted scene from the Pilot, Cooper is “from Philadelphia.” 1955 — Pres. Eisenhower disappears from public view for 42 hrs. for a quail-hunting trip to o Ga. Apparently he actually goes to Holloman Air Force Base in NM & meets w/ o
•
▪
•
•
•
•
•
•
“Nordic type” aliens who fly in. A confidential memo refers to the aliens giving Eisenhower “the Yellow Book,” an advanced technological viewer displaying pictures of objects in deep space. sp ace. According to one “source,” Eisenhower rejects these aliens’ offer for access to their technology in exchange for U.S. giving up nukes. Another meeting (time & place unspecified) later occurs w/ the “grays,” wh o offer their tech in exchange for access to “genetic materials.” This offer is accepted. o Sean Ladoux sets the record @ the Packard Timber Games by sawing through a 6.5 ft. trunk in 37 minutes. He also cuts off his right toe & has it bronzed for the County Museum. ~1955 — o Sam Lanterman retires from lumberjack competitions (after 10 yrs.). Windom Earle becomes a chess grandmaster (@ 14 y.o.). o ~mid-1950s — H.S.-aged H.S.-aged Margaret Coulson & Robert Jacoby (who have ha ve been friends since rd the 3 grade) go on a few dates (note: This contradicts Robert Jacoby’s 1931 birthdate given on his memorial service program. See below be low for further confusion regarding Robert’s timeline). Margaret is deeply affected by b y Invaders from Mars & they spend hrs. discussing what she calls “life from other places,” & what interest they might have in us. (In reality, Invaders from Mars was released in 1953.) This is the last time Robert sees Margaret for awhile: he misses graduation to spend the summer in Hi. w/ his mom & Lawrence. (Confusingly, Robert says: “We [meaning his mother and brother] didn’t see each other during the war, but once it ended I rejoined them in Honolulu for the last semester of my senior year…” Given the timeline Robert has just recited —of Margaret’s 1947 abduction occurring while Robert was in grade school — his visit must be quite a while after the end — his of the war.) He then returns to Wa. to attend Gonzaga Go nzaga college for journalism, & by the time he returns to Twin Peaks, 5 yrs. have gone by. 1956 — 8/05/1956 (Part 8) — — o A creature that resembles a cross b/w a moth & a frog (w/ a beak like the Jumping Man’s) hatches from one of Judy’s vomited-up eggs in the New Mexico desert. A young boy walks a young girl (Sarah Novack) home. The girl finds a penny heads up & believes it is good luck. A Woodsman descends from above into the NM desert; another materializes. On a road, a couple finds its car blocked by 3 Woodsmen, one of whom repeatedly asks, “Got a light?” The horrified couple swerves around them & drives off. The girl & boy continue their walk. The girl says she thought the boy was going w/ Mary; he says that’s over. The girl lets him kiss her goodnight on the cheek before she goes inside her house. 10:16pm (clock on radio station wall). The Woodsman walks toward the KPJK AM radio station as the DJ plays “My Prayer” by the Platters. The Woodsman enters & crushes the receptionist’s skull, then clutches the DJ’s head while broadcasting a poem over & over: “This is the water, and this is the well. Drink full and descend. The horse is the white of the eyes, & dark within.” A car mechanic, a waitress @ ▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
poem . The frog-moth Pop’s Diner , & the girl all pass out listening to the poem. flies into the girl’s bedroom window. It flutters its wings & the girl seems to open her mouth in response. The frog-moth crawls inside the girl’s mouth & disappears within. The Woodsman finishes reciting his poem & cracks the DJ’s skull. The Woodsman wanders back out into the desert, a horse whinnying in the distance as he disappears into the dark. “More than a few people” report hearing strange “electrical or mechanical word sounds” coming over their radios for about 6 minutes. Many local residents report severe disturbances among their pets or livestock during this period. A number of others — although although only a few are named in the subsequent reporting — claim claim that members of their families black out when they hear these transmissions. One of these people is Sarah — her her parents find her unconscious & unresponsive in her upstairs bedroom bed room — & a second affected person lives in Sarah’s neighborhood. When the sounds stop & the station returns to dead air, all of these people immediately regain consciousness w/ no memory of the event. Sarah comes to in the backseat as her parents rush her to the hospital. The police, unable to raise anyone @ the station, head over. Emergency rm. drs. are unable to find anything wrong w/ Sarah or the “close to a dozen” others brought in. Over the next few days, ½ a dozen sightings of strange solitary figures are reported in the area that nt. on the rd. 9/02/1956 — Li Li Chun Fung (“Upright Autumn Bird”; later known as Josie Packard) o born in Guangzhou province. pr ovince. Her father is a high-ranking “Red Pole” enforcer in the Siu-wong triad; her mother a legendarily beautiful prostitute known as the “Lace Butterfly” who dies shortly after Li’s birth from a heroin overdose. During Li’s childhood, her father rises to become “Deputy Mountain Master,” or 2nd in command, for the largest triad in the region. Her father trains her in criminality. 9/13/1956 — Albert Albert Rosenfield born. o ~1947-~1957 — Four Four children go missing in the Arroyo Seco in the decade after Parsons performs his rituals. Two Two are murdered by a construction construction worker who helped build a nearby freeway; he claims voices told him to do it & later takes his own life in prison [note: prison [note: this refers to the real-world disappearances of Donald Lee Baker & Brenda Jo Howell on 8/06/1956, likely murdered by Mack Ray Edwards per his confession; the timing with the Woodsman’s 8/05/1956 radio broadcast is likely not a coincidence]. The other two children simply disappear. ~1957 — o The Renaults come into ownership of the Roadhouse (57 yrs., Jean-Michel Renault on the phone, Part 7). Earle is admitted to the U. of Penn. (@ age 16). o 1958 — o Pete marries Catherine, after he (as Lumberjack of the Year) chooses her for his dance partner @ the Lumberjack Days square dance. (Note: This seems inconsistent w/ the 1959 date on Pete’s H.S. yearb ook in Episode 7.) In Episode 7, Catherine refers to their relationship beginning as “a summer’s ▪
•
•
•
indiscretion” w hen Pete was a lumberjack who could scamper up a tree like a cat. (Catherine begins an affair w/ Ben “only a few yrs. in” to the marriage according to Briggs; Briggs also says Ben was married w/ children @ the time.) Margaret, Carl, & Alan Traherne graduate Twin Peaks H.S. Margaret studies o forestry @ Wa. State & hopes to work for the U.S. Forest Service. Carl joins the Coast Guard & eventually achieves the rank of boatswain’s mate. Alan attends 2 yrs. of community college in Spokane. Tuesday. Vice Pres. Nixon tells Douglas Milford even Pres. Eisenhower may not o know what the “Wise Men” are up to. Although they were started by a Mason (Pres. Truman), they now follow “the other path” (likely Illuminati). Douglas is trying to research the 1955 Holloman incident & track down d own video, per Nixon’s tip. A third UFO crash occurs, w/ a survivor, who is eventually held @ Homestead Air A ir o Force Base in Fl. ~1955-58 — (depending (depending which birthdate is being used) Sarah gets her 1st period (when she was 12). 1959 — o Following a Tibetan uprising against the Chinese, the Dalai Dala i Lama is forced to flee to India for his life. He has lived in exile ever since (as of 1989). (Episode 2) o Pete is in high school (1959 Logroller yearbook seen, Episode 7). Elks’ Club Fire; the last time Twin Peaks has this much action in one night o until 3/02/1989 (Will in Episode 8). o 3/1959 — William William Hayward graduates medical school (this date assumes Earle did his homework —Windom Earle while posing as “Dr. Gerald Gerald Craig” to Donna, Episode 24 —“30 yrs. ago ago this month”) month”) ~1959 — Earle graduates college (@ 18). o ▪
•
•
•
1960s •
•
•
•
• •
Early 1960s — Margaret Margaret & Robert Jacoby have coffee @ the Double R. Margaret convinces Robert that the greatest danger facing Earth is not nuclear war, but ma n’s threat to our own environment. Margaret turns down the Forest Service, who only offer women secretarial work,. She restores an old Ford, & works in the town library while raising money for the Sierra Club. ~Early 1960s —Earle gets his his master’s in criminal justice, then applies & is is accepted to the FBI. He completes training w/ historically high marks. 1960 — Daisy Packard dies. o 2/27/1960 — Andrew Andrew Brennan born. o o 3/23/1960 —Richard “Dick” Tremayne born. He was delivered by Will Hayward (Will, Episode 21). ~1960 — Alan Alan Traherne moves to Los Angeles, where he works as a sound tech on movies & TV for many yrs. (after 2 yrs. of community college). 1961 —DC Comics honors Ray Palmer by naming the Atom’s alter ego after him. him. ~1961 —
Lasers are invented (15 yrs. after Shaver described similar weapons used by the Lemurians). Ben Horne & Sylvia (maiden name unknown) marry (“30-yr. union” as of their o divorce). ~1961-62 — Johnny Johnny Horne born (27 in Episode 1, per Audrey & per Jacoby). (Contradictorily, The Final Dossier says Johnny is “now” in his early ear ly 40s, as of 9/06/2017, placing his birth b irth in the midm id-’70s, which is clearly inconsistent with his stated age and his appearance on the original series.) 1962 — o Dwayne 1st runs for mayor. He runs unopposed; Dougie writes an editorial coming out against him (Will, Episode 17). (Dougie writing the editorial is clearly inconsistent w/ the timeline in The Secret History, but the book does confirm that Dwayne began serving as mayor in 1962. Kenneth Arnold runs unsuccessfully for lt. gov. of Id. o The Northwest Pacific spur ceases passenger operations out of Seattle. o o Horace “the Dutchman” Vandersant dies; the Dutchman’s Lodge is shut down not long after. 5/27/1962--Lucy Moran born. o o 9/02/1962 9/02/ 1962 —Josie’s fake fake birthday birthday once she marries Andrew Packard & moves to Twin Peaks. (Oddly, Cooper says their marriage license says she was 19 when they married in 1983, but then later correctly states that she claimed to be 21 @ the time.) 1960-63 — Crisman Crisman flies back & forth from Tacoma to New Orleans to Dallas 84 times in 3 yrs. (while undercover throughout the 1950s & 1960s as teacher, school administrator, freelance writer, political speechwriter, speechwriter, &, for 2 yrs. in the early 1960s, Boeing employee — & also hosting a right-wing radio show in Puyallup, Wa. as “Jon Gold”). ~1962-63 — Josh, Rick & Tim born (all 22 in 10/1985, per Laura). (Donna in Episode 12 says o they were “about 20.”) Leo Abel Johnson born (Shelly is 21 a yr. after Leo’s death; Leo is 6 yrs. Shelly’s o senior). (This contradicts his birthday given on the trad ing cards.) o William Hayward and Eileen (maiden name unknown) marry (they were together for 26 yrs. as of divorce in 1989). 1963 — Early 11/1963 — Ray Ray Palmer writes editorial tying Crisman to the assassination of o South Vietnam pres. Ngo Dinh Diem 3 wks. before be fore the JFK assassination. 11/22/1963 — Pres. Pres. John F. Kennedy assassinated. Following the death of JFK (who o took strong interest in the UFO phenomenon), Project Blue Book turns back toward the “debunking” mission of Project Grudge. ~1963-64 —Lana Budding’s actual birth birth date (Briggs says says she claimed to be 19, but a “later, more diligent vetting of her available records put the actual number six integers north of there.” Early-to-mid 1960s — Carl Carl Rodd serves on patrol boat under heavy combat during early yrs. of Vietnam War. Pre-1964 —The Double R Diner becomes known by its current name (“it’s been the Double R Diner for more than 50 yrs.,” Norma in Part 13). o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1964 — Emil Jennings (son of Einer, father of Hank) passes out drunk in the steel tub of his o basement beer-brewing apparatus; dies. Carl Rodd reported missing while on duty off the Alaskan coast during an o Anchorage earthquake & tsunami. He is rescued by Aleuts, with whom he lives for 5 mos. as he recovers. He adopts their deist/animist form of shamanism & marries an Aleut woman. ~1964-65 — Josh, Josh, Rick & Tim born (“about 20” when Donna was 13/14, per Donna, Episode 12). (This estimate contradicts Laura saying the boys were 22 in The Secret Diary.) 1965 — The FBI loans Windom Earle out to the Air Force for a 2-yr. hitch. He works o on Project Blue Book. (Cole to Coop, Episode 25) Preston later elaborates that this was Earle’s 1st field assignment (she places it more generally in the “mid-sixties”), & says he acted as “a liaison & security officer b/w the Bureau & Blue Book.” Carl’s wife & baby die in childbirth. Carl leaves the Aleuts & travels the trackless o wilds of the Yukon, British Columbia & the Northwest Territories. He eventually settles in Yellowknife (Canada), acting as a tracker for hunting expeditions & singing his own folk compositions in local cafes. He also does occasional stunt work for films shooting in the area. ~1965 — Ed & Norma start dating (were together 4 yrs. before Norma “ran off” w/ o Hank — Ed Ed to Coop, Episode 8). Briggs begins his military career (20 yrs. in the service in 1985). o o The Twin Peaks movie theater (formerly the Opera House) closes (40 yrs. after opening). ~ Mid-to-late 1960s —(Nadine is a “couple years” behind behind Ed & Hawk in in school, according according th to Hawk) When Nadine Gertz is in 7 grade, her family moves from Id. to Twin Peaks. 1966 — Douglas Milford promoted to Lt. Col. o o Dozens of unexplained high-profile UFO sightings. Congress commissions physicist Edward Condon @ U. of Co. to convene Condon Committee Committee & determine if further gov’t investigation of the phenomenon is warranted. o Gleem is renamed Aquarius. Leland graduates summa cum laude from U. of Wa. (presumably law school: the o Law Review is mentioned in the same sentence, although Leland’s age indicates college) (per Jacoby’s case notes). o Nadine is a Twin Peaks H.S. cheerleader. (This contradicts Nadine being a “couple yrs.” behind Ed & Hawk in school, per Hawk, although is more consistent w/ Nadine’s b’day stated on the trading cards and in The Secret History.) ~1965-67 — @ some point during Earle’s hitch w/ Blue Book, he crosses paths w/ Doug Milford. Also @ some point during this 2 yrs., the Project’s attention turns from outer space to the woods around Twin Peaks; Earle becomes becom es obsessive & ultimately ultimately violent, and is removed from the Project. (Garland to Coop after perusing the Blue Book files on Earle, Episode 27) At some point, a video is recorded re corded of Earle trying to tell someone ▪
•
•
•
•
•
about evil sorcerers called dugpas, & their ardent devotion to darkness & evil which allows them to access a place of power, the Black Lodge, which furthers evil’s power. (Episode 27) 1967 — o New Orleans D.A. Jim Garrison arrests local local businessman Clay Shaw for allegedly conspiring in the JFK assassination. Crisman (w/ whom Shaw allegedly served in the OSS in WWII) is apparently Shaw’s 1 st phone call. Crisman is subpoenaed. No charges are brought against Crisman, & Shaw is acquitted. The Dutchman’s Lodge is demolished. o 12/24/1967 — Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa. Dale Cooper’s dad has the family walk around the o spruce tree in the front yard because the churches have stolen Christmas. 12/25/1967 — o Cooper is given a Norelco B2000 reel-to-reel tape recorder by his parents. His dad then reads a page from The Grapes of Wrath & Christmas is over. @ 2pm, Cooper ventures out of the house to interview Lewis Nordine; Lewis’s brother Jim shoots @ him w/ a BB gun. (As an adult, Lewis joins the USAF.) @9pm, Cooper resolves to get a battery pack o 12/26/1967 — 3pm. Cooper gets 3 batteries from Simms’ (sic) Hardware so he can operate the recorder w/o an extension cord. @ 10pm, Cooper decides he must have a plan for his life now that he has the recorder, but doesn’t know what it will w ill be. 12/27/1967 — 3am. 3am. Cooper has an asthma attack, closes his eyes & pretends to be o dead while his mother rubs VapoRub on his chest. His mother tells him a dream she had about being alone in a field when thousands of birds filled the sky & blocked out all light. ~1967-68 —Leland Palmer marries Sarah Sarah Novack (21 yrs., per Jacoby’s report) report). ▪
▪
•
▪
▪
▪
•
1968 •
1968 — Gordon Cole & Phillip Jeffries graduate Quantico as the top two agents in their o class. Jerry Horne graduates Gonzaga undergrad (“class of ’68”). o Tammy contradictorily says Jerry drove cross-country in his Airstream traveler to attend Woodstock “as a college student” (& appears briefly in the Oscar-winning documentary!). In reality, Woodstock was held in August 1969, meaning Jerry would have been out of college. 1/01/1968 — 10am. Cooper takes the case of the theft of his best friend Bradley Schlurman’s o new Stingray bike by the 24th St. Gang. @ 1pm, Cooper follows two members of the gang w/ the recorder buried under o potatoes in his backpack. The gang members steal the recorder. 1/03/1968 — 8pm. 8pm. Cooper gets his recorder back. It was recovered by b y police when the gang tried to steal a car outside the Band Box Theater. 1/10/1968 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper writes to Efrem Zimbalist for advice on pursuing an FBI career (having eliminated other inspiration sources Hawaii Five-O and The Wild Wild West . ▪
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
1/12/1968 — 7am. Cooper notes that only asparagus seems to make his urine smell different. His o mother is very quiet & may have had another bird dream. @ 1pm, Cooper says his Quaker school is giving sanctuary to a draft dodger. o Cooper is conflicted because the law is supposed to always be right. 1/14/1968 — o 7:30pm. Cooper sees Bradley’s sister Marie dancing in her bedroom; she smiles @ him. He feels strange & frightened. @ 8:15pm, Cooper follows the 24th Street Gang to an alley near Fairmount Park o where they set a trash can on fire & dance around it. 1/20/1968 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper reaches the final conclusion in his urine study. Only fishsticks & potatoes w/ chili from Duva’s Café give some smell. Asparagus as prepared by his mother is like no other food. 1/24/1968 — 5pm. 5pm. Cooper recounts that the FBI arrested the draft dodger. 1/29/1968 — Cooper Cooper watches Marie dance through the window; she takes off her shirt exposing her bra. Cooper gets his 1st erection. 1/30/1968 — 9:30pm. 9:30pm. Cooper looks up “testosterone” in the school library. 1/31/1968 — 7:05pm. Cooper takes a pledge to become a full Tenderfoot, becoming a member o of the Boy Scouts of America. o 8pm. Cooper plans to become a full Eagle Scout w/i 2 yrs. 2/08/1968 — [9:05pm] [9:05pm] Marie’s new baby brother is brought home; all the neighborhood kids line up to meet him. Marie takes Cooper to her room, asks what he knows about breastfeeding. 2/16/1968 —5pm. Tom Johnson’s brother Will W ill was killed in Vietnam. Cooper finds Tom @ Fairmount Park w/ his hand bloody from hitting a rock. Tom runs off swinging a stick @ bushes like they did as kids when they t hey were “killing Japs.” 2/23/1968 — Tom Tom Johnson gets a letter from his brother c ontaining a still-green exotic leaf that looks like a map. 2/24/1968 — 2:30pm. 2:30pm. Efrem Zimbalist sends Cooper a photo autographed, “To Dale, Good luck.” Cooper charges a dime a head to see it until his dad says Mr. Zimbalist would be disappointed in him. 2/25/1968 —1pm. Cooper attends William Johnson’s funeral. 3/02/1968 — 2pm. 2pm. Cooper gets his 1st merit badge, for knot tying. (Marie let him practice on her in her room.) 3/08/1968 — [10pm] [10pm] Morning. Cooper’s grandmother, who was visiting them this wk., has a stroke in the kitchen & dies while making cherry pie. This is the 1st dead body Cooper has seen. He’s not afraid. 3/20/1968 — 1:30am. 1:30am. Cooper sees Mr. Botnick (who lives across the st.) come running out of his house naked yelling that “they” are climbing all over him. 3/30/1968 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper finishes The Hound of the Baskervilles & resolves to do good by imitating Sherlock Holmes. 4/02/1968 — 8am. Cooper resolves to solve his 1 st case: learn what goes on in girls’ g irls’ health class o in Rm. 11.
@8:25am, he enters the air vent in the janitor’s closet & proceeds over Mr. Barstow’s history class. @ 8:30am, he successfully observes & records Mrs. Winslow’s sex ed class. Mr. o Brumley, the janitor, catches him exiting the vent in the closet. Cooper runs. 4/03/1968 —[5:30pm] Cooper is is called into the headmaster’s headmaster’s office. office. He surrenders the the tape tape, & the recorder is banned from school for the rest of the yr. 4/04/1968 — [8pm] [8pm] Martin Luther King Jr. is assassinated in Memphis, Tn. Cooper is in the car w/ his father when the news breaks. Cooper hears his father say “shit” for the 1st time. They return home & watch reports of riots. 4/19/1968 —4pm. Cooper’s parents give him a Timex for his 14th b’day (he submerges it for 15 minutes & it still works). Cooper’s mother tells him his brother Emmet went to Canada to be a lumberjack & won’t be back until all the trees are gone (Cooper believes this is because Emmet’s draft # is 3). 4/20/1968 — [9pm] [9pm] Cooper IDs all local poisonous plants & becomes 2nd class Scout, performs Heimlich maneuver on scoutmaster Tooley when he chokes on a dandelion during “eating in the wilds” demonstration. 4/25/1968 — Leo Leo Johnson born. (This does not gel w/ the timeline in The Final Dossier , which says Shelly was 21 a yr. after Leo’s death & that Leo is 6 yrs. Shelly’s senior— placing Leo’s birth closer to ~1962-63.) 5/02/1968 — 10pm. 10pm. Marie tells Cooper she can’t talk to him until unt il he’s older. He follows her & sees her kissing Daren Seedler outside Duva’s Café. 5/12/1968 — [7:30pm] [7:30pm] Cooper invites Marie to a party; she doesn’t want to come. Her shades are always closed. Cooper feels stupid talking into a machine. 6/06/1968 — 3:30am. Cooper’s father wakes him to say Bobby Kennedy was shot in Los o Angeles. His father sits up watching the news. Marie’s lights are on (she had been wearing a Kennedy button every day). @5am, Bobby Kennedy dies. Cooper’s father goes to the print shop. Cooper sees o Marie stand naked by window in darkness for a minute. 6/08/1968 — [9pm] [9pm] The train carrying Bobby Kennedy comes through Philadelphia. After it passes, Marie takes Dale by the hand, walks him to a corner, & French kisses him, then runs away in tears. 6/14/1968 — [4pm] [4pm] Bradley is sent to camp in Me. to learn French. Marie & her parents depart on a tour of U.S. nat’l parks (Cooper hasn’t spoken to her since the kiss— he he called her house once, but her mother answered & he hung up). 6/20/1968 — 1pm. 1pm. Cooper decides to become an FBI agent, writes to J. Edgar Hoover. 6/22/1968 — Madeleine Madeleine Ferguson born to Beth. This is consistent with her being 16 in 7/1984 in The Secret Diary. [This is also consistent w/ the script for Episode 3 saying she is 20. However, in the Episode 4 script, Maddy tells James Laura was a month older than she.] 7/03/1968 — [8pm] [8pm] Cooper receives a reply from Hoover inviting him to tour the Bureau. 7/15/1968 — Cooper Cooper & his father catch the 10:20am express train to Washington, D.C. Cooper gets a photo w/ Hoover, tours the FBI bldg., fires on the gun range (despite his lack of previous experience, he is soon already a lready giving shooting tips to a special spec ial agent). @ 7pm, on the train home. His father is very quiet, & tells him a story about France in WWII when he & a grp. of soldiers killed a farmer whom the locals told them was a German o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
collaborator. He says he’s proud of Cooper, but Cooper needs to make up his own m ind about things in the world. They’re home @ 11:30pm. 8/10/1968 — 6pm. 6pm. Marie is home. She paints yellow flowers on her face. When she hears about Cooper’s meeting w/ Hoover, she calls him an establishment pig & says he’ll never reach nirvana. 9/01/1968 — 3pm. 3pm. @ Simms’ Hardware, a colored bird flies in. It flees onto Cooper’s head & Mr. Simms smacks Cooper in the face w/ a broom. The bird flies into an air duct & is chopped up by a fan. Cooper does not like birds. 9/09/1968 — [8pm] [8pm] Cooper starts 9th grade, joins stage crew. 9/20/1968 — 6pm 6pm — Cooper Cooper finds an earring, sandals, & other objects while walking home though Fairmount Park; he invents an explanation. 9/28/1968 —Uncle Al (Cooper’s father’s irresponsible magician brother) visits— they they haven’t seen him since they caught his magic show during a trip to the Poconos. He teaches Cooper to count cards, then takes him to a “men’s social club,” where they are soon soo n asked to leave. Al flees that night, allegedly to sell Bibles B ibles in Fl. 9/30/1968 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper recounts the weekend w/ Uncle Al. 10/06/1968 — 10:30pm. 10:30pm. Cooper sees a boy named Howard sneak into Marie’s while her parents are @ Mr. Steak. 10/07/1968 — [7pm] [7pm] Marie tries to kill herself by overdosing on p ills @ school; she is taken take n to the hospital. 10/10/1968 —9pm. Cooper claims to be Marie’s brother to visit her in the hospital. She offers sexual favors if he’ll help her escape, then bit es his arm & demands drugs when he refuses. 11/1968 — The The Twin Peaks H.S. Steeplejacks go undefeated (w/ one tie) & are named Champions of the Northwest Nine Conference & State Champs. Team members include: o QB: Harry Truman (#10) Halfback: Tommy “Hawk ” Hill (#74) Wide receiver: Big Ed Hurley (#60) “The Lonesome End” (caption on photo)/“the Lonesome Halfback ” (in description of Game 3): Hank Jennings (#81) Defensive Back: Thadilonius “Toad” Barker (#12) Coach: Bobo Hobson The 10th & final game of the season is played against aga inst the Kettle Falls Cougars. After o they are tied @ 3-3 for most of the game, Truman puts together a drive that puts them on the 4-yd. line. Hawk, who was hit in the head, misquotes Hamlet ; Truman thinks Hawk is being deep, & is inspired to throw Hawk the ball. Hawk panics & runs the wrong way. On the Steeplejacks’ 5-yd. line, Hawk turns around. The Cougars, so strung out from chasing Hawk up & down the field, cannot catch him & he scores a touchdown, winning the game at 9-3. (See below for a different account of this season in Robert Jacoby’s Oh, Wh at a Tangled Web…, Robert Jacoby’s 11/14/68 Gazette article, and Cooper’s “The Andrew Packard Case.”) 11/02/1968 — 9:30pm. 9:30pm. Cooper gets a letter from Marie, who is in a clinic. She has befriended a poet/professor who jumped off a bridge bridge last yr. Marie has shaved her head. 11/06/1968 — 1am. 1am. Richard Milhous Nixon is elected President. Cooper is not sure what this means. ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
▪ ▪
•
•
•
•
11/09/1968 — 12:25pm. 12:25pm. In Twin Peaks, a head-on crash of 2 go-carts on Trail 6F near Parker Rd. leaves 1 dead & 2 critically injured. (“Saturday night” as of Thurs., 11/14— which seems @ odds w/ the 12:25pm report time stated in the same article.) ~11/13/1968 — (The (The article, publ. 11/14, does not state how long ago the game was.) The Twin Peaks Lumberjacks H.S. football team, having gone undefeated in the regular season for the 1st time, loses the Wa. State Championship game 9-6 to the Kettle Falls Cougars when Hank fumbles the ball @ the 1-yd. 1- yd. line. Starting roster: o Team Captain: Frank Truman QB: Harry Truman Tight End: Ed Hurley Runningback: Tommy “Hawk” Hill Fullback: Hank Jennings Offensive Lineman: Thad “Toad” Barker Placekicker, Punter & Return Specialist: Jerry Horne (according to R. Jacoby, all of the players are Bookhouse Boys, implying that Jerry was @ one point a Bookhouse Boy!) Coach: Bobo Hobson Student Mgr.: Ben Horne Number One Booster: Pete Martell Jean Renault (eldest son of Jean Jacques Renault) bet on underdog Kettle Falls & o fixed the game (a few yrs. later, the truth comes out when Jean tells people over poker @ One Eyed Jack’s, Jack’s, explaining that he he did it “Because I can”). Frank Truman seems to suspect foul play right away, saying it was “almost a crime what happened out there,” but everyone else accepts the fumble as an accident. It is believed by some @ the time that this will be Bobo B obo Hobson’s final yr. coaching. c oaching. (The Access Guide tells a different version of this season; see above.) 11/14/68 — Gazette Gazette publ. Robert Jacoby’s article “From the Jaws of Victory” about the Lumberjacks’ loss (as well as an article about the go-cart crash). 11/28/1968 —6pm. Cooper’s father invites a Native American he met on the bus, Michael Bishop Tree, to Thanksgiving dinner. Tree doesn’t say a word but chuckles c huckles periodically. 12/18/1968 — [7am] [7am] Cooper is up all night w/ asthma. He dreams about a man he’s never seen (implied to be Bob) trying to break into his room, calling Cooper’s name & saying he wants him. Cooper’s mother says she knows about “him” & Cooper must never let him in his room. Late 1968/early 1969 —(“After Christmas.”) Hank Jennings Jennings is is driving driving a brand-new trickedout pickup (which he claims he bought w/ saved earnings from cooking short-order @ the Double R over the holidays). ~1968-69 — Hank briefly dates Norma (during junior yr.). o Shelly McCauley born (she is 21 1 yr. after Leo Johnson’s 1989 death) to a Twin o Peaks couple (Preston describes Shelly’s parents’ union as a “local marriage”). (This date contradicts her birthday given on the trading cards.) (Per Preston, Shelly married Leo her junior yr. & was w/ him nearly 2 yrs. before his his death in 1989. Based on typical typical American grade attendance attendance ages, ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
▪ ▪ ▪
•
•
•
•
•
▪ ▪
▪
this would place her birth presumably closer c loser to ~1970-71, but it is possible that she had to repeat a grade or two.) Shelly’s parents’ marriage eventually ends in divorce due to alcoholism & spousal abuse. Her father flees the st. & disappears. d isappears.
1969 •
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
1969 — Ben writes Eileen love letters. (Ben says she’s had them for 20 yrs., Episode o 25) Gordon Cole begins suffering hearing loss. (Cole to Shelly, Episode 25: for 20 o yrs. he’s been asking people to speak up) o Bill Raum starts @ the FBI (10 yrs. in 1979). The Guess Who play the Opera House. They cause a tumult; rock concerts are o thereafter banned in Twin Peaks unless performers sign an assurance to behave properly. th o Norma is Miss Twin Peaks. (Note: If 1989 is the 20 annual ceremony, per the flyer in Episode 24, then the first MTP ceremony would be in 1970, not 1969, unless a yr. was skipped somewhere.) som ewhere.) Preston (likely with a great degree of conjecture) claims that Jerry has been o perpetually high since this approx. yr. ~1969 — o The Bookhouse Boys begin getting together @ the Bookhouse (“going on 20 yrs. now,” Harry to Coop, Episode 3). (Given the info in The Secret History about Frederick Truman founding the grp. ~1941, it is possible Harry is referring only to the current iteration of the grp. He does say in the preceding scene that “we” have “always” been here to fight the evil in the woods—“men before us, men before them”). Chris Roe born (8 in early 1978). o Early-to-mid 1969 — (A (A few mos. after Hank starts driving his new truck.) Harry confronts Hank about his “fumble” & a vicious fight ensues @ the Bookhouse; Ed & Frank have to stop Harry from killing Hank. Harry & Hank are no longer friends (& Hank is presumably thrown out of the Bookhouse Boys @ this point). p oint). 1/1969 — The The Air Force rushes the Condon Committee report (concluding that gov’t research into UFOs should be discontinued) into publication for the public before Nixon takes office. 1/19/1969 — Cooper Cooper has been sick for a month; the infection spread through his lungs. He has had the dream of “the Man” several more times but didn’t let him in the door. Marie visits him in a cheerleader uniform, says Jesus is now her personal savior, & that her poet friend hung himself. 1/20/1969 —8pm. Cooper recounts Marie’s visit. 2/10/1969 — 3pm. 3pm. On the corner of Chelton & Greene, Cooper sees a crime scene w/ a dead man (in a green jacket) who was stabbed in the neck. [8pm] Cooper throws up, then informs police he recognizes the man as a card player from the social club Uncle Al took him to. 2/14/1969 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper gets a Valentine: a drawing of Marie in a cheerleader uniform holding baby Jesus. 2/24/1969 — Nixon holds a secure briefing in the Oval Office w/ Col. Milford (the 1st time Milford meets Nixon in person) & Dr. J. Allen Hynek (astronomer & physics prof. @ O hio
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
State; longtime scientific consultant of Projects Sign, Grudge & Blue Book). Nixon dismisses Hynek & speaks privately to Milford, saying that Blue Book will be shut down because of Condon, but once Nixon carves out out some operating room, he’ll contact Milford Milford to start a private interagency task force (leaving the CIA out) to find out what the “Skull & Bones” Wise Men have been hiding. (Oddly, Milford’s “official” journal account of this meeting is on Task Force MJ-12 letterhead!) Project Blue Book disbands in 1969. (Garland to Cooper, Episode 20) 20 ) (Albert contradicts this in Part 12, saying it was shut down in 1970). Nixon later learns and tells Douglas D ouglas that the Wise Men Me n shut down Blue Book because they have already made contact w/ the aliens. 2/28/1969 — 7am. 7am. Cooper is frequently waking up w/ erections. He finds he can suppress them by thinking of Disneyland. 3/11/1969 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper meets a new girl @ school, Anne Sweeny, who has just moved from Mn. He is smitten. Soon thereafter, Anne begins dating a 10th grade peacenik field hockey goaltender, Nancy Nordstrom. Cooper starts wearing a Nixon button. 4/1969 — o “One bad weekend,” Norma runs off with Hank, but doesn’t sleep with him (note on dating: in 3/1989 Hank & Norma have been together 20 yrs. “next month,” per Hank to Norma, Episode 7; Hank again reiterates the 20 yrs. to Norma in Episode 22). Ed & Nadine drive all night, & end up in a little town in Mt. out past Great Falls. “Half joking, half drunk, half crazy,” Ed marries Nadine. Ed & Nadine honeymoon in Ed’s dad’s old cabin in Eagle Pass. Ed is already hoping for a divorce/annulment, but Nadine is happy. They go hunting; a piece of Ed’s buckshot skips off a rock & takes out Nadine’s eye. (Ed to Coop, Episode 8) Norma begins working @ the Double R (20 yrs. “this April,” Episode 14) o 4/17/1969 — Norma sends her parents a postcard from her honeymoon w/ Hank in Hollywood (per the postal stamp; this contradicts Hawk’s account of the timeline which would place this postcard in 1970 or 1971; see below. The moon landing stamp is also anachronistic to this date This dating also contradicts the chronology Ed relates to Cooper in Episode 8, which places Hank & Norma’s marriage ~6/1969 ). 4/19/1969 — 5pm. 5pm. Dale, now 15, is distraught over Anne. He pontificates on the signs of heart attack. 5/12/1969 —7 pm. pm. Mother’s Mother’s Day. Cooper’s Cooper’s mom is is worried worried about him. him. He formulates plans to get better. (In reality, Mother’s Day 1969 was 5/11. It is possible Cooper simply recorded this entry on 5/12 and was referring to the prior day.) da y.) 5/20/1969 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper blows up Nancy Nordstrom’s mailbox, feels better, is ready for the long climb to Eagle Scout & responsible citizen. ~6/1969 —“A couple mos.” after Ed married Nadine, Norma marries Hank. (Ed to Coop, Episode 8) 6/10/1969 — 6pm. 6pm. Anne is moving back to the Great Plains, where her father bought a feed store. Cooper sees her for the last time in a b ookstore. 6/30/1969 —George, a pressman pressman @ Cooper’s dad’s shop, gets his hand caught in the press. It’s chopped off & flattened. Cooper applies pressure to the arterial bleeding & retrieves the hand. @7pm, Cooper still feels like he’s injected w/ electricity from the experience. Summer 1969 — Hank Hank begins making runs across the border for Jean Renault.
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
7/08/1969 —Jacoby is @ the Kahala Hilton. Drink umbrella: umbrella: “Men on the moon.” (Unclear what this refers to; in the real world, Apollo 11 took off 7/16 and landed 7/20. Note that when James reads it out loud, he only says “July 1969,” presumably to avoid bringing attention to a prop error.) (Episode 7) 7/16/1969 — 10:50am. Cooper watches Apollo 11 take off. o o @1pm, Marie comes over to tell Cooper she expects they’ll meet God on the moon & he’ll tell them to go back where they t hey belong. 7/20/1969 — 3:08pm. Bradley Schlurman & his parents come to watch the moon landing w/ the o Coopers. Marie to join later. @4:17pm, the Eagle has landed. o @ 10:56pm, Neil 10:56pm, Neil Armstrong & Buzz Buz z Aldrin become 1st men on the moon. Marie moon. Marie o (presumably) says, “God will not forgive us.” Shortly thereafter, Marie brings Cooper & a bean bag chair into the backyard, & holds Cooper’s hand for 2 hrs. while she prays. 7/21/1969 — Bradley & his folks leave @1am; Cooper recounts the bewildering experience to o his recorder @ 2am. [1pm] Cooper leaves for a scout jamboree. o @5pm, he arrives. o [11pm] “Nazi” troop from Pittsburgh attacks Cooper’s troop’s camp shortly after o sunset; 1 member of Coop’s troop is hospitalized. 7/25/1969 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper shoots a crow. He at 1st feels exhilarated, then feels alone. 7/29/1969 —Cooper (impliedly) poisons the “Nazis,” causing them to vomit all night. night. 7/30/1969 — o 8am. Cooper forgoes the bus ride home, decides to travel 176 mi. overland on his own. @10am, he has traveled 6 mi. on foot. o @noon, it’s raining. o @2:30pm, he stops @ the Post & Beam restaurant on Rt. 487. He has cherry pie, o & his first ever two cups of coffee. o @4pm, he gets a ride from a pill-taking early-20s couple, Star & April, on their way to chain themselves to the Pentagon, in a VW bus. @6pm, April kisses Cooper & they let him drive for the 1 st time in his life while o Star & April make love. o @11pm, they make camp in a tepee. April runs off naked to chase fireflies, Cooper drinks 3 cups of raspberry brandy & gets sick, s ick, cries. 7/31/1969 — 9am. Cooper parts ways w/ Star & April. April gives him a tiny pyramid to increase o the electric field while making love, & kisses k isses him goodbye. @3pm, he interviews Allen K. Boyle, a purveyor of men’s hairpieces, who picks o him up outside Bloomsburg, Pa. Boyle believes the sun is dying, time as we know it is coming to an end & we need to learn to live w/o our bodies.
@8pm, camped outside Reading, Cooper interviews a man named Sparks who was once a Boy Scout, “got sunk ” on two boats in WWII, & had a wife who threw him h im out. Late July 1969 —Douglas Milford returns to Twin Peaks, says he’s retired from from the military & plans to take up fly-fishing & oil painting (“the week after” the moon landing). 8/01/1969 — [9pm] [9pm] Cooper arrives home in the afternoon. a fternoon. He’s grounded for a wk. His dad has a plan to print maps of the moon. Cooper glues the pyramid over his bed. ~8/1969-9/1969 —“Within wks.” of Douglas’s return to Twin Peaks, Gazette editor/publisher Robert Jacoby dies. Pauline Cuyo sells Douglas a controlling interest in the paper. (Note: This contradicts Jacoby writing a 1970 article mentioning the controversial Lumberjacks game, writing Oh, What a Tangled Web… in 1984 & writing a piece on Margaret in 1986. It is possible there are two two Robert Jacobys; see below.) 10/31/1969 —Cooper’s mother has another dr eam; eam; she says the man almost got in the door. 11/01/1969 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper worries about his mother. 11/14/1969 —11:30pm. Cooper’s mother gets up for water & aspirin. 11/15/1969 — Midnight. Cooper’s father wakes him up to take his mom to St. Joseph’s Hospital. o She’s unconscious & has had a brain bra in aneurysm. 5am. The drs. have operated to relieve pressure, Cooper & dad wait. o 6am. Dale says a brain aneurysm “isn’t that bad.” o o 7am. Cooper’s mother begins to bleed in her brain. The doctors operate again, but she loses consciousness @7:30am. is gone. 8:20am. Cooper’s mother is o (Note: Tamara Preston, writing many yrs. later in 2017, refers to Cooper’s “troubled” relationship w/ his mother, calling her a “fragile woman who suffered through a sizable portion of Cooper’s teenage yrs. in varying degrees of mental & physical suffering — the the product of her own turbulent marriage.” While this is partially consistent w/ the mental torment she suffered seemingly at least in part due to Bob, Preston’s words seem to imply that there was more going on @ home than Dale put down in his tapes, which portray Cooper’s father as quirky and strong-willed, but do not paint a picture of a “turbulent” marriage. Preston says Dale spent a lot of time tending to his mother before she eventually “straightened herself out,” but her tragic end as depicted in Cooper’s tapes gives no indication that she ever did overcome her difficulties.) 11/16/1969 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper’s Uncle Al comes to help out. 11/17/1969 — [10pm] [10pm] A Unitarian service is held for Cooper’s mother. Cooper’s dad talk s to Emmet on the phone. 11/18/1969 — [6pm] [6pm] Cooper & his father throw his mom’s ashes in a small river north of Philadelphia where she & his dad went we nt before Cooper was born. Her ashes flow toward the ocean. ~1950s-1960s — o 6/18 (Tues.) — 7:30pm. — 7:30pm. Bushnell “Battling” Bud Mullins fights 4 rounds @ the Civic Auditorium (and presumably wins, since Bushnell displays the poster yrs. later). (Poster seen in Parts 5, &c.) o
•
•
•
• • • •
▪
• •
•
•
▪
•
•
•
•
(Unknown yr.; estimate based on Bushnell’s appearance/apparent age; note that 6/18 fell on a Tues. in 1946, 1957, 1963, 1968, 1974…)
~1969-70 — During senior yr., Ed Hurley (who through H.S. works as chief mechanic @ the o garage his father added to what people are now ca lling “Ed’s Gas Farm”) & Norma Lindstrom (head of the cheerleading squad & homecoming queen) begin dating. (Note on the subsequent Hank/Ed/Norma dates from Cooper’s “The Andrew Packard Case”: Ed & Norma graduate the same yr. as one another. It seems likely that Harry, Ed, Hank, Norma & Hawk are all the same school yr. since they are close friends, & are all born the same yr. [except, possibly, pos sibly, Hank]. Harry is a junior in the fall of 1968, so we can assume Ed & Norma are too. [Note also a lso that the 1950 birthdates from the Access Guide and trading cards should really put them all as freshmen in college in fall 1968, or at least as seniors in H.S.; however, Harry cannot be a senior since his older brother Frank is still in H.S. playing for the football team.] It is possible that Ed & Norma are a yr. ahead of Harry, which would move all the Ed/Hank/Norma dates back a yr.) Bobby Briggs born to Garland & Betty Briggs (he 12 in mid-1982). (This o contradicts the birthday on the trading card , as well as Bobby still being in H.S. in 1989 during the series.) Lana Budding’s claimed birth date (she says she’s 19 in 1989, but she’s actually 6 o yrs. older). Late 1960s — Marty Marty Lindstrom purchases the Weary Traveler, a vintage roadside motel on Hwy. 24 east of Yakima, out of bankruptcy. Vivian Smith (a failed Seattle-area actress & singer) manages it for him. 1960s-1970s — Dr. Dr. Jacoby conducts over a decade of anthropological fieldwork w/ aboriginal tribes all over the South Pacific & South America, participating in tribal rituals involving drugs such as peyote, ayahuasca & rare frog venoms & a short-lived marriage to a chief’s daughter. In one instance, he takes ayahascua & sees a dimension that underlies or coexists w/ ours. There are tall, humanoid beings whose interest in Jacoby feels “cold, reptilian, neutral but shading toward malevolence, lacking all compassion.” He then sees a shining sphere-like figure which gives off a b linding violet light. The other figures retreat; Jacoby describes the being as “‘god’ energy.” Jacoby publishes pub lishes a series of research research articles & then a book, The Eye of God: Sacred Psychology in the Aboriginal Mind . (The book includes back cover quotes by Timothy Leary, Jerry Garcia & Meher Bab, the latter of whom died in 1969 in reality. The back cover states that Jacoby has established active practices in both Hi. & Wa.) The book becomes a cult success. Post-1969 — Eileen Eileen is in a car accident that confines her to a wheelchair (“nearly two decades” prior to 1989).
1970 •
•
1970s — The Corona Super G typewriter is 1 st produced. o o Author/“fraudulent hack” Erich von Däniken links UFO sightings back to the earliest sources on record, incl. biblical times, the Dark Ages & the Renaissance. ~1970s —Margaret (“on the wrong side of 30”) Margaret is building her 1 st cabin & concentrating on volunteer work. She meets Samson “Sam” Lanterman @ Haw’s Lumberyard. (A couple of paragraphs earlier in the same article, Robert Jacoby
contradictorily claims they met @ the Sierra Club.) They immediately fall in love, & get engaged a yr. to the day da y after meeting, & set a wedding date a yr. to the day after a fter that. (Sam proposes @ a special place in the woods above Pearl Lake near Glastonbury Grove — Margaret calls it “the Heart of the Forest,” & Preston believes this to be the spot of Margaret’s abduction.) Sam brings oil back one night just before he dies & says, “This oil is an opening to a gateway.” (Episode 29) The wedding occurs @ the Chapel-in-theWoods; they plan to drive up to Lake Louise for a honeymoon @ the grand hotel. During the reception, however, a lightning strike starts a fire that sweeps dow n the hill toward Blue Pine. Volunteer fire chief Sam, his father & bros. head toward the blaze. Margaret works all nt. @ the Grange Hall in her wedding dress, helping evacuated pe ople w/ food & shelter. The next day she gets word that Sam was swept off the ridge into a burning ravine, killing him. Margaret later says that right before her husband died, she saw the same flash of light & call of an owl as the night she was taken @ age 7. (Margaret to Coop, Episode 24) The fire subsides the following day when another storm comes in, w/ Sa m as the only casualty. Two days later, Margaret buries him behind the house up the mtn. they had been building together for 6 mos. The following day, she returns to the Heart of the Forest (where the circle of sycamores is still standing despite dozens of acres burning around it), & cuts a log from a fallen old-growth Douglas fir. She later says the tree told her exactly which part to take. (Note: a contradictory account in the Access Guide says Margaret’s husband gave the log to her on their wedding nt.) In Episode 5, Margaret confirms that her husband was a “logging man” & o implies that he died in a fire. Hawk says her husband died “the nt. after the wedding,” seemingly contradicting Robert Jacoby’s account, wherein Sam dies the same nt. as the wedding. In the deuterocanonical Log Lady Introduction for Episode 20, Margaret confirms that her husband died in a fire, & elaborates, “ This was not a friendly fire. This was not a forest fire. It was a fire in the woods. This is all I am permitted to say.” According to the 1991 trading cards, the log is 8-9 yrs. old. If this refers to when it o was cut, Sam’s death would be ~1982-83. (Sarah tells Laura that Margaret’s husband tripped on a root fighting a fire & fell, o burning face first.) Early 1970s — When When Nadine is a H.S. sophomore, her mother is diagnosed manicdepressive @ Calhoun Memorial. Her father signs papers putting her mother into state psychiatric care @ Western Psychiatric. Approx. 2 mos. after her mother is admitted, Nadine has a nervous breakdown, freezing one day @ her locker. She is admitted for depression treatment @ a private institution, & takes the spring semester off. (Andy Brennan is in her class.) She receives 6 wks. of treatment involving “sleep & art therapy” & Thorazine, then has another 6 wks. w ks. of @-home supervised care w/ her father. Her mother comes home around this time. (Oddly, Dr. Jacoby says this happened “about ten yrs. ago” in his 1987 evaluation of Nadine — presumably, he is rounding liberally. Even more strangely, Preston refers to Nadine’s “30-odd yrs.” of therapeutic treatment ca. 2015-16, seemingly placing the start of her treatment in the mid-1980s.) mid-1980s.) Nadine comes back to school claiming she had been a foreign exchange student in France. 1970 — ▪
•
•
First Miss Twin Peaks contest held (1989 is 20th Annual, per flyer, Episode 24). Norma wins (Shelly to Norma, 20th anniversary of Norma winning, Episode 28 — note note that 1989 would technically be the 19th anniversary, not the 20th — perhaps supporting the Access Guide placing the 1 st MTP in 1969, perhaps with a yr. skipped somewhere in the pageant’s pagea nt’s history). o The U.S. Air Force shuts down Project Blue B lue Book, concluding that no credible evidence about UFOs exists & therefore they pose no threat to nat’l security (“In other words, a massive coverup”— per Albert, Part 12). (This contradicts Garland saying Blue Book shut down in 1969 in Episode 20.) Douglas changes Twin Peaks Gazette’s name to Twin Peaks Post . (Note: The local o newspaper was still known as the Gazette in 1989 throughout the TV series in dialogue, although at least one prop newspaper appeared ap peared onscreen w/ the Twin Peaks Post banner title.) Robert Jacoby writes an article in the Post making a cryptic reference to the fact o that the 1968 football Championship Game wasn’t kosher. 2/25/1970 — 8pm. 8pm. Cooper records for the 1st time in 3 mos. His H is dad is spending all his time on mapping the moon. 4/19/1970 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper’s 16th birthday. Marie gives him a card. 4/20/1970 —Cooper’s father discovers a new new crater on the moon, visible on the edge of the dark side’s shadow; he names it Cooper’s Crater . 4/21/1970 —[4pm] Cooper’s C ooper’s English teacher Mrs. Peale introduces student stude nt teacher April Larken. She tells Cooper she & Star had a fight @ the Pentagon & haven’t seen each other since. 4/23/1970 —[8pm] April reads D. H. Lawrence’s “Gloire “ Gloire de Dijon” to the class. Cooper C ooper has an erection through Mr. Hord H ord ’s ’s Early American History class. 5/02/1970 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper writes his 1 st poem for class. 5/03/1970 — [4pm] [4pm] April discourages Cooper from writing further poems. 5/17/1970 — [6pm] [6pm] April gives Cooper a D on the midterm. 5/25/1970 — 3am. Cooper dreams about his mother, but she is younger, barely a woman. She o tries to tell him something, but he can’t hear. He wakes up holding a gold ring. 7am Cooper locks the ring in his drawer o 5/26/1970 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper finds a photo of his mother wearing the gold ring. His dad says it was her father ’s & she got it when he died. She stopped wearing it when Cooper’s dad got married & he doesn’t know what happened to it. 6/03/1970 — o 5pm. Cooper tells April something is troubling him & she invites him to her apt. Cooper drinks 7 cups of coffee beforehand. 5:30pm. Cooper drinks 3 more cups of coffee. o [11:30pm] Cooper arrives @ April’s & tells her about the ring & the dream. Mr. o Hord is in the kitchen. Cooper rambles about Mrs. Laudner tripping on a sidewalk crack & flattening her nose against her cheek, then leaves. 6/10/1970 — 5pm. 5pm. April gives Cooper a C in English. April & Mr. Hord go to a commune in Co. for the summer. Cooper’s dad is still busy w/ moon maps. Cooper resolves to accelerate his education & graduate early. o
•
• •
•
•
• • • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • • •
•
•
•
•
~Mid 1970 —(“After graduation.”) Ed enlists in the army, heads to Fort Dix for basic training. 7/01/1970 — 11am. 11am. Cooper learns that his father has made plans to go to the Poconos w/ the Schlurmans. 7/04/1970 — 3pm. The Coopers & Schlurmans have arrived @ Promised Land Lake. o 4pm. Marie is on a float reading a waterproof w aterproof Bible. o 7pm. The Cooper/Schlurman cookout is complete. o o 9pm. Everyone but Cooper & Marie cast off to watch the fireworks. Cooper follows Marie into the woods, where she strips & starts to fellate him. A firework lands nearby & a fire ensues. Marie runs off & Cooper spends most of an hour fighting off the fire w/ their clothes before returning to his father naked. 7/05/1970 — 1am. Cooper recounts his experience on tape. o 11am. Cooper says goodbye to Marie, returns to the city. o 7/11/1970 — Teresa Teresa Mary Banks born in Tacoma, Wa., to Ellen & Tony Banks. This is consistent w/ Teresa being 17 in Feb. 1988, per Fire Walk with Me. 7/12/1970 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper gives a speech on fire safety & prevention, the last requirement for Eagle Scout status. 7/14/1970 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper learns that Marie hit her head while diving off the Promised Land Lake swimming platform & drowned that morning. (The (T he last thing she said to Cooper was, “Thanks for saving my sneakers.” The last thing he said to her was, “Sure thing.”) 7/17/1970 — [10pm] [10pm] Marie is buried. 7/20/1970 — 1am. 1am. Cooper says he doesn’t see the meaning of it. 8/02/1970 —4am. Cooper can’t sleep. 8/15/1970 — 3am. 3am. Cooper & his father talk for much of the night. They agree that Cooper needs a change. His dad confesses that the French farmer fa rmer his troop killed in WWII wasn’t actually a German collaborator the people who told them that owed the farmer money. — the 8/24/1970 — Audrey Audrey Horne born to Benjamin & Sylvia Horne (18 as of last 8/24, according to Coop). This is consistent w/ her stated age being 18 in Episode 5 and again in Episode 23. The Post article article on the bank explosion also lists her as 18, 18, as does Preston in The Final Dossier . The trading cards give an 8/15/1972 birthdate which contradicts her stated age in all other sources. 9/10/1970 — Cooper Cooper tests out of the remaining requirements for graduation. That night, he awakens to find his mother’s ring back on his finger & decides to leave it there. 9/11/1970 — 9am. 9am. Cooper sets off to find “something to believe in.” His dad gives him $1000, tells him to watch out for bad water & snakes, then goes off to print moon maps. Cooper leaves the tape recorder behind; he stops @ Marie’s grave to leave a note & the pyramid April gave him. Cooper steps onto the bus on o n Germantown Rd. & is not seen for 3 yrs. Fall 1970 — Dwayne Milford wins 5th term as mayor; Douglas writes front-page editorial o endorsing him. (Briggs’s confusing wording seems to imply 1969, but could mean 1970, which makes more sense numerically.) (Further confusion: Preston at one point says Dwayne was serving his 6th term as mayor in 1983, which is wildly inconsistent w/ all other info.)
•
•
• •
•
•
~Fall 1970 — In the fall, Ed ships out for a 2-yr. hitch in the Command C ommand HQ motor pool in Saigon. o Norma begins attending Twin Peaks Community College (w/ the intention of becoming a nurse) & working weekends @ the Double Doub le R. Hank (who has known Norma all a ll his life due to Jolene) commiserates c ommiserates w/ Norma over their t heir shared grief that Ed is gone; they begin having lunches, then occasional dinners. Mid-October 1970 — Hank Hank begins making sure Norma does not n ot get the letters Ed sends her @ the Double R. (@ Thanksgiving, Norma has not heard from Ed for 6 wks. despite him sending letters.) 11/1970 — Norma has Hank to the house for Thanksgiving. 12/1970 — @ the annual tree-lighting ceremony in Twin Peaks town square, H ank proposes to Norma & she accepts. ~12/1970-1/1971 —Ed receives Norma’s letter about the engagement 3 wks. after the proposal. ~1970-71 — (Thanksgiving morning when Johnny was 9) The Hornes are getting ready to go o when Audrey comes running up & pushes Johnny down the stairs — he hits his head. Sylvia Horne blames this moment for his subsequent unresponsive mental state (although Jacoby discredits her theory). (Episode 6 note that Audrey — would have been no more than 15 mos. old when this occurred). In 1989, Ben says he has been waiting 20 yrs. for some sign of intelligent life from Johnny, roughly confirming this date. (Episode 3) o William Hastings born (he tells Tammy he is 43 in Part 9). This contradicts the 8/15/1973 birthdate on his operator’s license. Randy born (19 in 1980). o ▪
1971 •
•
•
•
1971 — Northport H.S. is thrown out of the Northwest Nine athletics conference for hiring grown men to play. ~1971 — Laura Laura Palmer born to Leland & Sarah Palmer (17 @ death — Leland Leland in Pilot). (This is contradicted by the 7/22/1972 date on her tombstone in Episode 10, as well as The Secret Diary and the trading cards. Showtime’s promotion for the 2017 limited series changed her DOB to 7/22/1971.) Jacoby’s case notes contradict all other sources, saying Laura was 18 @ her death. 1/01/1971 — Cooper Cooper writes to his father. Water bad, has seen no snakes. Moon Moo n very bright. Craving good chocolate. ~April 1971 — Hank Hank & Norma wed @ the Chapel-in-the-Woods, then honeymoon in San Francisco & drive down the coast to Los Angeles to see a Tonight Show taping (w/ Sammy Davis Jr. & Victor Buono as guests). (Note: Norma sends a p ostcard stamped 4/17/1969 to her parents from Hollywood. As noted above, the Hank/Norma events could possibly be shifted back a yr., if Harry is a yr. behind them in school, w/ the marriage & honeymoon taking place in 1970, but a 1969 date is inconsistent w/ the 11/1968 date of the football game. Norma & Ed would still be in school in spring 1969, & Ed would not have joined the army yet, let alone given Norma & Hank time to court & marry. Note also the glaringly anachronistic “First Man on the Moon” stamp, which would make sense in 1970 or 1971.)
1972 •
1972 —
Nixon is reelected over George McGovern — the the biggest landslide in American presidential history. history. o Jeremiah Johnson is released (starring Robert Redford, based on the life of LiverEating Johnson — Preston Preston considers it excellent). Andrew Packard computerizes the Mill’s machinery, increasing productivity by o 25%. o The last barbecue to date (as of 1991) to reward Packard Mill employees for an accident-free quarter is held. 1/01/1972 — Cooper Cooper writes to his father. Snakes very bad, water good. Saw some nice rocks. Needs a good ship. 2/1971-2/1972 — The The greatest yearly snowfall in recorded North American history occurs @ Rainer (sic) Paradise Ranger Station in Wa. During that same time frame, Twin Peaks has 984 ft. (with 74.5” in the first 5 hrs.). 5/30/1972 — Shelly Shelly McCauley born. (Note: This birth yr. seems @ odds w/ Shelly dropping out in 11th grade to marry Leo — per per Bobby in Episode 5 — & having been w/ him for some length of time as of 1989.) (Preston says Shelly was 21 w/i a yr. after Leo’s death, placing her birth ~1968-69.) 6/1972 — Black Black ops E. Howard Hunt (a friend of Crisman) & Frank Sturgis burglarize the headquarters of the Democratic party @ the Watergate. Waterga te. 7/22/1972 — Laura Laura Palmer born to Leland & Sarah Palmer. (tombstone, Episode 10) (Delivered by Dr. Will Hayward; presumably in the afternoon — Laura Laura writes in her diary in 1984 that she turned 12 “three short minutes ago” after having had “such a good day,” but it is is still early enough in the day that Leland takes her to the stables stables to give her a pony.) (Note: The Secret Diary places Laura’s murder in 1990, whereas the P ilot and Fire Walk with Me take place in Feb. 1989 and state Laura as being 17 at the time of her death. Therefore, in the series/film timeline, Laura was likely born in 1971, and the other events of The Secret Diary likely also take place a yr. earlier.) 8/15/1972 — Audrey Audrey Horne born to Benjamin Horne & Sylvia Horne. (Note: This contradicts Audrey telling Coop she’s 18 in Episode 5— she would be 16 with this birthdate! It also contradicts Coop saying Audrey turned 18 this past 8/24 on the Diane… tape.) 9/02/1972 — Donna Donna Marie Hayward born to Will & Eileen Hayward @ Calhoun. (The birth certificate in Episode 27 confirms the 9/02 date from the trading card, but the yr. is not shown) (Impliedly, per Episode 25, her genetic father is actually Ben, with whom Eileen was having an affair.) o (Although Donna tells Harold in Episode 12 that Will delivered her, the “certificate of birth returned by” section lists Dr. R. Robinson. ) (Preston in The Final Dossier contradicts all other sources by saying Donna had o just turned 18 in 1992. This would make her about 15 in the series, which seems very unlikely.) 12/10/1972 —Robert “Bobby” Briggs born to Garland & Betty Briggs. (Contradicted by the Post article on the Briggses’ arrival, which says Bobby is 12 in 1982.) ~1969-73 — Douglas Douglas Milford travels extensively to the east coast — primarily Philadelphia — & D.C. o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
~1972-73 — Li Li Chun Fung, now 16, attends an exclusive private boarding school in Shanghai & runs a drug & prostitution ring which she uses to entrap faculty & administration & blackmail them.
1973 •
1973 — Annie Smith born to Vivian Smith & Marty Lindstrom. Marty begins taking 2-3 o day railroad trips @ least 2ce a month & @ least 2 annual weeklong trips, all to the Yakima area (via his lifetime rail pass). (Preston says he had been taking these trips “since @ least the early 1970s,” and elsewhere says their onset lines up perfectly w/ Annie’s birth.) Annie is told that Marty is her uncle. u ncle. (Note: This birth yr. yr. would make Annie 16 in 1989 during the events of the TV series, which seems extremely unlikely. Both the show and the book reference Annie finishing H.S. before entering the convent. The book’s timeline says Annie is 12 in 1985 — consistent consistent w/ this birth yr. — then details — then events over several yrs. forward from that point, seemingly placing Annie’s arrival in Twin Peaks in the mid-1990s! mid-1990s ! The book also says Annie is in her early 20s when she arrives in Twin Peaks, which seems consistent w/ the show but not with this birth yr.) o Earle serves as a Bureau investigator in the Watergate hearing. He meets Caroline Wickam, a law student on Chief Prosecutor Samuel Dash’s staff. ~1973 — (“At least 5 yrs. prior to 1978”) Ilsa learns of Marty’s double life. o Cooper’s “Andrew Packard Case” document later oddly mischaracterizes this o development as Marty being “diagnosed w/ heart disease.” (Preston’s theory is that either Cooper or Briggs — upon upon adding the document to his dossier inserted this — inserted misinformation as an act of discretion [an odd theory given th e arguably insensitive candor Cooper employs in the rest of the document toward his close friends’ personal matters]. Preston also alludes to a “high-level security issue” that could have motivated Coop or Briggs to misdirect readers of the document & says she’ll elaborate later, but she never does.) According to Cooper’s document, Ilsa leaves the Double R to take care of Marty. (It’s not clear why, or even if, Ilsa or Marty left the Double R in the “real” version of events.) Jolene takes ill w/ lung cancer. Norma takes over the Double R & cares for Jolene (it is implied that she drops out of school), while Hank spends most of his time on the rd. for Jean Renault. Norma opens a bakery next door, eventually selling her mother’s pies by mail-order, & introduces the aqua waitress wa itress uniforms. 1/01/1973 — o James Hurley born to a musician & an alcoholic writer (per James, Episode 5). [His mother’s name was Colleen in a scripted scene for Episode 4.] In The Secret History, James has a different backstory from the series, & his parents are named Billy & Susan. Susan. A January birthdate seems inconsistent w/ James having a birthday in Part 14, which apparently takes place 9/30. (This birth yr. is consistent w/ Preston saying James had “edged past 30” ca. 2006.) Cooper writes to his father: “Stopped looking.” o ▪
•
•
▪
▪
•
•
•
•
•
•
2/12/1973 — Douglas Douglas Milford arrives @ his Fort Lauderdale condominium for his customary monthlong vacation for fishing & spring training. 2/19/1973 — Afternoon: Douglas’s “old friend” Crisman calls, says his friend White House o Chief of Staff H. R. “Bob” Haldeman requests Douglas @ “the Florida White House” in Key Biscayne, Fl. o @8pm, Douglas arrives; Nixon & Jackie Gleason are there. During a day of golf & drinking, Gleason has been trying to convince Nixon to go public w/ what the gov’t knows about UFOs. Nixon now wears the green ring. o “Well after” 9pm, Nixon calls Luis for a car. A half hr. later, they arrive @ Homestead Air Force Base where Gen. [redacted] (whom Douglas had met on a few occasions & who was rumored to be part of Majestic 12) leads them to an area under a hangar where they see what may be the reconstructed shape of a crashed UFO. They also see a gray (which appears able to phase in & out of view w/o moving, & gives Douglas a visceral feeling of uncanny malevolence in the most primitive parts of his brain). bra in). When they go back outside, Douglas’s car is there & they part ways. Gleason is in a serious, disorienting d isorienting depression for wks. after. ~3/1973 — Douglas next hears from Nixon (“over three weeks”). wee ks”). o o Nixon’s attempts to cover up the Watergate burglary become public (“within a month” of the Homestead visit). Despite his legal troubles, Nixon manages to earmark an untraceable carve-out for Douglas to continue his independent UFO investigation w/ a small number of individuals he trusts from various gov’t organizations. Spring 1973 — Cooper Cooper returns to Philadelphia. Bradley sees him wearing a black suit. All Cooper says about the trip is, “Damn good.” g ood.” 4/19/1973 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper’s dad’s moon map business has taken a downward turn. J. Edgar Hoover has died while Cooper was away (note: Cooper implies that he didn’t hear about this until he got back. In reality, Hoover died 5/02/1972, implying Cooper d idn’t have much ab out his travels is the or any contact w/ “civilization” during his trip). All Cooper will say about whole universe is one bright pearl & there’s no need to understand u nderstand it. Cooper later elaborates a bit more on the trip on various occasions. He now o meditates & learned concentration techniques — implied implied to be Zen —& says he’s not considering FBI employment because his experience of the last few yrs. doesn’t lend itself to the belief that good can or will defeat e vil. The list of skills he compiles for his job search has a couple of further clues as to his whereabouts during this time: in addition to typical Eagle Scout skills, he lists chanting, breath control, juggling, rice planting & sitting in small dark rooms. He also says he has “experienced a number of mind-altering fungi and natural fauna used by what we refer to as primitive cultures. ” (He presumably means “flora,” not “fauna,” unless he is referring to hallucinogenic toads.) He walked wa lked barefoot across a bed of burning embers in a very faraway & distant culture. He also implies that he has experienced the mind-clearing abilities of a Tibetan prayer wheel & says he saw pe ople suffering from a form of curse. Going forward, Cooper is interested in the circus, puzzles & sex. 5/07/1973 — [7pm] [7pm] Cooper takes the SAT in case he goes to college instead of the circus. c ircus.
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5/20/1973 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper gets his h is SAT results — 800 in both English & math. — 800 5/30/1973 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper compiles a list of his skills in order to seek summer employment. 6/10/1973 — [9pm] [9pm] Cooper starts a job digging holes to plant trees. His digging partner is Jim, a Southern black man w/ a prison pr ison tattoo. 6/12/1973 — [8pm] [8pm] Cooper loses several dollars to Jim in a knife-throwing contest, c ontest, missing th on the 10 throw & splitting the tow of his boot. 6/17/1973 — [6/18 [6/18 @ 1am] Cooper accompanies Jim to his rm. in a rundown section of downtown. It’s filled w/ boxes containing the “remembrances” Jim has been writing the past 20 yrs. He says sa ys Cooper is the only person who has seen it — he wanted someone who — he would remember. On the bus home, Cooper realizes what this meant, & returns too late. Jim’s rm. and those adjacent are burned down. Cooper sees a shadowy figure laughing in a nearby alley. By the time Cooper gets to the spot, all he finds is a freshly sharpened pencil. 7/01/1973 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper receives a rejection from a traveling circus he applied to, accepts an offer to attend Haverford College, just outside Philadelphia. 7/06/1973 — 8am. 8am. Cooper’s father wakes up & decides they’re taking a trip before Cooper goes to college. Cooper quits his job as hole digger, they head to Mt. Rushmore. 7/09/1973 — o 1pm. Cooper & his father are @ Mt. Rushmore. Cooper later finds his father w/ a “Give It Back to the Sioux” sign, nearly getting into a fight w/ an elderly In. couple. Cooper convinces him to stop protesting & they the y compromise by sawing a secluded “Stop” sign in half. @10pm, Cooper & his dad are camped ca mped in Custer Park & Cooper’s father has turned o in. 7/15/1973 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper & his father arrive home. His father finds an order @ the shop to print calendars for the Nat’l Park Service. 8/15/1973 — William William Hastings is born (per SD operator’s license, Part 1) . This seemingly contradicts him telling Tammy he is 43 ~2014 ~2 014 (Part 9). This date is also listed — likely likely incorrectly —as Dale Cooper’s Cooper’s DOB on his o arrest form (which also lists his place of birth as Buckhorn, SD; see Parts 4, 5). This date would make Cooper 15 in the Pilot! 8/21/1973 — [11pm] [11pm] Cooper goes to Haverford Ha verford (skipping orientation to suggest curriculum changes to the president), accepts an R.A. position. Fall 1973 — Hawk Hawk (who was talked into a recruitment center by Hank @ some point, & is a gunner’s mate on a PBR patrolling the Saigon R iver) meets up w/ Ed during shore leave. Ed gets drunk & pines over Norma, Hawk tries to snap him out of it. Hawk finally leaves when a Frankie Valli song comes on the jukebox & Ed says, “That was our song.” Hawk & Ed exchange a few letters over the next couple of yrs. 9/12/1973 — 10am. 10am. Cooper heads for Haverford. His dad gives him a new tape recorder the size of a notebook that uses cassettes. 9/15/1973 — [6am] Cooper, exasperated w/ the knucklehead 18-yr.-olds on his floor, retreats to o his rm. & reads the writings of a monk who lived on a mountaintop alone for 37 yrs. in search of a deeper understanding of the world, concluded that you can see
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
very far from a mountaintop unless it’s cloudy, & was imprisoned for his radical ideas & died in jail. That evening, Cooper makes ma kes contact w/ several Bryn Mawr philosophy students @ o the student union, drinks heavily. 9/16/1973 — [9am] [9am] Cooper vaguely remembers taking a liking to a junior who he’s pretty sure actually exists. He has the worst hangover of his life. 9/25/1973 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper tests out of all his classes, arranges to study independently. He is still searching for the Bryn Mawr girl. He talks to his father on the phone & plans to ha ve lunch w/ him on the weekend (his dad is doing well selling se lling “imprison “imprison Nixon” posters). 9/26/1973 — 3am. 3am. Cooper has a dream about being in a darkened room hearing a conversation outside the door between someone he thinks is death & a person he first believes to be his mother but then determines to be Marie. Marie tries to get into the room, then distantly says, “I’m not ready,” as her voice fades. Cooper doesn’t believe be lieve Marie is at peace. 10/20/1973 — [5pm] [5pm] Cooper returns to Bryn Mawr, sits for more than an hr. in the student union looking for the girl. While leaving, he’s hit in the head w/ a field hockey ball (& briefly seems to be a sign s ign painter in a small Mexican Mex ican village whose paint is spilled by a dog). The woman who hit him, Andy, gets him ice & they talk for a bit. They plan to meet @ the homecoming bonfire the next night. 10/21/1973 — 8pm. 8pm. Cooper waits for Andy @ the bonfire. Andy arrives, they speak very briefly, then rush into the darkness to have ha ve sex, ending up in a small body of water. Andy A ndy informs Cooper she is leaving to meet her husband @ the a irport, where she will depart on a 6-month trip to Holland to study dike construction. She tells Cooper she’ll look him up when she’s back. 10/22/1973 — 5:30am. 5:30am. The sun rises. Sunrise & sunset are all that seem certain to Cooper. 11/02/1973 — [7pm] [7pm] A chemistry student from Cooper’s dorm (who had previously tried to restructure the dorm into Communist cells that would strike out against imperialism across campus) walks into the president’s office w/ a homemade bomb threaten ing to blow the president up unless Nixon is prosecuted & the student’s failing grade in semantics is changed to an incomplete. The president summons members of the psychology dept., Cooper & a prominent member of the Quaker community. 2 psychology profs. wrestle the student to the ground as the bomb accidentally goes off, sending them & the student to the hospital. 11/05/1973 — [11pm] [11pm] Cooper receives a postcard from Holland. Cooper misses Andy & feels a loneliness he hasn’t felt since Marie’s death. Alcohol relieves it, but he realizes that’s not an answer. 11/07/1973 — [8pm] Cooper goes home to see his father & finds him w/ Charlotte, a much o younger woman who is a potter. Cooper is happy for his father but goes into a dark depression because he realizes he has been a loner for most of his life & will likely remain one. @10pm, a geology student from down the hall, Howard Teller, forces Cooper to go o out to try to get laid. @11:30pm, Howard leaves the bar w/ a woman. Cooper spots an individual whose o movements seem to be those of a predator & Cooper follows this individual, then loses him/her. Cooper searches for the individual until approx. 11:45, when he
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
decides to head home — & comes across a dead woman, multiple stab wounds to her torso & face badly beaten. Later, Cooper says he is certain that the killer was still there & could have killed Cooper when he found the body. 11/08/1973 — 5am. 5am. Cooper reexamines his memory of the scene reluctantly, hoping to find something of use to the authorities. (The killer is ultimately never caught). 11/20/1973 — 1am. 1am. Cooper sees Marie sitting on the corner of his bed. She mouths the word, “stop.” He asks her to help him; she shakes her head no & disappears. At some unspecified time afterward, he makes a tape recording referencing falling, the ground, Marie, & “don’t touch her.” Some time later, Howard finds Cooper in his bed screaming, & he is taken to the school sc hool infirmary, where he is delirious w/ fever. 11/22/1973 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper wakes up in the school infirmary after nearly two days of delirium. @7pm, Cooper considers the gentle face of his nurse as sure a remedy as antibiotics. 11/23/1973 — 5pm. 5pm. Despite his 103 degree fever, Cooper believes that it wasn’t merely an infection that attacked him, but the evil that killed the young woman, & the battle in his body was a struggle for his soul. ~12/08/1973 — Miss Miss Twin Peaks is electrocuted during the ceremonial switching-on of the downtown lights @ the Candlelighting & Christmas Tree Ceremony (second Sat. of Dec.). 12/15/1973 — [9pm] [9pm] Cooper says he has for the 1 st time since arriving @ Haverford found someone he can call his teacher. She’s a poet, scholar & archer. She suggests that he find a physical equivalent to his mental exercises, exerc ises, & that he think less about death & focus more on life. 12/25/1973 — 5pm. 5pm. Cooper returns home for Christmas w/ his dad & Charlotte. 12/27/1973 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper decides to use his time home to test certain limitations in the human body he finds troubling. Apparently having been up since midnight, he resolves to determine the amt. of time that humans can function effectively w/o sleep (w/o the aid of coffee). He makes hourly updates on his tape recorder. r ecorder. 12/28/1973 — Around 11am-noon, Cooper believes he hears a man in his closet, which he o determines to have been an echo of him chanting while doing headstands. o Around 2pm, he attempts to tie a bowline around a watermelon & hang it from the ceiling light, & the knot slips & the watermelon impales itself on the bedpost. @3pm, his sex drive is still functioning, as he gets an erection after 17 seconds of o viewing Miss December. @4pm, he resolves to drop out of o f college & become a goat shepherd. s hepherd. o @5pm, he has the strange feeling that the last hr. of his life was borrowed by o someone in the animal husbandry business. @6pm, he check s all the closets to make sure the little people aren’t hiding in them. o @7pm, he “discovers” the watermelon on his bedpost. His dad is worried. o o @8pm, he says he never liked the name Dale, & always wanted to be an Apache named Ten Sticks. 12/29/1973 — @midnight, @midnight, content that he has proven sleep unnecessary by going 48 hrs., Cooper signs off after stating that he has determined Lee Harvey Oswald was assisted by a man by the grassy knoll w/ a gun disguised as an umbrella, & that Marilyn Monroe’s death was not unrelated to JFK’s. After giving in to sleep, Cooper has the most
•
•
extraordinary & vivid dreams he has ever experienced. Upon awakening, the watermelon is eaten & the seeds are inside his pillow. 12/30/1973 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper listens to his tapes from the preceding days, determines he became a public health threat @ the 44-hr. mark. ~1973-74 — Donna Hayward born to Will & Eileen Hayward (just turned 18 in 1992); n ote: this o birthday seems to contradict Donna D onna being in the same grade as 17-yr-old 17- yr-old Laura in 1989, as well as the birthdate on the trading cards.
1974 •
•
•
• •
•
•
•
• •
• •
•
1974 — o Jerry Horne graduates last in his (presumably law school) class of 142 from Gonzaga U. (Coop to Jerry, Episode 15) Liver-Eating Johnson’s body moved to Cody, Cod y, Wy. for reburial & monument. o Unguin Packard dies. o o Sarah & Leland Palmer organize the Twin Peaks Timber Players. (One of their productions over the t he subsequent yrs. is ’Tis a Pity She’s a Whore, a controversial th 17 -century tragedy involving incest. They also stage something called The Paranormal Review, along with the more conventional selections Brigadoon, There’s a Girl in My Soup, The Mousetrap and Ask Any Girl.) 1/08/1974 — [1am] [1am] Cooper signs up for the school winter sports weekend trip to the Poconos, seeking a test of the mind & its effect on physical activity. 1/10/1974 — 11am. @ Fernwood ski area, Cooper completes an hr. training jumping off a o soapbox w/ Lars, the ski instructor, then heads to perform the 10-meter ski jump. 11:15am. Cooper jumps — his his skis cross @ the end of the chute & he bounces @ o least 3 times upon landing. o @3pm, Cooper resolves to restrict further investigations to the ground. 1/15/1974 — 6pm. 6pm. Andy is back from Holland. 1/17/1974 — 9pm. 9pm. Andy tells Cooper her husband fell in love w/ Holland & stayed to bu ild more dikes. She gives Cooper the Kama Sutra. 1/20/1974 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper & Andy take a small hotel room just outside town to conduct another study of body & mind. 1/21/1974 — 1am. 1am. The score is 9-5 Andy. They order Chinese (Cooper gets lemon chicken). @3am, the score is 12-9. @4am, 14-13. [6am] Cooper ties it up @ 5:01 am. 1/30/1974 —7pm. Although scout law doesn’t approve of sex before marriage, Cooper pontificates upon up on the necessity of exploring exp loring human sexuality as one would a trout-filled stream. 2/10/1974 — [8am] [8am] Cooper caught “a record re cord trout” last night. 2/13/1974 — 11pm. 11pm. Andy receives word that her husband, Tim, was injured when a dike broke. She S he returns to t o Holland H olland to nurse him back to health & tells Cooper love wasn’t a variable in their relationship. 2/15/1974 — 1am. 1am. Heavy rain in Holland. Cooper hopes it will be difficult for Tim to swim. 2/17/1974 — 10pm. 10pm. Cooper decides the attraction of academics pales in comparison to sex when you’re not getting any. 2/28/1974 — 3am. 3am. Cooper decides to get a degree in anthropology, prelaw & psychology. He also may take art classes @ Bryn Mawr because Haver ford ford doesn’t allow nude models.
•
•
•
•
•
•
3/10/1974 — 11am. Cooper takes the train to NYC to test his hypothesis that societal breakdown o is the result of people living on vertical rather than horizontal planes. @3pm, he decides to begin @ Central Ce ntral Park, “a place of the past.” o o The sun begins setting @ 5pm. @6pm, he is chased out of the Park by marauding lunatics w/ clubs & pipes and o takes shelter in a building. @7pm, he moves south & decides the City C ity is much more orderly than the primitive pr imitive o chaos of nature. @9pm, he is attacked after buying a hot dog; he suffers a head wound & loses his o wallet. He is convinced that the assailants are still following him. @11pm, he takes shelter in the loft of a female artist. o 3/11/1974 — @midnight, the artist’s lover comes home & chases Cooper out. o @1:30am, Cooper stumbles into a protest (which he thinks is a celebration) & is o locked up w/ many protesters. @2am, Cooper sits in a cell w/ the protesters, who regard him as an informer due o to his black suit. Eventually, they all sing protest songs, practice yoga & plot the overthrow of a constitutional gov’t (a move Cooper argues is extreme since they just failed to overthrow a coffeehouse in Chelsea). Chelsea). @7am, Cooper sees the judge, who suggests that he go back to Philadelphia & stay o the hell out of NY. 3/15/1974 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper is excited to begin work the following day on a study @ the hospital of average people who have gone mad. 3/16/1974 — o 10am. Before entering the hospital, Cooper is flooded w/ memories of his mother’s death. @noon, Cooper meets Dr. Perkins. They meet their 1st patient, “Allen,” a mailman o who believed his bag was full of disembodied voices & was found under a bridge stuffing mud in his ears. @2pm, Cooper concludes an hr. w/ Allen, who seemed normal other than banging o his head against the table to silence the voices whe n someone mentioned zip codes. @4pm, Cooper meets “Betty,” a 19-yr.-old who believes she is possessed by the o devil. 3/17/1974 — 10am. Cooper determines to gain Betty’s trust. o @ noon, Cooper concludes 2 hrs. w/ Betty. She showed him her scars & spoke of o how the world is going to burn. She accepts Cooper but believes he is an avenging angel sent to destroy her. @1pm, Cooper has a quiet lunch of Jell-O w/ Betty. o @3pm, Cooper concludes his day w/ Betty. Be tty. o 3/18/1974 — 1am. Dr. Perkins calls Cooper (asking him “to meet her at the hospital,” although o Perkins is earlier described as “a serious man”). Betty has gotten ho ld of a knife & has it @ the throat of an orderly, asking to see Cooper. Armed police are @ the ready.
@1:10am, shots fired. @1:20am, Betty is wheeled out w/ injuries, saying, “I’m free.” The orderly is o unharmed. o @2pm, Betty has died & Cooper speculates that she may have been tormented by the same presence/beast he sensed the night he found the murdered woman. 3/29/1974 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper speculates that the nature of the illness affecting Betty may be the greatest puzzle he will ever face. (Margaret Hastings, his professor in several psychology courses, later says she believes Cooper could have become a brilliant psychologist & academic if the Betty incident hadn’t forever changed c hanged his life.) Howard st gets Cooper to go to his 1 rock concert. Cooper believes Nixon is conspiring in a coverup & his path must lead to impeachment. 3/30/1974 — 3am. 3am. Cooper has temporarily temp orarily lost the ability to hear after the concert. 4/04/1974 — 1pm. 1pm. Cooper decides the existences of good & evil e vil are the two most important questions in his life. He says he seems to have no trouble engaging evil, but good is more elusive. 4/06/1974 — 2pm. 2pm. Cooper is enormously horny, but more interested in finding true love than sexual gratification. 4/15/1974 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper lets Howard use his rooms for liaisons w/ an accounting major from Bryn Mawr. Cooper drinks enormous amts. of coffee & reads up on average people going insane. 4/30/1974 — [5/01/1974 [5/01/1974 @midnight] Cooper dances naked @ a Bryn Mawr May Day celebration, has several women write their numbers on his thigh u ntil campus police break up the celebration. 5/18/1974 — o 9am. Cooper gets the opportunity to attend an autopsy @ a local med school. 11am. Cooper watches the autopsy of a 30-yr.-old male. o o @11:32am, the doctor opens the head. Cooper C ooper is fascinated by the mysteries of the brain. 5/19/1974 — Job Job day on campus. Cooper picks up brochures for the Peace Corps & FBI. Cooper’s father is to marry Charlotte in Las Vegas, asks Cooper to be h is best man. 5/20/1974 — 3am. Cooper sees a man painted blue b lue outside looking up @ Cooper’s window. o 3:30am. A thorough search outside produces no evidence that the blue man was o there. 6/12/1974 — 10pm. 10pm. In Las Vegas. Cooper’s dad & Charlotte Char lotte take in “Nudes on Ice.” Cooper decides to gamble. 6/13/1974 — 1am. The casino mgrs. tell Cooper never to come back due to his card-counting. He o decides to give the $2K he won as a wedding present. The wedding takes place @ the little red chapel @ 1pm, presided over by a n elderly o man named L. B. Johnson. Cooper’s dad & Charlotte take off to Reno. 3pm. Cooper looks out over Hoover Dam. o 6/14/1974 — Cooper Cooper sees the blue man outside his window again @ night. 6/15/1974 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper is back @ Haverford, undertaking projects over the summer that will allow him to graduate early. o
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
• •
•
• •
• •
•
• •
7/01/1974 — 3am. 3am. Cooper wakes up w/ a terrible sense of loss, possibly related to Charlotte converting his childhood bedroom into a pottery studio. 7/05/1974 — [Midnight] [Midnight] Cooper’s sense of isolation is overwhelming. Fireworks remind him of Marie. Not even pie & coffee @ the Lunch Pail restaurant can cheer him. 7/09/1974 — 5pm. 5pm. Cooper arrives @ a small cave overlooking a small river in the northern portion of Pa. He sits alone not moving, lost in mind-clearing meditation for 12 hrs. 7/10/1974 — 5am. 5am. Cooper says he believes he was previously in the cave wearing animal skins cooking a small goat. A large bat has been watching him for hrs. 7/12/1974 — 7am. 7am. Cooper flees the bat back to civilization. 7/24/1974 — 8:30pm. 8:30pm. Nixon calls Douglas in Twin Peaks from a secure line in the Oval Office. The Supreme Court has shot down his argument of executive privilege (of the 3 Justices Nixon appointed, only Rehnquist recused himself) —Nixon’s —Nixon’s tapes will be released in addition to the 1200 pages of transcripts he already turned over. Nixon claims this is because he went after the secrets of the Wise Men (a.k.a. the Study Group/Gleem/Aquarius) who have already made contact w/ the aliens & don’t answer to anyone. Nixon says there may be as many as 6 species of aliens & he has heard rumors that the Wise Men built vast underground complexes in Ne., Wa., Dulce NM, & @ least one in the Australian outback called Pine Gap. He says all this is part of “something even bigger, something old & dug in, & it’s been here all along,” watching & manipulating us. He tells Douglas to proceed slowly because they’re probably watching him: the only only person he can trust is the man @ the FBI whose info Nixon gave Douglas (Gordon Cole). He tells Douglas to wait awhile, then set a face-to-face meeting. He says all the people @ the top of Aquar ius have bird codenames — the the Caretaker (the man @ the top) is Raven. Someone comes to the speak again. door & Nixon abruptly hangs up, saying they’ll never speak 7/27/1974 — Congress Congress passes the 1st of three articles of impeachment against Nixon for 9 counts of obstruction of justice. 8/01/1974 — 2pm. 2pm. Cooper mails all his Nixon buttons back to the White House. 8/09/1974 — Jacoby first lays eyes on Mimsy. (umbrella, Episode 7) o res igns in disgrace as President ( “less than 2 wks.” after the 1st articles of o Nixon resigns impeachment, and the day before the Earles’ wedding.). Howard & his girlfriend make a tape of themselves making love while Nixon gives his resignation speech. (Subsequently, Nixon retreats into deep seclusion in San Clemente, Ca., from which he rarely emerges. VP Gerald Ford becomes bec omes Pres. Ford. Yrs. earlier, Ford, as a Mi. congressman, had tried to expand UFO investigation. Ford turns that task over to chief of staff Richard Cheney & Secretary of Defense Defe nse Donald Rumsfeld.) 8/10/1974 — Windom Windom Earle & Caroline Wickam marry in Washington, D.C. ~8/10/1974 — Twin Twin Peaks Post publishes editor Doug D oug Milford’s article “Nixon Hounded from Office.” Dwayne, a dyed-in-the-wool Roosevelt Democrat, never forgives him for this piece & their public feud escalates. 8/15/1974 —9am. Given the the lack of honesty in gov’t, Cooper Cooper decides to work in the private sector but has no idea who to talk to about doing that. — 8/30/1974 — 2pm. 2pm. Cooper’s father tells Cooper he is going to have a little brother or sister. 9/10/1974 —9pm. Cooper’s father says he has become sterile; Charlotte ran off w/ the father of her baby, a photographer. The couple plan to name the baby after Cooper’s dad.
•
•
9/11/1974 — Cooper Cooper & his dad start drinking around noon. By 10pm, Dad is passed out & Cooper is sure he’s about to throw up. Mid-to-late 1970s — After After graduation, Li Chun Fung works as a runway model & climbs to the top of the Hong Kong fashion industry, i ndustry, founding her own label, which is a cover for a cocaine empire that spreads through the emerging emerg ing entertainment industry in the country.
1975 •
•
•
•
~1974-75 — Hawk Hawk comes home from Vietnam (6 mos. before Ed does) (after he gets VC shrapnel in his butt when a new lieutenant orders his platoon up the wrong fork of the river & nearly gets them killed). 1975 — Gordon Cole & Phillip Jeffries, 2 young field agents, investigate a murder in o Olympia, Wa. They arrive at a motel to arrest a suspect named Lois Duffy. They hear a gunshot & kick the door in. Inside, they find Lois Duffy dying of a gunshot wound to the abdomen. Another woman holds a gun, which she drops as they enter. The dying Lois says, “I’m like the Blue Rose.” She smiles, then dies. They now notice that the woman screaming scream ing in the corner is also Lois Duffy (who did not have a twin sister). (Albert to Tammy, Tamm y, Part 14) Fred Lee Crisman dies of kidney failure @ Seattle Veterans Hospital. An autopsy o is ordered (unclear why). Richard Sharpe Shaver dies. o Carl does stunts for Rancho Deluxe (shot in Mt.). o Ford pardons Nixon. o After waiting more than a yr., Douglas Milford carefully goes to work compiling — compiling o the strange early history of the Twin Peaks region that makes up his early Dossier chapters, incl. accounts of his own Pearl Lakes experience. Nixon’s promised funding comes through, from untraceable Cayman Islands accounts. 3/1975 — Cooper Cooper has five days of melancholia due to his failure to find the one person he wants to make a life with. ~Mid-1975 — Ed Ed abandons his plan to sign up for another hitch & go career army mechanic when his sister-in-law Susan writes. Ed’s brother Billy is in a wheelchair & on disability after a stack of logs fell off a truck & crushed one of his legs @ the Packard Mill. He has been drinking & Susan begs Ed to t o read Billy the t he riot act & help w/ James (Hawk claims James was “still in elementary school”; however, according to his birthdate in the Access Guide, not to mention his apparent age on the series, he should be 2 yrs. old in 1975). @ some point thereafter, Frank Truman attempts to recruit Ed as a deput y; Ed turns him down after considering it for a month. Frank then asks Hawk, who is resentful toward Frank for giving him the “Tommy Hawk” nickname in H.S. & is planning to take a job on a deepsea fishing trawler in Alaska. He sees a VA shrink who calls Hawk fucking nuts, so Hawk takes the deputy job. in in o Note on dating: Hawk says Ed returned “a few mos. after Saigon fell in 1975”— reality, Saigon fell on 4/30/1975. Hawk later contradictorily says he walked into the Bookhouse & saw Ed was back “2 wks. after the last chopper got out,” presumably referring to the helicopter evacuation signaling the end of U.S. involvement in Vietnam from 4/29-30. The chopper evacuation evacua tion went hand-in-hand w/ the Fall of Saigon, placing Ed’s return in mid-May.
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
•
•
•
•
6/09/1975 — 8am. 8am. Cooper recounts the past 9 mos. (the tapes for this period were lost in a fire started by an electric blanket). Charlotte gave b irth to a boy the day the divorce papers came through. 6/20/1975 — 9am. Cooper decides to determine how long an individual can function normally o w/o urinating while consuming a normal amt. of liquid (for Cooper, 6 oz. of coffee per hr.). @12pm, Cooper detects a slight sense of fullness during Medieval Epics Ep ics class. o @1pm, Cooper has a great deal of trouble concentrating in Psych Stress & Bodily o Disease class. He passes on drinking more liquid until he has another coffee @ 4pm & a large glass of milk @ 7pm. @7:08pm, Cooper says he has a problem. prob lem. o o @7:10pm, Cooper says his 2 minutes of urination were the most satisfying of his life. 7/01/1975 — [6pm] [6pm] Cooper meets & goes for coffee w/ Lena Fraser, a Bryn Mawr student who knows more about coffee than anyone a nyone he’s ever met. 7/02/1975 — [9pm] [9pm] Cooper meets Lena after her class; they get coffee & go for a long walk. Lena tells him she is sworn to celibacy until she comes com es to terms w/ her mother. 7/19/1975 —1am. Cooper can’t sleep, wants to make love to Lena. 7/24/1975 — [11pm] [11pm] Lena has a breakthrough —but it’s about her father, not her mother. 8/03/1975 — [9pm] [9pm] Lena makes a model of her mother hanging laundry & runs it over w/ her VW. She gets briefly passionate w/ Cooper, then renews her vow of celibacy. 8/15/1975 — 5pm. 5pm. Cooper finishes summer session, agrees to accompany Lena on a visit to her parents in Hershey. 8/16/1975 — 6am. Cooper & Lena depart. Upon arrival, Cooper is enchanted w/ Lena’s dad Bill o & especially her mother Joan. 11pm. Cooper is assigned a hideaway couch in Lena’s brother Todd’s rm. Lena o warns Cooper not to get up to go to the bathroom because the only on ly other time Lena brought a boyfriend home, her mom slept w/ him. 8/17/1975 — 2am. Cooper hears steps in the hall like someone trying to reach a decision. o @2:02am, Joan comes in & tells Cooper they should talk. @ that moment, a fire o erupts in the garage, destroying many of Joan’s best clothes. The fire is out in 3 minutes (implying that the Frasers are equipped for this sort of thing because it’s happened before). 4am. Cooper decides to spend the t he rest of the night in the car. o After breakfast, Cooper & Lena head back. Shortly after leaving Hershey, Cooper o realizes Lena’s dress smells like gasoline, & Lena decides she is ready to have sex. Cooper apparently has sex w/ her in the car despite the realization that she is an arsonist, & the parking break slips. Lena orgasms as they plunge into a field of cattle. They return to Haverford @9pm. o 8/20/1975 — [2am] [2am] Joan calls to tell Cooper Lena voluntarily checked into the hospital for psychiatric evaluation. 8/22/1975 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper visits Lena in the hospital. She does not remember who he is.
•
•
• • • •
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
9/01/1975 — 5pm. 5pm. Lena is released from the hospital. Cooper briefly sees her as she gets into her parents; car. She now thinks he is her brother Todd. 9/15/1975 — 3am. 3am. Cooper determines that there is a curse on him as an explanation for his string of disastrous relationships. 10/01/1975 — [8pm] [8pm] Cooper talks to a Catholic priest about healing his curse. 10/09/1975 — [7pm] [7pm] Cooper talks to the Protestants. 10/14/1975 — [10/15/1975 [10/15/1975 1am] Cooper talks to an Islamic holy man. 10/30/1975 — [4am] [4am] Cooper spends most of night w/ a Sioux holy man. The holy man says Cooper reminds him of a horse his brother had as a child who was so afraid of walking into gopher holes, it only walked on roads & ultimately was hit by a truck. Cooper feels better, but isn’t sure why. 12/05/1975 — [6pm] [6pm] In the morning, three severed fingers are found in the biology bldg. Cooper examines them before the police arrive. 12/17/1975 — [12/18/1975 [12/18/1975 2am] Cooper & Howard go to a job fair @ the civic center. Cooper spend over an hr. talking to Special Agent Windom Earle @ the FBI booth; his interest in the FBI is rekindled. Howard is on acid & inadvertently signs up for the Army due to their radar screens; he wakes up the next day in a church. (Note: Howard believes this happened on a Sat., due to his waking up in church. Cooper’s entry implies— but that it happened the day before his recording, on 12/17, which doesn’t explicitly state— that was a Weds. It is possibl e that Howard’s acid trip cau sed him to lose several days, although the next entry places Howard w/ Cooper @ school on 12/20, which was the Sat.) 12/20/1975 — 7pm. 7pm. Howard tells his parents he enlisted & they cut off his expenses. Howard is depressed. 12/21/1975 — Cooper Cooper heads home for a quiet Christmas w/ his dad. 12/25/1975 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper has received a letter from Lena. She married her H.S. sweetheart in Hershey & says the drs. have ha ve her dosages right now. Cooper resolves to track th down members of the old 24 Street Gang to track their development. 12/26/1975 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper meets w/ Ted, a member of the old 24th Street Gang, outside Don & Jim’s Body Shop. [6pm] Ted has spent many of the past 7 yrs. in prison for a manslaughter charge, being raped & stabbed. The sight of snowflakes out the window one day apparently turned his life around, & he is now married w/ two jobs. 12/27/1975 — 8am. 8am. Cooper meets w/ another gang member who is still very active. He — who hits Cooper on the head & the t he rest of the day is a blur for Cooper. A knife fight breaks out b/w 2 gang members, & a Latin woman takes Cooper into another room where she dances in a circle circle & kicks him w/ a gold high-heeled shoe. Cooper knocks her out out w/ a punch to the jaw. A wounded gang member comes in & Cooper knocks him out w/ a round object. @ this moment, Cooper decides a career in law enforcement might be very rewarding, & flees out the window. He somehow ends up in the hospital by 11pm. 12/28/1975 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper comes home. He H e tries to call Earle for FBI application papers, but Earle is back in the field & unreachable. 1975 or later — (“a few yrs. later” after Blue Book is shut down ; also presumably after the o Lois Duffy arrest) — The The military & FBI form a top-secret task force “to explore the troubling abstractions raised by cases Blue Book failed to resolve.” They name it “Blue Rose” after Duffy’s utterance, “which suggested these answers could not be reached except by an alternate path” which Blue Rose
travels thereafter. Gordon suggests Phillip Jeffries to head the squad. “He” (unclear if this is Cole or Jeffries) soon recruits 3 others: Albert Rosenfield, Chet Desmond & Dale Cooper. (Albert (Albe rt to Tammy, Part 12) Per Preston, writing in 2017, Earle is a “founding member” of Blue Rose. (Tammy elsewhere says Gordon & Jeffries founded the Blue Rose Task Force together, & elsewhere also says Gordon called Jeffries the “guiding inspiration” of the Blue Rose Task Force. Tammy says Gordon knew Jeffries better than anyone else & confirmed to Tammy that Jeffries was “deeply & openly interested in a variety of esoteric & occult subjects.” Gordon at some point wrote a comment in a profile of Jeffries: “This world wasn’t enough for him.”) o While awaiting trial for a murder she swears she did not commit, Lois Duffy hangs herself. (Albert to Tammy, Part 14) Second half of the 1970s —Li is a person of interest in several “accidental” overdoses which eliminate many of her dealer dea ler rivals & a fashion designer with whom she had a public feud. She is initiated into her father’s triad by blood oath (unprecedented for a female). By this time, she is fluent in 6 languages, has ½ a dozen aliases in different countries, & her net worth is in excess of $15 million. ▪
•
1976 • •
•
•
•
•
•
1976 — The The Viking lander lands on Mars. ~1976 — After being back for a yr., Ed goes into the Double R & makes ma kes small talk w/ Norma; o Hawk is there. Ed subsequently begins & ends every day w/ coffee @ the Double R & usually also has lunch there. Ed begins owning & operating the Gas Farm (15 yrs., ca. 1991). (This information o contradicts Hawk writing that Big Ed took it over a fter his father’s death in 1983.) 1/01/1976 — 1:30am. Cooper’s father is bankrupt. He chooses the print shop over the house after o 2 bottles of champagne. @3pm, Cooper decides which possessions he will keep: inter alia, the Hoover letter o & photo, the Efrem Zimbalist photo, several small round rocks, a photo of his mom & dad, his scout manual, a Duke Snyder baseball card, his suits, a copy of Moby Dick , & a small photo of Marie. 1/30/1976 — 1pm. 1pm. Cooper has moved his dad into a small apt. above the t he print shop. His dad only kept the awning from their house, which he hangs above his bed. Cooper has nowhere to go & feels oddly liberated. 2/10/1976 — 2am. 2am. Cooper completes his final tests for early graduation. H is FBI application is ready to go, but he is 1 yr. shy of the eligibility age. Over the next yr., he makes ma kes only 2 recordings, & his whereabouts during this period o are unknown. 8/1976 — Cooper Cooper is not sure of the day. He wishes he had brought along a pair of rubber shoes. ~1976-77 — Randy Randy runs away from his Mn. home (@ age 16; Cooper later suspects this is due to abuse).
1977 •
1977 —
The House Investigation into the JFK assassin assassination. ation. A key witness IDs Crisman as one of the “three tramps” behind the grassy knoll. (Other possible “tramps” alleged @ various times are former undercover operatives/Watergate burglars E. Howard Hunt & Frank Sturgis, & career criminal/alleged mob hitman/father of Woody Harrelson Charles Harrelson, who confessed to killing JFK before dying in prison.) Crisman’s colleagues from Rainier, Or. H.S., where he was then teaching, give him a posthumous alibi. Ray Palmer dies. o Steven Spielberg’s Close Encounters of the Third Kind is released, w/ a final o sequence allegedly inspired by the rumored 1955 Holloman incident. (Prof. Hynek was scientific consultant on film; Preston thinks it’s a classic.) 2/1977 — Cooper Cooper makes a recording simply stating, “Evil does have a face.” 6/10/1977 — 7pm. 7pm. Cooper is back in Philadelphia. P hiladelphia. 6/11/1977 — [4pm] [4pm] Cooper takes the written wr itten test for acceptance to the FBI in record time. 6/20/1977 — [5pm] [5pm] Cooper is interviewed by two spec ial agents. 7/10/1977 — [7pm] [7pm] Cooper is accepted to the FBI. He uses the time before he starts on 9/01 to go into the Poconos to renew himself in body & spirit. 7/20/1977 — 1am. 1am. Cooper spends evening listening to a very bad Jewish comedian to toughen himself mentally. He plans to head into the wilderness the next day w/ two matches, a knife, a length of string & a paperclip. 7/30/1977 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper is in the wild. He eats mushrooms, mus hrooms, greens & trout caught on the paperclip, & sleeps under a blanket of pine needles. 8/01/1977 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper craves pie. 8/15/1977 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper spends a few days w/ his dad before shipping off. The print shop is on the rebound since dad sold the remaining stock of moon maps to National too l of the establishment Geographic. Cooper gets a letter from Emmet saying Cooper is a tool & will rot in hell (Cooper is happy to t o hear from him). 9/01/1977 — [10pm] [10pm] Cooper is sworn in @ Quantico, Va. & begins b egins 14 wks. of the academy. His roommate is Kentuckian John Lewis. 9/10/1977 — [11pm] [11pm] Lewis & the instructor almost outpoint Cooper @ firearms practice, until he corrects for a defect in the barrel. 9/12/1977 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper pontificates on crimes of passion, crimes for gain & crimes of insanity. “There is no more focused mind than the one that has created its own reality. … There is no gray area in madness. It is an absolute form of twisted truth.” 9/14/1977 — [11:30pm] [11:30pm] Cooper & his classmates investigate their 1st simulated crime scene, a hotel rm. where a hostage was supposed to be. Cooper deducts (in Holmes-like fashion) that she was murdered. 9/15/1977 — 9am. 9am. The class is informed that Cooper’s deductions deduct ions were right on the button. 9/20/1977 — [9pm] [9pm] Cooper fires a machine gun. It is a sobering experience. 9/22/1977 — [10pm] [10pm] Cooper studies the case history of Eugene L. Motts, an extortionist who would have gotten away w/ $3 million, except that that he bought his wife flowers. Thinking he was cheating, she hired a P.I. to follow him. Coop concludes that no change in behavior, no matter how small, can be overlooked when investigating a crime. o
• • • • •
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
•
•
• •
•
• •
9/25/1977 — [7pm] [7pm] Cooper spends the afternoon in Defensive Tactics & Physical Training getting thrown against the wall by the instructor. [11pm] Cooper expresses his admiration for the one woman in the class, Agent Robin. 9/26/1977 —11am. Agent Robin “dies” during a simulated raid on a hostage situation due to Cooper’s attraction to her clouding his judgment. 9/27/1977 — Midnight. Midnight. Cooper spends several hrs. sitting alone in the memorial for fallen agents, then realizes Robin is there too. Their attraction is mutual, but it is not the right time or place. 11/25/1977 — 1am. 1am. Cooper is disappointed by Thanksgiving dinner @ Quantico. 12/11/1977 — 3pm. 3pm. Special Agent Dale Cooper graduates Quantico. His dad gives him a new pocket-sized tape recorder for graduation. Robin is valedictorian (the 1st woman to achieve that honor); she narrowly nudges Cooper out due to her marksmanship. 12/12/1977 — 10am. 10am. Cooper learns he is assigned to the Pittsburgh field office, violent crimes task force. Robin is going to San Francisco to work in drug interdiction. T hey each fire six rounds, call it a draw & kiss goodbye. g oodbye. 12/18/1977 — 8pm. 8pm. Cooper is in Pittsburgh. He rents a small apt. over a bakery. 12/19/1977 — [9pm] [9pm] Cooper reports to work & is assigned Diane (“an interesting cross between a saint & a cabaret singer”) as his secretary. secretary.
1978 •
•
•
1978 — Marty Marty Lindstrom leaves Twin Peaks, his business bus iness & his family for good, setting up house w/ Vivian Smith @ the Weary Traveler (as common law spouses, since s ince Ilsa refuses to give him a divorce). Again, Cooper’s “Andrew Packard Case” document mischaracteri mischaracterizes zes these events, o simply stating that “Norma lost her dad in 1978.” Ilsa comes back to work @ the Double R. 1/10/1978 — 11am. Cooper gets his 1st case: the kidnapping of an 8-yr.-old girl, Chris Roe, in o Perrysville. 1pm. Cooper is on scene. He begins the habit of addressing his tapes to Diane. o Cooper follows two sets of footprints to car tracks, finds a cigarette bu tt. 5pm. Cooper finds a mustache hair. ha ir. o 11pm. Cooper waits @ the Roe house for a ransom phone call. o 1/11/1978 — o 9:30am. There is still no word from Chris Roe’s kidnappers. 11am. Cooper receives word the tobacco in the cigarette is of unusual origin. o 1pm. Cooper is outside Petrini Smoke & Book Shop, sends tobacco from the shop o to the lab. 3pm. The tobacco is a match. Cooper has Steven Petrini’s phone tapped. His o accomplice is a beekeeper named Tess who has visited the store four times in the past hr. 6pm. The kidnappers ask for $100K. o 7pm. Cooper is waiting. o 7:15pm. Shots fired @ the tobacco shop, all a ll units moving. o [11pm] Cooper finds the girl chained to a tree, physically unharmed other than o exposure. The kidnappers are captured. Upon completion of his 1st case, Cooper feels empty.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
•
1/20/1978 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper asks Diane to make a note to procurements complaining about the coffee blend. 2/04/1978 — 10am. 10am. Cooper is in the basement of a tenement bldg. The dirt floor contains fresh graves, one w/ a female hand sticking out. 11am. Forensics arrives, including Albert Rosenfield. Cooper asks D iane what she o knows about Albert Rosenfelt (sic) & why he is so angry. [8pm] The bodies are tree females, age 16-30. 2/05/1978 — 1am. 1am. Cooper believes the force @ work in this case is the same one he encountered @ Haverford, but d oesn’t FBI policy does not admit oesn’t express this to anyone— FBI evil is a force outside our understanding of life. (The files on this case are still active ~1991, & Cooper’s further tapes about it are withheld.) 4/03/1978 — 10pm. 10pm. Cooper anticipates the arrival tomorrow of Windom Earle to head the Pittsburgh office. 4/04/1978 — 2pm. 2pm. Earle tells Cooper he has been following his progress since his 1 st day @ academy. 4/16/1978 — 7am. 7am. Mr. Baldini, the owner of the bakery downstairs, has taken to leaving a bearclaw @ Cooper’s door every morning. 5/01/1978 — 2pm. Cooper responds to a hostage situation @ Eastern Savings & Loan. When a o hostage is killed, Cooper & Earle are the only agents to make a successful entry. Cooper shoots the killer to death; the other suspect surrenders. (Oddly, Cooper says, “My written report states that he [the killer] was ordered to freeze and drop his weapon. He did not.” He seems to make a point of not saying that this is actually what happened, only that it is what his report says.) o Earle invites Cooper for dinner & chess the next night. Cooper calls h is father, who sounds sad. Cooper wishes he were in a high meadow in the Himalayas. o Cooper sleeps very badly; he feels the kick of the shotgun in his shoulder all night. 5/02/1978 — o 9am. Diane sends Cooper flowers, Mr. Baldini brings an assortment of a half dozen donuts. [11pm] Earle beats Cooper in seven moves. Caroline, in a private moment, tells o Cooper she hopes he won’t let taking a life affect his life the way it did the 1 st time Earle used his weapon. 5/12/1978 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper talks to an FBI psychiatrist. Cooper tells the psychiatrist to reconcile w/ his father & stop blaming his mother for his attraction to men. 5/15/1978 — 11am. 11am. Cooper is stuck on desk duty 6/10/1978 — 1pm. 1pm. Cooper wonders how they get the snowflakes into paperweights. 7/02/1978 — 3am. 3am. Cooper has a dream about a man w/ no legs laughing @ him & telling h im, & “It” is sure to kill. Cooper he can’t run, that “It” is right behind him, 7/15/1978 — 9am. 9am. Earle releases Cooper from desk duty. Earle takes Cooper on as his partner. (The Final Dossier contradicts this by saying they became partners in the early 1980s.) Cooper recounts that his psychiatrist stuck his head in the oven & turned it on, is o now in intensive care. Cooper is still spooked by the legless man dream. 7/28/1978 — 5pm. 5pm. Cooper investigates the body of a ~30-yr.-old man, shot in the back of the head, wrists tied behind his back w/ his hands gone, teeth smashed & face destroyed.
•
•
•
•
•
•
8/01/1978 — 7pm. Someone calls Earle. He leaves the house. o 9pm. Earle calls Cooper, tells him to meet him in an area frequented by crime o figures (in violation of FBI procedure). o 11pm. Cooper finds Earle’s car. He goes into an abandoned bldg. & finds Earle’s wallet & ID @ the top of the stairs. 11:10pm. Behind a door marked w/ a chalk X, Cooper C ooper finds a room containing only o two severed hands. 8/02/1978 — o 3am. Cooper leaves Earle’s house after a long talk w / Caroline. 8am. Another body is found in the same condition as that found on 7/28. Lab reports o show the hands Cooper found belonged to t o Louis Dante, a minor figure in Pittsburgh organized crime w/ convictions for extortion & attempted murder. 9pm. Cooper gets a call to go to an abandoned barge in the Ohio River. o 11pm. On a half-submerged barge in the river, Cooper finds two more hands — one — one o holding a black square of cardboard, the other a white square. 8/03/1978 — o 10am. Gordon Cole, deputy director of the Criminal Investigation Division, arrives in Pittsburgh to oversee the investigation. He hears what they’re doing, gives the thumbs-up & blows back to Washington. 3:58pm. Caroline gets a call from Earle. He onl y says, “I’m sinking, I’m sinking.” o 4pm. Caroline calls Cooper & he heads over. The call was too short to trace (Cooper o put a tap on the phone w/o Caroline’s knowledge). o 7pm The second victim is ID’ed as Jimmy Lester, a minor petty thief w/ a long list of arrests. 8/04/1978 — 9:30am. Earle walks into the office & collapses. co llapses. o 10pm. Earle is in Central Medical. o 8/05/1978 — 7:30am. Cooper records a conversation w/ Earle. When Cooper C ooper asks where he was, o he laughs & says, “Cracks in the door.” When asked what he saw, he says, “Dale Cooper,” & when asked again, says, “The abyss.” When Cooper asks what he found there, Earle says, “Wonderful things.” 9pm. Earle cannot remember where he was or what happened to him, & has also o forgotten his morning conversation w/ Cooper. Cooper wonders if his dream of the legless man is connected to all this. (Follow-up investigations over the next 4 mos. all lead to dead ends.) ~1978-1979 — A poor immigrant chambermaid @ the Great Northern is assaulted in a back alley by a man who flees across the border. She never reports it; a child is conceived, & when she begins to show, she tells Dr. Will Hayward. (Will in Episode 21)
1979 •
1979 — Brothers Sid & Moses, the last remaining members of the Millhouse family of Mine o Hollow (who had claimed w/o support — that fur baron John Jacob Astor had been — w/o — that a great uncle several times removed) kill each other in an ax duel.
TP Press publ. J. Potter’s Fear and Loathing in Early Black Lake Tribes. 1/02/1979 —Jack Parsons’s HUAC testimony is is unclassified. 1/20/1979 — 9am. 9am. The book-keeping people tell Cooper he’s accumulated ten days’ vacation. Earle gives him the name of a small island south of the border. Cooper plans to use the time to study hostage-rescue techniques. 1/25/1979 — 5pm. Cooper arrives @ La Casa el Corazon (sic), where Earle & Caroline spent o their honeymoon. Cooper spots an old man playing chess in the courtyard & recalls that Earle told Cooper an old man there taught Earle everything he knew about the game. Cooper says the man must be 100 yrs. old if he is the same man. (The last bit is rather an odd statement. Per Tammy in The Final Dossier , Earle & Caroline married less than 5 yrs. before this, & in any event, Caroline appears fairly young on the show, so the marriage couldn’t have been that long ago.) 11pm. After dinner, Cooper sits down across from the man & says he heard the man o was a very good teacher. The man says there is death in Cooper’s face & he can teach him nothing. When Cooper asks how he knows this, the man says this is the wrong question & disappears into the night. 1/26/1979 — 8am. Cooper finds a bloody chicken carcass nailed to his door & resolves to find o the old man. 7pm. Cooper stands at the door to a shack & finds the old man hanging from a rope o tied to a rafter, dead for 10-12 hrs., w/ a note: “Forgive. I was just a stupid old man. May God stop him.” 1/27/1979 — ~ 1am (20 hrs. as of 9pm). Cooper is drugged. 1500 miles away, as Windom & o Caroline Earle sit down to a meal, the lights go out, three well-armed men burst into the house, knock Windom out & kidnap Caroline (Cooper says this happened the same time he was falling under the influence of the drug). @ an undetermined point, Cooper C ooper makes ma kes a recording about a monkey’s hand & having to get ge t off the island. 9pm. Cooper says he has spent the past 20 hrs. under the influence of a powerful o narcotic & he doesn’t know how it w as given to him. It produced profound dislocation & confusion and opened terrifying windows into his subconscious. He is certain something terrible is happening in Pittsburgh, but there are no phones on the island. 1/28/1979 — 10am. Cooper is on a boat back to the mainland. o o @11pm, Cooper has been informed of Caroline’s kidnapping. 1/29/1979 — 3am. Cooper tells Earle about the old man. ma n. Earle expresses interest in the old man’s o final words to Cooper. 7am. Cooper & Earle have stayed up all night playing chess. Earle wins three o straight games. 9am. A vagrant is picked up wearing the sweater Caroline had on when kidnapped. o Cooper & Earle go to interrogate him. o
• •
•
•
•
•
•
10am. The vagrant says he was given the sweater by God, that God laughed & was accompanied by an angel w/ a face red w/ blood, like Christ’s. God hurt the ang el, & told the vagrant to carry his message: “God is everywhere.” Cooper takes this as a sadistic message from the kidnappers. 1/31/1979 —11pm. Cooper speculates that “God is everywhere” might imply a mole in in the FBI. 2/02/1979 — 11am. 11am. FBI HQ receives a message on a secure phone p hone line: “She loves him, she loves him not. She is not dead, bu t her love is. Caroline, Carol, Ca, C, g one.” 2/03/1979 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper tells Earle his fear that the person they seek may be within the FBI. Earle says to be cautious & speak of this to no one. 2/05/1979 — 9pm. 9pm. Earle concludes 2 hrs. under hypnosis by Cooper, believing his disappearance may be related to Caroline’s kidnapping. Earle says that where he “is” (the location of his kidnapping), “There is much light, and it is very dark.” Cooper asks what he sees, & he responds, “Truth…ha ha ha.” Earle says he was not taken, he was chosen…to be a good scout. scout. He was released to do his work . Cooper asks what work, & he says, “You can’t see it, can you? […] Caroline saw it.” She saw “love…and evil.” Earle can’t take Cooper there because “you can’t get there from here.” Cooper feels this exchange offers little help. 4/10/1979 — 11am. A r eport eport comes in that a woman matching Caroline’s description was o arrested in Lower Manhattan during a sweep of prostitutes. Cooper & Earle go to the airport. 1pm. Cooper & Earle arrive too late. The mug shot is Caroline, but she made bail o an hr. ago. NYPD puts out an APB & Cooper goes out to search. 4/11/1979 — 3am. Cooper calls it a night. o 1pm. Caroline is found. o 2pm. Caroline is handcuffed in an interrogation rm. She is suffering from heroin o addiction. She is moved to Bellevue to stabilize her condition. 9pm. Earle steps out of the hospital rm. Caroline shows the 1st signs of withdrawal. o 11pm. Caroline’s screams echo through the hallways. o 4/12/1979 — o 5am. Caroline’s screams stop. o 6am. Caroline’s blood tests show high levels of heroin, lower levels of a drug the drs. can’t ID. 7pm. The unidentified drug is exotic, dangerous & unlike any compound the drs. o have ever seen. 4/13/1979 — 5am. After nearly 24 hrs. w/o a change, the drs. fear that if Caroline doesn’t regain o consciousness soon, she never will. o 8am. Caroline regains consciousness. Cooper takes her hand & says she’s safe. Earle enters & strokes her forehead. 4pm. Caroline still hasn’t spoken but seems to know who Cooper is. The drs. have o given permission to take her to Pittsburgh tomorrow. Earle assigns Cooper to protect her. Earle gives g ives Cooper C ooper permission to try techniques beyond be yond the Western understanding of medicine, involving using the mind as a healing agent. o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
4/14/1979 — 3pm. 3pm. Caroline, in the hospital hosp ital (presumably in Pittsburgh), calls Cooper by his name. She knows Earle, yet “something seems to be holding her back”— her her reaction to him is confused. They plan to move her to a safe house the next day. 4/15/1979 — 2am. A nurse changes Caroline’s IV & Cooper notices a slight change in color. The o IV contains enough of the mystery drug to kill 20 people. Earle questions the staff unsuccessfully. 4am. Cooper, Caroline & Earle are in the safe house. o 6pm. Caroline smiles & holds Cooper’s hand. Earle seems p leased. o 4/16/1979 — 2am. Caroline screams. Cooper runs in to find Earle talking gently to her. She says o she saw the face of “the man,” he is still coming after her & she is going to die. Earle talks her back to sleep. 3pm. Convinced that Caroline’s subconscious is keeping her from IDing her o kidnapper, Cooper hypnotizes her. She remembers being injected w/ a needle. The only face she recalls is a “helper” who was decapitated in front of her & his head placed in her lap. She says “they wouldn’t let” her remember the other faces. Cooper holds her after the session until she falls asleep. 4/17/1979 — 9pm. 9pm. Caroline & Earle seem to be having difficulty picking up the pieces. Cooper struggles to remain an outsider as his attraction to Car oline grows. 4/20/1979 — 9pm. Believing his presence is impeding Caroline’s progress, Earle leaves leaves the safe o house. He tells Cooper he believes Caroline’s ordeal is connected to his own abduction, & says he believes evil exists as an independent life force & that it will eventually conquer good because of guile. [4/21/1979 — 7am] 7am] Upon arriving home, Earle is attacked as he reenters his house; o he suffers superficial stab wounds. Now he can’t return to the safe house until they’re sure he is not under surveillance. 4/30/1979 — [7pm] While on a walk, Caroline tells Cooper she has loved him since the 1st day o they met. They make love under a bright spring sun. o @ some point during the night, Caroline leaves Cooper a message on his tape recorder: “I love you, Dale Cooper.” 11:30pm. Caroline awakes, says she has seen the face of the man who had taken o her & is sure she knows him. They vow to try another hypnosis session in the morning. 5/01/1979 — 1am. Cooper detects movement outside the house. Leaving Caroline asleep, he o checks the inside & the perimeter of the house. He returns to the bedroom & is stabbed, slicing his left lung. He loses consciousness. Caroline is stabbed to death & her corpse is dragged into the living room & placed in Cooper’s arms. Cooper briefly wakes up @ some point during dur ing the night & finds Caroline’s dead body in his arms. @9am, a 911 call is placed from the safe house, presumably by Earle. The FBI is o notified & Special Agent Bill Raum (w/ others) arrives about a minute after local PD. Earle is in a corner of the kitchen on the phone, beyond the ability of anyone
• • •
•
•
•
• •
• • •
•
•
• •
•
to reach him. (Note that this contradicts Episode 21, wherein Coop claims the attack took place 4 yrs. ago, i.e. around 1985.) 5/05/1979 — Caroline Caroline Earle is buried. 5/15/1979 — Cooper Cooper is in a hospital rm. He wishes he had died instead of Caroline. 5/20/1979 — 7am. Cooper does his best to reconstruct the events of the night of the attack for o Diane. Cooper’s father & Gordon Cole are in the rm. & have hit it off. 3pm. Gordon tells Cooper that Earle’s mind has been “unreachable” & he is in the o psychiatric ward of the same hospital as Cooper. Cooper feels guilty & vows to go to Earle as soon as he is able. 5/24/1979 — An An undetected slow hemorrhage ruptures, causing Cooper massive blood loss. He is dead for two minutes, & experiences a sensation of peacefully drifting in a stream current. The drs. save him. 5/25/1979 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper recounts his near-death experience. He wishes they had let him go. 5/31/1979 — @ night, Cooper has a dream of lying on the floor of the safe house as Earle laughs. It disturbs him a great deal. 6/01/1979 — 2pm. 2pm. Cooper sits up in a wheelchair w heelchair for the 1st time. 6/02/1979 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper visits Earle, who sits unmoving in a corner of a room. After staring unblinkingly @ Cooper for perhaps minutes, Earle laughs & says, “Chess, anyone?” As Cooper is wheeled out, Earle says, “Your move,” & laughs again. 6/07/1979 — 10am. 10am. Cooper is discharged from fr om the hospital. 6/10/1979 —4pm. Cooper visits Caroline’s gravesite. 7/14/1979 —9pm. Cooper’s C ooper’s wounds have healed, hea led, but he has decided to ask Gordon for a leave of absence after his medical leave expires exp ires to heal his spirit. 7/20/1979 — Cooper Cooper makes a recording: “I take full responsibility. I have failed.” (Cooper’s whereabouts over the next 6 mos. are unknown. He makes ma kes only two recordings. In one, he reflects that he does not know who he is, & that we search & search but always end up looking @ the same reflection in the mirror hoping we will see something different. In the other, he repeats the word “heal” over and over, finally ending w/ the word “please.”) 8/1979 — Garland Garland Briggs sights a UFO while on a routine recon mission over western Mt. as copilot of an F4 Phantom. His H is pilot advises that they not report it — too much paperwork — too & it puts you on “their” radar. Briggs complies, but makes an anonymous report to MUFON — the the Mutual Unidentified Flying Object Network an amateur grp. This puts — an Briggs on Milford’s radar, & Doug is later responsible for Briggs’s transfer to Fair child (mistyped in Briggs’s transcript as “Fairfield”) Air Force Base (near Twin Peaks). Late 1970s — Douglas Douglas Milford makes contact w/ Gordon Cole. ~1979-1980 — Nicholas Nicholas (later Needleman — unknown unknown if this was his birthname. Also later known as “Little Nicky” ) is born to the poor immigrant chambermaid; she dies in childbirth. The mother is buried in Potter’s Field; Nicky is sent to the orphanage, then shuttled from one state home to another until a young, childless couple takes him in. (Will, Episode 21; per Lucy, Nicky is 9 in i n 1989) ~Late 1970s-early 1980s — Windom Windom Earle introduces Caroline to Dale Cooper @ a Bureau Christmas party in Philadelphia. (This said to occur the previous yr. before Coop’s arrival in Pittsburgh in the early 1980s…see below for contradictions with other sources.)
1980 •
Early 1980s — Carl Rodd returns to his hometown for the 1 st time in nearly 30 yrs. & takes up o residence outside Twin Peaks in a brand-new trailer park. He eventually becomes mgr. & part owner. (Note: This contradicts all info in the original series/movie placing Deer Meadow and the Fat Trout in southern southern Wa. whereas Twin Peaks is in northern Wa.) Cooper arrives @ the Pittsburgh Bureau office for his 1 st field assignment, o investigating a murder by a potential serial killer (a series of killings for which in retrospect there is “strong reason” to suspect Earle was responsible, according to Preston in 2017). Earle spearheads the investigation. (Contradictorily, Preston two paragraphs earlier says Cooper joins the Philadelphia office — not not Pittsburgh — and and Earle continuously works @ the Philadelphia office, commuting from Pittsburgh, where Caroline works for a corporate law firm.) Earle, suspecting an a ttraction b/w Coop & Caroline, makes frequent excuses to leave town (ostensibly related to the investigation), but remains in town undercover following them, & even luring them both anonymously to the same locations for chance meetings. Coop eventually concludes that Earle is the serial killer he is seeking, & Caroline also comes to this conclusion. Coop & Caroline compare notes. (Coop & Caroline suspecting that Earle was responsible for the crime contradicts the show and My Life, L ife, My Tapes, both of which indicate that Cooper only came to suspect Earle after Caroline’s death.) Coop & Caroline spend “one ill-fated weekend” as lovers (curiously, this version of events skips over the “witness protection” element referenced in both the show and My Life, My Tapes). Earle kills Caroline & wounds Coop, staging it as a crime of passion, ostensibly to prevent their revealing his guilt for the serial murders (contradictorily, Preston also notes that Earle “didn’t count on” Cooper knowing that Earle was the serial killer). Preston implies that that the FBI came to know of Earle’s guilt, but the “crime of passion” nature of Caroline’s murder became a “convenient cover” to avoid a trial, & Earle was confined in a mental institution (this seems to imply a public acknowledgement by the Bureau that Earle killed Caroline, in contradiction of the show and My Life, My Tapes, where it is portrayed as merely Coop’s suspicion). “This tragedy […] became the means” through which Gordon met Cooper (this is arguably consistent w/ My Life, My Tapes, wherein Cooper seems to meet Gordon for the 1 st time during the investigation of the serial murders committed by Earle, albeit before Caroline’s death). Notes on dating: Preston P reston twice refers to this period generally as the early ’80s, but also says Earle & Caroline had been married for 10 yrs., implying a date of roughly 1984 (they were married the day after Nixon’s resignation). However, Preston also says Earle spends nearly 10 yrs. in solitary lockdown @ a federal max-security facility before his escape, placing Caroline’s death closer to 1979. The latter is consistent w/ My Life, My Tapes. The former is inconsistent w/ My Life, My Tapes placing the start of Cooper’s career in 1977, and the start of Coop & Earle’s partnership in 1978, but is closer to the series timeline, in which the two began playing chess every day ~1982, & presumably became partners around the same time. However, Preston says Coop spends “months” in Pittsburgh on the ▪
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
• •
case, which seems inconsistent w/ Coop on the series saying he & Earle played chess every day for 3 yrs., implying a longer partnership before Caroline’s murder. ~Early 1980s — Tamara Tamara “Tammy” Preston born (Denise says she is “barely 30” in Part 4). 1980s —Alan Traherne attends a survivors’ survivors’ suppor t grp. of abductees. 1980 — During an escalating inter-triad gang war, Li’s father is gunned down inside his o Guangzhou nightclub. Rumors arise that Li either carried out or arranged the hit to inherit her father’s operations. T he triad’s senior council issues a contract on Li’s life. Li then vanishes from Hong Kong. Cooper sees a dentist. He does not go again for 7 yrs. o ~1980 — Ben Ben becomes owner of One-Eyed Jack’s (11 yrs. according to 1991 trading card; contradicted by Episode 14 —Ben says he’s he’s owned owned it for 5 yrs. ). 2/01/1980 — Noon. Cooper asks Gordon to return him to active status. Cooper is now sure (though unable to prove) that Earle was behind Caroline’s kidnapping & murder, & that he was playing w/ them & allowed them to fall in love just to destroy it. Cooper believes Earle’s abduction was one of the spirit, not a ph ysical one. 2/10/1980 — 10am. 10am. Gordon calls the drs. & gets Cooper a meeting w/ Earle. Cooper has told no one his suspicion, 2/11/1980 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper visits Earle (who is in a straitjacket). Earle says that Windom “left.” Earle is mocking and evasive; upon repeated questioning as to why he stabbed Cooper, he says to heal all the sick little children of the world. He says that during his kidnapping, he was taken to “a rest stop, w/ the biggest goddamn bathrooms you’ve ever seen.” He says the right question is not what evil looks like but what evil does not look like, & says the old man on the t he island taught Earle “everything.” Cooper plays a recording of the conversation for Gordon & tells him his suspicions. They T hey agree that the tape proves pr oves nothing, but Earle should spend the rest of his life in the hospital. 3/01/1980 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper finishes back paperwork. He expects to get his new assignment tomorrow, as he & Gordon have agreed he shouldn’t stay in Pittsburgh. 3/12/1980 —9am. “Diane, pack your bags, we’re going to San Francisco.” 5/01/1980 — 6am. Cooper has the car & trailer packed for a road trip. He is to pick his dad up @ o the airport in 2 hrs. 11am. Cooper makes one of many rest stops in Terre Haute, In. so his father can o urinate. The next day holds St. Louis, Kansas City & the Great Plains. 5/02/1980 — 2pm. Cooper & his father cross the Mississippi & swing up to Hannibal to see o Samuel Clemens’s home. 10pm. Cooper says he was born 100 yrs. too late; it’s too late for all the Toms and o Hucks. 5/03/1980 — 5pm. Cooper approaches the Rocky Mtns. o 9pm — Cooper Cooper is unhappy to be parked next to a NJ family in a large silver trailer. o 5/05/1980 — 2pm. 2pm. Cooper is @ the Great Salt Lake. 5/06/1980 —
11pm — Reno, Reno, Ne. Cooper last saw his father with a scantily-clad sca ntily-clad blonde. 5/07/1980 — 6am. Cooper’s father marries the blonde, Shamrock, a Bryn Mawr grad w/ a degree o in Germanic languages. o 9am. Cooper locates his father @ dawn. His dad & Shamrock plan to honeymoon in a little hut w/ a sauna on the Continental Divide. Cooper Co oper finishes the trip alone. 5/10/1980 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper checks in @ the Bureau office in San Francisco & heads to locate housing. 5/11/1980 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper finds an apt. w/ a view of the Golden Gate Bridge w/i walking distance of a Chinese bakery that makes tiny donuts. Cooper is due to check in @ work in two days. 5/12/1980 — 11am. Cooper drives through a redwood. o 2pm. Cooper visits Alcatraz, laments that our future is dim if these are the o monuments we’re leaving behind. 5/15/1980 — 7am. Cooper heads in to work. w ork. o 11pm. The Pittsburgh “incident” has followed Cooper reputationally; he believes o he will have to prove himself to his new coworkers. 5/20/1980 — [10pm] [10pm] Agent Robin Masters (from the academy) is now in the San Francisco white collar crimes division. She & Cooper fire off a round @ the range for old times’ sake. 6/14/1980 — @ nt., a man named Bush picks up Randy, a 19-yr.-old speed-addicted prostitute. Bush takes Randy to Bush’s house, h ouse, touches him, ties him up & shoots sho ots him. 6/15/1980 — 2pm. Cooper gets a case. o o 4pm. Cooper stands over a young dead man, bound & gagged and shot several times, w/ evidence of sexual abuse. Cooper C ooper expects that the man was a prostitute & that the murderer might be a serial killer. He has Diane start looking into similar unsolved murders. 6/23/1980 — 4pm. 4pm. The murder victim is ID’ed as Randy. A man named Spider (likely another prostitute) saw Randy get into a car the night of the murder. There are two unsolved murders of male prostitutes over the past 8 mos. & two male prostitutes missing in the Mission District. 6/28/1980 — 11am. If Cooper’s hunch is correct, the killer has killed eight male prostitutes in a o straight line from Il. to Ca. & will kill again in the next several wks. Six of the victims were last seen in gay bars. Cooper decides d ecides to go undercover. underco ver. 10pm. Cooper says he finds leather on the skin surprisingly sensual. o 10:10pm. Cooper enters the Club Y. o 6/29/1980 — 3am. Cooper meets three former Eagle Scouts on the dance floor & is invited to o spend 6 days sailing to Hawaii on a yacht. 9pm. Cooper has gotten the cooperation co operation of the FBI & local PD to add 6 more people o in the field. Gordon cables Cooper to watch watc h his backside. 11pm. Cooper is back @ Club C lub Y. He has been propositioned 5 times in the past hr.; o he is doing much better than in college. o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
6/30/1980 — 2am. Bush circles the club in a light blue Ford. Cooper, suspicious, goes out to o make contact. 2:15am. Bush drives Cooper’s way. o o 2:30am. Cooper determines that Bush — claiming claiming to be a married salesman from Mill Valley — is is not the killer & suggests that he return home to discuss d iscuss this w/ his wife. 2:38am. Cooper pursues a Dodge Dart, the driver of which tried to run over a male o prostitute after a payment dispute. [4am] Cooper experiences brake trouble & runs into a half block of shrubbery. The T he man is apprehended but is not the killer. o 10am. The lab IDs a piece of fiber from Randy’s toenail. It is from the floor of a car possibly a Ford, but other makes use the same manufacturer. Cooper heads to — get a warrant for the Mill Valley salesman, whom Cooper now knows to be named Bush — he he is unmarried & his last known residence was Chicago 1 yr. ago. 1pm. Cooper waits inside Bush’s house, w/ 3 units un its outside. He sees a severed penis o in a jar & four pictures of naked men me n tied up (including Randy’s corpse). 6pm. Bush arrives home. o 7pm. Bush gives a confession, seeming calm & sometimes happy that the killing is o over. He says he strangled one victim, & shot the others. When Cooper asks why, Bush replies, “They asked me.” Cooper decides to get out of violent crimes for awhile & perhaps work in embezzlement or espionage. 7/30/1980 — 11am. 11am. Through some effort, Cooper gets reassigned to the counterintelli cou nterintelligence gence task force. No tapes for this period are acknowledged by the FBI. ~1980-81 — Audrey Audrey Horne dresses as Heidi in the Great Northern dining rm. John Justice Wheeler was there & has a photo of it. (Audrey says she was 10, Episode 23) (Note: This date estimate uses Audrey’s stated age of 18 on the series , not her 1972 birthday from the trading cards which doesn’t gel w/ the serie s.)
1981 •
1981 — Twin Peaks Sheriff Franklin Truman (who had assumed the job from his father o after returning from Vietnam, where he was a Green Beret) takes a law enforcement job in western Wa. (where his wife hails from). Frank’s brother, Deputy Harry Truman, becomes sheriff. (This is contradicted by the trading cards saying Harry took over as sheriff 6 yrs. ago as of ~1991.) Leilani dies; Dr. Jacoby leaves Oahu, Hi., & returns to Twin Peaks to care for o Robert, who has been diagnosed w/ multiple mu ltiple sclerosis, & to continue his studies w/ Native American tribes in the region. He establishes a private practice & a consulting residency @ Calhoun Hospital. Leland becomes chief counsel to the Horne Corp., moves his family to Twin Peaks. o (per Jacoby’s case notes) (this contradicts Harry in Episode 12 saying Leland’s grandfather brought the family to town 75 yrs. ago) Dr. Jost Poepjes founds the Zonderkop (“Born without a Head”) Institute in o Amsterdam, dedicated to finding alternative ways of raising human consciousness to prevent destruction. It is directly upstairs from a hashish bar owned b y the doctor. Maddy gets her 1st period (3 yrs. ago in 1984). o
•
•
~1981 or earlier — Andrew Andrew Packard & Thomas Eckhardt are business partners. Per Andrew in Episode 21: “I knew lumber, he knew Hong Kong. We made a lot of money, had some fun. Then I got the better of him in a piece of business and he tried to stab me in the back.” ~1981 — Eckhardt begins planning Andrew’s death. (Catherine to Pete, Episode 21: o Eckhardt planned Andrew’s death for 6 yrs.) Eckhardt’s version of the story : he & Andrew were friends, but “men of business often find their personal lives disrupted by the larger portraits they paint.” However, Eckhardt disputes that the reason he tried to kill Andrew was a business deal, saying he wouldn’t kill for art or money — these these are “commodities easily lost & just as easily gained”— but but he might find reason to kill for love (implying a dispute over Josie’s a ffections). (Episode 22) (Andrew in Episode 18 calls Josie Eckhardt’s “one true love,” seemingly lending credence to the fact that Eckhardt had genuine feelings for Josie) (see below under 1983 for more on the Andrew/Eckhardt/Josie triangle) Ben & Sylvia H orne begin living “separate lives” (for more than a decade @ their o time of divorce). ~7/04/1981 — Toad Toad wins the frog jumping contest @ the 4 th of July o celebration…and proceeds to win for the next 9 yrs. as well (for the past 10 yrs., as of 1991). ▪
1982 •
•
•
1982 — Harold Dahl dies (having left Tacoma & never spoken about the Maury Island o experience after his son’s kidnapping). Maj. Garland Briggs is restationed from Fairchild Air Force Base in Spokane to o special assignment in Twin Peaks — officially, officially, to improve the runways, communications & security @ Unguin Field F ield to transform it into a regional airport. a irport. This work progresses slowly, while Briggs & Milford filter off personnel to build a top-secret facility on a 25-acre piece of land the military acquired through eminent domain, deep in Ghostwood Nat’l Forest on Blue P ine Mtn. (Briggs speculates that Milford began this track based on a tip from the FBI or his Air Force contacts.) Throughout construction, even Briggs believes the facility to be related to Pres. Reagan’s Strategic Defense Initiative. Milford “train[s] Briggs to succeed him by dropping an occasional startling remark ” & leaving documents where Briggs was sure to find them, to see how he would react. Ben Horne restores the theater/Opera House to its original design, & it reopens as o a movie theater. ~1982 — o Coop & Windom Earle (his 1st partner) begin playing chess every day for 3 yrs. (Coop to Harry, Episode 21 —3 yrs. before Caroline’s Caroline’s death, which was was 4 yrs. before the events of the series) o Nadine’s mother dies (“about 5 yrs. ago” in 1987, according to Dr. Jacoby). 7/15/1982 — Doug Doug Milford publishes an article welcoming we lcoming Briggs & family to Twin Peaks in the Post (the (the article makes it sound like Briggs has already been there for a bit). b it).
•
~1982-1983 — Ellen Ellen & Tony Banks are killed in a car accident; Teresa becomes a ward of the st. (When she was 12.)
1983 •
1983 — Andrew Packard goes to Hong Kong on a 2-wk. state-sponsored trade mission to o sell hardwood to emerging Eastern markets, & meets Li L i Chun Fung, now posing as -tie mixer @ the Hong Kong Josette Mai Wong (a.k.a. Jocelyn/“Josie”) @ a black -tie Trade Center. She claims to be an a n art & design student from a local university u niversity hired to work as a hostess for the evening, & further claims to be 21 (stated elsewhere as 19), & to be from the slums of Taiwan but to have h ave been raised in an orphanage in a provincial region of mainland China. She also feigns an inability to speak English. In actuality, Josie has bought protection from a South African African émigré & Hong H ong Kong import-export man, Thomas Eckhardt, using herself as collateral. Eckhardt makes a successful play to become Packard’s Hong Kong contact, while Packard falls in love w/ Josie & proposes to her. She refuses the proposal as too impulsive, but shows up on Packard ’s doorstep in Twin Peaks 3 wks. later & accepts (apparently having fled Eckhardt w/o his knowledge, but Coop later suspects it was part of a comprehensive scheme she & Eckhardt devised). o The Pilot says that Andrew brought Josie back from Hong Kong in 1983 (Harry to Coop, 6 yrs. ago; stated again, Jonathan to Josie, Episode 11). However, as noted above, in Episode 21, Catherine says Eckhardt was planning Andrew’s deat h for 6 yrs. (a plan Eckhardt executed in 1987), implying that Andrew & Eckhardt’s falling -out occurred in 1981, predating Andrew meeting Josie. Josie tells Andrew in Episode 23 that Eckhardt persuaded her to help kill Andrew by telling her Andrew didn’t love her & just married her to get back @ Eckhardt (it’s unclear exactly what Andrew would have been getting back @ Eckhardt for, if Andrew was the one who bested Eckhardt in the deal). Ultimately, the timeline remains murky, and it’s not clear whether Eckhardt decided to kill Andrew after being bested in a business deal (the Andrew/Catherine version of the story), as a crime of love after Andrew stole Josie (Eckhardt’s version), or whether Eckhardt & Josie always planned to con & possibly kill Andrew from the moment they met him (Cooper’s suspicion), or some more subtle combination of the above possibiliti po ssibilities. es. Note: The Secret Diary reaffirms this date (Josie arrived 6 yrs. ago in 1989), but Laura believes that Josie was a dancer & a prostitute before Andrew “saved her life,” information that Harry doesn’t appear to know in the show until her INTERPOL file comes through. (It is possible that Josie confessed these elements of her life to Laura in private during their E nglish lessons.) Ed Hurley Sr. passes away. Big Ed takes over the Gas Farm. He designs & builds o a new neon sign w/ a glowing egg (in tribute to the old o ld farm stand) & a mallard (for his father’s love of hunting). James works weekends pumping gas . (per Hawk) (This contradicts the trading cards saying Ed has owned & operated the Gas Farm for 15 yrs.) ▪
▪
▪
▪
Shamrock has an accident leaving her w/ only three toes. Cooper sends a tape to his father offering the name of a Chinese cobbler c obbler who long ago custom made shoes for women whose feet had been bound. Cooper has met a very nice Russian dancer who also has problems w/ her feet. ~1983 — James Hurley’s father leaves (possibly; James originally says in Episode 1 that o his dad died when he was 10, then later says in Episode 5 that he was lying & his dad ran out on them, but doesn’t specify that he was 10 when it happened). (This date also assumes that James’s b’day in the Access Guide is accurate), Laura has a dream where she fails a weird test involving transporting a certain o number of people across a river. Laura just wants to swim, so “they” send someone to touch her in “bad, mean ways.” wa ys.” Laura feels like she is still in this dream the next day @ school & cannot work, & jumps every time Donna says sa ys her name or touches her. (In 1984, Laura says this was “last yr.”) Maddy tongue kisses for the 1st time. o 1/10/1983 — Pierre Pierre Tremond born. (The canonicity of this is questionable. The trading cards seem to have taken a less ethereal/supernatural approach to this character than Lynch ultimately did in FWWM. The name “Pierre” was presumably taken from The Secret Diary, which is the only other place it ever appeared. The trading card also says Pierre later attends Twin Peaks Elementary School.) 5/09/1983 — The The Twin Peaks Post publishes publishes an open letter to Mayor Milford (when Doug Milford is out of town on business) from Carl Rodd, complaining about the construction going on on Blue Pine Mtn. (& the armed guards indicating it as military action). He speculates that the Knight of Columbus, the Knights Templar, the Illuminati, the TriLateral Commission & the Bohemian Grove are all the same bunch in different costumes. Dwayne orders an investigation into the matter. When Doug returns, he fires the asst. editor responsible for publishing the article, then visits Dwayne, offering to help w/ the investigation & call the FBI personally. ~5/21/1983 — Regional Regional Director Gordon Cole & Special Agent Phillip Jeffries show up in Twin Peaks. (They are there for a wk. as of 5/28.) 5/28/1983 — Cole Cole & Jeffries submit a confidential report to Mayor Milford stating that their 3 days in the field (speaking to Briggs & his superiors @ Fairchild & the Pentagon) yielded them the following info: the construction project is a state-of-the-art radar & weather forecasting facilit y directly related to Pres. Reagan’s recently-announced Strategic Defense Initiative, is top secret & there will be no further info forthcoming. Dwayne buys this explanation & ends his inquiry. ~post-7/1983 —Bob begins “having” “having” Laura (since she was 12; Laura to Harold in FWWM. This calculation is assuming that the 7/22 birthdate in The Secret Diary and the trading cards is correct, but her birth yr. should be moved back from 1972 to 1971 to conform w/ series continuity [Showtime did this in promo material for pre-season 3 repeats.]) (Note: The Secret Diary contradicts this, as the book starts on Laura’s 12 th b’day & strongly implies that Bob has been abusing Laura before the start of the book.) 11/1983 — The The Blue Pine facility, SETI Array 7-1 (better known to insiders as Listening Post Alpha, or LPA), goes live. It is the most advanced deep-space, deep -space, multispectrum searchand-receiving station ever constructed, & operates w/o any official gov’t or military oversight. Briggs, the only officer on site & now aware of its true purpose, performs his o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
methodical & extremely technical search for intelligent life for the next several yrs. (This would appear to be the same facility referred to in the Access Guide as Unguin Field Observatory. The location in the Blue Pine Mtns. contradicts the U.F.O. location shown on the map in the Access Guide.)
1984 •
•
•
•
•
•
•
1984 — Kenneth Arnold dies. o Ilsa Lindstrom makes “@ least a partial” deathbed confession to Norma about o Marty’s double life. Ilsa passes away suddenly in her sleep. (Hank is out of the country & misses the funeral.) ~1984 — Ben becomes the owner of OEJ. (5 yrs., Ben to Audrey, Episode 14) o o Annie Blackburn enters the convent (possibly — in in Episode 27, she makes an oblique comment to Coop saying she spent 5 yrs. trying to comprehend “it .” Oddly, they’re talking about attraction prior to her comment…but Coop responds with, “Faith .” The Episode 25 script had explicit dialogue stating that Annie spent 5 yrs. in the convent). co nvent). 5/21/1984 — The The FBI/AF interview w/ Kenneth Arnold is systematically reviewed, Top Secret classification is continued. 6/1984 — Laura Laura has a fever. She walks into her parents’ bedroom & sees them having sex. (“Last month” as of July.) 7/22/1984 — Laura Laura celebrates her 12th birthday. Someone (presumably her parents) gives her a diary. Then Leland takes Laura & Sarah to the Broken Circle Stables & surprises them both w/ a pony for Laura, whom she names Troy (after the horse in “Mrs. Larkin’s photo book”). He will be old enough to ride in 2 mos. Laura hopes BOB won’t come tonight. (Clues from Laura’s subconscious: She says Leland loves the woods as much as she does, & she once had a dream where Leland moved the family to a house deep in the woods.) 7/23/1984 — Early morning. Laura has nightmares. One involves walking by the Pearl Lakes in o a hot wind. There is a long-haired bearded man w/ calloused hands & black b lack thumb tips (which he wiggles in circles). Laura keeps walking toward him even though she doesn’t want to. He says he has her cat Jupiter, & Jupiter runs off into the woods. The man raises his hands & makes the wind stop, but Laura then feels a heat between her legs & she is forced to spread them to cool. The man sings “Waltzin’ Matilda” in Sarah’s voice. He says, “Laura, you are home,” & she wakes up. After writing the dream down in her diary, Laura decides it’s not so scary, and thinks she might write all of her dreams down from now on. (This section is glimpsed in Episode 15 when Coop flips through Laura’s diary for Ben.) Later, Laura sleeps w/o anymore dreams, but Laura calls out for Sarah in her sleep, then hoots like an owl. Madeline arrives on the train to visit for a wk. o 7/27/1984 — Laura, Laura, Donna & Maddy visit Troy, then camp out back of the Palmer house in a fort they built w/ Leland. All three write in their diaries. Maddy tells them about tongue kissing her boyfriend & they discuss Laura seeing her parents’ “quickie.” When Donna leaves to pee, Maddy tells Laura she has been having bad dreams too — one one involving Laura
•
•
• •
• •
•
•
•
in the woods. Laura pressures Donna into smoking even though th ough she promised not to. (Note: The Haywards call to tell Donna she d oesn’t have to go to church in the morning, but 7/27 was a Fri. in 1984 [and a Weds. in 1983, if the Secret Diary’s events were moved back a yr. to match the series dating of Laura’s death.].) 7/29/1984 — Laura Laura writes a poem about a man outside her window who takes her out to play in the forest, & how he seems to be w/ her even when she knows he can’t be. 7/30/1984 — Maddy Maddy (possibly sensing that Laura is depressed) lets Laura try on all of her (more adult) clothes. Maddy says Laura looks like Audrey Au drey Horne (Laura writes about how Ben has been “very attentive” to Laura her whole life while ignoring his own daughter — @ gatherings @ the Great Northern, Ben takes Laura on his knee & sings softly in her ear, & sometimes Audrey runs out of the rm.). Laura & Maddy take a walk in Easter Park & sit s it in the gazebo. Laura internally resolves to think less about “what is happening to” her & rid herself of the things that trouble her so —“things [she] still cannot e ven describe other than in bits and pieces.” Later, she writes a poem about her blooming womanhood & her dreams of dying. 7/30/1984 — Maddy Maddy leaves (three days before 8/02). 8/01/1984--@ night, Laura has an orgasm in her sleep, then has a fantasy that a boy is in her room, opening her up…and crawling inside, causing her to be pregnant w/ him. 8/02/1984 —Laura is frightened about something she doesn’t understand. 8/07/1984 — Laura Laura spends the afternoon w/ Troy. Later, in her rm. before dinner, she thinks about death & the possibilities of meeting Jesus & Satan in the afterlife. She tries to see Donna, but the Haywards are having a family night. Laura has 4 of Maddy’s cigarettes stowed in a hole in her bedpost where she also puts notes from school she doesn’t want Sarah to find. She tapes the diary to the wall behind her bulletin board. 8/11/1984 — Laura takes her diary, a flashlight & a cigarette into the woods 1 mi. from home o just befor b efor e dark. She sits @ the foot of her & Donna’s favorite Douglas fir. She writes about Bobby saying, “The world wipes its butt w/ T.P.” & pulling the girls’ hair & burping in their faces. Laura says she’d never date Bobby. She wonders if pink & raw. (Clues from Laura’s subconscious: She all penises look like Leland’s— indicates here that the only penis she has seen is Leland’s, specifically on the nt. she walked in on her parents. However, her 7/22 entry implied, in rather more worldly tones, that she had had experiences with male privates that Sarah was unaware of.) An owl watching Laura disturbs her. She writes a poem about something inside of her that tells her she will never grow older if she reveals its name, & she can’t tell if it is real or a dream because when it comes she drifts off. She then decides, “It is too dark. This is not a nice place t o me right now,” & heads home. The Twin Peaks town council issues Robert Jacoby $150 to write Oh, What a o Tangled Web…, Web…, a history of the community’s beginnings. 8/16/1984 — 5:30am. 5:30am. Laura has just returned from being in the woods again, led by a very bad person. She resolves to be good & not think about sex, hoping that will make him stop coming. 8/16-8/30/1984 — Laura Laura spends these 2 wks. trying to be good & to be around people all the time.
•
•
•
•
•
•
8/31/1984 — Laura gets out of bed & discovers she has gotten her period. Sarah immediately tells Leland. Laura spends the day in bed thinking strange thoughts of life and “…other things.” Sometimes she thinks someone is inside of her: it is another, stranger part of Laura. Sometimes she sees her in the mirror. 9/01/1984 —Sarah rubs Laura’s stomach stomach & lets Laura fall asleep asleep on her. For the 1st time in awhile, Laura feels like they are close. 9/09/1984 — Laura Laura has discovered masturbation. She is overjoyed, but hopes it is something all girls do & that she will not be punished. pu nished. 9/15/1984 —Someone has read Laura’s diary. She writes w rites an entry angrily saying that she will not write again for a long time. Late 1984 — Nadine Gertz, after working as a seamstress in Spokane for awhile, is staying in Twin Peaks w/ her dad & thinking of moving back to Twin Peaks full time to open a shop. (Dr. Jacoby later says in his evaluation of Nadine that she returned home when she “felt herself sliding.”) She takes the mower to Big Ed’s Gas Farm on a Sat., & Ed accidentally backs his tow truck into her as she pulls up. She is uninjured. Nadine has had a crush on Ed since H.S. & soon the attraction becomes mutual; she kisses him. James & Hawk (who was filling up) are present. 3 wks. later, Ed & Nadine are married @ the Chapel-in-the-Woods w/ a reception @ the Grange Hall. Andy Brennan (who was just brought on as deputy) tells Hawk about Nadine’s instit institutionalization utionalization in H.S. Shortly thereafter, Nadine starts becoming erratic, confronting Ed about Norma & following/watching Ed. (Note: this timeline and version of events from Hawk flatly contradicts the backstory Ed tells Coop in Episode 8.) ~mid-to-late 1984 —“About two yrs. ago, maybe more” as of 10/1986. Laura & Ronnette Pulaski are in an assembly together. They are the only two costume changes in the middle of the show, & see each other naked. Laura is attracted to the way Ronnette’s eyes seem “sad, but cold,” & she likes R onnette’s body. They smile @ one another.
1985 •
1985 — Mrs. Howard’s doughnuts win a blue ribbon @ the bake-off @ the 1985 Wa. state o fair (according to some, this kicks off Twin Peaks’s current doughnut-eating craze). out to Marty, whom she’d barely spoken to & only seen once in the o Norma reaches out preceding 6 yrs. Marty is in severely reduced physica l & mental condition. Vivian has persuaded Marty to marry her, & has changed cha nged her last name to Smythe. Norma N orma learns that she has a 12-yr.-old half-sister. Norma forms a connection w/ Annie & therefore also tries to maintain a civil relationship w/ Vivian subsequently, but keeps Annie’s existence secret from both Hank & Ed. o Marty Lindstrom dies, less than a yr. after learning of Ilsa’s death. He leaves the Weary Traveler to Vivian. Less than 6 wks. after Marty’s death, Vivian marries Roland Blackburn, the owner of a successful beer distribution co. from the Yakima area. (Preston says there is “more than ample reason” to suspect Vivian & Roland were together while Marty was alive.) A few wks. after Vivian moves to Roland’s estate, Roland adopts Annie. A few days after the adoption, they send Annie to a Catholic boarding school in Kennewick, Wa. Norma N orma is the only relative who visits st Annie during her 1 yr. @ the school. (Note: Measuring time forward from this stated 1985 date leads to the timeline would spill into the midabsurd result that Annie’s Final Dossier timeline ▪
1990s before she even arrives in Twin Peaks! Since this can’t possibly be correct, I will simply recount the remaining impossible-to-place events at this point, with the timestamps of approx. when the events e vents would take place if counting forward from this date.) ~12/1988 — (3 (3 yrs. after Annie enters school — which was only wks. — which after Marty’s 1985 death) During Annie’s senior yr., she visits home for Christmas. During a holiday party, something happens b/w her & Roland (Preston believes it is an attempted sexual assault after a nt. of heavy drinking, & that Vivian either discovers or interrupts it). Roland storms out & w/i 15 minutes drives his Cadillac Deville off a bridge into Yakima River, killing himself. (There is also some evidence that his brake might have been tampered with.) The next nt., Annie takes a bottle of tranquilizers & slits her wrists w/ a box cutter. (Note: This version of Annie’s suicide attempt seems oddly inconsistent w/ her telling Cooper in Episode 26 that the suicide attempt was because of a boyfriend.) Vivian rushes her to the hospital. They stabilize her, but she remains unresponsive & borderline catatonic. She is confined in a psychiatric hospital in western Wa. (the same one where Nadine & her mother were treated yrs. earlier). The only family member who regularly visits is Norma. The insurance co. later pays out on Roland’s policy to Vivian. ~12/1988 - mid-1989 — (During (During the mos. Annie was confined) Ernie Niles shows up @ the Weary Traveler offering his services as handyman, & w/i a few wks. is Vivian’s domestic partner @ the Blackburn manse. (Note: This contradicts Ernie telling Hank in Episode 15 that he met Vivian @ a Republican fund raiser.) ~Mid-1989 — Annie Annie is released from the psychiatric hospital (after 6 mos.). She returns home. “Shortly” afterward, Vivian marries Ernie. The wk. after the wedding, Annie returns to her school in Kennewick. Vivian & Ernie settle in Seattle & Vivian invests in an area restaurant, which quickly fails. (Note: This timing contradicts the series, where Vivian & Ernie’s union is implied to be very new— they are honeymooning, & Hank implies that Ernie only got out of jail 6 mos. before Hank. In the book, they appear to have been married for several yrs. before Vivian comes to Twin Peaks, all throughout Annie’s time in the convent and some s ome time before.) ~Spring 1990 — Annie Annie graduates from her Kennewick Catholic school w/ honors (“the following spring” after Ernie & Vivian’s wedding). Instead of college, Annie decides to enter the convent adjacent to her school. •
•
•
•
•
~1985 — o Jeffrey Marsh 1st beats his wife Evelyn. (4 yrs. ago, Malcolm to James, Episode 19: Malcolm’s story is suspect, however, since he lies to James about being Evelyn’s brother, & is scheming to murder Jeffrey. It’s ultimately not clear whether Jeffrey actually ever did beat Evelyn.)
Coop & Windom Earle draw the assignment of protecting Earle’s wife Caroline, “a material witness in a federal crime.” Coop & Caroline fall in love; one nt., an attack is made. Coop is wounded. He comes to w/ Caroline dead in his arms from a stab wound, 1” below the sternum, penetrating upwards, severing the aorta. Earle goes mad. (Coop later comes to believe that Earle committed both Caroline’s murder & the crime she witnessed, & feigned insanity). (4 yrs. ago, Coop to Harry, Episode 21) (Note that this contradicts My Life, My Tapes, which has the attack occur in 1979.) Briggs’s account contradicts both, dates, saying Earle went mad “shortly” after Jeffries vanished (which was 1989 according to Briggs), or possibly shortly after Desmond vanished (it’s not grammatically clear which he is referring to). Briggs also states that Earle shot Coop, contradicting all other sources, which say Coop was stabbed as well as Coop in Episode 8 — as saying he has never been shot before. Harry Truman becomes sheriff (6 yrs. — presumably as of the release of the cards — o in 1991 —per Truman’s welcome on the title card). (This is contradicted by The Secret History saying he took over in 1981.) 3/28/1985 — Andrew Andrew Packard arrives in Hong Kong under the assumed name Anton David Walbrook. He is permitted to remain through 6/28/1985 (passport stamps). 3/31/1985 — Andrew Andrew departs Hong Kong (passport stamps). 5/17/1985 — Doug Doug Milford & Briggs have cigars & Bordeaux on LPA’s patio overlooking Pearl Lakes. (W/o Briggs’s knowledge, Doug records this conversation). Milford reveals why he picked Garland, & they debate the value of mysteries. Milford says he is late for a very important date, & Briggs is to replace him as the Watcher in the Wo ods. As day turns to night, Milford tells Briggs of his own experiences exper iences in the woods, shows Briggs Br iggs raw data of his military experiences, incl. Roswell & Nixon, & turns over his dossier on the history of the town to Briggs, saying that it is Briggs’s job now. (Briggs says that he later inserts many of Milford’s own experiences into the middle & later sections of the dossier, accompanied by Briggs’s own attempts at interpretation, while Milfo rd & Briggs contribute sections about the people of Twin Peaks together.) M ilford says he believes their mission is to monitor not only deep space but their surroundings on Earth for nonhuman intelligent life, discern its purposes & watch for signs of imminent attack. 10/03/1985 — Laura Laura begins writing in her diary again. Laura says she understands Johnny Horne more than she does most people. She was visiting Johnny one day when she overheard Audrey yelling @ Ben, & learned that Ben actually gave Troy to Laura. Now Laura feels indebted to (& intrigued by) Ben, & views Leland as dishonest. She thinks that Dr. Hayward has been the most loving person in her life, & says she sometimes imagines the warmth of his holding her as a frightened newborn. After dinner, she continues recounting the past yr.: Relatively recently, Jupiter was hit by a car (it is recent enough that Sarah made a favorite dinner for Laura tonight to console her). Laura says that while she is well-liked, no one knows her at all. Donna is the closest, but Laura is afraid to tell Donna her fantasies & nightmares because sometimes Donna Do nna giggles. Laura fears that Donna wouldn’t be around @ all if she knew Laura’s “black & dark” insides, “soaked w/ dreams of big, big men & different ways they might hold [her] [her] & take [her] into into their control” (Harold reads this passage to Donna in Episode 11). o
▪
•
• •
•
•
•
•
Shortly before 10/12/1985 — (“The other night” on 10/12/1985) Laura & Donna’s parents go to the Great Northern for a party Ben is throwing, and Laura & Donna ride their bikes to the Book House. After a half hr., three 22-yr.-old Canadian boys (Josh, Tim & Rick) approach them. Laura & Donna identify themselves as Bernice & Trisha, tourists whose Round About the Woods bus leaves in an hr. They all go out back & smoke marijuana. They postulate that the world is a speck of linen on a giant’s sweater & that time moves differently for the giant, & talk about ways the giant might end the world (flicking us off, washing machine). They imagine people from other lint balls/universes. Laura & Donna get junk food @ the Cash & Carry on the way wa y back to Donna’s (Dr. Hayward H ayward calls to say Ben is showing slides). Laura & Donna eat & dance da nce & laugh & are asleep they’ll be late— Ben when everyone gets home. 10/18/1985 (“last Fri. nt.,” “the day before yesterday” as of 10/20)— o 4pm. Laura & Donna return to the Book House (which Laura describes as a coffee house full of books) in short, tight t ight dresses. Only Big Jake Morrissey, who runs the place, is there. Eventually the boys b oys return & tease the girls for lying to them last wk. Around 5:30pm. The boys take Laura & Donna in their truck across Lucky Hwy. o 21 to the woods behind Low Town. They build bu ild a fire; Laura & Donna get drunk on st gin. (This is Laura & Donna’s 1 experience w/ alcohol aside from a glass of champagne @ Dr. Hayward’s b’day). Donna & Tim get close. Around 8:30pm (w/ an hr. before they have to leave for home), Laura dances, then o they all skinny dip @ Donna’s suggestion. Laura “play[s]” with Josh & Rick in the water, making clear that she & Donna will w ill not go all the way. Tim touches Donna’s breasts briefly, but the two return to the shore, dress & talk. talk. Donna & Tim Tim exchange numbers, & Laura & Donna induce vomiting (@ Tim’s suggestion) to sober up. The boys drive them home & Josh says he will never forget Laura. They find the Haywards asleep on the couch; Laura & Donna fix their the ir hair & hug silently upstairs (Laura thinks this means that it’s their secret & they’re still friends , & later calls this one of the nicest parts of the nt.) before waking the Haywards. Laura calls home: Sarah was engrossed in a book b ook & didn’t notice the hr., & Leland is asleep. o Donna recounts the above story to Harold in Episode 12; she doesn’t specify a date, but says she was 13-14, placing this in 1985-87, 1985- 87, going by b y the birthdate on her trading card . Per Donna: She & Laura put on tight short dresses & go to the Roadhouse (not the Bookhouse, contradicting The Secret Diary) to meet the boys, who are “about 20 .” They get in Rick’s truck & go to the stream, building a fire. Laura starts to dance. Rick claps, Tim watches. That makes Donna angry so she suggests skinny dipping. They undress. Laura starts to kiss Josh & Rich in the stream. Donna swims away. Tim swims to her; he kisses her hand, then her. (This seemingly contradicts Laura talking about Tim touching Donna’s breasts .) After this nt., Donna never sees Tim again. (Donna in Episode 12) o 10/20/1985 — Laura Laura speculates on whether pain can ever be a friend: “Pain as a shadow companion. I wonder if that’s possible…” Laura recounts the events of Friday, saying it was an incredible solution to her need to forget things. (Oddly, she @ ont point says “each time I think about tonight,” when she earlier said she was recounting events from Friday.)
•
•
•
•
•
• •
11/09/1985 — Laura Laura sleeps through the nt. for the 1 st time in ages, & can’t remember her dreams. 11/10/1985 — Donna Donna has not called Laura all day. Laura is brushing Troy @ the stables when she suddenly gets an image in her head of a place she had dreamed of: 1400 River Road. She gets directions from Zippy & rides Troy out, finding an abandoned gas station. There, she meets Margaret, & realizes that she also saw Margaret in her dream. Margaret says a dream told her to come here so they could spend time together —“I dream like other people sometimes. It just happens.” happens.” They sit on the grass, & Margaret says she knows knows a lot about Laura — special special things. As they talk, the log speaks to Margaret, & sometimes she answers that she will not hear of “that” now— now now is not the time. The last time this happens, she looks fearful that they are not alone. Margaret says things that Laura does d oes not understand: the woods are sometimes a place to learn about things & about oneself, but other times t hey are a place for “creatures” & not for us. Sometimes people go camping & learn things they shouldn’t. “Children are prey sometimes.” Margaret says she will be watching, & someday people will find out that she sees things & remembers them. She says, “Owls are sometimes big” Margaret hums a song that Laura has never heard (& later cannot remember). The song & the parts of Margaret’s talk that Laura understands make Laura feel good inside. Laura tells Margaret something (& does not know where it comes from): sometimes things happen in the woods in the dark that no one knows about. Sometimes she is not sure these things are real, while other times she thinks they are more real than the sunrise. They frighten her very much. Margaret looks away & holds her log as if upset, then says Laura is a very beautiful girl g irl & many people will love her in her life. 11/13/1985 — BOB BOB comes at night. Later, Laura writes the poem, “Listening to the Wood,” proposing that every tree tr ee has a soul & their rustling may be them trying to t o convey things that they see which no one else has. She says that the world should follow the maps of footsteps & sometimes stains that will lead the world to “the one who made / The hole” in the little girl. Laura thinks the Log Lady must have been talking about a different Laura Palmer. 11/20/1985 — Laura Laura has a dream about ab out sitting in an empty rm. & feeling guilty. Eventually, E ventually, a giant rat appears & Laura knows it wants to eat her foot as punishment. Laura de cides to bite her own foot off to hurt herself before the rat can. When she awakens, she vows to stop doing things that older girls should do (she thinks the night w/ the boys might have caused this dream), & to hurt herself first —“I —“I know the places that t hat are the most delicate. I’ll do do the hurting from now on, as long as all of this stops!!!!” 12/16/1985 — Laura Laura has a dream while waiting for the sunrise. She sees her diary appearing & disappearing in people’s laps, on diner seats when people go to the jukebox, on car hoods while driving. It keeps sliding away before she can recover r ecover it. The people who read it turn into rats & want to “take [her] out the way BOB does.” She decides to stop “speaking” to the diary until she understands more. “If this doesn’t make the nightmares and the fire and the ropes and the little silver blades go away,” maybe Laura should give in & stop fighting it, & then they will go away. ~mid-1980s — The The curator of the County Museum misplaces Sean Ladoux’s Lad oux’s bronzed toe. ~1985-1986 — On an icy hwy., Nicky’s parents are in a car crash. Nicky tries to pull them o from the blazing car, but it is too late. (Will, Episode 21; Nicky was 6, 6 , per Will and Andy, and is now 9, per Lucy)
o
o
o
The “real” Mrs. Tremond’s mother dies (3 yrs. ago, Mrs. Tremond to Donna, Episode 16) Teresa Banks runs away from a st. facility & is not heard from again. (When she was 15.) Shelly leaves home for good (@ 17).
1986 •
1986 — Special Agent Phillip Jeffries is sent on an extended & highly classified Blue Rose o assignment that involves a long-term posting working undercover in Buenos Aires, Argentina to investigate what appears to be an int’l criminal enterprise. W/i his 1 st month, he identifies a shadowy suspect, “someone he believe[s] could be the central person of interest in charge of this entire operation.” All he has @ first is a name, Judy. @ some point, he deeply & hurriedly carves the word “Joudy” into the wall of his hotel rm., seemingly w/ a pocketknife, near the phone —as if he’d heard something on a call. Unspecified date 1986 or earlier (“A long time ago,” Gordon to Albert in Part o 17) — Jeffries tells Gordon that Jeffries is “on to this entity [Jowday/Judy]” — Jeffries before Jeffries disappears. (Gordon having knowledge of Jowday’s existence @ this point seems to contradict Tammy saying that, when Jeffries reappears in 1989 & rambles about Judy, everyone on the task force merely assumes Jeffries is talking about “someone named Judy.”) Special Agent Phillip Jeffries goes missing (“damn near” 2 yrs. ago as of Feb. o 1988, FWWM). (Contradicted by Preston saying he went missing in 1987, 1987, and both are contradicted by Preston elsewhere saying he spent only 6 mos. off the Bureau’s radar ; the former is explained by the fact that The Missing Pieces, The Secret History, and Part 15 all contradict Fire Walk with Me by placing p lacing Jeffries’s reappearance in 1989, as it was originally scripted and shot for FWWM before being altered in editing.) @ some point, he witnesses “one of their meetings” above a convenience store. He later recounts the experience (heard in fragments — out out of their scripted order —in the film): “Oh, believe me, I followed!” (This line is not in The Missing Pieces; a similar line is, later in the dialogue.) “It was a dream. We live inside a dream.” “I found something in Seattle Seattle at Judy’s . Then there they were! They sat quietly for hrs. I followed! The ring…the ring.” ring. ” Jeffries is not actually seen at the meeting itself, which is attended by the Man from Another Place, Bob, two Woodsmen, the Electrician, the Tremonds, and the Jumping Man (w/ MfAP and Bob sitting @ a table w/ a bowl of garmonbozia between them). MfAP: “The chrome chrome reflects reflects our image.” Monkey’s mouth: “Electricity.” (In the film edit, this line/shot occurs later, after MfAP’s “With this ring…” line.) MfAP: “From pure air. air. We have descende descended d from pure air. Going Going up and down. Intercourse between the two worlds.” The Electrician: “Animal life.” MfAP: “Garmonbozia. This is a Formica table. Green is its color.” Bob: “I have have the fury fury of my own momentum.” momentum.” Grandson: “Fell a victim.” ▪ ▪
▪
▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
MfAP: “With this ring, I thee we d. Fire walk with me.” Bob then seems seems to conjure fire, fire, & Bob & MfAP walk into the Red Room laughing diabolically. The ring is seen on its podium, & Laura’s face is superimposed over the red curtains. The Grandson puts on the Jumping Man’s mask, & when he takes it off, he is the monkey (note: this shot is not present in The Missing Pieces and may have originally been shot to appear elsewhere in the film.) (The italicized portions are from the extended scene in The Missing Pieces.) Cooper’s father & Shamrock are on a macrobiotic diet which forbids using o refrigeration. Cooper sends a tape thanking his father for a Christmas C hristmas present (black socks) & saying that he has applied for a transfer because Gordon wants him back on the streets. He says Gordon thanks Cooper’s dad for the tip regarding eardrops. ~1986 —Cooper has has a dream (“3 yrs. ago” as of 1989). He becomes deeply moved by the plight of the Tibetan people & becomes filled with the desire to help them. He awakes from the same dream realizing he has subconsciously gained knowledge of a deductive technique, involving mind-body coordination operating hand-in-hand w/ the deepest level of intuition. (Episode 2) 4/1986 — Leo Leo is ticketed for an illegal U turn. (Episode 3) 4/22/1986 — @ night, Laura has a dream where she plans to dig a hole in the backyard to help the family with water, & Sarah loves the idea, but later Sarah realizes Laura is trying to bury herself in the hole to kill herself. Laura says she does not want to wake up in the middle of the night in the woods w/ leaves all over her anymore, & she wants to be a tree so she can listen for trouble in the woods. Sarah is brought in by Laura’s screaming & assumes Laura’s dreams are the result of a changing body. She explains the birds & the bees & birth control for an hr. to Laura’s horror . 4/23/1986 — Laura Laura is trying to be good & has even resolved not to masturbate. Donna & Laura have been fighting because Laura will not talk about how she feels. Leland has been spending all his time working w/ Ben. Laura is trying to stay busy but has no schoolwork left to do, has completed 2 extra ex tra credit projects, and has made the honor roll & junior debate team. She prays all the time but has never felt worse in her life. She resolves to go see Donna today & talk as best she can. 4/24/1986 — Laura Laura writes a poem about something that just came to her — a memory of skipping hand in hand with “him,” before he told her to lie down, before he told her that they had a secret & opening her mouth was bad, before he began to turn her inside out & de cide before she sat on the “tiny hill.” hill.” Laura says she has forgotten so much, & she cannot decide if she is better off knowing or not knowing the things she has forgotten that suddenly com e to her. She says she thinks it is real, & says maybe she will tell her diary what she is remembering after she sees Donna. 6/20/1986 — Laura Laura spends the day w/ Donna. @ first Donna will not say anything, & Laura runs out of the Hayward house in tears. Donna follows, follow s, crying. They clear the air about the nt. @ the stream: Laura was worried Donna thought Laura deserved to be punished, Donna Don na worried that Laura hated her for not going as far w/ the guys. Donna makes Laura feel weird by asking if she has been secretly seeing a boy since she was immediately so good at it. Donna confidentially describes her own very innocent fantasies & Laura feels terrible. ▪ ▪
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
6/21/1986 — Laura Laura recounts her talk w/ Donna the previous day. She says sa ys that while she & Donna are still friends & she loves Donna, she can no longer think the way Donna does, or even pretend to. 6/22/1986 — 4:12am. 4:12am. Laura wakes up & decides to write in her diary w/o thinking so she can maybe remember more. She doesn’t remember when it started, but BOB has always had long hair & known everything about her. He started out playing hide & seek w/ her. She recounts him violating her w/ her fingers, saying degrading things, & strangulating her. She says he gives her small cuts b/w the legs & inside her mouth, & sometimes she sits up all night in the bathroom w/ a flashlight until the bleeding stops so her parents will not find out. Laura says she always puts on clean panties pa nties before bed because she is so afraid of being dirty. She is close to going to her parents for help, but is afraid of what would happen. She thinks maybe he will get tired of her if she stops fighting him & being frightened. She says she has never thought about him like this before. She thinks maybe BOB knows God, & God sent BOB to test her, so that tha t she will not be afraid of being dirty. 7/21/1986 — @ the kitchen table, Laura tells Sarah she wants to spend her birthday alone, riding Troy, because she is confused about her life & wants to come home on her b’day w/ everything sorted out. 7/22/1986 — Laura Laura goes into the woods, & finds a piece of rope near BOB’s favorite tree. She smokes a marijuana cigarette Bobby got her, & masturbates, trying to recreate a male fantasy in her mind sniffing a pair of her own panties. (She later says she pictures putting her face between a girl’s legs & tasting her— she she uses Ronnette in the fantasy because Ronnette is the only girl Laura has ever seen naked besides Donna.) She repeatedly yells out that she is not afraid; she thinks BOB is there, but hiding. She has the most intense orgasm she has ever experience, digging her nails into the tree. She says she “won this one”—he didn’t show up; she showed him she was not afraid & made him the fool. On the way home, an owl swoops down & nearly kills her. Laura spends the rest of the day @ the stables w/ Troy, & comes home feeling strong. 7/25/1986 — Laura Laura writes in her diary that she has been seeing Bobby. In a later entry, she says he swaggered up to her & asked if she would be his. 8/02/1986 — Laura Laura decides Bobby has waited long enough to have sex. (“Yesterday” on 8/03/1986; this entry initially makes it sound like 8/02 is the date that they 1 st have sex, but in a later 8/03 entry she says it is 10pm “on the evening of the disaster w/ Bobby Briggs.”) 8/03/1986 — o Leland & Sarah go out all afternoon. Laura has a date w/ Bobby in an abandoned barn in Low Town. Bobby believes it is Laura’s 1st time. They have vodka & a marijuana cigarette. After hrs. of sex, Bobby expresses his love for her & she laughs @ him because she cannot afford to show any vulnerability. @9:45pm (15 minutes ago as of 10pm diary entry), Bobby calls & gives a rehearsed o apology for expressing his love too quickly, although he says he did mean it. 8/04/1986 — 3:30 3:30 am. Laura resolves to use the bit of light remaining inside her as the strength it always should have been as she s he joins BOB for battle. 8/06/1986 — 4:47am. 4:47am. Laura cannot sleep because she wants to see BOB & be ready when he comes through the window. She believes that when he takes her, e ither she or BOB will die. Laura believes BOB watches her all day & senses her every doubt. She often dreams that her remains will be found. She curses “the two people who allowed [her] birth” and Nature for cradling BOB when he performs blood-letting “[s]urgery of a strange &
•
•
•
•
•
•
indescribable nature.” She says there is never a noise that stirs her parents sleeping in the next rm. 9/10/1986 — Laura: Laura: “Enclosed please find my mind & its memory.” Laura concludes she is either dreaming BOB to life & slowly killing herself, or BOB has arranged w/ her parents to permit the visits in return for their safety — she she can think of no other explanation for her parents not hearing BOB leading her out. She says BOB treats her “like an experiment.” 9/11/1986 — 2:20am. 2:20am. Laura is upset that she is no threat to BOB; he has not shown, & she fears he is waiting for her to tire of her all-night writing sessions. She makes reference to light sometimes pouring from BOB’s lips & eyes — the the light stolen from within Laura. Ever since Laura can remember, she has made an a n effort to tolerate BOB & keep him secret. S he hopes to call him to the window w indow soon, & plans to beg for more incisions, insertions, insults & threats, in the hope that his insatiable appetite will grow smaller. She plans to get through the pain by remembering that home awaits her as it always has. She says sometimes BOB mocks her by pretending to ring the doorbell when he drops her home, & watches her feel unworthy to enter the house where she took her 1st steps. Although she has chanted for his arrival, almost religiously, he has not shown. She seemingly see mingly has not slept in days. 10/01/1986 — As As Laura is undressing for bed, Bobby appears outside her window. He invites her to a party @ the end of Sparkwood, thrown by Leo (of whom Laura has heard “in the air of gossip that [she] often hunt[s] down”). Bobby has a “new treat” to help w/ her sleep deprivation — cocaine cocaine (she calls it “Go Fast”) . Laura hides her diary (in the process thinking that BOB’s name is a warning in & of itself : “Beware. Of. Bob.”). Laura says the people @ the party will be 6-10 yrs. older than she. Knowing she likely will not be home until after sunrise, she leaves a note for Sarah saying sa ying that it is 5am & she cannot ca nnot sleep, so she is going ride Troy to the clearing & enjoy a Nancy Drew book. (Oddly, this was a Weds. night in 1986 — Laura Laura would presumably have school in the morning.) Bobby Bobb y drives them there in his uncle’s truck. He warns Laura not to fuck Leo because he is into “some weird shit.” This intrigues Laura, & when Bobby goes to get her a beer, Laura meets Leo. Laura: “it was there, right away. Both of us knew it…” (Leo notes that the last time he saw Laura, “Old Dwayne Milford” was giving her a plaque for “Finest Performance/Five Consecutive Years.”) The three snort coke in a bedroom & are joined by Ronnette Pulaski (who has lost a great deal of wt. due du e to cocaine use & & seems to have a regular arrangement w/ Leo). Later, Laura takes a woman @ the party up on her offer of $100 for anyone who can get her off (she says she hasn’t been able to orgasm in 2 yrs.). Laura succeeds & all the men are turned on by the performance Leo says Laura made his party. 10/02/1986 — Laura Laura finally returns home @ 6pm. Her parents do not gripe & Sarah apparently believes Laura’s note. 10/03/1986 — Laura Laura has been up for 3 days & 4 nts., & is crossing into intense sleep deprivation. She writes a diary entry about the party, doing a couple of lines because she t houghts strike him. is “coming down.” She vows to visit Leo & “see how many of [her] thoughts 10/28/1986 — Robert Robert Jacoby authors the front page Twin Peaks Post article “If These Woods Could Speak, and, Trust Me, Sometimes They Do,” a profile meant to “set the record straight” on his dear friend of 40 yrs. Margaret Lanterman, as well as to announce that this will be his last article as he is facing death. (Note: He says he 1 st met Margaret in Mrs. Hawthorne’s 3rd grade class @ Warren G. Harding Elementary. This contradicts the 1931 birthdate on Robert Jacoby’s memorial service program, as well as him being
•
•
•
•
Lawrence was born in 1934, whereas being Margaret’s Lawrence’s older brother— Lawrence contemporary would place Robert’s birth ~1940, also contradicting the Jacobys’s WWII timeline. This also blatantly contradicts Robert authoring 1947 articles on Einer Jennings’s UFO sighting and Margaret’s abduction! Perhaps the 1947 articles can be explained away: it is possible that there are two Robert R obert Jacobys — perhaps the writer of the 1947 articles was an uncle to Robert & Lawrence Lawre nce — and and Preston is mistaken/confused when she says sa ys that the Robert who wrote the 1947 articles artic les is Lawrence’s brother. However, Robert also says near the end of this article that it has been this privilege to chronicle the lives & stories of the people of Twin Tw in Peaks for “nearly fifty yrs.,” placing him as a journalist in the late ’30s , making even the earlier 1931 b’day seemingly unfeasible!) 11/19/1986 — Robert Robert Jacoby dies of complications resulting from multiple sclerosis. (Note Briggs had earlier said that Robert died that this is Robert Jacoby’s “second” death— Briggs “within wks.” of Doug Milford’s 1969 return to Twin Peaks. As mentioned above, it is possible that another another Robert Jacoby, perhaps an uncle, worked worked on the Gazette in the 1940s and may be the person who passed.) 11/22/1986 —11am. Dr. Jacoby presides over his brother’s memorial service @ the Chapelin-the-Woods, scattering Robert’s ashes on Pearl Lake. Nearly 200 people assemble (incl. Briggs). Margaret speaks of how, although “now” will never be again, we come from the elemental & return to it: “There is change, but nothing is lost.” She says dark times will always come as night follows day, & a dark age will test them all, but says to trust in the face of the unknown: it will not be unknown for long. 12/13/1986 — Laura Laura has sex w/ Leo; he ties her up. Later, she dreams about BOB saying Laura’s behavior w/ Leo is exactly what BOB taught her to do; he slut shames her. Laura wakes up, feeling guilty & imagines BOB @ the foot of her bed. He reminds her that he knows & sees everything, and can go anywhere. He says Laura let her guard down by giving him “a little vacation from her stench, ” but then she had to call him back. (Clues from Laura’s subconscious: BOB says he will make her love him like she used to. “I remember that…soon you will too?”) 12/14/1986 — Laura Laura recounts her dream from last night. She S he says she wants to die.
1987 •
•
1987 — Jackie Gleason dies; his library on UFOs & other occult subjects in his Peekskill o house is donated to U. of Miami. Special Agent Phillip Jeffries disappears w/o a trace while on assignment in Buenos o Aires, Argentina. (Contradicted by Fire Walk with Me, which says Jeffries disappeared 2 yrs. ago as of Feb. 1988, and by The Final Dossier , which says Jeffries was off the Bureau’s radar for 6 mos. before his 2/16/1989 reappearance . However, it is consistent w/ Part 15 and The Missing Pieces placing Jeffries’s reappearance in 1989, as originally scripted & shot for FWWM, before it was changed in editing. Photo of Hawk taken (p. 194). o Business Owner of the Yr. o Norma is Twin Peaks Chamber of Commerce Small Business 1/10/1987 — Laura Laura writes in her diary about Leland & Sarah refusing to speak to Laura @ breakfast when she tries to talk about her suicidal suic idal dreams. dreams . Then Leland takes off all a ll his clothes & shouts, “It’s a dream…Fucking relax, re lax, will you?...So your mother saw photos of you licking the little privates of other women. It appeared in these photos that you were
•
•
•
•
•
•
enjoying yourself. Is this true?” Laura suddenly realizes that she was sleeping when she was writing the diary entry…then wonders whether she was sleeping. She wonders if BOB was here inside her. She says she has never been more afraid than in this moment. 2/03/1987 — Laura Laura is out of cocaine. BOB is now stepping onto the diary page, making Laura write his words. He says no one will believe her if she tells them about him, h im, because he is too careful, & she never argues or screams for help when he takes her away. Laura offers to trade BOB anything the family owns that he would take in exchange for his permanent absence. BOB agrees to a trade; Laura asks, “Who?” Bob then says he may change his mind. Laura says, “I thought thoug ht so.” ~Post-3/1987 —(Leo & Shelly’s marriage lasted nearly 2 yrs., per Preston.) S helly realizes that Bobby is two-timing her w/ Laura & confronts him @ junior prom, then t hen storms out & goes to the Roadhouse. Leo buys her some drinks, “one thing [leads] to another,” & 3 wks. later Leo & Shelly are married. (Note: The fact that Bobby & Shelly’s relationship predated both Bobby’s relationship w/ Laura and Shelly’s marriage to Leo does not have support in any other text, & seems unlikely, given give n dialogue and events in the TV series and The Secret Diary.) ~4/1987 — Lucy Lucy & Andy begin dating (they dated for 1.5 yrs., Lucy to Coop, Episode 11. This date is calculated by working backwards from the time Lucy m et Dick during Lucy & Andy’s “break .” However, it’s unclear how immediately she met Dick after the break started, so it is possible they started dating @ an earlier date). 4/02/1987 — Laura Laura says she needs cocaine & has to reach Bobby. She again talks about trading someone else to BOB, & says she would find the person and tell them to beware. BOB says that if Laura takes him back he will not cause an accident for someone later. Laura decides to walk to Leo’s (w/ her diary) to get some coke. Leo Le o has a woman over. As Leo answers, Laura realizes she has no money. Leo gives her the rest of his coke (aside from his personal stash); it is unclear if he fronted it to her willingly (later in the entry, she says, “Leo needs to see me about money…I hope this transaction goes smoothly, painlessly, and and silently” & also later says that she has been fucking people for drugs). Soon Laura is high & BOB is gone. She says she misses the days when she could barely remember a thing: she only knew that she came home some nts. crying & hid behind the bathroom door. She remembers that @ some point when she was very very young, BOB cut her several times & told her she was in big trouble, that she was not a child of God because good girls do not bleed down their legs. She tells Leo that she needs to hear from Bobby right away if he shows up: she & Bobby need to find another dealer for the night. She has been days days w/o sleep because it it is is too dangerous with “this “this fuckin’ fuckin’ BOB deal.” BOB chimes in that he is still here. (Oddly, he says, “And what, Laura Palmer, it’s been two, three days since you first snorted…” even though Laura first did coke 6 mos. earlier in Oct.) 6/24/1987 — Late Late @ nt. Laura, despairing at the loss of her innocence, says she let Troy go — she she says she does not deserve him & he did not deserve to be owned. She is afraid that anything she touches runs the risk of contact w/ BOB. “I’ll be investigating death…don’t worry. I can feel you deciding how and a nd when. You bastard.” 8/24/1987 — 9am. 9am. Cooper has spent 3 days w/ the DEA on a joint drug interdiction program. He decides to have the DEA folk evaluate a new investigative technique he has been developing based on the teachings of a Tibetan monk named Gumm.
•
• •
8/26/1987 —11pm. Based on Cooper’s 1st test of Gumm’s technique, Lee Harvey Oswald did not act alone, & Jack Ruby is alive & well in Peru. Cooper believes more work is needed. ~9/1987 — Dennis Dennis Bryson sees a dentist (2 mos. ago as of Nov.). 9/02/1987 — W/ the cooperation of Mexican federal police, Cooper & DEA agent Dennis Bryson o are to head to the border town of Tijuana & pose as two Midwest insurance salesmen, the buyers for a large shipment of coke. They T hey are to leave for San Diego tonight, where they will pick up a car. (A note on Bryson: @ an unspecified time prior, he worked for Gordon Cole @ the FBI. Cole sends him to work undercover @ the DEA. Dennis is a “confused & wild thing sometimes,” generating scandalous “dirt.”) (Gordon in Part 4) 11:30pm. In San Diego, Cooper asks Diane to remind him to bring water o purification tablets, tablets, a good compass & a wide-brimmed hat next next time he goes south south of the border. 9/04/1987 — 9am. Cooper ruminates on the fact that once they cross the border, there wi ll be no o one to call for backup & they will have no badges. 10am. Cooper bribes the border police $5 to expedite their crossing. They are being o followed by a tan pickup truck w/ two Mexican males, which Cooper takes as a bad sign since only 2 officials of the federal police know kn ow they are there. 11am. Cooper reflects on the sinful s inful nature of border towns. o 12:30pm. @ the Casa de Vista motel, Cooper reflects on the consistency of lousy o hotel views & lack of truth in advertising. ad vertising. o 1:30pm. Cooper is pleased by his lunch of reptile meat cooked in chilis & cactus meat. The tan truck is still parked across the st. 2pm. Cooper & Bryson get the call to meet the supplier by the cotton candy stand o outside the bull ring. The supplier will find them; he knows what they look like. This does not sit well w/ Cooper & Bryson. 3pm. Cooper & Bryson lose their trackers in the market. Br yson waits by the cotton o candy stand while Cooper holds back. A supplier arrives & refuses to deal w/ both men; Bryson makes the decision to go on alone w/ them in a grey Mercedes truck, w/ the promise that they will call Cooper’s hotel rm. in 4 hrs. 7:03pm. The 4-hr deadline having passed, Cooper opens the false bottom of o Bryson’s suitcase as he was instructed; he finds a submachine gun & Israeli hand grenades. 9/09/1987 — 7:50pm. Cooper has located the two followers in the tan pickup &, by sticking a o hand grenade down their shorts, has gotten Bryson’s location (& the use of their pickup truck). He leaves them tied up w/ a bowline & heads to the large ranch outside town where Dennis is being held. 10pm. Cooper scouts the ranch. o 9/10/1987 — ▪
•
•
•
midnight. Cooper plans to fling a grenade to the door of the bunkhouse where Bryson is being held & a smoke bomb into the center of the compound, creating confusion allowing him to sneak in & take out the guard. o 2am. Cooper has rescued Bryson. Cooper & Bryson are apparently deported for reports that a gunfight broke out Cooper’s hand grenade use. The San Diego Mirror reports last nt. on a ranch 10 mi. outside Tijuana @ a prayer service, when an argument about interpretations interpretations of the Book of Job devolved into automatic automatic weapon & hand grenade use. 9/26/1987 — 7am (2 hrs. before Andrew’s “death”). Hank Jennings is arrested on suspicion of a o vehicular homicide hit & run involving Hank’s truck on a hwy. near the border . Hank gives more details @ his parole hearing: “A car, in perfect condition, goes out of control. A vagrant nobody knows is killed while sleeping by the roadside.” This provides him cover for… 9am. Josie & her accomplice Hank make an attempt on Andrew Packard’s life o (presumably by creating a leak in the fuel line near the ignition of Andrew’s yacht); Andrew catches on & fakes his own death in the explosion. Shortly after 9am, Andrew goes to the boathouse to start up the Josie, his rechristened yacht, while Josie stays in w/ a headache. The yacht explodes, leveling the boathouse & leaving unidentifiable human remains — Coop Coop speculates this was a vagrant Andrew either drugged or killed. (Preston later suggests that the plot —both —both Josie’s Josie’s & Andrew’s— might have been inspired by Body Heat H eat , which came out a few yrs. earlier.) (The date of Andrew’s “death” is originally from the Access Guide, & was also adopted by The Secret History. However, the Access Guide also once states the yr. as 1988). (Truman tells Cooper Andrew died a yr. & a half ago in Episode 1, consistent w/ this date; contradictorily, Truman tells Cooper in the Pilot that Andrew died in a boating accident “last yr.,” placing it in 1988. In Episode 7, Hank says he spent 18 mos. in jail, consistent w/ the 9/87 date.) ( In a deleted scene from Episode 1, Harry says no body bo dy was found; this is seemingly contradicted by the unidentifiable human remains mentioned in Coop’s document in The Secret History.) 9/27/1987 — Post Post article “Tragedy at Black Lake” by Cyril Pons is published. After 9/26/1987 — Andrew goes into hiding. Josie gets Andrew’s 7 -figure life insurance payout & all o his businesses. When the insurance cos. begin looking more closely @ Josie, she begins secretly dating Harry for protection & tries tries to point Harry toward Hank. Hank, meanwhile, gets a lawyer way out of his price range & pleads to vehicular o manslaughter, w/ a 5-yr. sentence, knowing that the money Josie paid him is waiting upon his release. Consistent w/ this, Norma says Hank is doing 3-5 for manslaughter. (Episode 3) Andrew travels to Hong Kong under a new identity (notably, he has been doing this t his o since 1985 according to his fake Anton David Walbrook passport, implying that he knew of Josie’s treachery well in advance & was laying the groundwork for his response). In Hong Kong, Andrew uncovers Josie’s backstory & the fact that Eckhardt was her accomplice (apparently w/ the goal of stealing Andrew’s A ndrew’s fortune). Andrew bides his time until Hank is out of jail so all the pa rties will be “gathered o
•
• •
•
•
•
on stage.” (Oddly, we never see Andrew or Catherine pursue any sort of vengeance against Hank on the show.) 11/1987 — Leo is arrested for drunk & disorderly. (Episode 3) o o 4am. Ed & Harry go duck hunting 15 mi. out in the woods; Nadine stalks them & hides. She startles a bunch of ducks & the guys fire. A pellet takes out Nadine’s eye. She subsequently becomes increasingly unstable, & obsessed w/ inventing something like her dad did, to save Ed from his life of drudgery @ the Gas Farm (which is actually the only life he wants). (This is said to occur 2 mos. after Andrew Packard’s “death”; Hawk confusingly also seems to imply that it was the fall after Ed & Nadine’s late 1984 wedding, but this appears to just be confusing phrasing). (Again, this version of Ed & Nadine’s backstory completely contradicts the story Ed told Coop in Episode 8, in terms of both timeline timeline and the actual events that occurred.) 11/09/1987 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper gets his next & last case w/ w / the DEA: make an appointment w/ a dentist in Oakland whose practice is moving a large amt. of cocaine, & arrange a buy. There are two things Cooper fears so much he cannot conquer his fear: a small burrowing beetle crawling into his ear & heading for his brain, & a dentist crawling inside his mouth w/ a high-speed drill. 11/12/1987 — Bobby & Leo come to get Laura @ the stables because she can ca n barely walk another o step (unclear why she was @ the stables since s ince she already let Troy go). She Sh e changes into a dress Bobby borrowed from Donna (who is worried about Laura). Laura, afraid of BOB, wants to stay in one place all nt. long & is even willing to skip the coke, but Bobby & Leo laugh @ her. They drive past Mill Town further into Low Town. They have thousands in cash to buy cocaine, & Bobby brought Garland’s pistol. When they get out of the truck, someone strangles Laura into unconsciousness. She wakes up inside a house w/ Leo & Bobby and 4 men who all point guns @ her. Realizing the deal is bogus, Laura sneaks a kilo of coke into her skirt & goes back out to the truck. After 40 minutes, Bobby & Leo come out (w/ the drug dealers cheerfully telling them the dealers will remove their genitalia an and a gunfight breaks out, w/ inch @ a time if “the bimbo” has their coke)— and everyone so high they are firing in all directions. Bobby gets into the truck, Leo climbs into the truck bed, & Laura drives off. One of the men also gets into the bed & is beating Leo as they drive. Bobby B obby shoots the guy, & the force of the shot sends the guy flying from the truck. @ Leo’s house, Laura, Bobby & Leo snort the coke. Laura drives Leo’s truck the o 2 blocks to the Cash & Carry & is distracted by a Fleshworld Magazine on the floor, causing her to hit a cat. A little girl, Danielle, awakened by the sound, runs out. When Danielle sees how upset Laura is, she comforts & forgives her. Afterwards, Laura writes in her diary (presumably in the truck). She resolves to H owever, Leo insists that tonight is to be return Leo’s truck & walk home to Sarah. However, a nt. for new & unusual things. She agrees to go, partly to spite Bobby (who says he misses “Laura”), & partly because she hopes the woods will see what she has become & tell te ll BOB his job w/ her is done. Bobby Bobb y says he knows tonight to night is about Laura & Leo & leaves, saying maybe he will call her in a few days. Leo walks
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Laura into the woods blindfolded, telling her not to speak. @ a certain spot, he stops & tells her a secret: sometimes in this spot he hears voices. He says he does not know the voices, but he hears them talking about ab out him, and if you were to try to see them, they would disappear. (Laura takes ta kes this to mean that a busload of truckers are coming.) Leo seats Laura in a very comfortable chair & she hears music — strange strange sounds of water, something she cannot place & a low drum. For 5 hrs., the music continues, & at least 3 women & 4 men (incl. Leo) perform every fantasy (“w/ the exception of farm animals”) “on, with, or for” Laura while she is bound to the chair w/ rope. She believes this grp. comes into the t he woods for orgies to forget their names & histories, & to use only their most basic wishes to be held, touched & accepted completely. (She later learns that the orgies occur outside Jacques’s cabin.) 11/13/1987 — Leo Leo removes the blindfold when he drops Laura off @ home just before sunrise. He says he is leaving, & his wife Shelley is coming home soon, so they will have to be careful about meeting. He gives her a backpack bac kpack of things Laura will need while he is away. Inside the house, Laura sees her rm. door open. open . BOB emerges & pulls her inside the rm. She does not scream because she does d oes not want her parents to know she was out. BOB says he heard from an owl about the orgy. Laura convinces herself that BOB is an imaginary construct of her little girl fear of the woods, but BOB again interjects himself into Laura’s diary: “WATCH THE WINDOW, LAURA PALMER.” 11/14/1987 — All All nt. long, Cooper has vivid dreams of his mother pouring him bowl after bowl of cereal w/ mounds of sugar. 11/15/1987 — 10am. 10am. Cooper has an appointment w/ the dentist. He suffers delusions that all his teeth are in severe decay. 11/18/1987 — 1pm. 1pm. Cooper sees the dentist. He has 6 cavities. He believes he will be able to arrange a drug buy. 11/23/1987 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper says the dentist has drilled his last tooth (i.e., Cooper’s), presumably meaning that he is in federal custody. custody. 11/29/1987 — 4:30pm. 4:30pm. Dr. Jacoby evaluates Nadine @ Calhoun Memorial. (He says the shooting accident happened a “couple of wks. ago.”) (Note that, at this point, Nadine is already obsessed w/ her silent drape runners, & Jacoby is working on his red-and-blue hem ispheres glasses “optical integration system,” s ystem,” which slightly suppresses activity in both hemispheres of the brain thereby increasing activity w/i the corpus callosum & encouraging the two sides to work together.) 12/15/1987 — Laura updates her diary on her life: The last time she was @ the Great Northern, o she made a deal w/ the Hornes to “tutor” Johnny 3x a wk. (reading to him & talking, and watching him shoot his arrows) for $50 /wk. She likes being around Johnny because, unlike everyone else, he he does not take anything from her but she still has — to do a lot of lines to be around Johnny. One day, she lost patience w/ Johnny & acted cruelly in an imitation of BOB; it was the ugliest she has ever felt. Laura says she can only think when she is high, & breaks off the entry to do a couple of lines before Sarah makes her do chores. c hores. After Laura does dishes, she & Sarah have a 4hr. talk. Leland joins them for 45 minutes when he gets home, but then goes to bed early. He is working on some new “plan” for Ben. Laura says that Leo & Laura have convinced Bobby to sell coke around town for o Leo, while Leo continues selling across the Canadian border. In exchange, Laura
•
•
•
•
•
•
has agreed to date Bobby. Laura keeps Bobby’s coke money in her safety deposit box @ the bank. She is regularly attending orgies orgies w/ Leo & Jacques Renault, where she is (consensually) tied up & beaten. Donna is now dating Bobby’s friend Mike Nelson. (Laura thinks Mike M ike is a pig p ig & an asshole.) Laura says “the other day,” on the way to get money from the safety sa fety deposit box, Bobby told Laura he is thinking about having Mike help him sell. Laura made Bobby promise that Donna w ill never find out. (Note: This entry indicates that they are already using an empty football as a dropoff, & that the football was Bobby’s idea and Leo mocks it, calling Bobby “the football hero.” This seems to contradict Episode 2, where Bobby derisively says Leo was supposed to leave the drugs in “this stupid football,” & it seems to be a new development.) Cooper leaves the DEA/FBI joint task force. o 12/16/1987 — Laura Laura writes about her conversation w/ Sarah the prior nt., & says she senses that Sarah would understand some of Laura’s exper iences, but Sarah comes from a family & a generation that does not like to discuss things that make them uncomfortable. u ncomfortable. “Maybe BOB makes her feel uncomfortable. Maybe Dad knows BOB, too, but Mom won’t let us talk about him because it makes everyone…so upset…? I do n’t know.” 12/20/1987 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper tells Diane he is glad to be back on “terra firma”— he he does not fit in w/ the DEA’s “cowboy esprit de corps,” b ut had some damn good g ood fun & a free dental fixup. 12/21/1987 — Laura Laura is looking for another job for coke money. Leo & Jacques gave her some Fleshworld issues; Laura recounts a fantasy of making love w/ a person in front of a crowd & making the crowd feel attracted to her partner. Leo & Jacques encourage Laura to send her fantasies to the magazine & if one gets printed, they will recreate it for her exactly as she wrote it. ~12/21/1987 — Teresa Teresa Banks begins working @ the Cross River Café (she worked there “no more than 3 wks.”). She is living in one of the cabins that tourists rent along the river. (This timeline is slightly off from the account ac count in Fire Walk with Me, as is the name of the café where she works.) ~12/22/1987 —(“About” 3 days before Christmas) On a slow nt. @ the Double R, as the 1st big snowstorm of the season is just starting up, Ed & Norma reconnect. Ed reveals all the letters he sent from Vietnam that never got to Norma. They realize that they have never been out of of love, love, but do not take any action beyond forming a new emotional emotional bond. (Hawk, grabbing a bite after his shift, watches from a back booth.) b ooth.) 12/23/1987 — Laura has bought Bobby his favorite boots for Christmas w/ her Johnny Horne o money (which she feels bad using for cocaine; Leo L eo & Jacques are keeping her high anyway). She had Dr. Hayward sneak Donna’s blue-jean jacket to Laura, & Laura has spent the past several nts. decorating it w/ beads, patches & embro idery-thread colors (Donna had been meaning to do this for ages). She hopes this will take Donna’s mind off of worrying about how much trouble she thinks Laura is in. Jacques is now regularly calling Laura, & if Sarah answers he says it is about a job Laura applied for. Right before writing this entry, Laura has a dream about the nt. Bobby shot the man in Low Town. In the dream, the man gets back up & says sa ys death gave him 60 seconds to tell their futures. He says that those who die this way memorize the face of their killers & tell Death about the face. He says Death will
•
•
take Bobby’s family or a friend, & says someone “down there” is saving Laura a seat. When she wakes up, Laura realizes she has been lying to herself & telling herself that Bobby shooting the guy was a dream, but now she confronts the fact that Bobby probably killed him. She calls Bobby to talk about that nt., & he cries. She tells Bobby about the dream & he says he has to go. @4:20am, Laura is finished w/ Donna’s jacket & cannot sleep. She thinks of o walking to Leo’s or Jacques’s to get some marijuana or a Valium. She calls Jacques’s & gets Leo. He says Shelley is back from her aunt’s funeral, but the inheritance Leo thought she was getting has not come through; she ma y need to go back in a wk. Leo puts Jacques on & he says he was prepared for this: he left one of Laura’s Christmas presents in the bra she wore the other nt. Jacques then gets off the phone because Shelley is expecting a call from Leo (he told her he would call from a truck stop in another st.). Laura checks the fabric padding of the bra & finds 4 Valium, 2 joints, ¼ gram of cocaine, & a silver wand (a concerned Sarah comes running @ Laura’s squeal of excitement). Laura ingests 2 Valium, a line of coke & ½ a joint & looks @ a Fleshworld until sunrise. 12/24/1987 —Sarah plays p lays Christmas C hristmas carols endlessly & bakes. Laura’s head hurts & she tries to leave, but Leland stops her & asks for a dance w/ his favorite little girl. girl. A tear forms in Leland’s eye & he holds Laura tight, as if afraid of something. Laura heads to the gazebo & writes in her diary, then goes to t o the Double R for hot coffee. c offee. There she sees an old lady lad y @ the counter engrossed by a book called Shroud of Innocence. Laura sits in a booth @ the back & feels competitive w/ Shelley due to Leo. When Shelley helps the old woman exit & Norma makes a comment about how many older people in Twin Peaks need care, Laura has an idea to best Shelley by helping he lping all the old people in town. She leaves Norma a note. She then hitches a ride to the Great Northern w/ Big Ed to see Johnny. @ t he Great Northern, she hears Ben talking (possibly to Sheriff Truman). Truman). Ben tells Laura Hank Ha nk killed a man on the hwy. late last nt., coming back on the Lucky 21 from the border. (After recounting this, Laura adds, “I think. Anyway, he’s going to do time now for vehicular manslaughter.” (Note: This date contradicts the 9/26 date given in Cooper’s “The Andrew Packard Case,” as well as the 9/26 date of Packard’s “death” in the Post article and the Access Guide. It is possible that Laura misunderstood what Ben told her, since she seems uncertain. Perhaps the news on 12/24 was simply that Hank had pled to vehicular manslaughter which makes more sense than people already being certain of a — which manslaughter conviction on the same day the accident occurred.) (Also occurred.) (Also note that, while wh ile this t hat ties in w/ the 1987 date for Andrew’s “dea th” in other sources, it contradicts the theory that The Secret Diary timeline could be moved back a yr. to tie in w/ the series. Under that theory, Andrew’s death in The Secret Diary should occur in 1986.) 12/31/1987 — From From 8:30pm-11:30pm, Laura & Bobby sit on a blanket on the golf course w/ many other couples. They drink & smoke a joint. They have an honest talk about their relationship & Laura’s cocaine problem, & Laura admits that she has a “problem” which she takes coke to forget, but she ca n’t tell Bobby or anyone about it. They make love, “w/o ego or control games,” & Laura returns home to ring in the New Year w/ her parents.
1988 •
1988 — o Alan Traherne dies of cancer. The Packard Mill reaches its peak production to date (as of 1991). o
The estimated per capita doughnut consumption in Twin Peaks is 306. The Sheriff’s station gets a fax machine. o Lucy Moran is Employee of the Year (despite losing an important file). o o Leo Johnson saves enough from his paper route & “var ious other capital ventures” to buy his own 16-wheel rig r ig ( by by the time he’s 20). ~1988 — Something @ Mr. Blodgett’s barn makes Andy cry (“last yr.” per Harry in o Pilot). (“last yr.,” Episode 18, Denise to C oop) DEA Agent Dennis Bryson is working o undercover suburban surveillance & the seller/target will only sell to transvestites. Bryson & his partner shack up, Bryson plays the part of the buyer. He finds that wearing women’s clothes rela xes him & he begins w earing them into the night. “It was a very confusing 2 wks.” When Dennis subsequently begins wearing women’s clothes full -time & becomes Denise Bryson, Gordon tells Denise’s joking colleagues to “fix their hearts or die.” (Gordon, Part 4) o ~2:46pm (Teresa’s watch.) Leland sees Teresa’s photo in Flesh World , & calls her (because she looks just like “his Laura”). She says to meet her @ the Red Diamond City Motel in Rm. 123. After the tryst, Leland says on his next “business trip,” he wants to party w/ the girl friends Teresa told him about. On a later date, Leland again arrives @ the Red Diamond City Motel — — & sees Laura & Ronette in the rm. He leaves — running running into Teresa & paying her, claiming he chickened out. Mrs. Tremond’s Grandson leaps around the parking lot as Leland walks away, wearing the Jumping Man’s mask & holding Jumping Man’ stick, as “The Black Dogs Runs at Night” plays on the soundtrack…then the Grandson disappears. Teresa joins Laura & Ronette for a “just us girls” kind of time. Later the same day (Teresa wears the same outfit), Teresa calls Jacques @ the Roadhouse asking what Ronette & Laura’s fathers look like. When she determines that her John is Leland, she calls him : “Hey handsome. It’s your little party girl.” (FWWM) 1/03/1988 — Laura Laura recounts how Leland had taken 3 days off to spend the New Year w/ his family. BOB steps onto the page, saying he saw Laura’s light on 6 nts. in a row. He says he has a message from a dead man: ma n: a seat is being saved for Laura. Laura tries to convince herself that BOB cannot be real since no one knew the contents of her dream. 1/07/1988 — o Laura writes a poem, “In the Eyes of the t he Visitor.” Cooper receives a tape from Windom Earle w/ two poems: one about an agent from o Dover being shot by an arrow, the other about 2 dead agents fighting. 1/08/1988 — 10am. 10am. Cooper forwards Earle’s tape to Gordon in Washington, but says there is nothing to be done — Earle Earle will spend the rest of his life in the hospital. ~1/11/1988 — Teresa Teresa Banks last shows up to work (she had not shown up for work for the last 5 days before her murder). ~Mid-1/1988 — Teresa Teresa moves into the Fat Trout Trailer Park & begins working nt. shifts @ Hap’s Diner in Deer Meadow (1 month before her death). (FWWM) 1/17/1988 — o
•
▪
•
•
•
•
•
•
9am. Cooper is assigned to investigate the murder of Teresa Banks in Deer Meadow, Wa. Teresa was found lying in a drainage ditch on the outskirts of town, her naked body wrapped in plastic & secured w/ duct tape. She has numerous contusions to the head, & a blow to the rt. temple appears to have caused the brain damage that killed her. She had had sex w/i the final 12 hrs. of her life. There are also strangulation marks & scratches on her knees w/ dirt ground in, but no indications that she was bound. The T he FBI is involved because st. authorities aut horities believe kidnapping was involved, & Cooper is assigned because Gordon has a hunch that this is a serial event & none of the local agents has experience. (The dates of Teresa’s death & the ensuing investigation— and Cooper being the initial investigator into the murder — conflict conflict w/ Fire Walk with Me.) Cooper catches the 11am flt. to Portland. o 11:50am. Cooper is displeased w/ the in-flt. coffee & salmon crepes. o @1:20pm, Cooper has picked up u p his car @ the Portland P ortland district office & drives the o hr. north to meet the local officials @ the county c ounty morgue. o 3pm. Cooper meets the only local authority, an ex-marine named Cable (“the t he feds on his turf. Chief”), who is displeased to have the @ 3:10pm, Cooper examines Teresa’s body & finds the typed letter “T” under her o ring finger nail, giving credence to Gordon’s belief that this is a serial murder. 6pm. A local has recognized Teresa as a waitress @ the Cross River Café 10 mi. o outside town; Cooper heads there. o 7:30pm. Cooper talks to the owner of the café, & checks out Teresa’s cabin: all her belongings are gone & there is no indication that anything out of the ordinary happened there. 11pm. Cooper is staying @ the Loggers Inn. He believes he has hit a dead end & o there is little reason for him to stay in Wa. He believes there is something @ work here —an evil, “a sensation of something old & very dangerous” da ngerous” that he has come into contact w/ three times before: once in a small mtn. village when he was traveling, once in college (presumably when he found the murdered woman), & when Caroline was killed. 1/18/1988 — 9am. 9am. A storm blew up in the nt. Cooper has a little more information about Teresa’s life. 1/19/1988 — Johnny Johnny Horne is seen by a specialist, so Ben asks Laura to skip her regular Fr i. w/ Johnny & come the next day (she typically sees Johnny Mon., Weds. & Fri.). (Note: 1/19 and 1/20 were actually a Tues. and Weds. in 1988, 198 8, but Laura’s diary says they are Fri. & Sat.) Leland & Sarah are @ a convention until 6pm. Laura skips school for only the 2nd time ever & rearranges her furniture, and puts a chain lock on the door. She looks through recent issues of Fleshworld & discovers a one-time “Fantasy of the Month” contest w/ a $200 prize. 1/20/1988 — ~ 11am. Laura sees Johnny. Laura & Johnny lie in the grass facing one another as she o tells him about the happiest & saddest times in her life. Sylvia calls them in for lunch @ 2:30pm (almost 3.5 hrs. have gone by; Laura says she is surprised to see Sylvia w/o a shopping bag under each arm & a plane ticket in her mouth). Johnny takes Laura’s hands & says his 1st sentence: “I love you, Laura Palmer.” She writes that it is the highest compliment she has ever been given. After lunch, she goes to o
•
•
•
•
•
the bank to open a P.O. P .O. box (she gets free use of o f one for 6 wks. w/ her safety deposit box), because the Fleshworld contest requires a mailing address. (Confusingly, she writes earlier in the entry that she will “get over there later today and take care of it,” despite having apparently already done so.) 11am. Cooper has attended Teresa’s funeral (buried in an unmarked grave @ o county expense) along w/ a pastor, a county official & 2 gravediggers. He has the last of the lab reports on his desk & has learned that the paper was an expensive type of acid-free paper, & the typewriter was a Smith-Corona Model 99. Cooper is returning to San Francisco to move on to another assignment. ~2/1988 —Shortly —Shortly “before her time,” Teresa Teresa Palmer’s Palmer’s left arm goes dead/numb dead/numb for 3 days (Irene, FWWM). 2/01/1988 — o Laura decides it is important to write down the initials of everyone she has had sex with. A list of 40 initials follows (w/ the added mention of “several unseen unknowns —out by the cabin”). Included are B. (BOB), B.B. (Bobby Briggs), L.J. (Leo Johnson), R.P. (Ronette Pulaski), Pu laski), and J.H. (twice; one is presumably meant to be J.R. for Jacques Renault, likely the J.H. that appears next to the mention of o f the cabin). (Somewhat creepily given the context, several initials seem to be metatextual in- jokes jokes by the book’s author : J.C.L. [Secret Diary author Jennifer Chambers Lynch], D.L. [series cocreator David Lynch], M.F. [series cocreator Mark Frost], D.D. [series director Duwayne Dunham], M.V.L. [Margaret Vosburgh Lentz — Jennifer Jennifer Lynch’s mother], H.P. [series writer Harley Peyton], B.E. [series writer Bob Engels].) Cooper has a strange dream @ nt., where he is dancing w/ a tiny little man & a very o beautiful young woman. 2/02/1988 — 10am. 10am. While Cooper finds arresting bank robbers a satisfying pastime, his mind keeps turning to Teresa’s unmarked grave. 2/05/1988 —Laura’s “public diary: “[…]aw movie today.” (Pilot ; also seen in Episode 1, possibly retconned to 2/04 — see see note below under 2/06/1989. This page is blank in Fire Walk with Me) 2/06/1988 —Laura’s “ public” diary: “Ran three miles today. Am I exhausted! Kitty got new collar.” (Pilot , Fire Walk with Me) 2/08/1988 — o Laura’s “public” diary: “Felt a little on the cheery side. Got a few extra $ today.” (Pilot) Laura sneaks out @ nt. to see Leo, Jacques & Ronnette @ the cabin. Feeling o impatient, she hitches a ride on Hwy. 21. 4 drunk, drugged-up truckers pick her up & take her past the Twin Peaks to Rm. 207 of a seedy motel. Laura tries to take control by putting on a show, & after 40 minutes puts a Valium in each of their beers. 3 of the 4 guys pass out. Laura knocks the last guy out w/ a beer bottle, then runs to Jacques’s cabin & bursts in the door covered in blood & crying. Ronnette helps Laura onto the couch; the next thing Laura remembers is waking up in her own rm. w/ a note from Ronnette clenched in her fist saying that R onnette does not think anyone heard “us” coming com ing in. 2/09/1988 — ▪
•
•
•
•
•
(Teresa is murdered this date, per Coop & Albert in Episode 8). Leland bludgeons Teresa Banks to death w/ a pipe (in a trailer which appears not to be her own [apparently, production documents named it as the Chalfonts’ trailer]). Her body is found wrapped in i n plastic floating down Wind River. The murder is flagged as one of Gordon Cole’s Blue Rose cases. (FWWM) (Cooper says in the Pilot, on 2/24/1989, that Teresa’s murder occurred “one yr. ago, almost to the day.”) Leo Johnson is in jail in Hungry Horse, Mt. on assault charges. (Episode 8) o Laura recounts the experience w/ the truckers in her diary. o ~2/12/1988 (FWWM) — — o (The FBI learns that Desmond disappeared on 2/16/88, which was a Tues.; Desmond’s story starts on a school day, per the school bus bust, & he spends a nt. in Deer Meadow, so his story had to begin @ least the preceding Fri.) Chet Desmond is in Fargo, ND, apparently busting a prostitution ring run by a school bus driver. Gordon Cole calls Desmond from his Portland, Or. office to tell Desmond to meet Cole @ the private Portland airport to investigate the Banks murder. Desmond flies in & meets Cole and Sam Stanley (from Spokane). Desmond & Stanley drive to Deer Meadow, Wa.; they arrive @ the sheriff’s o dept. & speak to Sheriff Cable ca. 4:30pm (per Cable). They perform an autopsy on Teresa @ 4:30 (clock). ~2/13/1988 (FWWM) — — 3:30am (per Stanley). Desmond & Stanley finish the autopsy. They head to o Hap’s Diner & question Jack & Irene. They decide to “watch the sunrise” at Fat Trout Trailer Park — although the sun seems to be up when they leave the Diner. They arrive @ Fat Trout before 9am & look over Teresa’s trailer. @10:06 am o (wall clock), an old woman w/ an ice pack peers in. There is then an ominous shot of an electrical pole. Carl: “I’ve already gone place s. I just want to stay where I am.” o Desmond & Stanley then head back to the sheriff’s station to transport Teresa’s body. Sheriff Cable & his crew put up resistance , & Desmond & Cable take it out back. Desmond tells Stanley to go back to Portland in the van, while Desmond returns to Fat Trout @ dusk. He seems to look upward @ the electric pole, then seems to become attracted to the t he Chalfonts’ trailer. He finds the ring under the Chalfonts’ trailer on a mound & vanishes. 2/16/1988 — (Cooper (Cooper states the month and date; Cole’s desk calendar also shows the date as the 16th.) (FWWM) Coo per has his weekly Thurs. challenge, trying o In the Philadelphia FBI offices, Cooper to discover what wh at Diane changed in her office. (Cooper (Co oper notes that she moved a clock 12” to the left; as a result, Diane must get fresh ground coffee from Sally & make a new pot of coffee.) (Note: 2/16/1988 was a Tues.; Cooper saying it is Thurs. in this scene is consistent w/ the scene taking place in 1989 in The see below) Missing Pieces, Part 15 and the original script — — see o 10:10am (per Cooper). Cooper tells Regional Bureau Chief Cole he has been worrying about today because of his dream. o
•
•
•
o
o
o
Jeffries checks into the Palm Palm Deluxe hotel in Buenos Aires (around 2:20pm, per counter clock), asking the head clerk if a Ms. Judy is staying there; the clerk responds by giving Jeffries a message from the “young lady.” The bellhop escorts him toward his rm., 612. ~10:16am (Cole’s wall clock ; also mentioned by Preston as “shortly after 10:15 a.m.”) A security footage anomaly occurs & Jeffries walks out of the elevator on the 7th floor of the Philadelphia FBI regional office wearing the same clothing as in the hotel, not talking about Judy & accusatorily pointing @ Cooper and asking who Cole thinks Cooper is. He states that we live in a dream. He recounts fragments of his experience w/ the meeting above the convenience store to Cole, Cooper & Albert, but quickly disappears, & Cole Note: The The full Jeffries Jeffries scene as seen gets a call that Desmond has disappeared. ( Note: in The Missing Pieces takes place on 2/16/1989, & includes Jeffries making a specific reference to the date & yr. The scene was moved in the edited film to occur a yr. earlier in 1988, 1 988, w/ added add ed ADR from Albert & Cole about abou t Desmond disappearing. Part 15, as well as The Secret History and The Final Dossier , have Jeffries reappear in 1989, as in the script and The Missing Pieces) Following a shot of the monkey laughing diabolically, Jeffries returns to a staircase in the Palm Palm Deluxe in a strange flaming flaming entrance, screaming & leaving burn marks on the wall. The maid, figuratively, and the bellhop, literally, are scared shitless by his vanishing & subsequent frightening return. Not long afterwards, Jeffries vanishes altogether. A note on the timing of the Buenos Aires sequence: It appears that only minutes — perhaps seconds — pass between Jeffries’s Jeffries’s disappearance disappearance & reappearance in the hotel; his bag is still on the floor near the same bellhop. It is unclear whether the Buenos Aires scenes are meant to take place concurrent w/ the Philadelphia scenes (1988 in the the film, film, 1989 in the script/ The The Missing Pieces ) or 2 yrs. earlier ( the the date of Jeffries’s disappearance). Logically, it seems seems that they take place 2 yrs. earlier, since Jeffries in the script and The Missing Pieces is shocked to learn that it is 1989 when he appears in Philadelphia. However, the script says Jeffries appears in the Philadelphia office even though he “moments ago was in Buenos Aires.” Likewise, in The Final Dossier , Tammy says Jeffries had been seen by multiple witnesses in the lobby of his hotel @ roughly the same time as his Philadelphia appearance wearing the same suit, & also a lso says Jeffries disappeared from Philadelphia almost exactly when he reappeared back in his Buenos Aires hotel, before vanishing altogether not long afterwards. (Contradictorily, Preston elsewhere says Jeffries was never seen or heard from again after vanishing from Philadelphia, including in Buenos Aires.) Given this information, it seems likely that, before arriving in the Buenos Aires hotel in 1989, Jeffries had already been missing for awhile, awhile, skipping around in time time & becoming disoriented, disoriented, explaining his his temporal confusion in Philadelphia. (Note: In The Missing Pieces , the “convenience “convenience store” scene occurs between Jeffries’s disappea rance in Buenos Aires and his appearance appearan ce in Philadelphia, perhaps implying that that Jeffries experiences the convenience ▪
▪
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
store in between the two scenes. The script instead presents the recounted by Jeffries: it occurs after his “convenience store” as a flashback recounted line, “Then there they were. They sat quietly for hours…” and before his perhaps implying that, after the meeting, he followed line, “I followed”— Bob & MfAP into the Red Room! He then cries quietly & says, “The ring…the ring…” ) o (Presumably the same day:) Cooper talks to Stanley [in his Spokane apartment] about Desmond’s disappearance; Stanley shows Cooper the “T” they reco vered from under Teresa’s Teresa’s fingernail. fingernail. On or after 2/16/1988 — o 4:20pm. Cooper, having searched the trailer park & found the Chalfonts’ spot abandoned and “Let’s Rock” written on Desmond’s car windshield, stands @ Wind River reflecting on where where & when the killer will strike strike again. (FWWM) After returning to Philadelphia, Stanley suffers “some sort of unspecified o breakdown —perhaps related to t o alcoholism” & is placed p laced on administrative leave. There is no record of him returning to active duty. (per Briggs, confirmed by Preston in 2016) (Unclear why Stanley would have returned to Philadelphia, since Gordon in FWWM says Stanley came from Spokane.) Early March 1988 —Laura begins working @ the perfume counter @ Horne’s Department Store w/ Ronnette (she has been there “over a month” as of 4/10/1988). She gets the job after meeting w/ Ben in his office. (Laura implies that she hoped to sleep with Ben: “the size of his couch, and…aha…”; but, “no suc h luck”). 3/03/1988 — Laura Laura spends the whole day w/ Donna & realizes she has nothing in common w/ her anymore. Donna whispers to Laura that she & Mike are going to go all the way Thurs. 3/04/1988 — Laura Laura writes in her diary about her talk w/ Donna. 3/10/1988 — Bobby Bobby has not spoken to Laura since she told him about the truckers. Ben calls to tell Laura that Troy was found by the tracks near the border, malnourished w/ a broken leg. Ben says he watched the border police shoot Troy 2ce to the head, & vows to find the awful person who let Troy out. 4/07/1988 — Laura Laura & Bobby are dating again, but more as a matter of convenience than love. Bobby pays attention to Shelley @ Leo’s. Laura assumes they will have an affair or are having one already. Laura is sleeping w/ Leo more often than Bobby. 4/10/1988 — Laura Laura goes to her introductory meeting @ Horne’s, despite having worked there for over a month. Donna stops by & talks about Mike, & her trip out of town next wk. to look @ colleges. Laura tells her diary that she & Donna are not even friends anymore. 4/21/1988 — Laura Laura & Ronnette drive up to party @ the cabin w/ Leo & Jacques; Laura tries to convince Ronnette to send pictures w/ Laura anonymously to Fleshworld , to make an ad saying she will send naughty tapes, panties pa nties & pictures for a fee. After drinking for awhile, Laura poses w/ the red curtains, & Ronnette “dec ides perhaps it [is] a good idea after all.” 6/1988 — Two Two patients whom Earle has befriended are found hanging in their cells. Both had reportedly been in good spirits & were due for release in less than 2 wks. Shortly thereafter, Earle briefly escapes & is apprehended. Several days later, Cooper receives a tape from Earle saying that it is time for the game to commence, & that Earle will move
•
• • •
•
•
•
• •
1st, @ the worst possible time. He gives two riddles, & asks if Cooper has met any nice girls lately. 6/10/1988 — 1pm. Cooper fears that evil is a string that winds w inds around the globe, & all a ll the threads o end in Earle’s cell. Cooper asks Diane out to dinner @ 8pm, so long as this does not cross a line they have long ago set for their relationship. ~8pm. Cooper & Diane get Chinese, & Diane later describes the Peking duck in o terms implying that they had sex afterward (“Without a doubt the most delicious skin I’ve ever eaten, firm and at the same time delicate. And the meat itself takes on a flavor when slid into the t he mouth…Well, I couldn’t get enough of o f it”). [June 11 7am] Cooper states that he realized rea lized in the middle of “a very fine duck” that he does not know Diane’s last name. 7/02/1988 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper is again faced w/ the terrible prospect of vacation time. 7/20/1988 — 3pm. 3pm. Cooper is in Medicine Hat, Alberta. 7/22/1988 — Laura Laura reflects on her old daydreams of being “sweet 16,” & all the ways her life differs from from what she dreamt it would be. She says she & Bobby are taking a “breather.” Laura borrows the car to go to the clinic & verifies that she is 7.5 wks. pregnant. She has not done a line of coke since last nt. She has no idea who the father of the baby is, & resolves not to tell anyone but her diary. d iary. ~7/23/1988 — Jacoby Jacoby says Laura came to him the day after her 18th b’day (The Secret History contradicts all other sources by saying that Laura was 18 @ her death instead of 17). If this continuity keeps the 7/22 b’day, Laura would have come to Jacoby on this t his date. (He says he treated her for 6 mos., which would make this date about right.) 7/24/1988 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper had hoped to find Emmet north of the border, but Emmet is now in South America. ~8/1988 — o Laura gets a safety deposit box (the flighty Alice Jackson says it was about 6 mos. ago; she goes to check records to make sure). (Pilot) Truman & the Bookhouse Boys begin trying to set up a top-to-bottom bust to o get those responsible for smuggling drugs across the border into Twin Peaks (“6 mos.,” Truman to Coop, Episode 3) Laura begins seeing Dr. Jacoby (6 mos., Jacoby to Truman, Episode 4) o o Phillip Jeffries disappears (he reappears 2/16/1989 after spending 6 mos. off the Bureau’s radar). (Note: This contradicts his disappearance being “damn near” 2 yrs. ago as of 2/16/1988 in FWWM, as well as his disappearance being in 1987 in The Secret History of Twin Peaks.) 8/02/1988 — BOB BOB has not come to Laura in an entire wk. B/w 8/02 & 8/10/1988 — Following the prior entry, two pages of Laura’s diary are ripped out. There is then o an undated, one-sentence entry in which w hich Laura says she often thinks of death these days as a companion she longs to meet. There follows another ripped-out page, then another undated entry: a conversation o b/w Laura & BOB. Laura says she is going insane & begs BOB to kill her. Laura says she is an experiment; BOB agrees & notes that Laura said that once before. Laura says she does not want to hear about fire; BOB says then she does not want the answer. She asks BOB what he is, & he says he is what she fears he could be.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(Note: In the second line of this entry, Laura does not write “Bob” in all capitals, which happens only one other time in the Secret Diary, on 8/07/1984.) 8/05/1988 — 9pm. 9pm. Cooper has returned from his adventure. He recommends the strawberry mousse pie @ the Florida Café in Flin Flon. ~8/08/1988 —(“a couple c ouple of days ago” ag o” as of 8/10) Norma calls Laura, & they are to meet 8/11 to discuss Laura’s plan to help the elderly of Twin Peaks. 8/10/1988 — As As of 1am, Laura is 19 days sober. Laura gets an abortion. @ home, Sarah says Maddy called for her, & Laura believes Maddy had heard Laura calling to her psychically. Laura feels Sarah’s stare of “pure jealousy” at her back as as she climbs the stairs. (It is unclear what this means. Is Sarah jealous because Maddy called for Laura and not Sarah? Or is it perhaps a hint h int that Sarah knows @ BOB/Leland’s true nature?) ~8/11/1988 —Laura’s meeting w/ Norma (which presumably takes place place 8/11 as planned). Laura proposes a program she calls Meals on Wheels. Norma provides hot meals, Laura does deliveries to the elderly 2 deliveries a da y, 4x a wk., & they the y divide the profits 50/50. 8/16/1988 — 3:15am. 3:15am. Laura, still sober, is more paranoid than she has ever been. She & Ronnette are not as close, & Laura is no longer notified of parties @ the cabin. She calls Bobby, but he never calls Laura. She fears her sobriety will make her end up a lone. “Even my new friend Harold Smith,” she writes before the entry cuts off abruptly, as the next page is ripped out. (Note: In Fire Walk with Me, Laura says Harold made her “write it all down,” potentially creating a discrepancy w/ earlier diary entries before Laura met Harold. This could be explained away, as “it all” is fairly vague. A bigger discrepancy might be created when Laura La ura tells Harold in Fire Walk with with Me that Bob does not know about Harold; this seems unlikely if Laura wrote about Harold in her diary in this and subsequent entries.) 8/20/1988 — 5:20am. Laura has a dream that everyone in the world is doing drugs, but Laura o stops and consequently “ br[eaks] up into empty space” & floats around Twin Peaks, invisible. Presumably after waking up (it’s not entirely clear), Laura s ees BOB outside the window. She is unable to t o sleep until sunrise & writes in her diary. d iary. Later in the day, @ work, Battis asks Laura to meet him in his office @ 5:30pm. o Laura leaves the perfume counter @ 5:15. Amory Battis offers her a position as a “hostess…with room to grow.” He says to meet him here next Sat., & they (along w/ Ronnette) will go to a place across the border called One-Eyed Jack’s. Laura decides sobriety is not for her & takes Ronnette’s bullet to the storage rm. After takes her hits, Laura sees BOB crouching victoriously in the corner. Laura signs off this diary entry: “New game, Laura.” 8/23/1988 — Laura Laura feels so much better w/ cocaine back in her life. She goes to pick up her Meals on Wheels deliveries @ the Double R & Josie comes in. Josie tells Norma how embarrassed she is about getting hassled for her English @ the mill. Norma calls Laura over & Laura agrees to give Josie paid English lessons, w/ the 1st lesson next Mon. Laura does her Meals on Wheels run, w/ 45 minutes to do both deliveries & get to Johnny. She leaves a tray @ Mrs. Tremond’s door, then goes to handsome agoraphobic former botanist Harold Smith’s house. Harold invites Laura in, but she is running late & takes a rain check. She gets to the Great Northern just as the Hornes are leaving. Laura convinces Bobby to drop some coke off for her, & she & Johnny spend the evening reading storybooks & eating ice cream.
The next two pages of the diary are ripped out. Based on the next entry, these pages included an 8/30 entry that seemingly recounted Laura’s experiences getting paid for sex @ One-Eyed Jack’s. 8/30/1988 —Laura has a dream about being outside Jacques’s cabin. BOB is inside & crushes Jacques’s bird Waldo. Laura attempts to run, but everywhere she goes she sees the cabin, w/ BOB closer & closer to climbing out the window. She falls to her knees. Everything goes silent, & when she looks up she sees a gigantic owl. She is unsure if he is a friend or an enemy. They The y stare @ one another for a long time. t ime. Laura feels the owl wants to tell her something, but does not. Laura wakes up. 8/31/1988 — Laura Laura is embarrassed rereading her entry about OEJ from the day before; she has made a mockery of the girl who received the t he diary as a 12-yr.-old. She says sa ys she is now a cocaine addict who fucks her father’s employers (implying that she is now sleeping w/ Ben), “not to mention half the fucking town,” & the only difference from last wk. is that now she is getting paid for it. The owl from last nt.’s dream causes her to think of h er conversation w/ the Log Lady. She also decides that she will need to begin keeping a 2nd diary to ensure privacy. She wonders if life is something she can still make up, in order to fill its pages. 9/1988 — Leo Leo arrested for aggravated assault; charges later dropped. (Episode 3) ~9/1988 — robb ed a Savings & Loan) Ernie “The Professor” Niles ( a loan shark who also robbed o gets out of prison in Wa. State Penitentiary (he was doing time for fraud) . (Hank implies that Ernie got out 6 mos. before Hank, Hank to Ernie, Episode 15) Ernie subsequently subsequently meets Vivian Smythe @ a Republican fundraiser. He starts going to “meetings” & to church. (Ernie to Hank, Episode 15) o Mountie King begins his “sting” operation to nail Jean Renault. (King to Coop, Episode 17) In actuality, King is working w/ Renault & the “sting” is a cover. 9/18/1988 — Andrew Andrew Packard arrives in Hong Kong under the assumed name Anton David Walbrook. He is permitted to remain for 30 days (passport stamps). 9/23/1988 — Andrew Andrew departs Hong Kong (passport stamps). 9/24/1988 — 4pm. 4pm. Cooper’s father is ill due to a faulty heart valve. Cooper heads to Philadelphia. 9/25/1988 —Although Cooper’s father was frighteningly close to dea th, he has recovered. In the afternoon, Cooper’s father says that when he is discharged from the hospital, he & Shamrock will sell the print shop, leave Philadelphia & look for a boat. Cooper sits in his old school meeting hall for several hrs. in the afternoon. The headmaster tells him that Mr. Brumley the janitor won $50K in Atlantic City & retired. 9/26/1988 — 1am. 1am. Cooper has spent several hrs. wandering the streets where he grew up. Duva’s is closed, the Band Box Theater was lost to a fire. Old man Simms died yrs. ago, & his son sold the hardware store shortly thereafter. The 24th St. Gang now carries guns. The Coopers’ old house has been torn down to build a parking lot for a fried chicken restaurant (w/ only the concrete steps that led to the front door & a couple pieces of the awning left). Cooper resolves to visit the stream where they placed his mother’s ashes tomorrow, then thinks he will not return to this part of the country ag ain, as there is nothing for him here anymore. 9/27/1988 —2pm. Cooper C ooper finds the quiet stream where they scattered s cattered his mother’s ashes has become an “algae-infested slew” because of a dam. He calls the Civil Corps of o
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
Engineers a menace to the spiritual life of the country & (using his strongest language in the tapes aside from quoting others) calls them bastards. ~Mid-10/1988 — Lucy Lucy and Dick begin going out every Thurs. (every Thurs. for 3 mos., Episode 10) 11/11/1988 — 10pm. 10pm. Cooper hears from his father, who is out of the hospital & has the print shop on the market. He sent a picture of a for-sale tugboat in Fl. 11/13/1988 —After meeting Dr. Jacoby @ the Hornes’ (he is one of Johnny’s doctors), Laura has been seeing him secretly @ his office. She is enticed by the fact that Jacoby is attracted to her for the very reason she feels fee ls cursed —the idea of the “two Lauras.” 11/20/1988 — 11pm. 11pm. Cooper has had a slow wk.: a bank robbery, an extortion & an attempted kidnapping. He gave a talk @ the Rotary on white collar crime in the workplace. He is bored, & finds Holmes’s alternative of cocaine unacceptable. “What I need, what any detective needs, is a good case. Something to test oneself to the absolute limit. To walk to the edge of the fire & risk it all. Are there any great cases anymore, Diane? Is there a Lindbergh kidnapping, a Brinks robbery, a John Dillinger, a Professor Moriarty? If I was to say that in my heart I hoped there was, then I should hang up my badge & gun and retire.” 11/24/1988 — Andrew Andrew Packard arrives in Hong Kong under the assumed name Anton David Walbrook. He is permitted to remain for 30 days (passport stamps). 11/28/1988 — Andrew Andrew departs Hong Kong (passport stamps). ~Late 12/1988 — Laura Laura begins seeing James. (Episode 1: Donna tells Eileen they had been seeing each other for the last 2 mos.) Laura wants it to be secret. (per James, Episode 1) When they start dating, she is still on drugs. One night, they are in the woods & she recites a “scary poem” about fire over & over. Then she asks, “Would you like to play with fire, little boy? Would you like to play with Bob?” (James to Harry, Episode 8) James tells Cooper he tried to get Laura to stop using & she did for awhile. (Episode 1) Christmas 1988 — Norma Norma buys Ed a turquoise & onyx bolo tie. She goes to his house to give it to him but can’t go in; she just stands outside & watches him through the window. (Norma to Ed, Episode 22)
1989 •
•
•
1989 — Someone (likely Briggs) conducts an “inquiry” into the death of Meriwether Lewis o (by obtaining Lewis’s Masonic apron from the lodge in Helena, Mt. & doing a DNA comparison w/ descendants, proving the blood is not Lewis’s). 5/17/1985-early 1989 —"Over the subsequent subseque nt 5 yrs.” (a liberal estimate—it’s not quite 4) after assuming full responsibility for LPA, Briggs begins to despair as the data gathered is routine, & even Milford seems to lose interest, visiting LPA less & less frequently. Briggs overcompensates by burying himself in meaningless routine, slaving late into the night up the mountain while becoming distant from his son when Bobby B obby needed him most. 1/13/1989 — Jacoby Jacoby gave Laura a hot pink tape recorder for Christmas; she talks into it then sends the tapes to Jacoby. She has not been writing much because of all her work & her other diary, which she must keep “pleasantly updated.” (Note: In The Missing Pieces , Laura says she has only ever sent Jacoby 2 tapes as of the nt. before her death, d eath, & may m ay rd send him a 3 tomorrow.)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
~Mid-1/1989 — Truman Truman & Josie begin seeing each other (“6 wks.,” Truman to Cooper, Episode 1) ~1/19/1989 — Dick Dick & Lucy go to Pancake Plantation (in lieu of a promised trip to the Space Needle), then have 2 bottles of champagne & have sex on a display bed in Horne’s home furnishings. Lucy then does not hear from Dick for 6 wks. (Episode 10: this date is a Thurs. in 1989, since they went out “every Thurs.”) 2/05/1989 — o Laura’s public diary: “[…] isn’t any snow […] this morning.” (Pilot; also seen in Episode 1, possibly retconned to 2/04 — see see note below under 2/06. This page is blank in Fire Walk with Me) o In Episode 1, Cooper implies imp lies that this 2/05 is “DAY ONE!” (see 2/06). Laura asks James to guess why she is so happy today; it’s because she really o believes that he loves her. She says her heart belongs to him, & breaks the heart necklace. (Flashback, Episode 1) (In the deleted scene, James specifies the date as Sun., 2/05, which reflects the 1989 calendar.) 2/06/1989 —Laura’s public diary: “DAY “DAY ONE!” ONE!” (this is the page w/ the safety deposit key & the coke taped to it). (Pilot, Fire Walk with Me ) In Episode 1, it appears that “DAY ONE!” was retconned to 2/05, per Cooper’s dialogue ; the date is rather sloppily whited out so the page simply says “February” (although the heading 2 pages later still blatantly says Feb. 8, as in the Pilot), and Cooper Coop er asks James what happened on 2/05. 2/08/1989 —Laura’s public diary: “Day three. Saw the gang at the park today – walked to […] …afe.” (Pilot) After 2/09/1989 —(less than 2 wks. before before Laura’s death, Episode Episode 14)— Laura writes in her diary, “Someday I’m going to tell the world about Ben Horne. I’m going to tell them who Ben Horne really is.” (A very similar entry in the Jennifer Lynch book is dated 10/04/1989, and worded slightly differently.) 2/12/1989 — Laura, Laura, Donna & James have a picnic (and film part of it) (Episode 1: “2 Sundays ago,” James to Coop). ~mid-2/1989 — Bobby Bobby has a big fight w/ Laura. (Pilot —per Cooper’ s interrogation: “last wk.” ) 1989 — Jeffries Jeffries appears in FBI headquarters in Philadelphia to Gordon, Albert 2/16/ 1989 & Cooper (The full date is mentioned in The Missing Pieces & The Final Dossier, with the yr. also corroborated by DoppelCoop in Part 15 and by Preston in The Secret contradicting Fire Walk with Me, wherein Jeffries’ s appearance occurs a yr. History — contradicting earlier, on 2/16/1988.) @ 10:15am, Jeffries disappears in front of their eyes & also on security tape — almost almost exactly when Jeffries reappears back in his Buenos Aires hotel, before vanishing altogether not long afterwards. (Possibly contradictorily, Preston elsewhere says Jeffries was never seen or heard from again “as near as [she] can tell” anywhere, incl. Philadelphia or Buenos Aires, where Jeffries had been seen by multiple witnesses in the lobby of his hotel that same morning m orning wearing the same suit.) While researching the dossier, Preston finds a “vague reference” to this in a Bureau o station log from this period. The incident is chronicled in “Cooper’s files,” but Tammy (investigating in 2017) can’t find any corroboration in other Bureau records: she asks Gordon if he had them erased. Cooper references Jeffries’s horror after asking & being told what the date is (which harkens to The Missing Pieces
version of the scene, although Jeffries did not actually ask nor was he told the date, but rather looked at a calendar), and says Jeffries was confused & troubled by Cooper’s presence (Tammy claims he said “something like: “Who do you think this is there?!’” again referencing the Missing Pieces version of the dialogue), believing him not to be who he appeared to be. Later, in a tape to Diane from this this period, Cooper recounts “the only part of this conversation […] he could exactly recall”: the 1st words out of Jeff ries’s ries’s mouth, regarding not talking about Judy. Everyone on the task force assumes Jeffries i s talking about “someone named Judy,” indicating that they were not yet aware of the supernatural entity Joudy/Jowday (contradicting Gordon in Part 17 saying Jeffries told Gordon he was on to Jowday before he disappeared). TWIN PEAKS: FIRE WALK WITH ME 2/16/1989 — (Note: (Note: While the dates in Fire Walk with Me can be roughly inferred by counting backwards from Laura’s death, the script provides a helpful guide; the original plan was to have chyrons counting down the days to Laura’s death and also stating the day of the wk. Laura’s portion of the film starts on “Thursday – Seven Days Before.”) m issing from the football; o Mike chides Bobby over the fact the half the coke is missing they owe Leo $5K. Laura & Donna walk to school (passing Bobby & Mike: “Mike is the man!”). James catches Laura on the stairs before class. Laura snorts up in the bathroom as the bell rings. Bobby arrives late & smooches Laura’s photo in the trophy case. @2:30pm, Laura & James rendezvous in a custodian’s rm. (Laura wearing a o towel). Later, Bobby confronts Laura in front of the school: he has been looking for her for an hr. She sweet-talks her way out, then she & Donna hang out at the Haywards’. Laura goes home to write in her diary & finds pages torn out. Horrified, she o runs — bumping into Sarah coming coming home w/ groceries. Sarah gives Laura the car keys, allegedly to get textbooks she forgot. Laura drives to Harold’ s & asks him to keep the diary (Bob briefly seems to take over Laura). (Note: Although Laura says she’s not sure if she will ever return, she appears to write three, or possible four, more entries in the secret diary after afte r this point, which later turn up as torn-out pages in Episode 16 a nd Part 7 — see see below.) Sarah was — Sarah o Laura returns home after sunset & Sarah yells at her for lying looking for her blue sweater & found it balled in Laura’s closet — — & she also found the textbooks Laura claimed she was getting. getting. Laura says she saw Bobby & did not want to worry Sarah. @ dinner, Leland does his “ ax” shtick shtick & teaches Sarah & Laura how to introduce o themselves in Norwegian in anticipation of Ben’s investors. investors. [11:30pm] Laura rendezvouses w/ a trucker (who knows her as a friend of o Leo’s—“the Leo’s—“the Power and the the Glory”— & pays her @ least partially in coke). o Laura stares @ the ceiling fan, seemingly entranced & aroused, as Bob says he wants to taste through her mouth; the scene fades to the red c urtains. (This could occur on 2/16 or the following day given its placement in the film; it is actually a scene that was scripted & shot to play later in the film, & was moved in the edit — see below —and therefore — see therefore Laura’s clothes clothes do not match what she she •
•
was wearing on either of these days. However, since she dresses up to see the trucker, it makes sense that she then comes co mes home & changes into this outfit.) 2/17/1989 — (this (this is a Fri., per Leland, confirming co nfirming the script date) o Around sunrise: Dell Mibbler & Josie (worried about court involvement) approach Pete about a 2x4 Dell bought from the Mill that is actually 1 9/16” x 3 9/16”; Pete schools Dell in the ways of the world. In the Philadelphia FBI office, Cooper tells Albert of his premonition that o Teresa’s killer will strike again. Cooper knows a few things about the victim: she is blonde, in H.S., sexually active, on drugs & calling out for help. Cooper also knows that she is right now preparing a great abundance of food… o …which Laura is, at the Double R, loading up for her Meals on Wheels run. r un in, but when Nadine sees (Heidi has a bloody nose.) Ed & Nadine happily run Norma, she storms off. Ed follows. While Laura is loading her car, the Tremonds approach (the Grandson wears the Jumping Man’s mask) . Mrs. Tremond gives Laura a painting of a room that “would look nice on [her] wall.” The Grandson tells Laura the “man behind the mask” is looking for the book w/ the pages torn out. Laura runs ru ns off, leaving her car & leaving Shelly to do the Meals on Wheels. Norma sits down & crie s (“kind of quiet,” says Toad the cook). Ed comes com es back to apologize & he & Norma plan to get together later if they can. Laura returns home & finds Bob in her rm. looking behind the dresser; o terrified, she runs down the street & has a panic attack. She sees Leland exit the house, & tells herself it can’t be him. She then shows up @ Donna’s in a D oc Hayward has a panic. Donna says she is thinking about doing it w/ Mike. Doc magic trick fail (apparently it just worked at the light @ Sparkwood & 21). he reluctantly lets Laura smoke despite not allowing smoking in his house; Eileen makes muffins. Will Will is unable to read read a piece of paper; Donna @ first tells tells him it is a prescription, but then whispers in Will’s ear; he says it is not a prescription, but a secret message for Laura: “The angels will return. And when you see the one that is meant to help you, you will weep with joy.” Leland Leland calls Laura to come com e home. (Laura has her car outside Donna’s; presumably, Shelly dropped it off after finishing finishing the Meals on Wheels run.) Will & Eileen seem to sense something is up @ the Palmer house. Before dinner, Leland asks Laura if the heart necklace is from a new “lover” o & goes on a disturbing tirade about Laura not having washed her hands (focusing on dirt beneath her ring fingernail); Laura is frightened, Sarah weakly protests. 10:35pm (Laura’s clock [the script also specifies the time]). Leland cries, then o goes into Laura’s rm. to tell her he loves her. Later, in bed, Laura remembers the Tremonds’ painting which she left outside. She gets it & puts it on the wall — then has a dream about being in the painting, being beckoned on by the — then Tremonds. After going through two doors, the dream fades to the Red Room (Laura is not in the scene herself). Next to the ring podium, the MfAP asks Cooper, “Is it future or is it past?” and tells Cooper that MfAP is “the arm” and he sounds like this (making a stereotypical Native American “whooping” noise). MfAP then holds the ring up. Cooper tells Laura not to take it. Laura
•
•
wakes up w/ her left arm dead & a bloodied Annie Blackburn in bed next to her (wearing Caroline’s murder dress). Annie tells Laura that she has been w/ Dale & Laura; the good Dale is in the Lodge & he can’t leave . She tells Laura to write it in her diary, then disappears. Laura’s left arm regains feeling & she finds she is holding the ring. Laura opens ope ns the door to her rm. — then looks back — then to see herself in the painting @ the door. She then finds that she is in the painting, watching herself sleep. 2/18/1989 — Morning. Laura wakes up. The ring is no longer in her hand. She takes the o painting down. o @ some point, Laura writes an entry in her secret diary chronicling last nt.’s dream: “They’ve never listened to my cries and I didn’t want them to anyway. But there’s this—this this—this came to me in a dream last night… ‘My name is Annie. I’ve been with Dale and Laura (me??!!!). The good Dale is in the lodge and he can’t leave. Write it in your diary.’ That’s what she said to me. What does it mean I wonder? What is it that Annie is trying to tell me exactly? I keep going over it in my head trying to understand. Is Annie [last word indistinguishable]?” (page later torn out; seen in Part 7) ~9:02am (living rm. clock). Laura goes upstairs, Bob speaks to her through the o fan (“See what we can do? do? I want to taste through through your your mouth”). mouth”). Sarah is again again looking for her blue sweater — which which she is wearing. She fears that it is “happening again” (the script makes clearer that Sarah is afraid she is going to . (Note: Based on its placement in The Missing have “another breakdown”) . scene seems to to be either either Sat. 2/18 or Sun. 2/19 [in the script, it’s Sat .] Pieces , this scene .] . st The 1 half, w/ Laura & the fan, is an extended version of the scene in the film, which was moved in editing to take place on Thurs. nt. in the feature cut.) 9pm. Cooper receives a letter from Earle, apologizing for not being himself the last o few yrs. & wanting to make up for lost time b/w them w/ a last game. He will make the 1st move. 2/19/1989 — (Although the following events were scripted to take place on Saturday, The o Missing Pieces has a shot of a Methodist Church congregation exiting before the extended version of the Shelly/Leo scene, & that scene is titled “Sunday @ the Johnsons’” Johnsons’” [the church shot is in the script, but was originally intended to occur switch to Sun. is consistent w/ @ the beginning of the following d ay’s ay’s events] . The switch the fact that, in the film, Jacques tells Bobby to meet m eet Cliff in two days, & they meet him on Tues. nt. [per the script script’s dating, & the fact that Laura & Bobby are in school before meeting Cliff t be b e Mon. Mon . which was Presidents’ Day; , so it can’ the script doesn’ t have this continuity issue because Jacques never specifies a timeframe/date for the meeting]). Lynch seems to have retconned the script’s Sat. & Sun. events to take place a day later either during filming/editing, or during the editing of The Missing Pieces .) o Leo gives Shelly a cleaning lesson @ home. Bobby calls Leo for coke; Leo is pissed that Bobby called him @ home & says Bobby owes him $5K (Shelly takes note). Bobby calls Jacques, who sets him up w/ a guy who has the best
•
stuff he says to meet the guy in 2 days @ midnight “near the sound of sawing — he wood” (the Mill) w/ $10K. @ nt., Norma & Ed park out in the woods; Ed gets drunk & they sit kissing & o listening to music. Donna comes to Laura’s house; Leland & Sarah are out dancing & Laura o heads to the Roadhouse. Before Laura enters, Margaret puts her hand on Laura’s head & talks about the tender boughs of innocence burning in a fire that is difficult to put out. Inside, Jacques sets Laura up w/ Buck & Tommy (who pay w/ coke & cash). Donna joins & they head to the Power & the Glory, a sleazy back room of a bar in Canada. Jacques is already there. Laura watches as Buck drugs Donna’ s beer; Laura dances topless w/ Buck. Ronette shows up (Laura says she hasn’t seen Ronette since Laura got thrown out of One Eyed Jack’s) . Ronette says Teresa was killed a yr. ago & that she was going to get rich blackmailing someone; Jacques says she asked about their fathers (this freaks Laura out briefly). Jacques tells them to to come to the the cabin Thurs. Laura & Ronette have Buck go down on them (Ronette says it’s like being back @ OEJ, implying that she is no longer working there either). When Laura sees Donna topless w/ Tommy on her (wearing Laura’s abandoned shirt around her waist), Laura has Jacques pick Donna up & they leave (w/ Laura screaming @ Donna not to wear her stuff). 2/20/1989 — 3am. Cooper sits up all nt. looking @ San Francisco Bay. He wonders, if a person o is chosen to live in a particular time for one specific reason, what moment in history his life is meant to intersect w/ — has it already happened? — has (See above. These events were scripted to be Sun., but Lynch seems to have m oved o them to Mon., which was Presidents’ Day. In the script, Mon. was skipped over entirely.) o Mike sits shirtless on the floor of a seedy motel room unlighting candles & chanting, chanting, “Fire walk with w ith me,” in Red Room -speak. (The scene is scripted as the same morning Mike confronts Leland & Laura. As depicted in The Missing Pieces , it looks like like night, but Mike might have simply closed out all daylight from from the rm.) o Laura is @ the Haywards’; Donna can’t remember how she got into bed. Leland comes to bring Laura to meet Sarah for breakfast (seeing Donna & Laura together, he has a brief flash of Laura & Ronette in bed @ the Red Diamond Motel). Mike wildly chases Leland’s car; when they stop @ a light (@ Meadowbrook Ave.), Mike (apparently smelling of burning oil) pulls up alongside & screams, “You stole the corn! I had it canned can ned over the store! And Miss, the look on her face when it wa s opened. There was a stillness!” A black dog barks continuously in the street. “Like the Formica tabletop! The thread will be torn, Mr. Palmer! The thread will be torn! It’s him! It’s your father!” Mike drives off & a panicked Leland pulls into the Mo’ s Motor lot. Leland has flashbacks to his rendezvouses w/ Teresa. Laura says Mike seems familiar & asks if she’s met him; Leland says she hasn’t, then asks if she h as; Laura says no. Laura, frightened, asks if Leland came home last wk. He says no, but when she persists, he said he came home Fri. for some aspirin.
8pm (Laura’s room clock) . Laura, in her rm., thinks about the morning & realizes that Mike was wearing the same ring (on his pinky) that MfAP held in the dream & Teresa wore in the motel. Downstairs, Leland paces the living rm. & recalls murdering Teresa. 2/21/1989 — S arah silently eat breakfast, Leland bursts in to remind them that o As Laura & Sarah Johnny Horne’s Horne’s b’day is today. o Laura snorts the last of the coke hidden in her diary. @ school, she tells Bobby she’s out; he tells her they’re going to make maybe their biggest score tonight. He tells Laura to meet him 2 doors down from her house @ 11pm. o @ the sheriff’s station, Hawk informs Truman that Joey just called in; “Bernie the Mule” (Bernard Renault) left Canada about an hr. ago (on foot). Truman says to stop watching Jacques & set a trap for Bernie. o Near the Mill that nt. (around midnight, per the meet-up time), Laura & Bobby wait for the dealer in the woods, drinking. Laura is a drunken, cokedup giggly mess. The dealer, Cliff Howard, arrives. He taunts Laura w/ the gia nt bag of coke, then whips out a gun (unclear why he does this). Bobby shoots Cliff to death. Laura alternates between giggly & coldly manipulative, repeatedly telling Bobby that he killed Mike. After a very half-hearted attempt at burying Cliff, Bobby carries the hysterical Laura away from the scene. 2/22/1989 — o Laura has a strange dream (“last night,” recounted in her 2/22 secret diary entry): she’s in the Red Room w/ MfAP & an “old man.” She tries to tell the old man who Bob is because she thinks he can help her, but her words come out slow & odd. It’s frustrating trying to talk. She gets up & whispers the secret in his ear. In recounting the dream in her diary, Laura notes that Bob once told her he’s only afraid of one man, named Mike. She wonders if the old man in the dream was Mike, & hopes he heard her, even if it was just a dream. No one in the real world would believe her. (read by Donna, Episode 16; interestingly, this date, specifically mentioned, is seemingly before Laura actually gains conscious knowledge of Bob’ s true identity, per FWWM) Morning. James pulls up to Laura’s asking where she was last nt.: they were o supposed to get together. He asks when he’ll see her again; Laura sees Leland on the steps. Seeming frightened or uncomfortable, she simply says she needs to go. (This scene was scripted to take place Sat. morning . Laura’s wardrobe matches the “taste through your mouth” fan scene (which is now set on Thurs. nt. in the feature edit) and the extended exte nded version of the fan scene in The Missing Pieces [which is sequenced as being be ing either Sat. or Sun.].) @ school, Bobby gives Laura the $10K they were supposed to use in the buy to o put in her h er safety deposit box. She again giggles that Bobby killed Mike; Bobby angrily emphasizes that he killed someone, & it seems seems to finally sink in for Laura. Laura. and discovers that it is baby — o Bobby drives out to the woods to divvy up the coke laxative. He angrily spreads it all over the woods. o Laura keeps her regular tutoring appointment w/ Johnny & reads him Sleeping Beauty (rather than his usual favorite, Peter Pan ). Jacoby sits in. (per Jacoby, Episode 1) o
•
•
~11:42pm (Laura’s clock). Laura snorts coke in her bed. Dr. Jacoby calls to complain that Laura didn’t come to see him yesterday; she says it was Johnny Horne’s b’day, & she told Jacoby not to call her here. He says he’s willing to put w/ a little trouble from Laura’s parents. Laura says she isn’t. He asks her to send him a tape; she says she already made him two, but maybe she will send one tomorrow. He asks her to send him him a kiss & she makes a disgusted face & hangs up. (Note: This conversation seems a bit odd if Laura saw sa w Jacoby earlier in the day @ the Great Northern as indicated in Episode 1, but perhaps Jacoby felt like he couldn’t speak openly there.) Leland gives Sarah milk & she passes out reading How to Speak German by b y o Malone. She briefly sees the white horse. Leland turns on the fan. Bob creeps in Laura’s window & has sex w/ her; she finally sees Leland’s face & realizes that Leland & Bob are one. Prior to 2/23/1989 —@ some point, @ Doug Milford’s direction, the LPA intelligencegathering equipment is also pointed inward @ Twin Peaks, &, “almost to the day,” a series of tragic events unfolds. 2/23/1989 — Secret Diary entry (read by Donna, Episode 16, date specifically mentioned): o “Tonight is the night that I die. I know because it’s the only way to keep Bob away from me. The only way to tear him out from inside. I know he wants me, I can feel his fire. But if I die, he can’t hurt me anymore.” (Part of the longer version of this entry from the script can be glimpsed on the page Donna is holding, appearing after the section that Donna reads aloud: the words “miss Donna” in particular are visible.) o 1:30am. Laura, having learned the actual identity of her abuser, writes an entry in her secret diary: “the moon has been high in the sky for hours now I can’t sleep! It’s 1:30 A.M. I’m crying so hard I can hardly breath [sic]. NOW I KNOW IT ISN’T BOB. I KNOW WHO IT IS.” ( later torn out; diary entry viewed in Part 7) (Note: Although no date is specifically mentioned, based on the events of FWWM, it seems that this entry has to have been written on 2/23. Laura writing this entry @ 1:30am seems to contradict her having left the secret diary @ Harold’s days earlier, unless she snuck out & went to Harold’s. It al so would appear that, despite being written very early in the morning, this entry comes after the 2/23 entry Donna read in Episode 16, which is on the flipside of a 2/22 entry. It is possible that this is a continuation of the same entry…however, the flipside of this page is seen to be the ending of the undated, penultimate entry from the book The Secret Diary of Laura Palmer, which in the book was apparently not torn out — and was also seen intact as part of the diary — and in Fire Walk with Me just before before Laura drops drops it off @ Harold’s! Harold’s! ) Maddy has a feeling that Laura is in trouble (“the day before she died,” Maddy o to James & Donna, Episode 5). The Palmers have a very uncomfortable breakfast. Laura tells Leland to stay o away from her. o
•
•
▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
@ school, Laura seems to border on a breakdown, watching the world move around her in a blur — the the clock hands fly from 10:15am to 2:40pm, 2:40pm , when class is dismissed & Laura leaves, crying, after everyone else. Neither of Ronette Pulaski’s parents see her after school; as far as they know, she went to her job @ the perfume counter of Horne’s Dept. Store. (Episode 1) Laura records & mails her last tape to Jacoby: She says she’s in kind of a weird mood: James is sweet, but he’s so dumb. She says she should have met Jacoby a long time ago because right now she can take just so much of sweet. “I just know I’m going to get lost in those woods again tonight.” She alludes to a “mystery man” she has told Jacoby about… (Episode 1) 5pm. Laura gives Josie her English lesson, ending @ 6pm: Laura tells Josie, “I think now I understand how you felt about your husband’s death.” (Ep isode 1) Laura writes the last entry in her “public diary”: “Asparagus “Asp aragus for dinner again. I hate asparagus. Does this mean I’ll never grow up? Nervous about meeting read out loud by Cooper) J tonight.” (Pilot — — read Sarah & Laura eat (asparagus); Ben asked Leland to stay late to plan for the Norwegians. Laura goes to “do hom ework” @ Bobby’ s; Sarah says to be hom e by 9pm. While Betty Briggs knits, Garland Briggs reads aloud from Revelation 11:3-5; Laura interrupts & Betty lets lets her in. Garland picks up w/ 11:7. Bobby tells tells Laura the “stuff from last nt.” was was baby laxative (note: it was actually 2 nts. ago) & he needs the $10K back; she says she can’t get it until after school tomorrow. Bobby tries to get Laura to have sex, but she wants to go home to her bed — she she begs for coke to hold her over. Sad, Bobby gives her coke & pills. As Laura leaves, Garland is reading Revelation 14:19-20, 15:1 (w/ some reused filler from the earlier sections as b.g. noise in between while Laura & Bobby talk). @ some point this nt., Bobby sees Leo & gives him $10K (per Episode 1, Bobby to Mike: this is half the money Mike & Bobby owe Leo. Per Episode 2, this $20K debt appears to be for coke that they haven’t yet received [and may also cover the $5K Bobby already owed Leo]. Mike later says he believes they were supposed to pay Leo the full $20K on 2/25, but Bobby says the $10K was burning a hole in his pocket). As Truman & Andy Andy sit in the the interrogati interrogation on rm. @ the sheriff’s station waiting for a radio call, Lucy says Josie called called about a possible prowler. Truman heads over & Lucy rambles about thinking it is raccoons. She is surprised to see Truman — to whom she thought she was still speaking over the intercom — and screams, causing Andy to run up — frightening both of them. 9pm (per Sarah in Pilot — contradictorily, Bobby agrees w/ Cooper that Laura — contradictorily, was studying @ his house until about 9:30). Laura comes home & says, “Goodnight,” to Sarah; Sarah responds, “Goodnight, sweetheart.” This is the last time they will ever talk. @ some point, Leland calls Laura from Ben’s office (Episode 15: Leland, framing Ben, tells Coop & Harry that Ben called someone around 10pm & mentioned a “dairy”…Episode 16: Harry finds Ben’s phone records & sees
•
Laura’s number was called from Ben’s office that nt. [time [tim e not specified]; later in Episode 16, Coop surmises it was Leland who called Laura from Ben’s since Laura left the office, although it’s unlikely that it occurred at 10pm — since house @ 9:30 & Leland was just arriving home, & presumably then followed her.) o ~9:15pm (James says Laura snuck out of her house @ 9:30 in Episode 1). Laura snorts coke & drinks Jack Daniel’s while dressing for a planned cabin rendezvous, but James calls & she agrees to meet him in front of her house in 15 minutes. In the painting on her wall, she sees the angel who was feeding the children disappear. Leland comes home as Laura climbs out her window & she hides in the bushes; James comes moments after Leland goes inside, & Leland watches through the curtains as they speed off. They pull into a clearing in the woods. (A time traveling Dale Cooper phases in & watches from a distance — Part 17). Laura is alternately mocking of James & desperately longing for love (“Let’s get lost together”). She suddenly worries that “he” (Bob) will kill James if he finds out, & seems to see something behind James (in the approximate spot where Cooper is standing; he ducks in fear — Part Part 17). Laura then tells James Bobby killed a man & asks if James wants to see. She says not even Donna knows her; she tells James that his Laura disappeared. She gives him the finger; he forces her to kiss him & she becomes very cold, telling him to take her home. o Ben is w/ Catherine this night. (Ben to Jerry, Jer ry, Episode 15) 2/24/1989 — o “Around” minight. Leo calls Shelly “from Butte.” (Pilot) 12:30am (James to Cooper, Episode 1; Coop also states this time, Episode 8). o @ Sparkwood & 21, Laura tumbles off James’s bike. She screams that she loves him and embraces him, then runs r uns off into the woods… James rides around the rest of the nt. (Pilot, James to Donna) o o Laura meets Leo, Jacques & Ronette by Leo’s Corvette . In the altered or alternate timeline, Laura encounters the timetraveling Cooper in the woods before reaching Leo, Jacques & Ronette. She remembers seeing him in a dream. Laura takes Cooper’s hand. (The following morning, Laura’s corpse phases out of existence on the shore of Black Lake.) The scene goes to color. Laura asks where they are going. Cooper: “We’re going home.” (The following morning, Pete fishes, having never encountered Laura’s corpse.) (Seemingly ~2014, Sarah angrily stabs Laura’s homecoming photo w/ w/ a broken bottle.) Cooper leads Laura toward the golden pool in the woods. The phonograph sound is heard once, & Laura is gone, Cooper’s hand holding empty air. Laura’s scream then sounds through the woods. (Part 17) Cooper stares into the empty woods, then hears a sound to his left. He turns, a red light/refraction illuminating his face… (Part 18) ▪
•
▪
•
•
▪
(for continuation, see below, under “Unknown time/date” following Day 13 in 9/2014) In this second timeline (per Ronette), Laura wanders off into the woods before Ronette, Leo & Jacques enter the train car (this is arguably inconsistent w/ Part 17, where Ronette never even sees Laura that nt. & has no way of knowing she even left her house, let alone wandered off into the woods. It is also odd that Leo & Jacques take Ronette to the train car rather than the cabin). cab in). Laura disappears w/o a trace (per the Twin Peaks Post & police records). Ronette is “taken captive” (unclear by whom…Leo & Jacques, since they apparently take her to the train car, a location they had no apparent ties to in the original timeline? Leland, who was still seen watching Laura ride off from the Palmer house & presumably followed her?). ~1am (Coop, Episode 8). Laura, Leo, Jacques & Ronette arrive @ the cabin. @ the cabin, they all drink, snort coke & smoke pot. Jacques ties Laura up despite her begging him not to tie her up tonight. Leland watches from outside the window. When Jacques stumbles outside w/ a bottle of bourbon, Leland trips him, repeatedly kicks him & breaks the bottle on his head. Leo stumbles out, sees the unconscious Jacques, & runs in to grab his stuff (leaving the girls tied up) & drives off in his Corvette. The Log Lady, @ her cabin, hears distant screams & is disturbed. Leland marches the girls from the cabin; Mike races up the path to the cabin, but arrives too late. Leland takes them to an abandoned train car. Leland transitions back & forth from Leland to Bob. Leland binds Laura’s arms behind her w/ twine & forces her to look in the mirror & she sees herself transform into Bob. In the Red Room, the MfAP grins insanely & screams. Bob/Leland uses a blunt object — presumably the blue-green hammer — to to — presumably knock Ronette unconscious, but she later regains consciousness (per Coop/Albert, Episode 8). Leland holds up Laura’s torn diary pages & says he always thought she knew it was him; Bob comes from the other side of her & says he never knew Laura knew it was him. (Note: This contradicts large portions of The Secret Diary.) Ronette sees her angel. Suddenly, Ronette’s hands are no longer tied behind her back. Mike arrives & yells to let him in. Ronette starts to slide the door open. Leland seems to throw Ronette outside, & Mike uses the opening to throw the ring inside the car. Laura slips on the ring. Leland, wearing surgical gloves, yells, “Don’t make me do this!” Leland & Bob alternate murdering Laura w/ the knife. k nife. The MfAP, in the Red Room, silently screams. Leland takes Laura’s half -heart necklace & wraps Laura’s corpse in plastic. Mike, seemingly gleeful, steps over Ronette’s unconscious form & leaves. Leland exits the train, kicks Ronette’s form & stumbles off w/ Laura over his shoulder, a flashlight showing the way. He drops Laura in the river, then goes to Glastonbury Grove & (after briefly turning white-faced) goes through the curtains to the Red Room, where Mike & MfAP confront him. They 1st seem to manipulate his posture w/ their head movements, moving in unison, then Leland (floating) separates from Bob. Mike & MfAP (speaking in unison, MfAP grasping where Mike’s left arm would be) demand all their •
o
o
•
garmonbozia (pain & sorrow), & Bob pulls the blood from Leland’s shirt & throws it to the floor. MfAP is seen eating creamed corn. The monkey in darkness whispers, “Judy.” o In the Red Room, after her body washes up in the outside world, Laura finds herself seated w/ Cooper’s hand on her shoulder, & she sees her angel flying high above. She cries w/ joy. PILOT o (Dating: Cooper states the date as 2/24; 1989 fiscal calendar seen in Pete’s office [which has the wks. up to 2/13-2/19 crossed out]; Cooper says Laura’s last diary entry was dated 2/23, other entries from this month are seen to be from 1989; the autopsy report in Episode 1 specifically lists the date of death as 2/24/89; Laura’s last tape to Jacoby, heard in Episode 1, was Thurs. 2/23 , corresponding w/ the 1989 calendar) o 5am. Bobby leaves as he does every morning to go running before football practice (Pilot, per Betty). 6am. Cooper hears about a young woman’s body being found, wrapped in plastic. o He heads to Twin Peaks. (This contradicts the Pilot, where FBI involvement would not have happened until much later in the morning, when Ronette was found.) o Just after dawn (per Truman to Bobby) (in reality, sunrise 2/24 would have been around 6:40am). Pete Martell leaves the Blue Pine Lodge to go fishing & finds a dead body wrapped in plastic. He calls Sheriff Harry Truman who responds w/ Deputy Andy Brennan & Dr. Will Hayward. They recognize Laura Palmer. In the altered or alternate timeline, Laura’s corpse is nowhere to be found, & Pete goes about his day fishing. (Part 17) @ home, Sarah is worried that Laura’s bed was not slept in. She calls Betty o Briggs, then Bobby’s football coach Max Hartman—who says Bobby isn’t there and has been late for the t he past 2 wks. — maybe even the wk. before. — maybe o Audrey gets in the car w/ a driver. d river. Leland is @ an early meeting w/ Ben; they confer before Ben do es a breakfast o pitch for the Ghostwood Country Club & Estates to Sven & the Norwegian investors (Leland worries that they don’t yet have the Packard land & aren’t telling the Norwegians, but Ben has it on good information the Packard Mill will go belly-up w/i a yr.). During the presentation, desk clerk Julie Duvic pulls Leland aside —Sarah called “again” “again” & says it’s urgent. As Leland Leland speaks to Sarah on the phone, Truman arrives & gives him the news. [Act 2] @ the Double R, Heidi relieves Shelly late. Bobby, having breakfast o after his run, offers Shelly a ride home. They drive past a police cruiser going the opposite way, siren on. Bobby & Shelly’s planned quickie is aborted when they see Leo’s truck by her house. o Leland IDs Laura’s body @ the morgue. 8am — Seattle, Seattle, Wa. Cooper has wrapped up the Fiber-Sample Procedure Seminar o he came to conduct. He has purchased a new Micro-Mac Pocket Tape Recorder (“the big little recorder”) @ Wally’s Rent-to-Own. He has 2 stops to make: Wo’s House of Cloth (a new black suit, upping upp ing his total to 5 suits) & the regional Bureau ▪
o
o
o
o
o
office to pick up some files. Instead of heading head ing back to Philadelphia as planned, p lanned, he is heading east on a new case. (Cooper being based out of Philadelphia contradicts Sa n Francisco @ this point — My Life, My Tapes, where he is in San but seems to have — but support in Fire Walk with Me, where Cooper is in the Philadelphia office, as well as the arrest form in Part 4, which lists Cooper ’s employer address in Philadelphia. This timestamp contradicts the Pilot; it appears that Ronette’s reappearance, which precipitates FBI involvement, happens a bit later in the morning.) 8:30am (Audrey’s watch). Donna, James & Audrey filter into school. Bobby comes in late & Mrs. Jackson summons him to th e principal’s office. 8:45am (Audrey’s watch). In homeroom, 2 state troopers look for Bobby— they accidentally come to Margaret Honeycutt’s rm. (106), & tell her the news. Hawk & Andy question Bobby in the library; Truman arrives & breaks the news. Principal George Wolchezk makes his announcement & closes the school for the day. [Act 3] Will gives Sarah a sedative as Janice Hogan comforts her. Truman questions Sarah —she last saw Laura when she came c ame home from Bobby’s B obby’s @ 9pm last nt., she recounts their last exchange & says she heard Laura’s phone ring once. Upstairs, Hawk collects Laura’s belongings as Leland sadly watches. Lucy calls (Andy answers): Janek Pulaski says Ronette didn’t come home last nt. & isn’t @ school. As a hwy. patrolman escorts a weeping Janek away, awa y, Josie closes down the Mill for the day over Catherine’s objection. A railway switchman, working alone, sees Ronette Pulaski stumbling across a bridge (down the RR tracks off the mtn., per Cooper), bloody & stunned, her clothes in tatters & ropes on her wrists. Apparently, this was over the st. ln., leading to the FBI being called in. In the altered or alternate timeline, Ronette is still found wandering along a railroad trestle after escaping (unclear from whom), ending up in the hospital. 9am. Cooper prepares to board Flt. 210, arriving in Spokane S pokane @ 10:15am. The T he case no. is 11219. Cooper has been scanning active files for the region & notes a p ossible correlation to the murder of Teresa Banks in the SW corner of st. (this implies that Cooper wasn’t involved in the t he Banks investigation, contradicting both My Life, My Tapes and Fire Walk with Me). ~9:45am (half hr. from landing time) —Cooper’s —Cooper’s plane passes through a storm. James rides by the Gas Farm & leaves a letter w/ Ed in case Donna comes by. Nadine yells @ Ed to get the drapes, which will be ready by 10am; she wants them up by nightfall. He goes to pick them t hem up in his pickup. 10:30am — Cooper Cooper picks up a Bureau car to head out on Hwy. 2 due east. He plans 2 hrs. of driving w/ lunch, 1 pit p it stop & 2 cups of coffee. 11:30am (Cooper to Diane). Cooper enters Twin Peaks after stopping @ the Lamplighter Inn near Lewis Fork on Hwy. 2. (It’s 54 degrees out.) In the altered or alternate timeline, Agent Cooper still comes to town to investigate Laura’s disappearance (it is not explicitly stated that he still comes on 2/24/1989). Those who were known to be the last to see Laura are ▪
o
o o
o
o
▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
questioned (Jacques Renault, Leo Johnson, Bobby Briggs, James Hurley [even though the former two suspects seemingly never actually saw Laura that nt., per Part 17]). Laura is never found & no one is arrested. 3:10pm. Cooper, walking out of the elevator on the second fl. of Calhoun Memorial Hospital, sees Sheriff Harry S. Truman approaching him. (Note: This seems to indicate a large unexplained delay between C ooper’s arrival time in Twin Peaks & getting to the Hospital. While the Pilot script seems to corroborate this — having having Cooper tell Diane it’s 3:27pm in the morgue when finding the letter under Laura’s fingernail — the final edit of the Pilot eliminates this line, & clocks glimpsed — the throughout the Pilot contradict this timeline.) 12:44pm (clock on receptionists’ desk). Cooper meets Truman @ Calhoun Memorial. Dr. Shelvy tells him Ronette is in shock, suffering from exposure. She was raped & may have neurological damage, but they’re not equipped to do a CAT scan. Truman says that, aside from attending the same H.S., it appears that Laura & Ronette hardly knew each other. As Cooper looks under Ronette’s left hand fingernails (& is disappointed), Ronette says, “Don’t go there.” 1:30pm (Cooper to Mike in “closed ending”: says he was in an elevator @ the hospital @ 1:30). Cooper & Truman head down the elevator. The One-Armed Man (Phillip Michael Gerard) gets off on the 3rd fl. Dr. Lawrence Jacoby (wearing earplugs) spots Truman & Cooper & rushes downstairs to meet them. He introduces himself as Laura’s psychiatrist, asks to come to the morgue w/ them (Cooper shuts him down) & creepily notes that Laura’s parents didn’t know she was seeing him. In the morgue, Cooper finds “the same thing. Diane, I told you we’d see this again”—a letter “R” under Laura’s left ring finger. (He tells Diane to give it to Albert & his team, as Albert seems to have more on the ball than Sam.) Sam .) [Act 4] Donna is looking for James; after trying the Roadhouse, she waits @ Big Ed’s. Ed pulls up & gives her a note from James saying to meet him @ the Roadhouse after 9:30. Mike pulls in & demands that Donna come to the sheriff’s station to support him so he can support Bobby; he drives off. In the sheriff’s station conference rm., Cooper & Truman look over the evidence from Laura’s rm. Cooper breaks open the diary. They latch onto the mention of “J” (“one out of 26”). Cooper finds the safety deposit depos it key & cocaine residue. Andy calls Lucy: the search dogs have traced the murder site to the train car. 2:30pm (wall clock). Cooper & Truman interrogate Bobby (w/ lawyer Gilman White present). Cooper shows him the picnic video recovered from the camera in Laura’s bedroom, pointing out that someone who wasn’t Bobby filmed it , & feeding him the initial “J” ( they also ask him about coke use). Cooper tells Harry, via his Dial Master, “He did not do it”. [Act 5] 3:45pm (wall clock). Great Northern employee Bob tells concierge Julie to make sure the Norwegians don’t learn about Laura’s murder until Ben returns & they sign the contract @ 4pm. 4p m. Audrey coyly blows the deal. (Near dusk — in in reality, sunset was ~5:26pm. Note that it is still daylight in subsequent scenes.) Donna & Mike argue in the sheriff’s station hall. Cooper
o o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
approaches and an d says he & Donna are going to have a little talk about ab out a picnic. Bobby reunites w/ Mike; they storm out of the sheriff’s stat st at ion seeking revenge on “some freakin’ biker.” Cooper questions Donna: she says a hiker shot the picnic video. James sits forlornly on a mountainside w/ his half heart. The Norwegians leave. 4:10pm (Cooper to Diane). Cooper & Truman explore the train car & find a bloody rag, a bloody hammer & the mound of dirt w/ the half heart & the “Fire Walk with Me” note. (Note that this tape is inexplicably left off the Diane… release.) @ some point on this day, Leo calls Mike about the other half of the money Bobby & Mike owe him. Mike is confused because he thought he & Bobby were supposed to give Leo all the the money they owed him on Sat. (Episode 1, Mike to Bobby —Leo called called his his parents’ house house “yesterday”) “yesterday”) [Act 6] Sylvia & Audrey have awkward tea while Johnny bangs his head upstairs because Laura isn’t coming over this afternoon. Cooper & Truman go to the bank and find $10K & Flesh World Wo rld in Laura’s safety deposit box. They see Ronette’s ad inside (but do not notice a photo of Leo’s truck & house). 4:45pm. Dr. Joe Fielding discusses Laura’s autopsy w/ Dr. Hayward (per autopsy report paperwork, Episode 1; note that Hayward’s 1 st name is incorrectly typed as “John”). ~5:05pm (wall clock). Shelly watches a news report by Cyril Pons about law enforcement converging on the train car (this reflects the scene’s original position on the script; it was moved later in the edit). Leo makes her turn it off & yells @ her to smoke one brand of cigarettes (presumably having found some of Bobby’s). After dark. Norma calls Ed; they agree to meet @ the Roadho use around 9:30. Nadine is testing her drape runners. Cooper & Truman walk through the city square on the way to a town hall meeting; Cooper marvels over everything. (Truman is already calling him “Cooper old buddy”). @ the town hall meeting (attended by community leaders such as Josie, Catherine, Pete, Ben &…the Log Lady), Dwayne has trouble w/ the mic , then gives a speech about abo ut grief & fear. f ear. Truman hands the mic to Cooper. He tells the townspeople about Teresa Palmer & advises that they institute an 8pm curfew since the crimes happened at nt. A lonely traffic light turns from green to yellow to red. 9:30pm. Cooper has just finished addressing the local citizenry. He hopes to have James in custody w/i the hr., but believes James will be released shortly thereafter (“Serial killers don’t kill their girlfriends; they prefer the company of strangers”). (This contradicts the Pilot, where Cooper did not yet know James existed at this point.) (This timestamp appears to contradict the Pilot — Donna Donna & James were scheduled to meet @ 9:30 [as were Ed & Norma], and when Donna arrives, Cooper & Truman are already staked out @ the Roadhouse.). Roadhouse.).
[Act 7] ~9:10pm (Harriet’s watch). Donna overhears Will telling Eileen about the heart necklace; breaking curfew, she borrows Harriet’s bike to meet James & warn him. Mike & Bobby arrive @ the Haywards’, driving while drinking, & Will discovers Donna is missing. He calls Lucy, who patches patc hes him through to Truman. o Cooper & Truman are posted outside the Roadhouse. Coopers asks Truman the story behind the Bookhouse. Truman says Jake Morrissey owns the Bookhouse and the Roadhouse. Cooper asks if the motorcycles m otorcycles parked out front fron t are a gang. gang . Truman says, “Not really exactly a gang, more… We go way back.” (Truman: “Why don’t Cooper, intrigued, says, “You’re part of the Bookhouse.” (Truman: you whittle whittle on that for awhile?”). awhile?”). o ~9:30pm (per the meet-up times stated). (Confusingly, an establishing shot of the Bookhouse precedes the subsequent Roadhouse interior scenes.) Ed & Norma rendezvous in the Roadhouse (Ed is also staking out Jacques Renault, per Episode 1). The Roadhouse singer (Julee Cruise) sings “Falling.” Norma pushes for them to leave their respective spouses (Ed asks: before or after Hank is paroled?). The singer sings “The Nightingale.” Bobby & Mike arrive. Donna arrives. “Truman radios for 2 backup cars. Mike grabs Donna; Ed gets up to defend her & Bobby knocks Ed out. A brawl breaks out b/w Mike & Bobby and the bikers. The backup arrives to break up the fight. Joey takes Donna to meet James (his bike is parked in front of the Bookhouse). Truman seems strangely ready to suspect a Bookhouse Boy of murder: he voices that “J” could be “Joey.” Cooper, however, knows that Joey is merely taking Donna to someone else. Cooper & Truman pursue, but Joey loses them by turning down an old logging rd. whose only access is near the Packard Mill. Jacoby follows Leo’s red Corvette (hoping to solve Laura’s murder Laura had o talked about Leo to Jacoby). Jacoby loses Leo @ the Old Sawmill Rd. (Episode 4, Jacoby to Truman: “the night after Laura died”). A motorcycle goes by followed by a police cruiser; Jacoby follows on foot. (Jacoby to Coop, Episode 8) o [Act 8] Cooper hears Joey’s motorcycle below in the distance— Truman says the only entrance to the logging rd. is 5 mi. back. Joey drops Donna off w/ James in the woods. Jacoby spies on them but can’t hear them (Episode 8). James says he’s going to turn himself in, but he doesn’t have an alibi: he was w/ Laura last nt. It was like a nightmare, she was like a different person. He says Bobby told Laura he killed a guy. James & Donna kiss. They bury the gold heart necklace & drive off. Cooper & Truman are waiting at the logging rd. entrance & pull James over. o Cooper is somewhat smug that Donna isn’t w/ Joey (“Told you so”) & quietly says Donna is “probably right” when she says James didn’t do anything. @ the sheriff’s station, Truman releases Donna to Will but wants her back for o questioning 1st thing in the morning. Hawk & Andy lodge James in a holding cell — Bobby & Mike are also in cells. Will & Donna go to retrieve Harriet’s — Bobby bike before heading home. 2/24/1989 or later — o
•
@ some point just after Laura’s death, Jacoby conducts an intake eval w/ Leland. Sarah begins a steady decline into alcoholism a lcoholism & prescription drug abuse. Around this time (their courtship lasts lasts no more than 3 wks.), Lana Budding Budd ing & Doug o Milford meet. Lana is a new arrival in town: her license sa ys Ga. She works @ the Twin Peaks Savings & Loan — they they meet when a mix-up w/ keys (impliedly planned by Lana) leads to them them being locked in the safe deposit box vault for for an hr. hr. o @ some point after Coop’s arrival, Dou glas Milford confides in Garland Briggs and his associations w/ secret allies of Doug (presumably that Coop’s presence— and Gordon Cole) — signals a raising in the ante in their stated mission. Per Briggs in — signals the dossier: “Our zone had gone hot; the data I was monitoring went from zero to sixty. Strange phenomena — of of the sort frequently encountered by the colonel throughout his life — cropped cropped up w/ regularity, registering seismically on my instrumentation (this seems to contradict Briggs’s attitude in Episode 9, which indicates the “Cooper” transmission was very much an anomaly ). From the start, Cooper experiences turbulent phenomena: sightings in the woods [unclear what Briggs is referring to, unless it’s his own abduction ], mysterious encounters, troubling dreams.” Briggs finds newfound purpose, believing the answers they seek might be within reach. Briggs says he & Coop befriend one another w/o realizing the covert connections they share. 2/25/1989 — Bob Lydecker is assaulted outside a bar in Lowtown (“3 days ago,” Truman, o Episode 4). 12:28am (Cooper to Diane). Cooper & Truman settle down to a policeman’s o dream. Truman agrees to get Cooper a good rate @ Great Northern. Lucy, eavesdropping on the intercom, says she’ll make the arrangements. Cooper heads out, recording a message to Diane. ( Diane… Diane… has a rerecorded version of this audio — rather rather than fading off into the distance as in the Pilot, Cooper gloats that he was right about James —he’s in custody & will be out by morning— & receives directions to the Great Northern from Lucy as he exits.) Lucy tells tells Truman on the intercom that Mrs. Packard called about a possible prowler @ the Lodge; Truman says it’s probably raccoons, but goes to investigate. . (Note: The Diane… tape and the alternate take of this scene contradict one another, since Lucy would have to be speaking to Cooper & Truman at the same time saying different things.) In the cells, Bobby & Mike bark @ James, then Bobby howls/screams. o Truman & Josie rendezvous outside Blue Pine Lodge. Catherine calls Ben to o tell him; Ben suggests they get together & talk about it. Truman says it must have happened just about this time 24 hrs. ago. The traffic light is red. o o Sarah, on the couch, looks up the stairs @ the fan. She closes her eyes & seemingly sees something which is happening simultaneously in the woods: a Episode 1) digs up & takes the heart necklace. There is an hand (Jacoby’s— Episode image of Bob reflected in the mirror behind Sarah (unclear if she sees him, consciously or unconsciously). She sits up & screams. EPISODE 1 Donna wakes Eileen & Will crying in her sleep (Eileen to Donna). o o
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o o
4am. Ed is in Intensive Care for his head wound; Nadine comes up w/ her idea for silent drape runners using cotton balls (Nadine to Norma). 6:18am (Cooper to Diane; note that two bedside clocks, side-by-side, erroneously read 3:31). Cooper hangs upside down on gravity boots in Rm. 315 @ the Great Northern. He praises the rm. to Diane, alludes to a story Diane has heard many times about a lumpy mattress m attress in El Paso, & pontificates upon Marilyn Monroe, the Kennedys & the JFK assassination. He says he’ll get back to Diane about the hotel coffee within the half hr. In the dining rm., Audrey approaches, flirts & tells Cooper about Laura tutoring Johnny 3x a wk. Lucy & Andy order donuts @ the Wagon Wheel. Lucy Lu cy alludes to her aunt w/ the raccoon problem (the raccoon shtick was inspired by Kimmy Robertson’s aunt who had a raccoon problem & was written by Lynch, shot & cut on three separate occasions, from the Pilot, Episode 1 and Fire Walk with Me!). In the sheriff station conference rm., Will briefs Cooper & Truman on Laura’s autopsy report (performed by Joe Fielding from Fairvale, because Will couldn’t bring himself to d o it). Time of death estimated b/w midnight and 4am, caused by loss of blood from numerous shallow wounds. W/i the last 12 hrs. she had had sex w/ at least 3 men. Shelly finds a bloody shirt in Leo’s laundry from the truck & hides it; Norma picks her up for work. Norma tells Shelly about the fight last nt., nt., & Bobby giving Ed a concussion. Coop & Truman question James. He says he last saw Laura from 9:30-12:30 the nt. of her death. Something happened “a couple of days ago” that caused Laura to start using again & to refuse to see James — he he thinks something scared her. (Based on the timeline in Fire Walk with Me, Laura was already using more than a wk. before her death, presumably w/o James’s knowledge. He is presumably referring to Weds. morning when he comes by her house after she ditched him the nt. before & sees that she’s on something.) Cooper asks him what happened 2/05 & who has the other half of the locket; he says he doesn’t know. Leo searches for his shirt & can’t find it. [Act 2] Leland calls to make ma ke funeral arrangements, & breaks down; Ben has a secretary shuttle Leland out, picks up the phone, says he’s picking up the tab & they’d better start thinking lead coffin. In the holding cells, Mike & Bobby argue about Leo calling Mike’s house, & Bobby paying half the money back w/o telling Mike. The other half is in Laura’s safety deposit box: she was supposed to give it to Bobby today. Hawk brings James back in; glaring ensues. A strange ethereal cut to the picnic video: Laura says, “Help me.” 10:30am. Donna wakes up late. Eileen (coloring a poster…per a production ing a “Stop Ghostwood Now” poster) says the sheriff’s document, she’s mak ing station called & said her interrogation could wait until tomorrow. Donna confesses about James & Laura, and confides that she & James realized that all this time they’re the ones who were falling in love. She says it’s like she’s having the most beautiful dream & the most terrible nightmare all @ once.
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Cooper meets Ed; Ed explains that James’s mother is out of town & Ed looks after him when she’s away. Coop says they’re not charging James & can release him to Ed’s custody. Cooper gets a long-distance call from Albert Rosenfield. Ed & Truman speak confidentially while Cooper is distracted. Truman jokes that he assumed Ed got his wound because Nadine found out about Norma. Ed says Jacques Renault was tending bar, & Ed believes Ed’s beer was drugged. He doesn’t remember anything after he stood up, & doesn’t even recall Bobby hitting him. Cooper tells Albert he can have Laura’s body all day tomorrow, but they’re putting her in the ground on Mon. 11am. Cooper tells Diane he has just released released James into Ed’s custody custody & mentions the large group of Norwegians checking out of the Great Northern yesterday. Norma, delivering food to the Twin Peaks General Store, runs into Nadine, who is buying a shopping bag full of cotton balls, & confrontationally tells Norma about her silent drape runner idea. Hawk releases James to Ed (Hawk & Ed exchange the Bookhouse Boys secret sign). James says he’s going to need the Bookhouse Boys to get his back ; Ed says he’s already got it covered. In the interrogation rm., Truman sits w/ Bobby & Mike. Cooper enters & lets them go — but but tells them to pray for the health & safety of James Hurley. [Act 3] “Just barely morning” (per Pete). Cooper & Truman interview Josie @ the Lodge. Laura gave her English lessons 2ce a wk.; she last saw Laura Thurs. Pete serves coffee. Catherine calls Josie from Timber Falls Motel to chide Josie for losing the Mill $87K over her “shenanigans.” Coop guesses that Truman is seeing Josie. There’s a fish in i n the percolator. Coop asks Harry about Andrew’s death. Coop is suspicious that they nev er found the body; Harry gets defensive & says Andrew was like a father to him. him. Coop says Harry is so far above suspicion he can’t even see him through the clouds. @ Timber Falls Motel, Ben & Catherine (having spent over an hr. together having sex & scheming) hatch a plan to accelerate their machinations by burning down the Mill. 11:17am. Cooper stands on the shore where Laura’s body washed up. He recounts meeting Josie & her affair w/ Truman. “These appear to be random events unrelated @ this time, so naturally they bear watching.” (Note: This and the preceding c lose together.) Diane… timestamps seem way too close Cooper & Truman talk to Jacoby (seen for the 1 st time wearing his red & blue glasses) @ the Great Northern while Johnny hunts buffalo: Laura was tutoring Johnny Mon. Weds. & Fri. Fri — the same days Jacoby came to see Johnny. She was .— there this past Weds. Donna visits Sarah (as Leland sedates Sarah). Sarah sees Laura’s face superimposed over Donna’s, then has a vision of Bob crouched behind Laura’s bed. After dark (ca. 5:40pm or 6:40pm — hospital hospital wall clock; contradictorily, in Episode 2, Hawk says he saw the One-Armed Man “this afternoon”) . Hawk speaks to Janek & Suburbis Pulaski outside Ronette’s rm. @ Calhoun. They mention Ronette working @ the perfume counter @ Horne’s. Hawk spots the
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
One-Armed Man getting out of an elevator & follows him into a staff-only area where he walks toward Oxygen Storage (203) & the morgue (205). [Act 4] 6:05pm (Audrey’s watch). Audrey dances in Ben’s office. He confronts her about the Norwegians leaving & she freely admits her role. The Briggses sit down to dinner; Briggs says grace. Briggs tries to get Bobby to open up. Bobby sticks a cigarette in his mouth & Briggs slaps him. Cooper & Truman stop @ the Double R; Cooper meets Shelly & Norma, & requests the names of the Meals on Wheels recipients from Norma. Coop orders 2 more pieces of cherry pie following his 1st. The Log Lady tells Cooper that her log saw something that nt., but Coop doesn’t take ad vantage of the offer to ask it what it saw. 7pm. @ the Double R: Cooper says this must be where w here pies go when they die (note that he says this line on the show in Episode 3, but it is not part of a tape to Diane). Cooper resolves to take Harry & the gang on a rock-throwing trip to Tibet tomorrow. Leo slices a football open. Shelly arrives home & Leo hides the football on top of the cupboard & puts a bar of soap in a sock to beat Shelly for losing his shirt. James has dinner @ the Haywards’. He explains to Will that his dad died when he was 10 & his mother “travels a lot…she writes for the paper sometimes.” Mike & Bobby pull up outside, lamenting that they can’t kill James 2ce— once for each stolen girlfriend. Jacoby dances while sorting his mail. He receives a tape in an envelope, & listens to Laura’s final tape while holding the heart necklace, which he had hidden in a coconut. (Jacoby’s ster eo clock says 5:20, but this is probably inaccurate.)
EPISODE 2 Jerry arrives home from Paris as the Hornes have a silent family dinner. Jerry brings brie & butter sandwiches (which remind Ben of “ Ginny & Jenny down by the river”). Ben & Jerry head to One-Eyed Jack’s . 11pm (Hayward clock). Donna’ s parents retire (Will reminds Donna that o church is @ 9am, confirming again that this is Sat. nt.). James experiences the nightly Hayward light show (which Will set up one cold Christmas vacation). @ OEJ, Ben gets to be the New Girl’s 1 st thanks to a coin flip. o Wk. of 2/26/1989 —Shelly —Shelly takes in a pair of Leo’ s boots for repair. (Episode 14, “last week”) 2/26/1989 — o Midnight (Hayward clock). James & Donna talk. o 12:30am (Cooper’s clock). Coop arrives back in his rm. Hawk calls. Hawk says Ronette recently quit her job @ the perfume counter of Horne’s Dept. Sto re (oddly, he says this in response to Coop asking what Hawk learned from Ronette’s parents, seemingly contradicting Episode 1— when Hawk talked to the Pulaskis, they were under the impression that Ronette went to work @ Horne’s on 2/23 ). Hawk tells Coop about a one-armed man snooping around intensive care. Audrey slips a note under Coop’s door: “Jack with One Eye.” Coop smells the letter & smiles. The Diane… tape has an entry apparently made o
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
just after Cooper gets g ets Audrey’s Audre y’s note, timestamped 11:30pm. 11 :30pm. This contradicts the clocks shown in the episode. Bobby & Mike drive into the woods to pick up coke from the football. Leo approaches unexpectedly (w/ a shotgun &, seemingly, backup wearing a ski mask, coat & gloves). Leo demands cash on delivery. Bobby objects that the coke barely covers what they already paid for. Leo demands the other $10K. They explain the Laura situation. Leo ominously reveals that Shelly has been cheating on him in his own bedroom, then forces them @ gunpoint to “go out for a pass.” (Note: This scene was scripted to take place the following night, but moved up in the edit.) 6am. Coop asks Diane to add the following sound to his master tape labeled, “Sounds”: Canadian Geese! [Act 2] Day. Ed stumbles into the house w/ grease on his hands, trips on the drape runners & drips grease on them. [8:17am (Cooper to Diane in the script)] Coop & the sheriff’s station crew set up to throw rocks. Bobby drops in on Shelly (he just passed Leo starting to diesel up out in North Bend); he sees her bruise & vows to kill Leo if he ever beats Shelly again. Ed stops into the Double R & tells Norma he’s in the doghouse; she’s playful. Coop lectures on Tibet & “concentrate[s] on the ‘J’s.” It appears th at Leo is the prime suspect. [Act 3] After church, the Haywards go to the Double Dou ble R. Audrey (who had also ben @ church) walks in. She tells Donna she went to church because of Laura. She gets coffee & talks about Cooper Coop er in a salacious tone. Audrey asks ask s if Laura ever talked about Ben; she says Ben used to sing to Laura. Audrey then dances dan ces to the “dreamy” music. Afternoon (per Albert: “Are we going to have to stand here all afternoon?” “…we’ve wasted half the day traveling out here…”). In the conference rm., Coop & Truman look @ a bloody towel Hawk found ½ a mi. down the tracks from the crime site. Albert & his team of 2 agents arrive (in Episode 3, Albert says he traveled 1000s of miles to get to Twin Peaks). Lucy is reading a book on Tibet. Truman says he’ll have one of his men escort Albert to the morgue (although Albert & his team exit the station alone after Truman tells him off). 9:42pm (Hurleys’ wall clock). Someone (Sparky?) says goodnight to Ed as the Gas Farm closes down. Ed cautiously goes home. Nadine is elated that Ed’s dripped grease was the perfect ingredient for her silent drape runners. Pete cleans his boots in Catherine’s rm.; she asks what “that FBI man” wanted “up here today.” (Note: This continuity glitch is the result of the scene originally being scripted to take place on Sat. nt., but being moved to Sun. nt. in the final edit. It’s possible that Coop retu rned to Blue Pine Lodge on Sun., but Pete specifically references a fish taking a liking to his percolator.) While Catherine is in the next rm., Pete steals a key from a jar & hands it out the door to Josie. Catherine sends Pete to his rm. Josie opens a secret safe & discovers two ledgers.
Leland dances w/ Laura’s photo to “Pennsylvania 6 -5000”; Sarah asks what is going on in this house. (Note: Like the preceding Pete/Catherine scene, this was scripted to be the prior night, but was moved down in the edit.) 2/27/1989 — [Act [Act 4] o dialogue which was — dialogue 1:18am (Cooper’s clock ; also, Cooper to Diane in the script — adapted & included on the Diane… tape). Cooper goes to bed. He sets his alarm for 6:15. He dreams… Cooper is 25 yrs. older, seated in the Red Room as MfAP shakes violently w/ his back to Coop. Sarah runs downstairs in the Palmer house shouting in a muffled fashion for Laura as electric lights flicker. Bob crouching behind the bed — same same image Sarah saw in Episode 1. More flickering w/ quick shots of the bloody towel in the train car & Laura’s corpse in the morgue. Flashing lights over Coop’s sleeping form. ( Per Per Coop’s synopsis synopsis of his his dream in Episode Episode 3, it seems like he dreamed th e audience only saw most or all of the “Pilot closed ending,” although the glimpses. A description of the full Pilot Pilot closed ending follows) Sarah, lying on the couch, remembers/sees herself in slow-mo searching for Laura, then has a flash of scanning scanning Laura’s rm. & seeing Bob crouching behind the foot foot of the bed (wider shot than the Episode Episode 1 shot). She screams screams for Leland, saying saying she saw “him.” “him.” @ Lucy’s, Lucy Lucy practices practices paddleball paddleball while A ndy poorly plays the trumpet (they’re “getting ready for bed,” according to Lucy). Leland calls & says Sarah has just remembered seeing the killer in Laura’s bedroom bedroom that morning. Lucy says Tommy “the Hawk” Hill is their sketch artist. She calls Truman in his his cruiser cruiser saying the Palmers Palmers want him & Hawk to come over. Truman says he’ll be there in ten minutes. A sleeping Cooper receives a call from the One- Armed Armed Man: “It’s a strange night. There’s something som ething in the air. Can you feel it?” He mentions Teresa & says he knows the man that “did her,” and knows about the stitches w/ the red thread (a mysterious detail that was never actually mentioned on the series —possibly related to Mike telling Leland “The thread will be torn” in FWWM?). FWWM?) . He says there’s more that Cooper would enjoy hearing, & says he’s @ the hospital. Coop says he’s coming. Almost as soon as Coop hangs up, Lucy calls & tells Coop about Sarah’s recollection and says Truman & Hawk are @ the Palmer place now. Coop says to tell Harry to meet him him @ the hospital when they’re done. 2:24am. Coop records a tape to Diane synopsizing the phone calls. “When two separate separate events happen simultaneously pertaining pertaining to the same subject subject of inquiry, we must always pay strict attention.” @ the hospital, Andy guards the door of the morgue while Mike waits in darkness. Coop & Truman arrive. Andy says the One-Armed Man wants to see them in this particular rm.; Mike says not to turn on the overheads —there’s a bad transformer. Mike, in the darkened hospital morgue, recites: “Through the darkness of future past / The magician longs to see / One chants out between two worlds / Fire walk with me.” o
•
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
He says, “We lived among the people . Think you say…convenience store. We lived above it. I mean it like it is. Like it sounds. I too have been touched by the devilish one. Tattoo on the left shoulder. B ut when I saw the face of God, I was changed. Took the entire arm off. My name is Mike. His name is Bo b.” Coop points out that Mike was in an elevator there “this afternoon.” Mike says he was looking for Bob: “He sometimes works among the infirm, the injured of the species. ” Mike Mike says he has been watching for over a yr. for Bob to come out again. He knows of Cooper’s interest in the results of Bob’s endeavors. (Note: In the “closed ending” cut, the lines about being touched by the devilish one & removing his arm occurred here, but were spliced in earlier in the Episode 2 cut.) cu t.) Truman shows Mike 2 sketches; he IDs Bob. He says Bob is right here, in the hospital basement. Bob is in the hospital basement boiler rm. He crouches by a dirt mound (with what might be a half-heart on top) surrounded by 12 burning candles. Coop & Truman Trum an enter, guns drawn. Bob welcomes them to the killer’s killer’s lair & says he won’t hurt them. He asks if Mike is with them; when they say no, he says, “ I so wanted to sing with him again. Mike! Mike! Can you hear me? (singing) Heads up, tails up / Running to you, Catch you with my death bag!” scallywag / Night N ight falls, morning m orning calls / Catch Mike sneaks in behind Coop & Truman. Truman asks what the letters were going to spell; Bob says his proper name, Robert. “You may think I’ve gone insane, but I promise: I will kill again!” Mike screams, screams, “Like hell!” and shoots Bob to death. Mike seems to suddenly be in enormous pain & collapses collapses slowly. (“Have you got a nickle? I— ah! It hurts something terrible. terrible. Wait Wait ’ til your turn, Bob! Bob! Wait ’til it’s your time!” (According to the script, Mike dies.) Coop says to make a wish. The 12 candles in a circle around the mound of dirt blow out. 25 yrs. later (per Coop in Episode 3 , and the caption caption in the “Pilot “Pilot closed closed cut): The Red Rm. A well-dressed Beautiful Woman who looks ending” cut exactly like Laura is seated across from older Coop. Mf AP: AP: “Let’s rock!” He sits down & rubs his hands. The Beautiful Woman touches her nose @ Coop. MfAP stops rubbing his hands together and he and the Beautiful Woman hold hands. He then returns to rubbing his hands together. An object floats by outside the curtain [a bird, according to the script]. MfAP stops rubbing his hands: “I’ve got good news . That gum you like is going to come back in style. She’s my cousin. But doesn’t she look almost exactly like Laura Palmer?” Coop asks the Beautiful Woman if she is Laura. Beautiful Woman: “I feel like I know her, but sometimes my arms bend back.” MfAP: “She’s filled w/ secrets. Where we’re from, the birds sing a pretty song & there’s always music in the air.” MfAP dances; the Beautiful Woman kisses Coop on the lips & whispers in his ear. Coop wakes up & calls Harry: Harry is to meet him for breakfast @ 7am. Cooper says he knows who killed Laura, and “it can wait until morning.” Coop hangs up & snaps in time w/ the Red Rm. music. (The time is still 1:18 ▪
▪
o
according to the clock, implying that Cooper’s entire dream occurred within the span of a minute.) EPISODE 3 o
o o
o
o
o
(“This morning,” per Truman): Bernard Renault (janitor @ the Roadhouse) comes across the border w/ an ounce of coke in his kit bag. Margaret expects Coop & co. on this day (Episode 5: “You’re two days late”). 7:15am (Cooper to Diane). (Note: This very brief tape is not on the Diane… release.) Audrey & Coop speak over breakfast. Coop confronts Audrey about the note she slipped under his door. Coop asks if Laura worked @ OEJ; Audrey doesn’t know, but says Laura worked @ Ben’s department store perfume counter. Coop tells Audrey Ronette also worked @ the perfume counter. Truman & Lucy arrive; Coop tells them about his dream (recounting details from the “closed ending” Pilot that weren’t seen in Episode 2: Sarah having a vision, Hawk sketching the killer, Coop getting a call from Mike. “Mike couldn’t stand the killing anymore, so he cut off his arm. [note: This line is interesting because Coop seems to be making an assumption based on Mike’s vague ranting] Bob vowed to kill again so Mike shot him.”) . Coop describes the Red Rm. portion of the dream (being careful to refer to the Laura-figure as “the Beautiful Woman,” not as Laura). She whispered the name of her killer to him, but he doesn’t remember. If they crack the code of his dream, however, they’ll solve the crime. Truman gets a call to respond to a fight @ the morgue, where Albert & Will are having it out as Andy watches & Ben attempts to facilitate. Coop & Truman arrive, Truman slugs Albert. Coop tells Albert to release Laura’s body & have his test results to Coop by noon. 10:25am. Cooper records a tape to Diane in the Twin Peaks County Morgue. He asks Diane to prepare paperwork for “action unbecoming a field officer,” as he suspects Albert will attempt to file charges against Truman, & Coop intends to defend Harry to utmost of his ability. He says Laura’s burial is in 3 hrs. A nurse sedates Leland as he watches Invitation to Love. Maddy arrives. ItL: Jared Lancaster is writing his suicide note, due to financial difficulties. difficulties. Jade barges in. i n. [Act 2] Hank’s parole officer meets w/ Norma & hits on her. Coop assures Harry that the Bureau will kick Harry’s butt only over Coop’s dead body. Coop & Truman question Leo. He says he didn’t know Laura (he knew who she was, everyone did), & he called his wife from Butte the night Laura was murdered around midnight. Garland tries to talk to Bobby before the funeral. Albert briefs Coop & Truman on his findings: the diary substance is coke (toxicology also shows coke in Laura’s system); there were 2 types of twine (she was bound 2ce — Coop: Coop: “sometimes my arms bend back”— the the wrist twine matches Ronette’s as well as samples sam ples found near the railroad car ); pumice was found in standing water near the train car (industrial strength soap; traces were also found on the back of Laura’s neck— Albert thinks the killer washed his hands then held Laura’s head to kiss her); there were claw marks/bites on Laura’s n eck & shoulders; & there was a small plastic partially dissolved ▪
o o
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
fragment from her stomach w/ the letter “J.” They begin to depart for Laura’s funeral. Cooper refuses to sign Albert’s report on Truman’s assault. He praises the town, & tells Albert w/ the way he has behaved, he should be glad Coop doesn’t file a report that would bury Albert . 12:27pm. Albert storms out. Coop asks Diane to look into his pension plan options regarding real estate investment. (Oddly, the Diane… tape doesn’t have the recording from the episode, but has a completely different recording with the exact same timestamp, in which Coop discusses Albert’s behavior & his findings. He somehow already knows the shoulder wounds were made by “possibly a bird,” despite Albert not having specified this.) [Act 3] Nadine tells Ed last nt. was wonderful — he came back to her & now — he she feels like they’re really together again. She recalls seeing him w/ Norma in H.S. @ football games. She always knew if Ed got to know her, they’d be together forever. James shows up to say he can’t go to the funeral, & leaves. Audrey spies on her parents fighting as Jacoby tries to coax Johnny out of his Indian headdress (this is the 1 st appearance of the 3D glasses in the series proper, following two deleted scenes from Episode 1). ~1:30pm (per Coop saying the funeral was in 3 hrs. as of 10:25am). Father Clarence presides @ Laura’s funeral (the majority of the established main & supporting cast is present. Exceptions: Lucy, Leo, Jacoby, Eileen, & Sylvia are not seen). James shows up. Bobby snaps, shouting that everyone knew Laura was in trouble — they they all killed her. Bobby Bobb y & James try to fight. Leland casket dives. Night. Traffic lights changing. @ the Double R, Coop meets w/ Truman, Ed & Hawk. Over Ed’s initial objection ( he acquiesces after Coop guesses Ed is in love w/ Norma), they tell Coop about the drug investigation. Truman says he calls on Ed when he needs him —and Ed isn’t the only one. Truman then explains what he really wants to tell Coop: “ Twin Peaks is different. A long way from the world … That’ s exactly the way we like it, but there’s a back end to that that’s kind of different too. Maybe that’s the price we pay for all the good things … There’s a sort of evil out there. Something very ve ry strange in these old woods. Call it what you want. A darkness, a presence. It takes many forms, but it’s been out there for as long as anyone can remember and we’ve always been here to fight it. Men before us, men before them, more after we’re gone.” (“A secret society,” Coop notes.) They go to the Bookhouse, where James & Joey have Bernard Renault gagged & tied. They ask why Jacques hasn’t come into work for the past few days; Bernie says he had personal business, but he’ll be in tonight. Outside, Jacques sees the warning “bust light” on top of the Roadhouse & bolts, calling Leo from a payphone payp hone outside the Cash & Carry, demanding a “border run.” ~8:40pm (wall clock). Leo storms out as Shelly enters from work; she hides a gun behind a kitchen cabinet cabi net slat w/ the blood-stained shirt. [Act 4] Josie & Harry rendezvous. Pete serves pan-fried rainbow trout; Catherine eavesdrops via intercom. Josie says Catherine & Ben want to hurt her — she she heard Catherine on the phone saying Josie will never suspect, just
like Andrew. She shows Harry the secret safe, but now there is only one ledger — Catherine Catherine removed & hid the other one. Catherine tells Pete off. o Coop sees Jacoby in the cemetery. o Josie says she thinks Ben & Catherine want the Mill land for Ben. Truman promises nothing will happen to Josie while he’s around. o Coop & Hawk have beers in the Timber Rm. Hawk says he believes in several souls: “Blackfoot legend. Waking souls that give li fe to the mind & body. A dream soul that wanders. … Faraway places. The Land of the Dead.” Cooper asks if that’s where Laura is. “Laura’s in the ground, Agent Cooper. That’s the only thing I’m sure of.” On the dance floor, Leland begs people to dance with him; Coop & Hawk escort him out. Red traffic light. o Lucy does not let Andy spend the nt. (“last night,” Episode 4) 2/28/1989 — 12:01am. Coop speaks to Diane from Black Lake Cemetery (as owls hoot in the o b.g.). “In the recorded history of man’s organized attempts to civilize this planet, and more specifically their communities, men have always formed groups, clubs or societies, often cloaked in secrecy, to protect and preserve certain elements within their social structure.” He notes that Truman, Hawk, Ed, James & others unknown to him have taken up this mantle, “defenders in what ap pears to be an age-old age-old fight against a kind of darkness in the woods surrounding this town. Sunrise. Cooper slept badly. The face of a young girl seemed to haunt him all nt. o He’s not sure who it was, living or dead. He discusses Audrey. EPISODE 4 o Andy sketches Bob per Sarah’s description from her vision. Donna & Doc Hayward are there, as well as Maddy & Truman. A disheveled Leland enters in his robe, & seems annoyed/condescending about Sarah’s visions. He goads her to tell them about the 2nd vision w/ the necklace. Donna gets worried. 9:25am (Cooper’s watch). @ the sheriff’s station, Lucy watches ItL. She is cold o to Andy. Itl: Emerald tries to seduce Chet. (Per Lucy, Jade convinced Jared not to kill himself & he revised his will to leave the Towers to Jade, but Emerald is trying to seduce Chet into stealing the will so she can destroy it, & Montana is planning to kill Jared so the Towers will belong to Emerald & Montana @ midnight, but Lucy thinks Emerald is planning to double-cross Montana.) o Cooper interrogates Jacoby in the conference rm. Jacoby says he considers himself an abject failure for not helping Laura, & his personal investigation into Laura’s death will be ongoing for the rest of his life. He says on the night after Laura died, he followed a man in a red Corvette that Laura had talked about. Truman asks if Jacoby is leaving town; he says he has a pilgrimage to Pebble Beach planned for the end of the month. o Truman has an APB on Jacques; Bernard made bail on cocaine possession charges this morning and Truman Tr uman says he has an all a ll points on him too (this is odd — on on what basis would the police be able to track a charged criminal who is free on bail?). Gordon Cole calls: the upper-arm twine is Finley’s Fine Twine (a common household variety), the bites are bird bites, Albert will fax a •
▪
o
reconstruction of the plastic object. Coop IDs Andy’s sketch as Bob from his dream. Hawk calls; he’s found the O ne-Armed Man. Coop, Truman & Andy go east on Hwy. 12 to the Timber Falls Motel, as Ben & Catherine rendezvous in Rm. 102 of the same motel (rm. number seen in photos in Episode 6). Josie is outside in a car ca r taking photos of Ben B en & Catherine. Catherine is eager to set fire to the Mill. ItL plays in the b.g. in Ben & Catherine’s rm.: Montana talks about dodging blow darts in the Amazon. Hawk says the One-Armed Man’s last name is Gerard & he’s in Rm. 101. Andy drops his gun as they prepare to burst in, alerting Ben to their presence. Catherine finds a OEJ chip that Ben drops on his way to the bath. Coop & Truman burst into Gerard’s rm. [Act 2] Gerard looks @ the Bob sketch & denies knowing him (he adds, “But you know something, he kinda looks like someone, don’t he?”). He says his best friend is Bob Lydecker. Coop asks why he’s been @ the hospital “the past 2 days” (this is odd since he was actually seen there 3 & 4 days ago). Gerard says Lydecker is in a coma; Harry confirms that a Lydecker was assaulted outside a bar in Lowtown 3 days ago. (Again, note that this doesn’t explain Gerard’s presence @ the hospital on Fri., 4 days ago). Coop asks if Bob is a doctor (it’s unclear why he asks this [in the script, Coop says Bob was a dr. in his dream!]). Gerard says Bob is a vet. Coop notes Gerard’s middle name is Michael (after his uncle, says Gerard). Gerard says he lost his arm in a car accident from Memphis to someplace, on the rd. selling pharmaceuticals. These days, he sells shoes. The arm he lost had a “Mom” tattoo. 1pm. In PMG’s motel rm. Coop makes note of the fact that Lydecker works above a convenience store (this is not technically accurate, as seen in the episode). Hawk shows Harry where Josie’s car was staked out. Ed & Sparky come into the house to fix Nadine’s rowing machine , & are stumped how she bent it. Nadine is rummaging in the garage; Sparky plays lookout while while Ed tries to call Norma, but Nadine comes in (Ed, covering, says to tell Mrs. Milford [!] not to drive dri ve without w ithout an extra set of lug nuts. Nadine has h as brought a tray w/ breakfast & the sports section. She’s excited: she found a great patent attorney in Fairvale. Audrey approaches Donna in the H.S. bathroom: she wants Cooper to take her away, & so plans to seduce him by solving Laura’s murder. She enlists Donna’s help: Audrey suspects Laura was seeing James (Donna’s reaction confirms it) & she had a sweet tooth for nose candy. Audrey tells Donna she overheard Jacoby preparing Johnny for the funeral — he told Johnny Laura — he was his patient (note: seemingly, Audrey spied on Jacoby & Joh nny at another point before what was shown in Episode 3). Donna is surprised. Audrey then implies that Laura may have been working @ OEJ. Donna agrees to help as long as whatever they find out stays secret b/w them. Audrey notes that Laura & Ronette both worked @ the perfume counter @ Horne’s. Norma attends Hank’s parole hearing; the board promises a decision by 5pm. Coop & co. pull up to One Stop, a convenience store; adjacent (slightly raised from the ground, but not above) is the Lydecker Clinic. Coop sends Andy to ▪
o
o
o
o o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
buy twine. Coop & Harry go into the clinic & confiscate their patient files. Andy enters w/ Finley’s Fine Twine. [Act 3] Bobby makes out w/ Shelly @ the Johnson home during her break (she has to be back in ½ an hr.). She says Leo is w/ his creepy friend, that Canuck Jacques who works @ the Roadhouse. Bobby Bob by feigns surprise; he says he’s been onto this for awhile & he believes Leo & Jacques are running coke across the border & giving it to H.S. kids, possibly even Laura. Shelly shows him the bloody shirt (which she knows is Leo’s because she sewed his initials into it). Bobby he’s going to do something with the shirt & Leo won’t be a problem anymore. @ the sheriff’s station, Harry assigns Lucy to look through the Lydecker files for birds. The 4 cops go to the gun range; Coop vocalizes Andy’s issues w/ Lucy. Coop alludes to a woman who helped him understand “commitment, the responsibilities & the risks, who taught [him] the pain of a broken heart.” Hawk recites a poem he wrote for his girlfriend, Diane Shapiro, PhD. Brandeis: “ Lucy calls: the files are alphabetical by pet name. 3pm. Cooper is “just back” from Lydecker Clinic. Cooper discusses several things that he should not yet have knowledge about, per the series timeline: Waldo, the OEJ chip, & the fact that Jacques Renault Re nault works @ OEJ. 4:55pm (Double R wall clock). Shelly storms into the Double R upset about Leo. (This scene is the 1st appearance of the “Say No to Ghostwood” signs.) Norma comforts Shelly & promises her a Day of Beauty tomorrow. James comes in & calls Donna from the payphone (@ the Hayward house, Will is panicked trying to cook for a church potluck). Jam es agrees to come over, only after Donna tells him Audrey told her some things & Sarah saw something. James meets Maddy who is picking up food for her aunt & uncle (Sarah can’t cook right now & Leland is up half the nt. listening to old music & crying). Maddy says she lives in Missoula, and she & Laura hadn’t seen each other much recently. She says her family used to visit Twin Peaks when she was a kid, & she & Laura would d pretend they were sisters; she wishes she’d known Laura better. Norma gets the call: Hank is paroled. [Act 4] Ben is on the phone w/ Jerry, who is shepherding the Icelandic investors to Wa.; Ben has the plane gassed up in Seattle. (Ben has an unframed photo of Laura &Audrey on his desk.) Audrey comes in; she wants to get involved in the family business (i.e., cosmetics @ the Dept. Store). Ben agrees, then shoos her out when he gets a call from Leo: Ben says to meet by the river in a ½ hr. Night. @ the sheriff station, the guys tediously sort the Lydecker files. Gordon calls: Albert is faxing the plastic object reconstruction, and the bites were a mynah or a parrot. Harry recognizes the plastic object as a OEJ poker chip; Andy finds that Jacques has a mynah named Waldo. Coop (repeating his line from the Pilot “closed ending” ): “Gentlemen, when two separate events occur simultaneously pertaining to the same object of inquiry, we must always pay strict attention.” Night. Coop & co. bust into Jacques’s apt. where Bobby is planting Leo’s shirt. Bobby bolts & Hawk loses him (they don’t know who it was) . Coop finds the shirt & makes the connection to Leo.
Ben meets Leo; he says Hank recommended Leo to Ben. Leo reveals that he killed Bernie, & has the corpse with him. Jacques is staying in Canada after a “long talk” w/ Leo. Ben hands over cash for the Mill arson (the rest on delivery), & tells Leo to do it in 3 nights. Donna & James dig for the heart necklace in the woods & find it gone. James o asks how Sarah could know; Donna says Laura used to say her mom was “kind of spooky. She used to see things. She’d have these dreams. Laura did too.” An owl hoots and scares them. 11:19pm. In Jacques’s apt. Coop suspects that Jacques & Leo are two of the men o Laura had sex with, but has a hunch the blood on Leo’s shirt isn’t Laura’s. Truman calls Josie from Jacques’s, saying he can’t get away. He asks if Josie o was @ Timber Falls Motel today; Pete comes in from fr om his shift & Josie ends the call. Pete asks Josie to join him (the defending champion) in the Fishing Association’s new mixed doubles division; she agrees. 10:02pm (wall clock). Pete goes to bed; Josie J osie opens a letter containing a sketch o of Hank’s domino. 10:05pm (clock). Hank calls Josie from jail & says, “Catch ya later.” o ~Late Feb. 1989 —Windom Earle engineers his escape & retreats to a hideout he’d previously established in the abandoned Eastern State Penitentiary in Philadelphia (the nation’s oldest prison for the criminally insane). He then heads to Twin Peaks (Preston says Earle had been in Twin Peaks for more than a month before Norma convinced Annie to enter Miss Twin Peaks). 3/1989 — The The County Museum (owner Elsa Eisenbuch, curator Milford Mertz) has an exhibition of Robert Mapplethorpe photos. EPISODE 5 3/01/1989 — (Coop (Coop notes that Weds. was a school day when he was Audrey’s age , again confirming that the day of the wk. matches the date on the 1989 calendar). 3am. Jerry & the Icelandic investors arrive @ the Great Northern (Trudy to o Coop). o 4:28am. Coop (Great Expectations on his bedside) is awakened by singing Icelanders. He asks Diane to overnight two pairs of the Ear Pillow silicone earplugs he used on his last trip to NY. o At breakfast, the Icelanders continue singing in the Smoke Room as Coop — running late — blows blows Audrey off, not learning where her new job is. [The American Indian Movement convention is @ the table behind Coop, per director Lesli Linka Glatter on the audio commentary.] ~9:35am (Ben’s watch). Jerry rendezvouses w/ Ben; there’s a gala reception o tonight for the Icelanders, as well as potentially a trip to OEJ. Leland shows up crying. Lucy is out sick (Episode 6 — Coop Coop to Lucy, he heard she was out sick o “yesterday” ). o Jacq ues was The cops continue investigating Jacques’s apt. Truman tells Coop Jacques a Canadian nat’l & worked the lumber fields this side of the border until he put on a little excess tonnage a couple of seasons ago & started bartending @ the Roadhouse. Will says the blood on Leo’s shirt is AB negative—not negative—not Laura’s. Coop surmises it’s Jacques’s— and this is borne out when Will calls for o
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
in the lighting fixture; it has Jacques’s blood type. Coop finds a Flesh World in an envelope (w/ Ronette’s P.O. box no. & a photo of a bearded Ga. man in lingerie). Coop notes a photo of Leo’s truck (different from the Pilot) in the magazine. Bobby & Shelly fool around;. Andy comes by & Shelly says Leo & Jacques were arguing about Laura before Leo left. Leo calls; Shelly says no one was looking for him & he should come home. (The Johnson wall clock appears to read ~2:45, probably incorrect; it reads the same during the later night scene in the Johnson house, perhaps indicating the clock had stopped.) Norma comes to the Gas Farm to tell Ed Hank got parole (Ed says Nadine is seeing a patent attorney in Fairvale & won’t be back for a couple of hrs.) . Ed is hesitant to leave Nadine because she’s not well; Norma tells him not to call her for awhile. [Act 2] Audrey extorts Emory Battis into giving her a job @ the perfume counter. James & Donna meet @ the gazebo; James confesses that his father didn’t die — he he was a musician & they were living on the west coast when his dad ran out on them. He tells Donna it is true that his mom was out of town this wk. m en. She is a writer: she …she’s an alcoholic & shacks up in hotels & picks up men. “was” really good, writing poems & short stories. They agree to keep no secrets & to find out what happened to Laura (“She’s out there wandering like a restless spirit”). Hawk brings the letters he retrieved from Jacques’s P.O. box: some are addressed to a different ad number. Coop Coo p finds it in the magazine: he assumes the picture is Laura, & sees red drapes matching the cabin photo in Jacques’s cabinet. Hawk says Bernie mentioned a place up near the state line. @ the Double R, James introduces Donna to Maddy: Maddy agrees to help find the secret hiding place Laura had told Donna about. Hank is listening from the next booth. Norma & Shelly come in from their day of beauty; Hank surprises Norma & she puts him to work washing dishes. Shelly watches ItL in the kitchen. ItL: Episode-ending cliffhanger: Montana knocks Chet to the floor & laughs. [Act 3] The Briggses attend family therapy w/ Jacoby. Bobby’s attendance @ school is erratic @ best. Jacoby asks to see Bobby alone; he reveals that he knows Bobby cried the 1st time he & Laura made love, & Laura laughed @ him. Bobby says Laura told him that she wanted to die. Jacoby asks if she told him there was no goodness in the world; Bobby says she told him people try to be good, but they’re really sick & rotten, her most o f all, and every time she tried to make the world a better place, something terrible came up inside her & pulled her back into hell, deeper & deeper into the blackest nightmare, & every time it got harder to go back up to the light. Bobby agrees with Jacoby that Laura was harboring an awful secret that made her want to die, & that caused her to find people’s weaknesses & prey on them, tempt them, break them down, make them do terrible degrading things — that that she wanted to ▪
o
corrupt people because that’s how she felt about herself. Bobby cries: “She wanted so much. She made me sell drugs so she could have ’em.” o A crow watches as Coop, Hawk Harry & Will trek through the woods. o 2:32pm (Margaret’s clock). They come upon Margaret’s cabin; she says they’re 2 days late. She says the owls won’t see them in here . “Shut your eyes and you’ll burst into flames.” She says her husband was a logging man who met the devil: “Fire is the devil hiding like a coward in the smoke.” Will knows that it was the day after the wedding; Hawk says, “The wood holds many spirits. Doesn’t it, Margaret. ? Coop asks the log what it saw the nt. Laura died: “Dark. Laughing. The owls were flying. Many things were blocked. Laughing. Two men, two girls. Flashlights pass by in the woods over the ridge. The owls were near. The dark was pressing in on her. Quiet then. Later, footsteps. One man passed by. Screams far away. Terrible, terrible. One voice. … Girl. Further up, over the ridge. The owls were silent.” 4pm (clock in Jacques’s cabin). Coop & co. move on & find Jacques’s cabin o (the crow still watching them). They find a camera w/ film in it, Waldo, twine, a blood stain, & the broken poker chip (in a cuckoo clock containing several chips). o 5pm. Cooper records a tape deep in the woods near the Pearl Lakes. He says the Log Lady directed them to Renault’s cabin further up the ridge (this is not clear in the episode). He lists the evidence they found in the cabin, & signs off oddly: “Diane, it’s Agent Cooper here. A believer believ er in facts.” [Act 4] Night. Josie waits in Ben’s office as the gala for the Icelanders goes on o in the Timber Rm. (This is seemingly a continuity error resulting from a piece of this scene being moved up in the cut: Ben & Catherine later go in the office & Josie isn’t there.) o Pete & Catherine attend the gala (Catherine drinks heavily). Briggs talks to a disinterested Einar about Icelandic folklore. Catherine confronts Ben about the OEJ chip; in his office, she says she called Ben five times this afternoon. She mocks his earlier promises to drive the mill into into the ground and leave his wife & marry Catherine; they discuss burning the mill as Audrey watches in secret. (Ben says they’ll give Josie one last chance to sell tomorrow.) Maddy calls Donna: she checked Laura’s bed post (where Laura used to hide o cigarettes) & found a cassette tape (which Maddy has in a shoebox); they’ll meet tomorrow. Ben meets w/ Josie in his office: she found the other ledger in Catherine’s o drawer where Ben told her. They’ll proceed tomorrow nt., says Ben. Leo pulls up in his truck (odd, since earlier Shelly said he left in his Corvette o & the truck was seen outside the house — presumably presumably he came back somewhere in between). He loads gas tanks into the truck; Hank sneaks up & beats him up for opening his own store. Leo stumbles inside & hits Shelly when she doesn’t immediately get him a beer. She shoot s him & he flees. 3/02/1989 — o 1am (“2 hrs. ago”). Coop returns to his room. Audrey is naked in the bed; she begs him not to make her leave. EPISODE 6 •
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Cooper goes to get fries & malted. Audrey says she can’t tell him all her secrets; he says secrets are dangerous thing & that he doesn’t have any. They talk for over an hr. 3am. Coop recounts the “disrobed” Audrey experience to Diane (notably, he mentions that Diane is a member of the Bureau, something never specified on the original series). Morning. Sheriff’s station. Lucy gets a call from Dr. Stanicek confirming the worst. Coop enters (playing the 1st three notes of the Close Encounters of the Third Kind note sequence on his whistle). Harry & Will try to get Waldo back to health so he’ll talk. Coop sets up his tape recorder on sound-activated mode in case Waldo speaks. He says forensics confirmed 3 guests in Jacques’s cabin: Laura, Ronette & Leo. The only exposed photo was Waldo on Laura’s shoulder. Albert confirmed the poker chip is a match for the fragment from Laura’s sto mach. Hawk says Jacques is dealing in the OEJ casino: Coop proposes a Bookhouse Boys excursion. (Note that the hospital paperwork attached to the OEJ chip has a “date admitted” of 9/01/1989 , presumably a prop error.) 1pm. (Typewriter sounds in the b.g.) Coop asks Diane D iane to run a check on Josie. Coop is fond of Harry & is troubled that he may be in over his head. He deduces that Lucy is pregnant. Leo in the cabin of his truck spies on his house & screws a lightbulb into a piece of metal, places a rag/towel over it & smashes it w/ the handle of a screwdriver. The towel either catches fire or he sets it on fire, then he shakes it out. (He might be testing ideas for his arson device.) He hears Bobby pull up. Bobby visits Shelly. She says she called his house but Garland answered. She is hysterical after shooting Leo. Bobby promises to take care of Leo…and James. Leo is watching from his truck w/ a sniper rifle, but hears Lucy talking about Waldo on his police band radio & takes off. James, Donna & Maddy listen to Laura’s tape in the Hayward home. (The date of the tape isn’t revealed; James implies that Jacoby returned the tapes to Laura after listening to them.) On the tape, Laura says she knows Jacoby likes her, but that will be her little secret, like his coconut. James shuts it off when Laura talks about making men like her. Maddy finds an empty case for 2/23 in the shoebox — Jacoby Jacoby did not return the most recent tape. (It’s unclear if the implication is that Laura hid multiple tapes or the entire shoebox in the bedpost!) James comes up with a plan to steal the tape from Jacoby’s office. [Act 2] Audrey & Jenny work @ the perfume perfum e counter; Battis asks Jenny to go to his office in 5 minutes. Audrey sneaks into Battis’s office in advance & hides in the closet. Battis says Jenny did a good job & asks ask s if she had fun @ the club last wk. “They’d” like her to continue. After they leave, Audrey looks @ Battis’s little black book & sees Ronette’s name. (Note: The dates in the book seem to indicate that at this point, the timeline is being retconned to 1990, the year that the show was airing. For the rest of the original series, the show will be inconsistent — sometimes sticking diligently to the timeline set in motion by — sometimes the Pilot, sometimes featuring 1990 dates. The dates in Battis’s bo ok are listed below in this timeline, under 1990. It is worth noting that the notebook says
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Jenny was @ OEJ on 2/25/1990, which is consistent with the month-and-date of the Pilot timeline, if not the yr.) ~2:37pm (Double R clock). @ the Double R, Hank cons Shelly into giving him Ed’s name. Coop & Harry stop in to remind Hank to see his parole officer every Fri. Nadine watches ItL (Chet shoots Montana) & mopes about the patent attny. rejecting her, Ed comforts her. Harry visits Josie; she’s late for the Mill. He asks what she was doing @ the Timber Falls Motel Tues. She shows him her photos p hotos — she she says she was getting proof like Harry asked for, & says she heard Catherine saying something on the phone about a fire @ the Mill. [Act 3] ~6:25pm (Audrey’s watch). Coop, Ed & Harry meet @ the Great Northern for their trip to OEJ. Ed says he went to Reno once but never felt too lucky. Coop has $10K in Bureau money (he says he likes to bring back a 10-15% return; he gives Ed $300 to start). Harry tells Coop about Josie’s fears (he says Ben & Catherine’s tryst has been going on for yrs., but Josie just found out). Harry believes Josie; Coop says that’s enough for him, they’ ll look into it. Audrey just misses them & leaves “another message” for Coop. Audrey, spying outside Ben’s office, office, hears Johnny howling while Jacoby & Sylvia struggle with him. Audrey enters & pulls Sylvia off, telling her Sylvia never loved Johnny and that’s why he’s like this. Sylvia says, “You little bitch,” then ou t; Jacoby says it’s Audrey’s fault , telling the Thanksgiving story. Audrey runs out; tells Sylvia Johnny’s condition isn’t from a fall: his faculties are completely intact. He’s chosen to be a chi ld to escape some early emotional trauma. If they can unearth his secret, maybe they can bring Johnny Joh nny back. (Note: by 9/06/2017, per Preston, Johnny has apparently been diagnosed w/ severe autism.) Insurance man Neff meets w/ Catherine & apologizes for doing it this late — her life insurance policy takes effect @ midnight, so it couldn’t wait. (The policy does actually say it will be executed on the 3 of March, 19__ [the yr. isn’t filled in] — good good prop work!) Josie is the beneficiary. Neff explains that Ben offered to collect Catherine’s signature; Neff, thinking this a bi t odd, intentionally withheld a page. Catherine finds the secret ledger gone. Audrey slips a note under Coop’s door on her way out, and sees Tojamura’s assistant being checked in to Rm. 312 (implying that Catherine at this point has already set her plans in motion to fake her death!). Leo sniper shoots Waldo through the sheriff station window. Coop, Ed & Hawk — getting getting costumed & wired for the OEJ trip — and and Harry, Andy & Lucy dash in. Coop rewinds the tape: after saying Laura’s name, Waldo says, “Don’t go there,” “Hurting me,” “Stop it,” “Leo, no.” Coop recounts Waldo’s demise to Diane. [Act 4] Coop & Ed, as “Barney” & “Fred ,” meet Blackie. They head to the casino. Hawk listens from a van. Maddy sneaks out as Leland lurks in the shadows. Donna drives Maddy to Easter Park, where she (in a blonde b londe wig) & Donna join James. An annoyed, ice cream-chomping Ben kicks the rowdy Icelanders out of his office. Jerry raves about how much they loved the trees on the tour of the site.
o o
o
o
o
Ben wants them to sign; Jerry has let slip about OEJ & now they want a signing party there. Jerry herds everyone back into the van. Ben, alone, calls Josie (who is with Hank). Josie just came back; Catherine’s gone. Ben says it’s set for tonight & they need Catherine at the Mill. Josie says she’ll get her there & tells Ben not to call for awhile; he says he knows the drill. Audrey, as “Hester Prynne ,” meets Blackie & gets the job. Ed loses all the money Coop gave him @ craps (Coop says they’ll take it out of his winnings); Jacques comes out to deal blackjack. 9pm. Coop speaks to Diane, referring to Blackie as a “spider woman.” He admits to a strong attraction to the vice of gambling. He says his techniques of concentration have never failed to yield a 10% profit. He says this will cover Big Ed’s losses @ what Coop suspects is a loaded roulette table. “Roulette, Diane, D iane, is a sucker’s game.” (This contradicts the episode, where Ed loses at craps, not roulette.) He says the receipts & paperwork will be returned after a full accounting of losses/gains (rather odd since this is an off-the-books off-the-boo ks Bookhouse Boys venture). “As is usual,” any profits will be forwarded to some worthy charity. Coop spots a “large fleshy dirigible-shaped card dealer” taking his seat: Jacques. (This doesn’t quite gel with the events of the episode — when when Jacques sits down, Coop is not speaking to Diane. Furthermore, in the episode, Coop already knows — rather rather than merely suspects — that that Ed lost.) Jacoby watches ItL (Montana tries to seduce Jade). He gets a call from Maddy posing as Laura; they’ve left him a videotape of “Laura” holding today’s newspaper (the Valley Register? [second word partially obscured by Maddy’s hand]). She says to meet her @ Sparkwood & 21 in 10 minutes; however, Jacoby notes the gazebo in the video. James Ja mes & Donna drive off as Bobby lurks, watching Maddy; someone else watches from further back (Leland). Donna & James sneak into Jacoby’s . Bobby hides coke in James’s gas tank.
EPISODE 7 o o
o o
o
o
o o
James & Donna find Laura’s tape & the necklace in Jacoby’ s coconut. Jacoby lurks in Easter Park, watching “Laura” by the gazebo. Leland (in a ski mask & gloves) beats Jacoby up; Jacoby has a heart attack. James & Donna return, Donna drives off w/ Maddy. Coop slides Jacques the chip Laura La ura bit & says he’s a friend of Leo’s. Audrey, all dressed for work, is presented to Blackie. Audrey spots Coop on the surveillance monitor; she picks the Queen of Diamonds as her symbol. She’s told to wait in her room until she hears the bell. As Hawk & Ed listen remotely, Coop tells Jacques he’s the bank: Leo financed the buy w/ Coop’s money & the Renaults muled the drugs across the border (Jacques oddly denies knowing who sold the drugs stateside: “some high school kid, that’s all I know”— despite him knowing Bobby in FWWM). Coop says he has a job for Jacques, no middle man: $5K now, $5K on completion. He says to meet @ the water processing plant pla nt on Black Lake in 2 hrs. 11pm. Coop is leaving OEJ. He talks to Diane about something “dark & primitive in these ancient woods.” [Act 2] A bored Audrey waits for the boss b oss to show in her room. room . Shelly washes her hair; Leo sneaks in & kid naps her.
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
@ the water processing plant, the cops surround Jacques. He b eats up Deputy Fred & grabs his gun; Andy shoots Jacques. (Coop is said to be 10 minutes away.) @ the Hayward house, Will gets a call about an emergency @ the hospital (presumably Jacoby and/or Jacques). Donna, James & Maddy listen to the line Laura’s tape (a rerecorded version from that heard in Episode 2 — the about getting lost in the woods is gone, & there’s more @ the end.) She implies that her “mystery man” (Leo) would kill Jacoby if she told Jacoby his name, & says she thinks he has tried to kill her a few times but she got off on it: “Isn’t sex weird?” She says he can really light her fire & mentions his red Corvette. James believes Jacoby was trying to help Laura & didn’t kill her, but Donna wonders how he got the necklace. Leo ties Shelly up in Drying Shed 3 @ the Mill & sets the explosion timer. He says Shelly has “about one hr.” to think about what she did. Nadine swallows a lot of pills. Josie pays Hank $90K as agreed for killing Andrew; Hank ominously pontificates upon the value of time, & agrees w/ Josie that they had a deal — — and still do. She wants a lot for her $, he wants a lot for his time. He shares a saying from the joint: once you’re in business w/ someone, you’re in business for life, like a marriage. He cuts c uts their thumbs & forms a blood bond. b ond. [Act 3] Catherine @ the Mill searches desperately for the ledger; she & Pete reconcile and she enlists his help. Lucy hears about Andy’s bravery & they nearly reconcile; r econcile; she tells Andy she’s pregnant & he becomes sullen. Bobby B obby calls, pretending to be Leo, & tells Lucy the sheriff should check James out: “he’s an easy rider.” @ the hospital, Jacques tells Coop & Harry that Laura talked Ronette into the Flesh World shoot. He says on the nt. Laura died Leo hit him with a bottle (he doesn’t know why), they fought, he used Leo’s shirt to stop the bleeding— he got sick, went outside, & passed out. (Note that this doesn’t gel w/ FW WM, where Leland hits him w/ the bottle as he steps out the door. Even if he thinks it was Leo [he didn’t see Leland] and his memory was fuzzy due to the head wound, it’s unclear how Jacques’s blood got on Leo’s shirt.) Jacques says he had to walk 15 mi. back to his house. Coop believes Jacques is too stupid to lie & believes Leo killed Laura. Will tells them Jacoby says he got a phone call from Laura & saw her by the gazebo. Hank (now @ the Double R) anonymously calls Catherine & lets her know that what she’s looking for is in Drying Shed 3 near the North Gate of the Mill. She asks what he wants & he says they’ll let her know. She brings a gun. ~11:47pm (Double R clock). Hank tells an encouraging Norma that he has b ig dreams of his future w/ her & the diner. di ner. Ed comes home, finds Nadine unconscious & calls 911. (~4:17am, per the t hey Hurleys’ wall clock . Note: Assuming the scenes are in sequential order, as they generally seem to be on the original series, this time is inconsistent w/ the Double R clock in the prior scene, which probably makes more sense for the timeline — i.e., i.e., Leo kidnaps Shelly @ an hr. when whe n she is still up & washing her hair, & only approx. 1 hr. goes by from Leo setting the timer to the fire. On
the other hand,, note that Coop later gets home @ 4:37am — and and apparently hasn’t heard of the Mill fire .) o [Act 4] Coop & Harry arrive @ the sheriff’s station; Lucy hands Coop the she says he called 10 minutes ago & she heard the message from “Leo”— she Easter Park clock striking. Coop tells Hawk to pull surveillance off Leo’s house & send them to Easter Park. Leland asks Harry if it’s true they arrested a suspect; Will tells Leland to go home (as Will is doing). James Jam es arrives w/ the tape; Coop has Harry check James’s motorcycle & he finds the coke. Coop sees the tape is addressed to Jacoby & immediately suspects James was involved in Jacoby seeing Laura by the gazebo. flirting with a OEJ girl. o Jerry plays roulette, philosophizing to Heba while flirting o Ben & Einar review the contract & sign @ OEJ. (Note that the contract is dated March 1990 [day left blank], continuing the retcon of the series to 1990 that began in Episode 6.) Hank calls & says (in so many words) that he’s about to kill Leo; Ben says to proceed. o Jerry & Heba argue about a woman who knew the name of his boat. Bobby looks for Shelly @ the Johnsons’; Leo tries to kill Bobby with an ax. o Hank shoots Leo from outside (Bobby (Bobb y sees Hank), & Leo sits blankly watching ItL (presumably taped from earlier). ItL: A disheveled Jared comforts Chet; Jared shoots s hoots Montana dead. Catherine finds Shelly, the fire starts. Catherine frees She lly. o 3/03/1989 — o sa ys James “Past midnight.” Calhoun: Coop briefs Diane on Jacques & Jacoby. He says was arrested for coke in his gas tank. ta nk. (Note that this doesn’t gel with the episode: James isn’t arrested until after Coop leaves Calhoun.) o Leland sets off a fire alarm in the hospital & smothers Jacques to death (Fri. morning 3/03 per Harry to Leland, Episode 11). (On the Diane… tape, Cooper says Leo checks in to Calhoun @ 5am, & Jacques “checks out” a short time later.) o Pete responds to the Mill fire, sees Catherine’s car, & goes inside. Ben & Einar finish signing; Einar goes off to gamble. Ben asks Blackie for a o look @ the new girl. He walks into Audrey’s rm. (as the hunchback finishes sewing her card on & scurries out). 4:37am. Coop returns to his rm. He received rece ived his earplugs from Diane today & o may employ them as a precautionary measure. He gets Audrey’s note (“My Special Agent”), but is interrupted inter rupted by a phone call before he opens it. [Although he appears to respond to the caller, asking if it can wait until morning, we don’t hear anything on the other end until after he’s interrupted by a knock on the door ; Mark Frost read the caller’s replies on set: “Agent Cooper. I need to speak to you,” in the e pisode itself, it’s unclear if and, “Meet me downstairs in 20 minutes”— in anyone is actually saying anything on the other end.] After Coop puts down the phone to answer the door, Andy frantically identifies himself & says they found Leo shot. Coop opens the door & Josie shoots him three times. o Briggs’s deep space monitoring equipment prints out, “The owls are not what they seem.” Later in the morning , the printout reads: “Cooper Cooper ▪
•
Cooper.” (Episode 9: Briggs to Coop, “Thurs. night . Fri. morning to be exact”—Coop: “around the time I was shot”) In the dossier, Briggs oddly says this message was received “one night soon afterward”—it’s unclear what the preceding event he’s referring to is . The prior paragraph talks about he & Coop forming a friendship through the ordeal of Laura’s murder and Leland’s suicide and its aftermath; assuming that he means the transmission came through after Leland’s suicide, which seems like the most grammatical interpretation, this clea c learly doesn’t gibe w/ the show. Briggs also notably only mentions the “Cooper…Cooper…Cooper” portion of the message in the dossier, not the “owls.” When Briggs, conflicted, consults Doug about revealing the message to Coop, Doug wholeheartedly agrees. He then tells Garland LPA is his responsibility alone now, until his new control arrives: Doug is retiring to spend his remaining time w/ Lana. EPISODE 8 (This episode firmly reinstates the 1989 setting, after a couple of props in Episodes 6 and 7 featured 1990 dates: Ronette’s hospital chart shows 2/24/1989 as her admittance date, & a 1988 date is stated for Teresa’s murder.) {Times in squiggly brackets are taken from the “One Line Continuity” o production document seen on the DVD/Blu Ray — this this document is based on the script, not the episode as shot/edited, so the sequence & content of some scenes does not precisely line up.} o {5am} The room service Waiter, then the Giant, visit Coop. The Giant tells Coop three things: “There’s a man in a smiling bag.” “The owls are not what they seem.” “W/o chemicals, he points.” He says this is all he’s permitted to say & takes Coop’s ring. He adds, “We want to help you,” & provides a bonus clue/riddle (“Leo locked inside hungry horse” ), also adding that there’s a clue @ Leo’s house. o Ben chases “Prudence” ( Audrey) around the Little Flower Room @ OEJ. Jerry taunts Blackie (she says Ben is holding out on her), then gives her a small amt. of heroin. Ben catches “Prudence,” but Jerry intercedes w/ a SNAG. o {6:45am} Coop records a message to Diane & realizes his ring is really gone. He has never been shot before. The cavalry arrives. 7:45am (Will to Coop). @ Calhoun, Lucy briefs Coop. Cyril Pons reports that o a “massive log storage area” of the Mill has burned to the ground. Shelly, in the hospital, cries for Bobby. Coop (w/ two broken ribs & torn cartilage) walks out w/ Harry & Lucy, sees Jacques in a body bag. o {9am} Ronette stirs restlessly, murmurs Laura’s name . 9:15am. Calhoun. Cooper synopsizes the wounded & missing for Diane & asks if o Diane has ever known any really rea lly tall men. o [Act 2] Sarah asks Maddy if she misses her mother Beth. Maddy is distracted & recounts a dream about the rug. Leland comes in, hair turned stark white, singing “Mairzy Dotes.” Maddy sees a stain spread across the carpet, then disappear; she screams. ▪
▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
In his office, Ben tells Jerry he wants a location on Catherine, & a complete medical on Leo’s prospects and an explanation from Hank why Leo isn’t dead. Leland arrives, singing “ Mairzy Dotes.” {9:30am} @ Leo’s house, Coop surmises that Leo was attacking someone w/ an ax — someone someone heavier than Shelly since their body mass moved the TV. Hawk finds Flesh World & & a duster reeking of gas in the truck. Albert & his crew arrive (he was working the Seattle lab & Gordon ordered him back); Andy runs into a plank, revealing new Circle Brand boots & coke. Maddy & Donna meet @ the Double R. Maddy gives Donna Laura’s sunglasses as requested. Maddy breaks her glasses. Norma gives Donna mail that came for her @ the diner (!): “Look into the Meals on Wheels.” Log Lady spits pitch gum. [Act 3] {1pm} Albert does forensics on Coop. And y provides the answer to the Coop & Albert Giant’s bonus riddle: Leo was in jail in Hungry Horse, Mt. — — Coop recognize this as the date Teresa was killed, giving Leo an alibi. PMG drops by — apparently apparently his 1st convenient moment — to sell some shoes. Harry listens — to to Laura’s tape & interrogates James. James insists Bobby & Mike must have put the 3 oz. of coke in his tank & Harry agrees. James believes Laura was talking about someone else, not Leo, when she mentioned Fire, & re counts the time she mentioned Bob. Coop enters & asks James for the necklace (“Sometimes ya just get lucky”). Hawk takes James back to his cell. Donna, trying to be Laura-like, visits James. [Act 4] Coop gives Andy & Lucy every issue of Flesh World publ. for the last 3 yrs. (Diane got them directly from the publisher) & a photo of Teresa Banks. {3pm} @ Calhoun, Jacoby (loopy after taking some of his food) is interviewed interviewed by Coop & Harry. Jacoby explains how he came to have the half-heart. He says when he saw Laura last she seemed to have reached a kind of peace which he now believes was a decision to allow a llow herself to be killed. He recalls smelling scorched engine oil when Jacques was murdered. {2:30pm} Bobby visits Shelly; they profess their love for the 1st time. Coop, Harry & Albert spot Bobby; Coop talks to Ed about his marriage. Hawk brings James by to see Ed, then returns him to jail. Coop sees the Smiling Bag. A doctor tells the nurse to speak to the kitchen. Pete sniffs the hospital food & gags. Coop tells Harry once Albert checks in @ the Great Northern, he’s ready to lay it all out. Norma leaves Shelly, promising prom ising to return w/ chocolate PB pie; she sees Ed by Nadine’s side. [Act 5] Bobby runs into Garland @ the Double R. Garland shares … “A vision I had in my sleep last night. As distinguished from a dream, which is mere sorting and cataloguing of the day's events by the subconscious. This was a vision. Fresh and clear as a mountain m ountain stream. The mind revealing itself to itself. itself. In my vision, I was on the veranda of a vast estate, a palazzo of some fantastic proportion. There seemed to emanate from it a light from within this gleaming, radiant marble. I'd known this place. I had, in fact, been born and raised there. This was my first return. A reunion with the deepest well springs of my being. Wandering about, I noticed happily that the house had been ▪
o
o
o
o
o
o o
immaculately maintained. There had been added a number of additional rooms, but in a way that blended so seamlessly with the original construction, one would never detect any difference. Returning to the house's grand foyer, there came a knock at the door. My son was standing there. He was happy and carefree. Clearly living a life of deep harmony and joy. We embraced. A warm and loving embrace, nothing withheld. We were, in this moment, one. My vision ended and I awoke with a tremendous feeling of optimism and confidence in you and a nd your future. That was my vision of you. […] I'm so glad to have had this opportunity to share it with you. I wish you nothing but the very best in all things.” ~3:28pm (Double R wall clock). Norma enters, tearful, & doesn’t want to talk to Hank. Coop & Albert, in the conference rm., recount everything eve rything they know about the murders to date. They believe Laura’s appointment w/ James (“J”) was pre arranged & her one phone call was from Leo (contrary to what we see in FWWM — James James called & Leo was prearranged. Presumably, the “J” actually referred to Jacques.). Jacques.). They now believe Leo hiked hiked down to his Corvette, leaving the girls behind; Hawk found evidence of a 3rd man outside the cabin window. They believe this man took the girls to the train car, tying Laura up for the 2nd time & Ronette for the 1 st (all the twine evidence stated in the series contradicts FWWM, where Ronette is indeed tied up @ the cabin along w/ Laura). The first reference in the actual series is made to the “T” under Teresa’s fingernail (it was previously mentioned in the script for Episode 2 and cut, although “T” is still seen written on Coop’s chalkboard during the rock-throwing scene). The blood on the “FWWM” note is the rare type AB negative — it it doesn’t belong to Laura, Ronette, Leo L eo or Jacques ( this contradicts the AB negative blood on Leo’s shirt being a match for Jacques in Episode 5). Hawk is now said to have found the bloody towel 5 mi. from the train car (contradicting the ½ mi. in Episode 2); the blood type typ e is also AB-. He also found scraps of faded paper near the towel. The scraps will be sent to D.C. for testing. Andy tells off Albert. Coops lays out the events of the nt. of Laura’s murder for Diane (mostly a rerecording of the same dialogue from the Episode 8 “donut pan”). Add’l info: He says the third man was heard passing by the t he Log Lady’s (curiously, in this version, he doesn’t mention Hawk finding evidence of the third man outside Jacques’s cabin). He says the “process” of killing Laura took over an a n hr. [Act 6] Dusk. Harry drops Pete home. Pete finds a letter from Josie: she headed to Seattle on an “emergency of business.” Pete says she does this every 3 mos. or so & returns w/ half a department store. Jonathan calls asking for Josie; when Harry asks who’s calling, Jonathan hangs up & calls Hong Kong. Ben & Jerry find Hank waiting in Ben’s office. Josie has taken a prearranged trip to put distance b/w herself & the fire. Audrey is escorted to be scolded by Blackie about disappointing the owner.. [Act 7] Night. Donna calls Norma about taking over Laura’s Meals on Wheels route; she’ll be by @ 9 tomorrow. The Palmers join the Haywards for the
o
o o
o
Hayward Supper Club: Harriet recites a poem about Laura. Ge rsten (wearing her fairy princess dress for the upcoming school play — and and having gotten the best grades in math & English “this midseason term” like her sisters before her) plays Mendelssohn’s Rondo Capriccioso, Op. 14. Will probes Leland on the fire conveniently opening the Mill land to Ben’s development plans & comments on Leland’s hair. Leland says seeing the hair felt like he’d turned a corner, as if a great weight was lifted from his heart. He sings “Get Happy” & passes out. When Will revives him, Leland says he feels so happy & yells, “Begin the Beguine!” 11:55pm. Coop goes to bed, dog tired after “a 3 -day jag” ( he was kept up the prior 3 nts. by the singing Icelanders, Audrey in his bed, & the shooting, respectively). He believes the Giant was a delusion/dream. del usion/dream. Audrey prays to Coop; her note is under his bed, forgotten. The Giant appears to Coop & he realizes he's not dreaming. Giant: “Don’t search for all the clues @ once. A path is laid one stone @ a time.” The Giant says three saw the 3rd man, but not his body; one known to Coop, ready to talk, saw him. He adds that Coop forgot something something & seems to send a ball of golden light into him. Coop lies back down. @ Calhoun Ronette’s arms raise as if something is lifting them. She has a vision of the train car on that nt. & wakes up, yelling Laura’s name. More visions: Bob on the floor building the mound by Laura’s corpse. Bob running through a doorway, his teeth clamping shut very close to our POV. Laura screaming, Bob beating her with the hammer. Laura dead, Bob above her howling madly. (Note: Ronette seeing Laura dead seems to contradict the version of events we see in FWWM, unless this is more vision/imagining than memory.)
EPISODE 9 3/04/1989 — o Coop tells Albert about the Happy Generations over breakfast. (A barbershop quartet smokes & warms up behind them.) Coop Coo p tells Albert Ronette is awake but silent. They discuss Albert’s findings on Jacques’s murder & the mill fire. Coop wants a statement from Shelly. Albert reveals part of the reason he’s here: Windom Earle. Coop says, “Agent Earle? He’s retired.” Albert: “Yeah, to a nice comfy chair complete w/ wrist restraints @ the local laughing academy.” Coop: “What happened?” Albert: “Nobody knows. Your former partner flew the coop, Coop. He escaped, vanished into thin air.” Coop: “That’s not good.” Jonathan watches from another table. o Donna delivers Meals on Wheels to apt. 1 — Mrs. Mrs. Tremond. Her grandson says, “Sometimes things can happen just like this,” & snaps his fingers. Mrs. Tremond is very disturbed about receiving creamed corn that she did not request. Mrs. Tremond’s grandson is studying magic. He t eleports the creamed corn from the plate to his hand. Mrs. Tremond says she didn’t know Laura well. Donna says she will be back tomorrow to pick the tray up & bring lunch. Mrs. Tremond: “They used to bring me hospital food. Imagine that.” She suggests that Donna ask Mr. Smith next door: he was Laura’s friend. The •
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
grandson says, “J’ai une ame solitaire.” Donna leaves Mr. Smith (apt. 2) a note & catches him peering out @ her. @ Calhoun, Coop & Harry show Ronette a sketch of Leo; he’s not the man who hurt her. A sketch of Bob B ob causes her to flail wildly, trying to yell “train.” ,~10:02am (Ben’s watch). Ben & Jerry debate burning one of the ledgers (but not Jerry’s smoked cheese pig). Ben notes that Josie’s sale of the Mill & land requires Pete’s signature, since Andrew’s will requires Catherine or her heirs to approve of any sale. (Oddly, Ben toys with keeping the fake ledger showing s howing a healthy operation so they can get a better price for the Mill, seemingly implying that he plans to sell the Mill as an ongoing operation — when when his whole agenda throughout the series has been bee n to use the Mill land to build Ghostwood G hostwood Estates!) [Act 2] ~12:25pm (Garland’ s watch). The Double R. Andy puts up a “Have You Seen This Man?” poster of Bob. Log Lady enters; Norma gently reprimands her to use an ashtray for her pitch gum. The Log tells Garland to “Deliver the message.” A fly bugs Lucy. Andy tells her that when the Tacoma Sperm Bank was looking for donors, he applied & learned he’s sterile. Hank signs in for parole; Harry tells him to keep his nose clean for another wk. (This seems at odds with Harry telling Hank to check in w/ his parole officer — not not Harry — every every Fri.,in Episode 6. Not that this is a Sat.) Coop asks how long Harry & Hank were friends; Harry says they grew up together. Hank was a Bookhouse Boy & the best of them. ~5:43pm (Ben’s watch). Ben calls Harry: Audrey’s been missing for as long as 2 days. [Act 3] Jerry brings Ben Catherine’s unsigned insurance policy. They call Einar; Leland enters. Ben learns Leland told Einar about the fire. Ben assures Einar it in no way affects their plans. Leland sees the Bob poster. He says Bob lived next door to Leland’s grandfather’ s summer home on Pearl Lakes when Leland was just a little boy. He goes to tell Harry. Will tells Shelly Leo is suffering from oxygen deprivation & may never wake up. He says Norma is waiting to take Shelly home. Leo opens his eyes slightly after they leave. Someone calls the sheriff’s station refusing to give a name; Lucy refuses to transfer the call & eventually hangs up. Audrey interrupts Battis’s playtime to get some answers: he admits he recruited Laura & Ronette; Laura only worked one weekend @ OEJ, they threw her out for using drugs. Ben knew she was there, & she probably knew Ben was the owner. [Act 4] Night. Shelly & Bobby scheme in Garland’s Continental ; Bobby convinces Shelly to take Leo in so they can collect the $5K /mo. insurance money.
o
o
o
Garland visits Coop & explains that among his many confidential tasks is the maintenance of deep space monitors aimed @ galaxies far beyond our own. They routinely receive space garbage — radio radio waves & gibberish. He reveals the printout from around the time Coop was shot: “The owls are not what they seem,” then later in the morning: “Cooper Cooper Cooper .” James, Maddy & Donna sing “Just You.” Donna gets jealous. Maddy sees Bob. Harold Smith calls Donna. The Giant’s h and waves over a sleeping Coop (reused footage from Episode 8 —but presumably presumably meant meant to be “real,” “real,” since when Coop wakes up, he has his arm over his face to match this shot). Coop’s dream: Flashback to Ronette frantically flailing in her hospital bed. Bob walking toward the camera in blackness, out of focus (particularly his face, which seems featureless). Giant VO: “The owls are not what they seem.” Coop in PJs in his rm. (from the Briggs scene) w/ flare-like optical effects; bright white light, the picture phases to grainy B&W. Coop sleeping w/ bright light coming up (reused footage from Episode 8). Briggs VO: “The owls are not what they seem.” Back to grainy B&W Coop. POV looking up on the Giant (from Episode 8); electricity sounds & subtle optical flares. Bob from Sarah’s vision (Episode 1) crouching behind Laura’ s bed; an owl appears superimposed over his face. It blinks. Bob’s face partially comes back underneath. Sarah running down the stairs in slo-mo yelling for Laura (reused footage from Pilot, as altered for Coop’s Episode 2 dream). Bob walking toward camera comes into focus. Coop is awakened by a phone call: Audrey says she is in trouble. Blackie presses the receiver down; she & Battis were listening. ▪ ▪
▪
▪
▪ ▪
▪
▪
▪
o
EPISODE 10 3/05/1989 — Morning. Sarah calls the sheriff’s station to say Maddy has seen Bob 2ce the o past 2 days in visions. (The 2nd instance presumably refers to a scene in the Ep isode 8 script, where Donna & Maddy discuss Meals on Wheels, & Maddy sees Bob. This scene probably was not shot; the spirit of this scene was instead incorporated into the Sarah/Maddy scene, where Lynch added the unscripted moment where Maddy sees a stain move across the carpet.) Andy calls in sick because Lucy has a lunch date w/ Dick Tremayne. o Someone (presumably Bob) taints Ronette’s IV & places a “B” under her o fingernail; she pulls out her IV. 11:37am (wall clock). Doctors sedate a manic Ronette; Harry is on scene. Coop o & Albert arrive. Coop tells them about the Giant. o ~12:25pm/12:05pm/12:15pm/12:50pm (Harold’s watch— jumps around throughout the scene; presumably it was running while they were shooting). •
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Donna visits Harold (a former horticulturist). H e gives her a hybrid Lady’s Slipper for Laura’s grave. Albert presents his findings: the coke in James’s gas tank was a match to that World . No agency in Jacques’s car & Leo’s house. The “B” was cut from Flesh World from NASA to the DEA has a match for the Bob sketch. He’s off to the lab w/ fibers he hoovered from the corridor outside Coop’s rm. Hawk releases James. Lucy is trying find words w/ T, R & B on a Scrabble board. Dick Tremayne shows up for the lunch date. Leland shows up: he tells Harry he went to his grandfather’s summer summ er house every yr. when he was a boy. The Chalberts were his neighbors on one side; on the other side was a vacant lot, then a white house where he (Bob) lived. His name was Robertson. Coop realizes the letters are spelling “Robert” ; he sends Hawk to look into that house. Leland says Bob flicked matches @ him & asked if he wanted to play w/ fire. [Act 2] @ the Double R, Dick prattles; Lucy tells him she’s preggers. James & Maddy talk about Donna & hold hands; Donna arrives, tells them about Harold, tells them off & storms out. Blackie & Battis film Audrey & inject her w/ heroin — just as Ben got Blackie addicted, apparently. They plan to ransom her to Ben, & Blackie plans to use the money to buy Ben’s share of OEJ out. PMG shows up @ the sheriff station. Andy buys a pair of Circle Brand boots from PMG while he waits (Episode 11, Andy to Coop). PMG shows Harry a selection of shoes & becomes “disoriented.” He goes to the restroom to take his medication. Coop & Harry talk to Shelly, who refuses to cooperate; Coop smells insurance fraud & doesn’t think Shelly cooked it up on her own. PMG drops his needle, Mike takes over: “Bob? I know you’re near. I’m after you now.” [Act 3] (Another of Lesli Linka Glatter’s “convention s” is @ the Great Northern: a tuba player, drum player, & young cheerleaders.) Jonathan watches Coop @ the Great Northern. Coop confronts Ben & says Audrey called him last nt. Ben is unconcerned: Audrey has gone missing on a semi-regular basis. He calls Coop out on being attracted to Audrey. Jonathan follows Coop. (A book called Owls is on a coffee table in the lobby.) Jean Renault feeds Audrey candy. He & Blackie’s sister Nancy inject her w/ heroin. Blackie shows Battis surveillance video of Coop; Battis recognizes him from the town meeting. Blackie introduces Battis to t o Jean: he’s going to be their go-between w/ Ben, & in exchange he wants 30% & Coop (because “this business” cost him both his bros.). Blackie says that Nancy goes back north or this deal goes south, but Jean says Nancy stays. ~3:15pm (Coop’s watch). Pete calls Harry; Josie will be back tomorrow afternoon. Hawk says the county is running a title check on the “Robertson” house (as well as power & lights) — they won’t hear ’ til morning @ the earliest. Coop — they hears that PMG had been @ the station; he finds the syringe & connects it w/ the Giant’s clue. 4:15pm (wall clock). Will has chained wrist restraints placed on Nadine after she tore apart 2 leather restraints last nt.: she’s pumping out adrenaline like
Will has never seen. He leaves Ed to sing to her; she tears the restraints & is ready for Steeplejacks tryouts, believing she is an 18-yr.-old senior. o [Act 4] Jacoby’s wife Eolani (who lives @ their place in Hanalei) cares for Jacoby. Coop hypnotizes Jacoby. He clarifies that he didn’t smell engine oil when Jacques was killed, he smelled it in the park when he was attacked. As to Jacques’s mur der: after the cops left, Jacoby dreamt he was @ a luau in Hanuma Bay, juggling coconuts — the the guests were all Nigerians. He remembers who killed Jacques… Night. An owl watches. Donna leaves the orchid on Laura’s grave. (The grave o confirms the 2/24 date of Laura’s death , yr. not visible.) James visits Maddy; his mom came home, loaded & all screwed up. He o couldn’t find Donna. They kiss, then embrace. Donna wanders in to the Palmers’ house (!), sees them & drives off. James breaks the Palmers’ stuff, then goes outside & yells “WHY?!” in the street. T he traffic light turns to red. Maddy vents to Leland about people thinking she’s Laura. Coop & Harry arrive to arrest Leland for murdering Jacques. A distraught Donna goes to Harold’s; he goes to get something to drink. Sh e o finds Laura’s secret diary. 3/06/1989 — o Circa this date: PMG is last seen @ his motel, the Robin’s Nest (Hawk, Episode 12: he hasn’t been seen for “at least” 1-1.5 days). EPISODE 11 o Extreme closeup on a hole in the wall of the sheriff’s station interrogation rm. Screams, electric sizzling noise, beeping (like that of a hospital monitor), a muffled voice calling out (almost like a baby crying) — the beeping flatlines, an — the eerie child/female voices says “Daddy .” (The screams and “Daddy” are Laura/Sheryl Lee, per a production document.) Leland confesses to killing Jacques. Andy gives Doc Hayward a sperm sample. o Harry tells Coop no Robertson ever lived in the white house @ Pearl Lakes, but they have a current address on the last occupants (now in Kalispell). Coop spots Andy’s boots: the same as the one @ Leo’s (Albert called this bran d rare in Episode 10). Coop resolves to find PMG. o @ the Great Northern, the Tri-County Lumber Queen Semifinals are going on. o “Not even” 9:30am (Ben to Louie). Louie “Birdsong” Budway tells Ben a college friend of her sister’s who works @ the Seattle Post-Dispatch told her M. T. Wentz, the famed anonymous travel writer wo works @ that paper, is visiting TP. (In The Final Dossier , Preston says Vivian published an anonymous tip in the local newspaper about Wentz planning to visit the Double R. This seems @ odds with the show, where no “tip” is published, & Wentz is said to be visiting Twin Peaks generally, not the Double R specifically.) Jean Renault is in Ben’s office: Ben doesn’t instantly recognize him . Jean reminds him that they’ve met: he sells insurance to small businesses like OEJ. Ben immediately knows him by name & asks if his premiums are going goi ng up. Jean shows him the tape of Audrey. He says he’s just the middle man: he says the kidnappers want $, but he also wants two things: to be Ben’s new partner because his current partners •
o
o
o o o o
o
o o o
o
o
@ OEJ are stealing, & for Coop to deliver the cash. Jean says Ben can expect a call tomorrow @ noon. [Act 2] 11:44am. Donna picks up Meals on Wheels (apparently flagrantly not in school on a Mon.). Louie calls to tell Norma about Wentz (he’s supposed to arrive today). Hank runs out o ut to buy stuff to trick the diner out. o ut. The traffic light turns from yellow to red; a storm is brewing. Donna & Harold have a picnic lunch. He reads from Laura’s secret diary (the 10/03/1985 entry in Jennifer Lynch’s book ) & tells Donna about his living novel. Ben enlists Coop to deliver the $125K. Josie comes home. Jean shoots Battis dead for hitting Audrey. [Act 3] Coop tries to resolve Lucy’s Andy issues w/o success. He asks for Harry’s best Bookhouse Boy for an undisclosed mission. 7:03pm (wall clock). Daryl Lodwick arrives in the Double R; Norma & Hank assume he’s Wentz, but Hank learns otherwise steals his ID. Donna enlists Maddy to help steal Laura’s diary. Josie models her new purchases & allays Harry’ s suspicions. [Act 4] Judge Sternwood shows up (late ( late — earlier, earlier, Harry said he was due in the afternoon. The judge says he & Sid have been on the rd. for 8 hrs. ). Dick comes & offers Lucy $650 for an abortion; she throws him out. Sternwood talks w/ Leland. “Mr. Tojamura” checks into the Great Northern. Louie calls the Double R, thinking Tojamura is Wentz. Pete meets Josie’s “cousin” Jonathan. Jonathan tells Josie her work is “nearly finished”: she should have Pete’s signature in 2 days. Josie says there might be a problem w/ Hank; Jonathan says he will deal w/ him. (Note: In The Secret History, Coop says Josie sold the Mill & land behind Eckhardt’s back, prompting Andrew’s return—he tells her there’s no sale since he’s alive & the Mill is his, then outs her to Eckhardt. The series seemingly contradicts this: Jonathan seems fine w/ Josie selling the Mill, as if it was always part of the plan, & is also fine w/ Josie keeping whatever money she can get. Eckhardt never ne ver mentions it at all once he arrives. Also, once Andrew unveils himself, he never mentions the Mill sale to Josie. Finally, in the show, Eckhardt’s arrival isn’t precipitated by any tip from Andrew — indeed, indeed, Eckhardt doesn’t know Andrew is alive until after he arrives in town. In the series, Josie’s departure seems to be a preset date following the Mill sale, & Eckhardt only comes because Josie refuses to return to him & kills Jonathan.) 9:30pm (“right on the tick,” Harry to Coop). Harry meets Coop @ the Roadhouse. Jonathan arrives @ the Double R (where Hank apparently lives and sleeps!); Jonathan beats the crap out of Hank & exchanges an unwilling blood oath w/ him. ▪
o
o
EPISODE 12 3/07/1989 — (Cooper (Cooper to Sternwood: he has been here 12 days; Tojamura’s check to Ben has this date; Harold states Tues., 3/07 as the date when writing Donna’s second •
“session.” Notably, this is the last firm date we get in the show; the rest after this is conjecture, & reliance on the show’s day -an-episode format, w/ a stray mention of the day of the wk.) o 6:42am. Coop awakes munching on an Ear Pillow earplug. He does a headstand & finds Audrey’s note. Hawk returns from Kalispell (after being sent 2 days ago). He tells Harry 2 o retired female schoolteachers live in the house next to the Palmers’; they have no memory of a grey-haired man. Harry tells Hawk to find PMG. Lucy heads off to visit sister her Gwen & brother-in-law Larry in Tacoma for 2 days; they had a baby son last wk. Coop arrives & says he knows where Audrey is. Tim Pinkle shows Bobby & Shelly the Port-O-Patient (unclear what his job o is — he he mentions working at “the machine shop” & also offers to build a ramp @ Shelly’s request . He & Bobby are each taking cuts from Leo’s insurance money). o Sternwood presides over Leland’s bail hearing @ the Roadhouse. (Oddly, Preston later claims that Leland was arrested but never formally charged w/ Jacques’s killing, whereas on the series, he is clearly charged by t his point.) Harry speaks on Leland’s behalf . Sternwood releases him on his own recognizance. (Notably, Lodwick’s diatribe— wherein he mentions representing the People of Wa. — is the 1st overt mention of Wa. in dialogue on the show. In the prior — is episode, the prop crew went so far as whiting out the state name on Lodwick’s ID, & license plates all simply say “The Timber State.” A Wa. state flag was visible in the Pilot behind Coop @ the town hall meeting, & again in this episode’s courthouse scenes .) ~12:37pm (Harold’s watch). Donna delivers Harold’s meal (again apparently o skipping school); she starts giving him her story in exchange for a reading from Laura’s diary. Harold reveals that he grew up in Boston. Donna lures him outside & he panics. His right arm shoots out like it has a life of its own; he collapses. [Act 2] Sternwood shares Black Yukon Sucker Punches w/ Harry & Coop o (Coop appears not to drink). Sternwood decides Leo is incompetent to stand trial & may go home when medically able. He tells Coop to keep his eye on the woods: “The woods are wondrous here. But strange.” o Ed brings Nadine home; James is confused, Nadine rips the fridge door off. Jacoby is in Hi. recovering from his heart attack (Ed to James). Tojamura comes to Ben’s office to offer a $5 mil check as a taste for his people o buying into Ghostwood. Hank sneaks in the back way to Ben’s office, Bobby is lurking in the hall (following Hank?). (A group of guests clad in turbans checks in.) o Noon (per Episode 11). Coop arrives @ Ben’s office just in time for Jean’s phone call. Coop is to leave the money @ midnight by the horse w/ no head on a merry-go-round in a failed amusement park behind a bar called the Columbian, which is across the border 5 mi. east of Grand Forks, off the rd.
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
to Castlegar. Ben sends Hank to follow Coop & bring back Audrey (and the $ if possible). [Act 3] Night. Maddy & Donna plot stealing Laura’s diary from Harold. Jean & Blackie scheme to kill Coop (via a spring-loaded knife rigged to Jean’ s arm) and Audrey (via OD) and take control co ntrol of OEJ for Blackie. Nancy Na ncy enters. Blackie covertly sneaks a twist of heroin & leaves them alone. Andy learns that he’s a whole damn town. Coop & Harry plot their entry to OEJ. Hawk says PMG has now been staying in the t he Robin’s Nest Mot el on Hwy. 9; no one has seen him in 1-1.5 days. d ays. Hawk found more of the same drug in the rm. Harry & Coop head out. Andy calls Lucy’s # for Gwen & Larry…it’s Adam’s Abortion Clinic. The traffic light by the Double R turns yellow. Maddy Mad dy gets coffee & can’t stop to talk to James. [Act 4] ~9:50pm (Harold’s watch). Maddy stakes s takes outside Harold’ s. Donna tells Harold about night swimming & Tim, her 1 st love. Coop & Harry infiltrate OEJ. An owl watches & hoots; Coop notices. A bouncer is outside smoking. Harry grabs him by the balls, puts a rubber ball in his mouth & tapes over it & slams his head into the doors, opening them & knocking the guy unconscious. Harry spies on Jean & Blackie, Coop moves on. ~10:20pm (Harold’s wat ch). Harold shows Donna orchids, they kiss. Harold excuses himself, Donna signals to Maddy. Jean seduces Blackie then stabs her. Jean spots Harry & gunplay breaks out. Jean disappears; Coop rejoins Harry. Hawk arrives & saves their asses; exeunt. Hank is watching. He is on a cell phone w/ Ben; Jean takes Hank captive. Harold catches Maddy snooping & scratches his face w/ a gardening tool.
EPISODE 13 Harold yells @ Donna that she is unclean & has contaminated him. James bursts in, they escape sans diary. An owl in the woods. o The Bookhouse: Coop brings Audrey in w/ Hawk (Cappy & Joey were waiting o for them). James & Donna recommit to each other after Maddy drives off. o Harry IDs Jean in an old book of mugshots — he says he knew he’d seen him o — he before. Jean runs the Northern Territories: gambling, drugs, & extortion. Harry tells Coop about seeing Coop on Blackie’s TV; Coop realizes Audrey suffered because he stepped out of his jurisdiction & violated his oaths. o Ben meets w/ Coop in the Great Northern dining rm., susses out that Blackie is dead & Jean got away. He gets his $ back. 3/08/1989 — [Act 2] ~10:01am (Johnsons’ wall clock). Bobby & Shelly mee t w/ insurance o rep Tom Brockman & get their check for $700 net (which is way below the $5K gross they expected). Shelly says she has to quit her job. o
•
o
o
o o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
Afternoon (Cole to Coop: he has been waiting the whole afternoon). Donna tells an exasperated Harry about Harold & the second diary. Cole arrives; he tells Harry the fibers outside Coop’s rm. were from a Vicuna coat; PMG’s drug is “a combo. Really weird stuff”—Albert’s never see n anything like it; the pages are from a diary. Just then, Hawk brings bring s in a distraught PMG. Ben reunites w/ Audrey @ the Bookhouse; she asks for Coop to take her home, Ben proposes they all go together. Nadine comes home w/ a new wardrobe from Horne’s Junior Miss. ~3:05pm (Jonathan’s watch). Jonathan & Josie have apparently just finished having sex in the main rm. of the Blue Pine Lodge! Josie seems distraught & at one point has tearmarks. Jonathan tells Josie she has 1 more day: she’s going w/ him on a Seattle-Hong Kong flt. leaving @ midnight. Josie is adamant adam ant that she won’t leave w/o the $ Ben owe s her & the insurance $. Jonathan surmises Truman means something to her & threatens to kill Harry if she doesn’t comply. [Act 3] James apologizes to Maddy. Maddy says when she & Laura were growing up, they were so close it was scary. She could feel Laura’s thoughts, like their brains were connected. She encourages James to be w/ Donna & says it’s time for her to leave Twin Peaks. Josie pressures Ben to give her all the money he owes, cash. He says he has a “fascinating dossier” in his hotel safe on Josie & Andrew’s boat that went boom. She retaliates: she has a safety deposit in another st. w/ evidence to put Ben away. Ben, amused, gives Josie Tojamura’s $5 mil cashier’s check. Night. Shelly & Bobby have a party to humiliate Leo, but get spooked. Coop arrives at the sheriff’s station for seemingly the 1st time all day. Cole gives Coop a communication from Earle: an opening chess gambit, P to K4. [Act 4] Ben brings Leland in: Jerry is on the rd. to Tokyo to check out Tojamura’s people, & Ben needs Leland back to fill the gap. He says they’ve taken a payment from the Icelanders, but a grp. from the Orient wants in on Ghostwood. Leland seems to briefly lapse mentally, plucking fur from Ben’s stuffed albino fox & pocketing it, but then comes up w/ a brilliant plan to stall for time. Harry visits Blue Pine Lodge & sees Josie & Jonathan (whom she now introduces as her assistant Mr. Lee) heading out w/ luggage. S he says she sold the Mill & is going home. Ben has after-dinner pie w/ Tojamura; Tojamura threatens to withdraw because Ben has his check & Tojamura has nothing. Leland sings “Getting to Know You.” In the sheriff’s station conference rm., Coop, Harry, Hawk & Cole try to sweat PMG. Cole holds the drug @ the ready, but Coop refuses to give it to him. PMG says it’s too late, he can feel the change. Coop questions PMG on whether he suffers from schizophrenia & why he lied about not knowing Bob. PMG: “It wasn’t me. Don’t you understand?” Harry presses Cole to give him the
drug; Coop tells him not to. Cole (seemingly deferring to Coop) Coop ) advises that if they give him the drug, they’ll never see the other side. PMG transforms. Mike says there’s no need for medicine, he’s not in pain. He says he’s an inhabiting spirit; PMG is host to him. Bob was his familiar. It can’t be revealed where Bob comes from. “He is Bob, eager for fun. He wears a smile, everybody run. Do you understand the parasite? It attaches itself to a form & feeds. Bob requires a human host. He feeds on fear & the pleasures. These are his children. I am similar to Bob. We once were partners.” He recites the FWWM poem & recounts again seeing the face of God & being purified. “I took off the Arm but remained close to this vessel, inhabiting from time to time for one single purpose.” Coop surmises it was to find Bob. Mike: “To stop him. This [the sketch] is his true face. But few can see it. The gifted & the damned.” He reveals that Bob has been near here for nearly 40 yrs. & is in the Great Northern. EPISODE 14 3/09/1989-o The lawmen split up: Hawk goes to Harold Smith’s w/ a warrant, Cole is off to Bend, Or. (“official business, real hush -hush”), everyone else goes to the Great Northern w/ Mike. o 7:24am. The Great Northern. (There is a convention of sailors bouncing rubber balls!) Mike goes through the guests one by one. When Ben approaches to yell @ them, Mike yells, “My Arm!” and has some sort of attack. o Hawk finds Harold Smith hanged. (Harold’s watch watc h appears to say 11:25, likely either a prop error or it wound down overnight.) The “real” Mrs. Tremond finds an envelope addressed to Donna (in Harold’s o handwriting) in her mail. (the morning after Harold died, Episode 16. The envelope has no postage, implying that Harold Haro ld may have left his house to place it in Mrs. Tremond’s mailbox! ) o 9:04am (Palmers’ clock). Maddy tells Leland & Sarah she’s driving home tomorrow to her job & her apt. Coop retrieves a note from Harold: “Je suis une ame solitaire” (Coop translates easily: “I am a lonely soul”). Hawk finds Laura’s diary. o [Act 2] Shelly & Bobby look @ finances — Shelly Shelly has $1014 in bills & $42 left to last her the month. Bobby is missing Economics. Leo speaks: “New shoes.” Shelly recalls taking in a pair of boots for him last wk.; Bobby tells her to get the receipt. Audrey questions Ben: she reveals she was Prudence. She learns that he had o sex w/ Laura, but he says he didn’t kill her: he loved her. o [Act 3] Shelly gives notice @ the Diner. Nadine & Ed come in; Nadine says she was in Europe w/ her parents, & they liked it so much they’re staying longer. She’s trying to register for spring semester. o Mike & Bobby enter the Johnsons’ w/ th e boots Bobby got from the shoe shop (it’s the 1 st time Mike has seen comatose Leo). They check the soles & find a cassette tape (incidentally the same type Coop uses, Microcassette MC-60). 2:47pm. Coop is trying to piece together Laura’s diary. Bob “was a o threatening presence in her life from early adolescence. There are intimations •
•
of abuse and molestation on a regular basis. He is referred to, on more than one occasion, as a friend of her father’s.” He r eads the “tell the world about Ben Horne” entry. Audrey shows up & tells Coop Ben told her he was sleeping w/ Laura, he owns OEJ & Laura worked there. Coop sends her off as Harry comes in; Coop recalls that Mike reached for his Arm & fainted just as Ben walked in earlier. They get a warrant for Ben’s arrest. 3/10/1989 — o “After midnight” (Harry claims in Episode 16 that they didn’t take Ben in until after midnight, although this seems somewhat incongruous with Ben & Tojamura’s meeting, as well as Donna & James being out well after midnight on a Thurs. nt./Fri. morning). [Act 4] Ben tells Tojamura Jerry talked to Tojamura’s people in Osaka & checked her references @ Tokyo Bank— thumbs up. Before Ben can sign the contract, Coop, Harry & the deputies enter, & arrest Ben for Laura’s murder. A drugged Sarah crawls downstairs in the Palmer house. o @ the sheriff’s station, the Log Lady tells Coop, “We don’t know what will o happen or when, but there are Owls in the Roadhouse.” Tojamura sneaks from the shadows in the Blue Pine Lodge to smooch Pete o while he gets late-night milk & cookies; she reveals reveal s herself as Catherine. o Sarah sees the Pale Horse & passes out. Leland, nearby, fixes his tie in the mirror. o Donna & James meet @ the Roadhouse to discuss Harold’ s death. The Roadhouse singer (Julee Cruise) sings “Rockin’ Back Inside Insid e My Heart.” Coop, Harry & the Log Lady enter the Roadhouse & sit, drinking beer & eating peanuts. James says Maddy is leaving & Donna says it’s weird that Maddy didn’t tell Donna. The Giant appears to Coop (the Log Lady may also see him, but no one else does): “It is happening again. It is happening again.” o Leland smiles & sees Bob in the mirror; Leland’s own face briefly morphs into a laughing Bob. He puts on surgical gloves. Maddy comes running downstairs; white hite spotlight. She sees it smells like something’s burning. She runs in to a hot w Bob (wearing the gloves) morph into Leland; he runs ru ns @ her. She runs upstairs; he grabs her & drags her back down by the throat. He punches her repeatedly, switching back & forth from Leland to Bob. Leland then spins her, sobbing: “Laura. Laura. My baby,” as Bob sucks her chin & neck. Bob rears his head back; Leland seems to suddenly assume Bob’s personality: “Leland says you’re going back to Missoula, Montana!” He kills Maddy. Leland puts an “O” under her nail. Coop feels for his ring as the Giant fades; it’s not there. The Waiter o approaches Coop: “I’m so sorry.” Bobby looks forlorn. Donna weeps; James seems confused but comforts her. (In Episode 16, Albert says Maddy died b/w 10pm and midnight, o acknowledging that this might not be precise: “That’s as close as I can cut it.” If Ben was apparently arrested @ midnight, either Albert is wrong or Maddy’s murder occurs earlier than the t he Roadhouse scenes with which it is intercut.)
EPISODE 15 o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Morning. Donna & James come by to say goodbye to Maddy (presumably before school?). Leland says he dropped her @ the bus station 20 minutes ago, & Maddy had expected them the nt. before (odd that Donna buys this, considering that as of the nt. before, Donna said Maddy hadn’t even told her she was leaving…and last we saw, Maddy told James she was leaving “tomorrow” [i.e., 3/09], but ended up staying an extra day!). Leland gets rid of them,. He sees Bob in the mirror briefly, shakes it off, & heads out w/ Maddy’s body in his golf bag; as he leaves, Sarah reminds him to sign them up for Glenn Miller night @ the club. Jerry arrives fresh from Japan to represent Ben; Ben has no alibi, as he was w/ Catherine the nt. Laura died. Jerry reminiscences about their childhood bunk beds & Louise Dombrowski. Lucy arrives @ the sheriff’s station w/ Gwen & the baby, as Gwen yaks about her maladies. 10:03am (Coop to Diane). (Great Northern convention: young cheerleaders) Coop & Harry, having just left the PMG/Mike, see Leland in the Great Northern lobby dancing for the guests & staff. They tell him about Ben’s arrest; as soon as Leland turns his back on o n them, he giggles malevolently. m alevolently. Coop senses something off & tells Leland to let them know if he can recall anything unusual about Ben’s behavior the nt. Laura died. After the lawmen leave, Leland shuffles off. [Act 2] ~11:25am (Jerry’s watch). Will takes Ben’s blood ; Coop & Harry confront Ben w/ Laura’s secret diary. Bobby makes a duplicate tape of Leo’s recording of Leo’ s meeting w/ Ben. He writes Ben a note saying they should talk, & tells Shelly he plans to pursue a career as a business exec. Norma’s mom Vivian & her new husband Ernie “The Professor” Niles stop in to the Double R, honeymooning (Norma says she got Vivian’ s message, but is surprised she’ s married). (Preston in The Final Dossier reveals that Vivian is actually Norma’s ex-stepmother, but the “ever polite & fiercely private” Norma introduces her as her mother. Contradictorily, Ernie comments that Vivian’s good looks didn’t isolate themselves to one generation, implying a blood relation b/w Vivian & Norma. It is possible that Ernie is unaware of the history, but it would be rather odd to marry someone w/o knowing who their blood descendants are! Also, in Episode 17, Norma refers to herself as Vivian’s daughter repeatedly even when the two are speaking in private.) Norma mentions the f ood ood critic & says she’s short -staffed. Ernie is a “financial analyst”; they head out because Ernie has a Tokyo fax @ the hotel desk — although he leaves a newspaper on which he’s written “$1000 Houston by 3 An geles Daily News N ews points!” (This is written on a real-world copy of the Los Angeles sports section — only only the latter part of the paper’s title is visible, but the credited author of the article, Eric Noland, was a real-world sports writer on the paper. Note also the 1990 copyright date visible on the paper, as well the briefly-glimpsed article “A Guide to Fun This Fall”— appropriate for the filming period but not for the March setting of the episode.)
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
Mike awakens in a rm. in the Great Northern, Norther n, his arm twitching. He sends his nurse off for water, apologetically clobbers the deputy on the door, & escapes through the window. [Act 3] ~1:26pm (Double R clock). Hank comes in after being missing for 48 hrs. (Since he went up to OEJ the nt. of 3/07; it’s actually a day & a half, but presumably Norma doesn’t kn ow exactly when he disappeared.) Vivian, wearing an apron, is helping make a pie! Hank sweet-talks Norma & makes an 8:30pm dinner appointment w/ Vivian @ the Great Northern. Pete tells Harry Josie is gone, & confesses that he loved her. They compare notes on Jonathan / Mr. Lee; both have a bad feeling. Coop comes running in: Mike is gone Coop & Harry run out. Andy comes in, sees Lucy w/ a baby, & passes out. ~12:37pm (Ben’s watch). Pete sneaks into the cells to play Ben a tape of Catherine: she’ll offer her testimony to give Ben his alibi if he signs the Mill & the Ghostwood Estates “back over” to her—she’ll even consider letting him keep his hotel. A representative of hers will be in touch w/i 24 hrs. Leland nearly swerves into Harry & Coop; they stop him. He says he’s going to play golf. He adds that he did remember something about the nt. Laura died: he & Ben were working late. Around 10pm, Ben left the rm. to make a call; he heard Ben mention a dairy (Coop surmises it was actually diary). Leland seems ready to bean Coop w/ a golf club when Hawk calls: they found Mike near the waterfall. Leland sees Bob in the rearview mirror. A shot of the falls. [Act 4] Hawk walks Mike into the station while Lucy nurses Andy back to consciousness. Andy & Lucy tell Gwen to shut up, Andy explains about his sperms. The cops have Mike circle Ben: he says Bob has been close, but he’s not here now. Jerry unwittingly pushes Harry into charging Ben. Coop now feels Ben isn’t the killer, but Harry says he’s had enough of the mumbo jumbo. Coop defers to Harry. ~8:30pm (per the earlier appointment). Norma & Hank have dinner w/ Vivian & Ernie. The ladies head to the restroom, Hank implicitly blackmails Ernie. 11:05pm (Coop to Diane). Audrey knocks on Coop’s door & they discuss Ben. She tells him when she was @ OEJ she didn’t let anyone— Coop cuts her off & says he knows. A phone call interrupts them. Coop C oop tells Audrey to go to her room & lock her door. He & Harry respond to the scene (Hawk is already there) as deputies haul Maddy out of the water @ the base of the falls, wrapped in plastic. Donna & James have sex for the 1st time (implied by their conversation in Episode 16).
EPISODE 16 3/11/1989 — (Albert says Maddy was murdered “night before last” b/w 10pm & midnight, although Coop confusingly states @ the Roadhouse that a young woman was “found murdered” 2 days ago [in the script, this line more clearly referred to the time of her murder & not the time t ime she was found; the line as shot is misleading]). •
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
In the morning, Will performs an autopsy on Josie @ Calhoun (note: this date obviously contradicts the series timeline, where Josie doesn’t die until 3/21). She has no visible or internal injuries; her body weighs 25 lbs. less than her physical appearance would indicate. Albert is now on scene. He presents his findings: the “O” from the fingernail (“more fan mail”) & the fur from a stuffed white fox. Coop asks Harry not to tell anyone about Maddy’s death— he he needs 24 hrs. to finish this (although he admits he doesn’t know where to start). James takes a motorcycle ride, then meets Donna in a peculiarly dark section of the Double R. Donna references “last night”; James gives her a ring as a pledge to always be together. @ the counter, Vivian criticizes Norma’s omelet. Andy sits @ the counter reciting Harold’s French suicide no te over & over; Donna overhears & runs to find Coop. Coop, Donna & Andy go to Mrs. Tremond’s. They meet the “real” Mrs. Tremond, who gives them the envelope addressed add ressed to Donna, containing a page from Laura’s Secret Diary. Donna reads the entries from 2/21 & 2/22. Coop realizes Laura had the same dream he did. He goes to see Mike. [Act 2] Coop visits Mike in his rm. rm . (Will is tending to him & protests that he’s dehydrated & having difficulty breathing; he needs his drug). Coop tells Mike Bob has killed again & says he needs help unlocking the answer inside him. Mike: “Bob and I, when we were killing together, there was this perfect relationship: appetite, satisfaction. A golden circle.” Mike makes an “OK” sign. Coop recalls giving his ring to the Giant. Mike, re: the Giant: “He is known to us here.” Mike says the Giant is as real as he, that the Giant can help Coop find Bob, but he must ask him 1st. Mike tells Coop he has all the clues he needs, but the answer is not “here” (head) but “here” (chest). “So much responsibility.” In the hallway, Coop sees the Waiter carrying milk: “I know about you. That milk’ll cool down on you, but it’s getting warmer now.” Coop seems to take this as an omen. In Ben’s office, Harry finds Ben’s phone records w/ the call to Laura ; Coop notes the white fox. Albert surmises Maddy’s death time & presents Ben’s blood test results… (later in the episode, it’s revealed that he’s not a match). 12:44pm. As Mr. Zipper gets the sheriff’s station sprinklers up to code (& eavesdrops), Andy & Lucy discuss the baby. Andy commandingly calls Dick. “Tojamura” visits Ben in jail, & Catherine reveals her true identity. Ben signs Ghostwood & the Mill over to her in exchange for her testimony…which she then says she’ll consider giving. (Notably, Catherine says they’ve spent their “entire adult lives” lying to each other, implying that their affair started very young.) Donna, in Laura’s sunglasses, visits Leland to give him the “Just You” tape to send Maddy. Leland recognizes the glasses. Donna tells Leland about Laura’s secret diary. Beth calls; Maddy never made it home. Leland adjusts his tie in the mirror, Bob gazes back. [Act 3] (Note that the Palmer clock appears to read ~7:05, but this can’t be right.) Leland creepily sneaks upon Donna as she looks @ photos of Laura, & touches her hair. He gives her some weirdly orange-colored “lemonade.”
o
o
o
o
Donna feels guilty because she knew Maddy was expecting them, but figured she could visit Missoula anytime (this is consistent w/ Leland saying Maddy expected them in Episode 15, but contradicts Donna in Episode 14 not even knowing Maddy was leaving until James told her). Leland says he’s sure Maddy’s fine: he puts on some music (a twitchy Bob stands by the record machine as it starts, screaming as a bolt of lightning strikes). Back in the sunny “real” world, Leland asks Donna to dance. They dance for a bit, then Leland grabs Donna in a tight embrace. She tries to pull away but he holds her. Harry interrupts; he says there’s been another murder, & they need Leland’s help. Donna senses that it’s Maddy. She meets James by a lake & tells him. James throws an existential hissy-fit & says he has to go. A storm descends. @ the Roadhouse, Coop & Albert wait w/ a handcuffed nutmunching Ben. Leland & Harry arrive; Coop says someone is meeting them, but he’s not sure if it’s the kil ler. Ed arrives; Coop asks everyone to clear a large space in the center of the rm. Hawk arrives w/ Bobby & Leo. Coop says he believes the killer is in this rm. Having employed Bureau guidelines, deductive technique, Tibetan method, instinct & luck, he will now turn to something new, which for lack of a better word, he’ll call magic. Coop isn’t exactly sure what’s next; someone is missing. 3pm. The clock strikes. Maj. Briggs enters w/ the Waiter: Briggs was driving home & the Waiter flagged him down, asking him for a ride to the Roadhouse. The Waiter gives Coop a stick of gum; Leland says it’s his favorite gum in the world & he used to chew it as a kid. The Waiter echoes MfAP’s “gum” line from Coop’s dream . Everyone but Coop literally freezes as lightning illuminates their faces; Coop sees his Red Room dream again, but this time hears what Laura whispers: “My father killed me.” Lightning. The Giant materializes & holds out Coop’s ring. The Giant disappears & the ring falls to the floor. Coop eats the gum & picks up his ring. They bring Ben back to the station; Coop suggests Leland come as Ben’s attorney. He gives the Waiter a thumbs-up as he leaves; the Waiter salutes. [Act 4] 3:56pm (sheriff’s station wall clock). On the way downstairs, Coop whispers to Harry. Just as Hawk is about to put Ben in the interrogation rm., Coop & Harry throw Leland in instead. He howls madly & runs into walls. Coop tells Hawk to release Ben. They interrogate Leland (Bob appears to be firmly in control, referring to Leland in the 3rd person). He confesses to killing Laura & Maddy, oddly adding that he has “this thing for knives, ” then references what happened to Coop in Pittsburgh. Leland/Bob: “Oh Leland, Leland – Leland. – Leland. You’ve been a good vehicle and I’ve enjoyed the ride. But now he’s weak and full of holes. It’s almost nearly time to shuffle off to Buffalo!” Coop: “Does Leland know what you’ve done?” Leland/Bob: “Leland’s a babe in the woods ... with a large hole where his conscience used to be. And when I go, children, I will pull that rip cord and you watch Leland remember. Watch him! But not for long.” Leland slumps down. Everyone leaves him. ▪
▪ ▪
o
o
o
Lucy sits Andy & Dick down in the conference rm., says she’s keeping the baby & expects complete cooperation from both until the paternity test can be done after the baby is born. Dick smokes. Albert also smokes, as Coop says Ben was the wrong blood type & rattles off “clues” he missed: Leland dancing like MfAP, the grey hair, “Robert son” (Mike said the people Bob inhabits are his children), the letters R O B T —“a signature on a demon self-portrait.” He says Le land found Laura’s secret diary & ripped out the missing pages because he knew she was on to him. Leland recites the poem & stock Bob dialogue from Coop’s dream. The sprinklers go off. A drenched Leland screams metallically (similar to Mike’s voice at times). A drenched Bob also screams. Leland runs into the metal door repeatedly, giving himself a fatal injury before they can run in & stop him. Leland: “Oh god, Laura! I killed her. Oh my god, I killed my daughter! I didn’t know! Forgive me, forgive me. Oh god. I was just a boy. I sawhim in my dreams. He said – he he – he he wanted to play. He opened me and I invited him and he came inside me. … When he was inside, I didn’t know and when he was gone I couldn’t remember. He made me do things, terrible things. He said he wanted lives, he wanted others. Others that they could use like they used me.” Coop: “Like Laura?” Leland: “They wanted her. They wanted Laura ... but she was strong. She fought ’em. She wouldn’t let ’em in. Oh god, they had me kill that girl Teresa. And they ... and they said ... and if I didn’t give them Laura they’d have me kill her too.” Coop: “But she wouldn’t let them in?” Leland: “They said she’d die ... before she let ’em . And then they made me kill her. Oh god have mercy on me. What have I done? What have I done? Oh god, I love her. I love her with all my heart. My angel forgive me.” Coop shepherds Leland to the afterlife, reciting from the Tibetan Book of the Dead; Leland sees Laura in the light. ~4:20pm (Albert’s watch). (Note: Some viewers propose that this scene actually takes place the following morning, given that the prior scenes took place in late afternoon, & it’s unlikely that it would still be light out, particularly if the guys took the time to dry off & to at least begin dealing w/ the cleanup & paperwork of Leland’s messy suicide—they’re remarkably calm & non-urgent in this scene. This approach also fixes the Episode 25 “Thurs.” “Thurs.” dilemma [see below]. Notably, Albert & Coop are wearing different shirts & ties from the prior scenes, implying that they changed…but these are the same outfits they wore in the OPENING scene of Episode 16, presumably because they shot both scenes @ the same location.) Walking in the woods, Harry says he still thinks Leland was insane. Albert is a little more openminded, noting that Laura, Maddy & Sarah saw Bob in visions. Briggs greets them & quotes Hamlet. Despite having seen some strange things in these woods, Harry is having trouble believing. Coop asks if it’s easier to believe a man would rape & murder his own daughter; Harry says no. Briggs wonders ▪
▪ ▪
▪ ▪
o
o
if it even matters what the cause is, if an evil that great exists in this beautiful world. Coop says it matters because it’s their job to stop it. Albert pontificates that maybe Bob is the evil that men do, & it doesn’t matter what you call it. Harry wonders, if Bob does exist, where he is now. A weird sequence of a pinkish-purple-tinted distorted sped-up zoom through o a long ditch — a crashed car, drainage pipes, & @ the end a bright white light from which a negative-image owl flies — becoming becoming positive-image & freezing. 3/12/1989 — Night. Doug dies “peacefully, in his sleep, of natural causes” a few scant hrs. after his wedding to Lana. (date calculated by counting from the issue number of the Post which announced his death the next day — Vol. Vol. 67, No. 72 — to to Vol. 67, No. 87, which was publ. 3/28/1989) (Note: This date contradicts the series; s eries; the wedding is 3/16.) 3/13/1989 — Post Post article on Doug’s death (see above for date rationale). Another partiallyseen article: Storms led to flooding & power loss on Weds. (Note: 3/13/1989 was a Mon., making the timing of this article rather odd.) Twin Peaks has had 5” of rain, as much as all of December last yr. There are record-breaking s inkholes, rivers spilling & closed rds. 3/15/1989 — o 3/15/1989 is the date on Cooper’s document “The Andrew Packard Case,” typed & stored in the Bookhouse. (This date seems to contradict the series in several respects. Coop has access to Josie’s Interpol files, which he appears to only get on the series on 3/22, after her death. He also knows Josie is not her real name nam e & is fully aware of her backstory w/ Eckhardt and betrayal of Andrew, even though in the series Coop doesn’t seem to become fully suspicious of her until the notice about Jonathan’s murder on 3 /19 [another contradiction: Coop already knows Josie killed Jonathan in this text]. He also is aware t hat Andrew is alive, a fact Coop never appears to learn on the show — and and which only Catherine knows @ this point on the series. Coop is also already aware that Josie shot him , which he doesn’t learn— or or seemingly suspect — until 3/20 on — until the show. He also incorrectly says Josie shot him after she killed Jonathan, when it was in fact well before. Coop is also aware of the Packards treating Josie as a maid — which which begins on 3/16 —and recounts Andrew’s Andrew’s deceptively deceptively sympathetic speech to Josie about knowing Eckhardt forced her to betray him & about the law closing in, which occurred on 3/20.) (Note: In The Final Dossier , Preston claims that Briggs attributed this document to Cooper in his dossier. In fact, Briggs did no suc h thing…it was Preston herself who surmised that Cooper authored it, in her margin notes!) EPISODE 17 Chyron: “Three Days Later .” (Note that 3 days from 3/11 is 3/14, which is o where some timelines place this episode. However, given that Episode 16 seemingly ended somewhere in the late afternoon & this episode starts in the morning, 3/14 would be somewhat under 3 days; skipping to 3/15 probably puts it at a little over 3.5 days. While placing this episode on 3/14 is probably the more rational interpretation, Coop in Episode 25 problematically says that that episode takes place on a Thurs., implying an extra lost day somewhere if Episode 17 is 3/14. Assuming that the “Three Days Later” rounds down rather than up fixes this dilemma. Also note the above alternate theory that the final scene of Episode 16 occurred 3/12, the morning following the rest of the •
•
•
▪
o
o
episode. This allows the “Three Days Later” to be interpreted more logically/literally, as occurring three days after that “morning” scene .) Sarah refuses Will’s drugs; Coop comforts her before Leland’s wake, saying the Leland she knew didn’t do these things. Ominous shot of the ceiling fan. The wake, @ the Haywards’. Sarah talks to Eileen & Audrey (Hank brings Sarah food, gives stinkeye to Norma & Ed chatting). Eileen recalls her mom’s wake. Ed reassures Donna (smoking in the Hayward home!) that James will be back. Coop & Harry talk to Jacoby Jacob y (recently returned from the restorative powers of Hanalei Bay). Briggs enters & joins them, & invites Coop (who has stockpiled a few wks. of vacation time) night fishing (“Aces!”). Nadine worries about boys looking up her dress via her shiny shoes. Sarah recalls one time when Donna came over late — they they made popcorn, & Laura & Donna made “a very serious promise” to be best friends forever…Sarah interprets this as a bond against —“dying,” —“dying,” Eileen finishes. finishes. Sarah: Sarah: “I need to remember all all this.” Doug announces his & Lana’s engagement @ the wake! Dwayne & Dougie Milford fight. Dougie is about to be married for the 5th time (Pete: “She’s in her teens. He’s 110”). (Doug has had three failed marriages between his return to Twin Peaks in 1969 and his final marriage to Lana. His 1 st marriage was mysteriously before this period Doug listed himself as married on his 1941 enlistment — Doug form, & said he was married but not a fanatic about it in his 1947 Roswell debriefing; Preston found no recorded marriage from this period & believed he may have been referring re ferring to his common law wife Pauline Cuyo. H is most recent marriage before Lana was to a Bolivian flight attendant & ended in annulment after 3 wks.) [Act 2] Ed & Jacoby convince Asst. Principal Greege to admit Nadine; cheerleading tryouts are today, & “class is starting.” ~12:26pm (clock in Coop’s rm.). Audrey checks in on Coop to say goodbye; he tells her the basics of the Earle/Caroline story (leaving out that Earle was the murderer and that Caroline was Earle’s wife). ~12:35pm (Johnson clock). Bobby Bobb y heads out for his interview w/ Ben. Catherine drops by Harry’s office ; Harry asks where she’s been for 2 wks. S he recounts getting a call that lured her to the drying shed, a bomb going off & walls of fire; she found herself in the woods. She says she believes a guardian angel saved her. She holed up in “our old summer cabin in the wood” by P earl Lakes, eating tuna fish & waiting w/ a loaded gun by her side. She came back because she ran out of tuna fish. Dick shows up & tells Lucy that he’s interested in parenthood & has signed up for the Happy Helping Hand big brother program. Andy, eavesdropping, approaches & says they should all be friends (he tells Hawk he knows morals & manly behavior will win Lucy). Coop drops in on Harry to say goodbye. He’s off to catch steelh ead trout w/ Briggs; Harry gives him a green butt skunk (his dad taught him to tie them, & his dad’ s dad before him), & a Bookhouse Boy patch. Coop examines the troops. Special Agent Roger Hard y & Canadian Mountie King enter: Coop is suspended w/o pay. ▪
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o o
[Act 3] In Harry’s office, Coop explains that Roger is Internal Affairs. Roger says they’ll reconvene in one hr.— alone. Audrey gets Bobby in to see Ben B en (they both note that they should s hould be in school — — this was a Weds. in 1989). Ben quickly calls for a fly swatter & Bobby is ejected. Audrey & Bobby go off for ice cream (“I like to lick”). Hardy strips Coop of his badge & gun: the deaths of Jacques (whom Coop lured across the border), Blackie & Battis, B attis, as well as missing coke from a sting King had set up, place Coop under suspicion. The DEA is being brought in; he has 24 hrs. to assemble a defense. Harry refuses to cooperate w/ Hardy. Nadine tries out for Steeplejacks cheerleading. ~6:18pm (Johnson wall clock). Shelly brushes Leo’s teeth. She hasn’t heard from Bobby “all day”; day ”; he finally calls. She says she wants to put Leo in a home; Leo’s chair moves. [Act 4] ~6:40pm (Norma’s watch). Norma gets rid of the tablecloths; M. T. Wentz has published an unfavorable review. Vivian reveals herself as Wentz. Norma tells Vivian to get out of her life. (The Final Dossier seems seems to imply that “M. T. Wentz” was a persona Vivian made up as an elaborate prank to screw w/ Norma, While the book talks extensively about Vivian’s biographical details, it never once mentions her working as a critic or using the Wentz identity before her visit to Twin Peaks. According to the book, she places an anonymous tip in the local paper prior to her arrival saying that the “secretive & prominent travel writer impliedly, Norma simply reads this tip & & food critic” Wentz will be visiting — impliedly, takes it @ face value. This seems to contradict the show, where Ben has heard of Wentz, & Norma knows “him” as the most powerful restaurant critic in the state, and Vivian seems to actually have a thriving career as a travel writer.) Norma and Vivian never speak again. @ OEJ, Hank & Ernie (in hunting gear) give piggyback rides to prostitutes. Once alone, Hank wrestles Ernie & forcefully persuades him to use his computer skills to steal Vivian’s money. Jean enters & explains that a recent investment opportunity left them in need of $125,000 immediately. Ernie says he’s been associated w/ some of the most prestigious financial institutions in “this country” (Canada?)—he’s laundered massive amts. of $ & brokered tremendous deals for the “Colombian & Bolivian industries” [the script says this is “inspired lying”]. Jean fetches Mountie King, in a tux; he carries a briefcase containing 5 large bags of coke & Jean asks Ernie to sell it. After getting rid of Hank & Ernie, Jean & King conspire to use one of the bags to plant traces in Coop’s car. Harry awakens to a noise: Josie stumbles stumb les into his cabin. Coop & Briggs camp & roast marshmallows. They have both been pondering whether Bob truly exists. Briggs: “There are powerful forces of evil. It is some men’s fate to face great darkness. We each choose how to react. If the choice is fear, then we become vulnerable to darkness. There are ways to resist. You, sir, were blessed with certain gifts. In this respect, you're not alone. Have you ever heard of the White Lodge?” Coop hasn’t; something approaches. Coop heeds the call of nature. An owl hoots (both men hear it) & watches Coop pee. A bright white light engulfs the campsite; a hooded figure (later referred to by
Garland as a Guardian) looms. By the time Coop runs back to the campsite, Briggs & the Guardian are gone, although the light lingers. Coo p runs toward what appears to be the source of the light (where the Guardian had stood); it fades as he gets there. (In the dossier, in the same paragraph as he discusses sharing the “Cooper/Cooper/Cooper” message w/ Coop, Briggs says, w/o transition, that he invited Coop on the fishing trip as a b ond of friendship, & they “left that very afternoon,” seemingly implying that the fishing trip occurred the same day as Briggs delivered the message, contradicting the show. This could be read, however, as referring to 2 separate dates [i.e., they left the very afternoon Garland invited him].) In the dossier; Briggs recounts his abduction: “My memories of the event, to this day, remain a hazy jumble: blinding white light issuing from a suggestion of some mass or object above me, a silent dark-robed figure beckoning. Paralyzed w/ terror, terror, I seemed to move w/o volition to some other space. Alone but in the presence of some immense, overwhelming force, as if gravity had increased a thousandfold. A flood of words sluiced through my mind, words not my own, nor in any language known to me, a voice metallic, ringing & bitter. This was knowledge, I sensed se nsed through my terror, from some unknown order, of a higher h igher vibrational quality beyond my ability ab ility to process, uncanny, perhaps electromagnetic in nature and not in the remotest way human. … Whatever this presence might be, it possessed nothing benign or benevolent in form or content, only a cold, crushing, calculating pressure. Time itself stood still, as if whatever place they’d brought me stood st ood outside it.” He H e feared for the annihilation of his soul. “I saw many things I don’t remember. I heard other voices I can’t recall. All around me colors constantly phased through the spectrum, blue to green, red to violet, black to white. I felt alternately like a ragged empty doll, the n nothing but searing pain that rent my flesh w/ sadistic ease. I saw eyes, watching, felt pressure on my mind, as if thoughts were being forcibly inserted. I’m fairly certain I journeyed back & forth through time, wa tching it unspool like some immense, omniscient recording.” 3/16/1989 — 9:50am. Doug Milford sends an encrypted message to Garland’s LPA computer. o (Per Briggs, Doug sent it the “night” Briggs disappeared, which contradicts the 9:50am timestamp on the document — unless that was the time when Briggs printed — unless it out.) Doug says he counts Garland as his only friend. He says he owes Garland the full truth as he’s come to view it: Portions of the gov’t they served have withheld secrets out of selfishness. He’s convinced that whatever he’s spent his life tracking has been w/ humankind since we came down out of the trees. They may once have been neighbors from from some distant star, but Doug believes they were here before before we were: observing, helping, haunting, tormenting & teasing us since the t he beginning of time for reasons entirely their own. He believes that they are a mu ltitude, that their true nature is singular & energetic, not physical, evolved in some way light-years beyond our ability to understand, understa nd, & as a consequence, our limited, linear sense of time means nothing to them. A few of “us” were chosen to learn more about them— ▪
▪
•
o
or perhaps for other reasons. He believes they lie @ the root of every extranormal & paranormal experience in human history, & if we were ever able to set our eyes on its ultimate nature, “we would find it as foreign, incomprehensible & indifferent to us as ours would be to bacterial microbes swimming in a drop of water.” By our meager moral definitions, they may be neither good nor evil; he then contradictorily says there may be a good & evil side @ play w/ the human race as the game. He advises Garland not to make his next move m ove alone, but to wait for his control. c ontrol. Windom Earle kills vagrant and former Merchant Marine Erik Powell by stabbing him (Albert says Earle waited for rigor mortis to leave the body, which occurs 2 days after death, deat h, so he could pose his hand — Episode Episode 22)
EPISODE 18 o o
o
o o
o
James rides his motorcycle (passing an “Entering Snoqualmie” sign!) . Betty tells Coop & Harry Garland has disappeared before: it’s always been work-related. She says the fact that they were in the woods is very significant: “Confidentially, he talks about them constantly.” When Coop asks if Garland has been trying to contact some element in the woods as part of his top-secret work, she says that’s confidential. After she leaves, Coop tells Harry the flash of light he saw is a powerful source that exists in those woods. Andy & Hawk enter w/ Dougie & Lana’s wedding gift. A temp (Lucy is out helping w/ the Milford wedding) puts Gordon’s call through from Bend, Or. Gordon says Coop has his full support; the DEA is sending Dennis Bryson. “Let a smile be your umbrella.” The Debriefing Testimony session w/ Roger (note that the word processor on the Apple Mac has the date as 10/22/1990 — abandoning abandoning not just the year but the month setting of the Pilot — and and seemingly lining up w/ the shooting dates for this episode). Coop refuses to present a defense, saying he’ll pay the price for going outside Bureau guidelines & will defend himself against any criminal charges in a court of law. He says he knows the moves he’s supposed to make, but lately he’s been starting to focus out beyond the board on a bigger game: T he sentience of animals. What “The sound the wind makes through the vines. The we fear in the dark and what lies beyond the darkness. … I'm talking about seeing beyond fear, Roger. About looking at the world with love.” @ school, Nadine gets Donna’s all -clear to date Mike. James stops into Hideout Wallies. He meets Evelyn Marsh, who lives right up the rd. He agrees to a look @ her husband’s Jaguar: someone squeezed her on the hwy. & she drove into a ditch; she wants it fixed before her husband gets home. (Note: In The Final Dossier , Preston claims Evelyn lived “outside Portland, Or.” This seems to contradict the series, wherein James says in this epi sode that Twin Peaks is “nearby,” & Ed says in Episode 21 that Hideout Wallies is a couple of hrs. west of Twin Peaks (considering that Twin Peaks is very close to the Canadian border, either of these statements would be rather liberal if Hideout Wallies were near Portland and the latter statement would be flat-out odd for not — and saying “south” in addition to “west.”) [Act 2] 12:18pm (sheriff’s station wall clock). Dick stops by w/ Little Nicky; he’s just had him fitted for a new wardrobe @ Horne’s. He tries to bail on
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
malteds when he learns Lucy isn’t around, but Andy says it’s close to his lunch hr. & he'll join them. Coop asks Harry & Hawk about the White Lodge. Hawk: “ Cooper, you may be fearless in this world. But there are other worlds. … My people believe that the White Lodge is a place where the spirits that rule man and nature here reside.” (Harry: “Local legend. Goes way back.”) Hawk: “There is also a legend of a place called the Black Lodge, the shadow self of the White Lodge. Legend says that every spirit must pass through there on the way to perfection. There, you will meet your own shadow self. My people call it ‘the Dweller on the Threshold.’ … But it is said, if you confront the Black Lodge with Coop imperfect courage, it will utterly annihilate your soul.” Denise arrives — Coop tells Harry he worked w/ Bryson in Oakland. Nadine leg-lifts 600 lbs. next to Mike; Coach Wingate asks if she’s given any thought to going out for the wrestling team. Josie, pressed by Harry, tells a tall tale abo ut Eckhardt taking her off the street when she was 16. She was afraid for her life when she met Andrew; Eckhardt thinks she’s his property. She says she escaped Mr. Lee @ the airport in Seattle; she tells Harry she believes Eckhardt was responsible for Andrew’s death. [Act 3] ~1pm? (Double R clock). Roger reads the Twin Peaks Post (not Gazette!) in the Double R (headlines: “Leland Palmer Laid to Rest,” “Milford Marries a Fifth Time”; other pages: “City Bond Issue Nears Approval,” “Senate Votes to Extend Registration Deadline,” “Compromise Housing [Budget?] Sent to President for…” ). Hank & Ernie return from their “hunting expedition”; Norma tells Ernie Vivian is back in Seattle, Hank reminds him they have 4 kilos to unload. Nicky pranks Dick & Andy over a Super Snow Frost Chocolate Malted. In the Marsh garage: Evelyn doesn’t know where Jeff rey is this wk.; he travels extensively on business. James accepts her offer to stay ab ove the garage while he fixes the 1948 Jaguar. Ben watches old 16mm film of the groundbreaking for the Great Northern when he was a kid (it was due to open in Oct., yr. unknown). Hank arrives & tells Ben that Ben is out @ OEJ. Ben is concerned w/ furniture arrangement, makes shadow puppets. Coop gets Earle’s next chess move, P to Q4. There is also a tape; Earle criticizes Cooper’s predictability & says Earle will sacrifice even his Queen — his goal must be attained @ any cost: “The king must die.” [Act 4] Rev. Clarence marries Dougie & Lana over Dwayne’s objection in the Great Northern. Coop, seemingly fresh out of the shower (& with a suitcase open on the bed), gets a call from Denise to come downstairs. Denise caught the bouquet; she tells Coop they found coke in his car. Log Lady sits w/ Pete & Dwayne; Dwayne kvetches to Pete. Denise explains her lifestyle change to Coop. Harry joins them. Dougie & Lana drop by; Lana knows Coop solved the Laura Palmer case. Coop dances w/ Audrey, Denise dances w/ Andy. Doug’s last words to Briggs before retiring upstairs: “Go od thing I kept the t he minister on speed dial.”
o
~8:05pm (clock on Catherine’s desk). Josie begs w/ Catherine to help her against Eckhardt. Catherine enlists Josie as her new maid & tells her to move to the servants’ quarters: breakfast will be @ 7am. Josie leaves, Andrew enters & notes that everything is going according to plan: when Eckhardt comes looking for his one true love, they’ll be waiting for him.
EPISODE 19 3/17/1989 — o Ben (unshaven & wearing the same dressing gown, shirt & tie as the prior two days) meets w/ Bobby, & enlists him to follow Hank w/ a camera. As Bobby leaves, Lana runs screaming down the hall. o Irene Littlehorse shows a (flannel-clad) Coop properties; he wants to see Dead Dog Farm. She says “It’s a puzzle; no one ever really says there long.” ~11:29am (sheriff’s station table clock). Judy Swain from Happy Helping o Hand meets w/ Lucy, Andy & Dick regarding Nicky’s “ persistent random misfortune.” She reveals that Nicky’s parents were killed, but the orphanage hasn’t revealed how. o Harry grabs Andy to go to the Great Northern, where Dougie is dead S ecret Life by Chris Gerrity — & a box (surrounded by sexy books — incl. incl. My Secret of sex toys). He appears to be wearing a ring w/ a green stone. (Oddly, Preston later claims that an addendum to the autopsy lists a jade green ring being on his bedside table, not his finger.) Will says it looks like a heart attack. Dwayne arrives and accuses Lana of being cursed & murdering Dougie. Hawk is infatuated w/ Lana; she believes she’s cursed & says it all started on her prom nt. Nadine proves herself @ wrestling by kicking Mike’s ass while asking him out. o [Act 2] Mike unsuccessfully begs Donna to pretend she’s still his girlfriend. o Evelyn’s “brother” Malcolm Sloan (who doubles as Jeffrey Marsh’s drunken o chauffeur) wanders into James’s rm., rattles off his backstory & reveals that Jeffrey beats Evelyn. o Irene shows Coop Dead Dog Farm (explaining that the name references an old legend: “Of all the people in the world, only the best & are drawn to a dead dog. Most turn away. Only those w/ the purest of heart can feel its pain…and somewhere in between the rest of us struggle”). Coop sees fresh tire tracks (Irene says no one has asked to see Dead Dog the last yr.). He finds baby laxative in the sink drain & traces of coke on a seat. o Dick changes a tire as Little Nicky honks the horn. The car mysteriously falls off the jack, almost injuring Dick. o Col. Reilly, in Harry’s office, questions Coop about whether Coop noticed any wildlife (specifically mentioning birds & owls) @ the site where Briggs disappeared. Coop heard an owl (“No visual contact?” asks Reilly). Coop says he knows about the monitors; Reilly clarifies that while the monitors are pointed @ deep space, the messages they intercepted were sent from “right here in these woods” (oddly , he points @ a map of Cachuma Recreation area in Ca.). He adds, “where they were sent to is another question.” Coop asks if this has to do w/ the White Lodge & Reilly says that’s classified. He tells them Garland is the best pilot he’s ever known; he was born w/ hardware most of •
•
us only dream about. His disappearance has implications that go so far beyond seem s like a case of the sniffles. nat’l security the Cold War seems o James fixes the Jag engine & confronts Evelyn abo ut her situation. Jeffrey gets home. [Act 3] @ the Great Northern, Audrey runs into Bobby; she hides in her o crawlspace. Ben is wearing a Confederate coat over the same clothes he’s been wearing for days, & is reenacting the Battle of Gettysburg w/ figurines (Day 1: The South is winning). Bobby gives him the photos. ~10:30 (Packard wall clock, presumably inaccurate). Pete toasts Catherine; o Josie serves. Coop tells Diane his response to Earle’s opening m ove (P to Q4) was printed o in the Personal columns of “a nationally distributed newspaper,” but he already received Earle’s response yesterday! Earle anticipated Coop’s response & is toying w/ him. Coop Co op says in spite of his past, he still hopes he can make a home & raise a family. Audrey knocks & gives Coop the photos she stole from Ben: Hank, Jean, Ernie & Mountie King meeting @ Dead Dog. Denise interrupts. Coop shows Denise the photos. o Night. Ed & Norma reconnect and they hold hands; Hank is watching. o [Act 4] Thunderstorm. Dick goes to the sheriff’s station & ignores Lucy; he tells Andy he thinks Nicky is the devil, or @ the least homicidal in the 1 st degree. o Will confirms that Dougie died of a heart attack, but Dwayne isn’t having it. Hawk comforts Lana; Harry, Andy, Will & Dick fall under her spell. Lucy fumes as the guys raptly listen to Lana’s story about her rodeo clown cousin being forced to take his clown costume completely off. ~Post-3/17/1989 —Dougie’s jade green ring is returned to t o his widow Lana. La na. (More o accurately, Preston is told it “would have been” returned to her, per department protocol.) 3/18/1989 — o ~1:08am (Ernie’s watch). Ernie eats @ the Double R; Denise confronts him w/ the photos. o In Coop’s rm., Coop & Denise get a confession (laced w/ plentiful excuses) from Ernie. They coerce him to tell his cohorts he found a major buyer arriving tomorrow from Seattle Sea ttle (to be played by Denise). James wakes up to the sound of Jeffrey screaming @ Evelyn, & breaking glass. o Malcolm wanders in, says one day he’ll kill Jeffrey. Bobby comes home; Betty is sitting in the dark. Bobby tells her about the o dream Garland recounted to him. Suddenly, the lights go out & Garland appears wearing a WWI fighter pilot uniform, seemingly having lost track of time. Betty asks if everything is alright & he says no. (Although he seems to materialize instantly in the house, his comm ents in the next episode, as well as the dossier, indicate he returned to our world near the dead campfire in the woods & trekked home.) The dossier doesn’t mention the fighter pilot uniform, & Briggs claims Betty told him he was gone 3 days, not 2. In the dossier, Briggs says he arrived home as night fell, the hike down the mtn. having taken all day. He ▪
then says he slept 16 hrs. after returning home — since since we see Briggs @ the sheriff’s station the following morning in Episode 20, a 16 -hr. sleep would indeed require him to have gotten home early in the evening. However, in the episode, Ernie’s watch, and the several night scenes make it seem that precede Briggs’s return— incl. James in bed — make unlikely that his return happens @ nightfall.
EPISODE 20 o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
After Garland wakes up, Betty notices the symbol “carved, burned or branded” on his neck. Garland says he had seen the symbol before on the 3 abducted kids, as well as on Doug. (This doesn’t mesh w/ the show: Garland doesn’t appear aware of Margaret’s mark until she approaches him in the diner days later.) Upon learning of the mark, he wants to tell Doug he’s been chosen, but learns Doug died 3 days earlier. (Per the show, it was actually one day earlier — a day & a half, tops, if Doug died early in the nt. Elsewhere in the dossier, Briggs is consistent w/ the show timeline, as noted below.) After learning of Doug’s death, Garland goes to the LPA later that day & finds Doug’s encrypted message on his computer. Garland finds a tape of his 5/17/1985 conversation w/ Doug Milford on his desk where Doug had left it for him (he finds it the day after Doug d ied, per Briggs…this contradicts Briggs elsewhere saying that, upon his return, & following a 16-hr. sleep, he learned that Doug had died three days earlier, putting the day after Doug’s death firmly in the middle of Garland’s disappearance). Garland’s vision/memory: Darkness filled w/ star -like pinpoints of varied and shifting colors. A whisper: “Cooper…” The 3 -triangle “fallout” symbol spins into view, bursting into flames. Behind the flames as they disappear is Garland Briggs, sitting on a stone throne, seemingly in the middle of a jungle. In VO, he recounts stepping from the flames, a vague shape in the dark, then nothing until he stood by the cold remains of their campfire 2 days later. Will & Coop’s voices intrude, w/ a metallic ring (and weird demonic voices seemingly speaking beneath them). Garland says he can feel his memories palpably; everything is known to him but beyond his reach. The only other thing is one disturbing image: a giant Owl, pervasive, big enough to cloud his mind & memory. (Apparently he remembered more later, as his account in the dossier is much more detailed —and notably doesn’t mention the owl!) The flash of a camera brings Garland back to the sheriff’s station conference rm. He behaves erratically (looking @ the wooden table & asking, “Oh God. Is this meant for the soul? For my soul?”) He explains that since Project Blue Book disbanded in 1969, there are those who co ntinue in an unofficial capacity to examine the heavens as before — or, or, in the case of Twin Peaks, the Earth below, searching for the White Lodge. Two M.P.s arrive on Reilly’s orders to escort Briggs; he goes willingly. Denise pressures Ernie into calling Jean to arrange the buy. Andy (fresh from saving a cat from a tree) meets w/ Dick; they sneak off to burglarize the orphanage. Coop has Lucy checking every nationally distributed newspaper; she hasn’t found anything that looks like a chess deal or a reference to Earle.
o o
o
o o o
o
o
Ed passes Norma a note in the Double R w/ his check, saying sa ying they need to talk. An exasperated Shelly feeds Leo. ( Invitation Invitation to Love audio plays throughout the scene: [presumably a rerun, it’s t he same scene of Chet & Emerald discussing Jade originally seen in Episode 4.) Bobby has baseball practice; he says he’s not coming back & leaves. James calls Ed asking him to send all the money from his savings account (apparently $12!) to Wallies. A bruised Evelyn (in sunglasses) enters the garage; James tells her about Laura. They hear Jeffrey leaving; she asks for James’s help, then leaves. Red traffic light. Nadine approaches Mike @ the Double R & smooches him; he’s bowled over. ~9:25am. Norma leaves the diner to run “errands”; Hank protests that they still have most of the breakfast crowd. [Act 2] Harry comes by to see Josie; she was supposed to move into his place. She says Blue Pine Lodge is her home. Lucille (presumably a Great Northern employee) runs from Ben’s office in tears, carrying an old marching drum & wearing a ketchup-“blood ied” head bandage. Audrey peers in on Ben’s escalating Gettysburg mania (he has finally changed into fresh clothes under his Confederate tunic!) As Gen. Lee, Ben commands Longstreet to lead the charge on Little Round Top. He asks for Gen. Jeb Stuart & his cavalry; Longstreet says he’s coming. (“Damn his eyes!” ) Audrey tries to reason w/ Ben & says they’re going to save the business, but he points out that she’ s standing (kneeling, technically) on Gen. Stuart. Longstreet brings Stuart to Lee; Lee has an outburst about not needing more wagons & says to ready the men of the Alabama 15th. Audrey calls Jerry. Norma comes over to Ed’s. They hook up. Hawk wires a sweaty Ernie (Ernie rambles about fighting in Korea). Harry deputizes Coop (badge no. 13); Denise enters, in drag as Dennis, saying “somehow it seemed more appropriate.” Lunchtime. Andy & Dick break into the Dorritt Home for Boys while the staff is out, searching for Little Nicky’s records . (An anachronistic copy of the Dec. 1990 Bart Simpson cover Mad Magazine issue is on the table.) The Brunstons enter, early & eager to see Donnie; Dick says Donnie’s dead…tired. Donna visits Ed, he gives her to money to bring to James. Norma says goodb ye; Hank is in the house & beats Ed up, but Nadine arrives from school & kicks d isplay shelves. (Note: This Hank’s ass, throwing him through her china figure display day was a Sat. in 1989, creating an issue w/ w/ Nadine coming home from school. school. This can perhaps be explained away as Nadine attending weekend school to get caught up.) [Act 3] Ben briefs Bobby on the battle: Col. Chamberlain & the 20th Maine were trapped @ the summit of Little Round Top. Chamberlain’ s only chance was to maneuver his left flank down the hillside like a swinging gate, but the Confederates were waiting for him. Now in control of Little Round Top, Lee was able to roll back the Federal Line, setting the stage for Pickett’s Charge. ▪
o o
o
o
o
▪
Audrey peers in. Ben hands Bobby a sword; he’s to play a surrendering Gen. Meade, but Bobby leaves to talk to Lincoln (Audrey). Audrey says Jerry is coming home on the next plane & Jacoby is seeing Ben tomorrow. Catherine comes over to gloat, but decides she still wants him; they begin to have sex. James unveils the repaired Jag for Evelyn. Jeffrey is due home @ midnight. They have sex on the car; Malcolm watches from down the driveway. Coop, Harry & Hawk stake out Dead Dog as the buy goes down. Ernie’s sweat causes the wire to smoke, revealing him as an informant. Jean & King hold Dennis & Ernie hostage; Coop exchanges himself for them. Hawk calls for state police. [Act 4] Night. Evelyn leaves a sleeping James; Malcolm waits outside the rm. & they kiss. Jean, King & Coop are still holed up in Dead Dog. Jean seems to accept Coop’s advice that surrender is the only option, but he needs to decide if he’s going to kill Coop 1st. He explains that he blames Coop for the deaths of both his brothers: Twin Peaks was a simple place where he & his brothers could do business until Laura died and Coop showed up, turning the simple dream into a nightmare. “So if you die, maybe you will be the last to die. Maybe you brought the nightmare with you and maybe the nightmare will die with you.” Denise approaches in a Double R uniform w/ a tray. They let her in; she raises her skirt, Coop grabs a gun from her thigh holster & shoots Jean in cold blood. Denise throws King against the wall. Shelly wakes up on the couch, the electricity cycling on & off. She finds a weird wind-up clown toy in Leo’s bed; his chair is empty. He greets her malevolently, wearing a birthday party hat & with cake smeared all over his face. Meanwhile, there is a fire @ the power station. Someone calls the sheriff’s station about a bomb planted in the woods . The transformer on the pole behind the sheriff’s station explodes; Lucy calls the fire dept. & they evacuate. (There is also a fire @ the sheriff’s station— presumably related to the transformer, but this is never specified.) Coop, Harry & Hawk return to the station. Coop goes into the still-blackedout sheriff’s station & finds a corpse in Harry’s office, its hand wired to point @ a chess board, showing Earle’s next move— pawn pawn takes Q4 pawn (note that the board as seen — while while closer to the actual game than the props in prior shots —has Coop’s Coop’s second second move as P-K4 rather than P-Q4). ▪
▪
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
EPISODE 21 o
o
o
Coop accurately predicts the victim’scause of death: a stab wound 1” below the sternum, penetrating upwards, severing the aorta. Coop surmises the victim was a vagrant who was befriended & offered a lift, driven to a location up beyond the ridge & stabbed once. @ the Great Northern, by candlelight, Audrey proposes to Bobby that he can get rich by helping bring Ben’s mind back. Leo stalks Shelly around the house; she can’t get out the front door. Outside, an owl hoots, its throat pulsating. Leo comes at Shelly with an ax. Bobby gets
•
•
•
home. Leo nearly strangles Bobby with the ax handle; Shelly stabs Leo in the leg. He limps away. Post-3/18/1989 — Ernie Ernie returns home to Seattle & finds all his belongings piled in the driveway in the rain. A process server gives him divorce papers from Vivian. (Preston theorizes that Vivian was playing a “secondary angle” in her visit to Twin Peaks by bringing Ernie and Hank together, t ogether, to “neatly shed a suddenly inconvenient incon venient husband.” It’s not clear why Preston believes Ernie had become “inconvenient” to Vivian, or why Vivian would need Ernie to become involved in a criminal enterprise in order to divorce him.) ~3/18-3/19/1989 — On On either 3/18 or 3/19, Nadine & Mike have sex “all night” while on the wrestling trip to Knife River. (Nadine to Ed, Ed , Episode 23) 3/19/1989 — Jacoby is in Princeville, Kauai, on a porch overlooking Hanalei Bay (where he o scattered his mother’s ashes & intends to scatter some of Robert’s). He seems to believe Leland was possessed, & seems much more deeply affected by Laura’s death than the later series episodes indicate, calling himself “broken.” The Wa. St. Board of Review is deciding whether to suspend his license. He plans to turn to native practitioners on the islands w/ whom he grew up to begin healing himself. (Note: this date contradicts the series, where where Jacoby returns from Hi. by 3/15). [Act 2] Morning. Donna takes the van to go find James (Will to Ed). o o The corpse is moved out of Harry’s office. Coop tells Harry Denise told him all criminal charges against Coop have been dropped, but his suspension stands until he hears from Gordon. Hawk found Earle’s car out on the logging rd. like Coop said, no prints. He adds that Hank is in the hospital (Hawk cuffed him for violating parole by consorting w/ drug dealers & crossing the border into Canada), & Shelly called about abo ut Leo. o Andy tells Lucy his & Dick’s suspicions about Little Nicky ; she’s furious. James meets Jeffrey Marsh; Jeffrey takes the car for a spin. o @ the Double R, Ed talks to Will about Nadine: she wants to start dating boys. o Will credits her enhanced strength & sexual prowess to extra adrenaline. Will leaves, Ed & Norma talk. They plan a cabin getaway. Evelyn enters James’s room as James is getting out of the shower; he says he’s o leaving, she begs him not to. o Coop tells Harry he published his responding move to Earle in the Twin Peaks Gazette (apparently N-QB3, per the board). He tells Harry the Earle backstory. o @ Wallies, Donna asks after James. Evelyn approaches her & says James left yesterday, saying something about the ocean & Mexico. @ the Marsh house, James agonizes next to his bike. o o [Act 3] Audrey escorts Jerry into Ben’s office ; Ben thinks Jerry is Gen. Jeb Stuart. Ben says they’re crossing the Md. Border. By dawn, the troops will be on the outskirts of Washington; by midday, it will fall. Jacoby explains that by reversing the outcome of the Civil War, Ben will also reverse his own emotional setback. o Briggs stumbles into the sheriff’s station & passes out. He is worried: “When my superiors questioned me about my disappearance, they exhibited a degree ▪
▪
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
of suspicion and intolerance bordering on the paranoid. para noid. I must now admit that their motivation in the search for the White Lodge is not ideologically pure. I believe that during my disappearance, I was taken to the White Lodge. I can remember virtually nothing. But I have the clear intuitive sense that there is much trouble ahead.” He says that he will be in the th e shadows if they need him. Andy brings Coop & Harry in to see Jacoby & Lana in the conference rm. (Hawk is already there): Jacoby, having spent almost the past 24 hrs. w/ Lana, has decided any accusations of a curse are nonsense. Lana makes all the men feel hot. Jacoby & Lana head to go bowling, but as soon as the pair exit into the hall, Dwayne holds them @ gunpoint. Coop persuades Dwayne to go into the conference rm. to talk things over w/ Lana (bringing the gun!). [Act 4] After waiting, the guys go in to find Dwayne Dway ne seduced & ready to adopt ado pt a child w/ Lana. Dusk. Josie is out shopping. Pete realizes they forgot the hot dogs. Catherine reveals Andrew to Pete — they they tell him the Eckhardt backstory & say Eckhardt will come for Josie like a rat for cheese. c heese. @ the Great Northern, Jones & Eckhardt check in. Night. Harry, worried, shows Coop an article that just came over the wire from Seattle: “Asian Man Killed!!” w/ a picture of Jonathan. He wants Coop to find out if Josie had anything to do d o with it. Will (who called the orphanage & cut through the red tape) chides Andy & Dick and tells them Little Nicky’s backstory. Evelyn comes into James’s rm.; he’s leaving. S he professes her love for him. The cops pull up; she says there’s been an accident & Jeffrey is dead. James correctly guesses it was the car & that she set James up. She says it was Malcolm’s idea & confesses that he’s not her brother. She sends James off to find Donna…which he conveniently does, hiding behind a tree on the Marsh’s property. They run off as Evelyn begins speaking to the troopers. Leo wanders through the woods; an owl screeches as it flies by overhead. He comes across a cabin & strange flute music (“Earle’s Theme”) . He stumbles inside & meets Windom Earle.
EPISODE 22 A Hwy. State Patrolman interviews Malcolm as Evelyn (already in mourning gear!) sulks. Evelyn tells them James said sa id he was from Twin Peaks & she met m et him @ Wallies. 3/20/1989 — 2:50am (Wallies wall clock). @ Wallies, Donna calls Ed while James eludes o highway patrolman Frank w/ minimal effort. o Morning. Coop & Harry interview Bobby & Shelly (the latter in a sling). Bobby reveals their relationship, & tells the deputies that Hank shot Leo. Albert returns (“another trip on the Seattle-to-Twin Peaks shuttle) on direct orders from Gordon. Earle has been sending faux mail bombs to police depts. & major law enforcement agencies in Springfield (Il.), Kansas City (Mo.), Lawton (Ok.), Dallas (Tx.), & Jackson (Ms.). The packages each contain a piece of Caroline’s wedding apparel. Albert says Il., Ok. & Ms. Police are looking for Earle as well as the DEA (?!) & FBI. The U.S. map showing the o
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
trail of Earle’s packages was found taped to the bottom of a table @ the Twin Peaks power station after the fire. ~12:16pm (Earle’s watch). Leo wakes up; Earle prances in his long johns & plays flute (“Audrey’s Prayer”). He has obtained Leo’s record: the police want to see him for drug trafficking, arson, attempted murder & domestic violence (Earle says he’s partial to the latter, implying that he was abusive to Caroline ; Tamara Preston later writes that Caroline suffered “severe mental & emotional distress” during the course of her marriage to Windom ). Earle beats Leo w/ the flute when he tries to escape, puts him in a shock collar & feeds him gruel. gru el. nd [Act 2] Ed & Norma lie in bed. Nadine arrives home: she got 2 place in the district finals @ Knife River because she was disqualified for using an illegal airplane slam. She apologizes to Norma for pounding Hank & says she’s cool w/ Ed & Norma because she’s seeing Mike. Coop & Harry question Josie on Jonathan: he was shot 3 times in the back of the head & Seattle police know Josie was connected w/ him. Coop helps a struggling Pete w/ Josie’s dry cleaning & takes a vicuna sample from a coat & also takes the accompanying gloves. Eckhardt calls for Josie: he ominously asks if she heard what happened to Jonathan. Catherine listens on another extension. Eckhardt tells Jones he’s disappointed Josie has run back to Catherine. In Afrikaans, he says she’s become pred ictable, & Jones replies she warned him not to trust her. Jacoby experiments w/ letting Ben out to mingle w/ the public; it doesn’t help. As Ben reminiscences about Stonewall Jackson (& Johnny rocks nearby), Jerry tries to persuade Audrey that Ben is fun this way, & leaving him insane would allow Jerry to develop some projects, “both domestic and international.” Audrey threatens Jerry & he falls into line. Jacoby says it’s time to implement to Appomattox Scenario. @ Wallies, Donna begs Evelyn to stop; Malcolm arrives, forces Evelyn out to the car, & threatens to kill Donna if he sees her around again. [Act 3] Albert tells Coop the vicuna fibers are a match — Josie Josie shot Coop. They’re t esting the gloves for gunpowder & will have the results in the morning. Seattle homicide has a sketch sk etch of Josie from a witness description; she is wanted in the murder of Jonathan Kumaguy (who has a long Interpol sheet). Albert bets the bullets from Jonathan will match those that hit Coop. Coop goes in to Harry, who reveals that the vagrant was Erik Powell, a former merchant marine. Coop says Powell was Caroline’s maiden name. Harry introduces Coop to the local chess expert: Pete, who checkmates Toad, Coop & Will @ the Double R simultaneously. (He attributes his success to José Raúl Capablanca). Coop enlists him to stalemate a game losing as few pieces as possible. Norma cleans the ice cream cone; Shelly comes & gets her job back. Harry tells Norma Hank is ready to leave the hospital & they’re putting him away for the attempted murder of Leo, & parole violation. Catherine has Eckhardt over; they bargain over Josie as she serves. Evelyn drinks at home (setting her drink on the George Searing Quintet & Orchestra’s 1957 album Black Satin and running her finger over records, incl.
Waldo de los Riós’s 1957 album Kiss of Fire). James storms in, demanding an explanation. She says she did it “for the money, out of fear, because I wanted to do it.” Malcolm knocks James out w/ the butt of a gun; despite Evelyn’s protests, Malcolm holds her down & rehearses their story: James came back to kill Evelyn, she shot him. o [Act 4] Audrey as Scarlett McLean welcomes “Gen. Lee” to the home of her father, Jerry as Wilmer McLean, for the signing of the articles. Jacoby is Gen. Grant, surrendering to the Confederate States. Ben passes out & suddenly comes back to himself. Earle puts on a disguise as Leo writes out the poem “Love’ s Philosophy” by o Percy Bysshe Shelley very shakily. Earle has photos of Donna, Shelly & Audrey (“Which one will be my queen?”). He rips the poem in three & puts one piece into an envelope. Malcolm tries to get a reluctant Evelyn’s prints on the gun; Donna runs in o screaming that she’s called the police. Evelyn shoots Malcolm, then nearcatatonically rehearses the story as he taught it to her. Pre-3/21/1989 — Per Per Preston, Annie leaves the convent “a few yrs. down the rd.” from entering, before taking full vows, now in her early 20s. (Per her 1973 birthdate listed in The Final Dossier , this would place Annie leaving the convent in the mid-1990s, inconsistent w/ the TV series. In the show, Annie calls Norma on 3/21/1989, impliedly very shortly after leaving the convent.) 3/21/1989 — Early morning. (Randy tells Audrey Earle’s note came “this morning,” o Episode 23) Coop returns to the Great Northern (looking @ a photo of Caroline in his wallet as he waits for the elevator); Earle in disguise exits the elevator past Coop, coming down. He leaves a note for Audrey @ the front desk & comments on the Owl postcards. In his rm., Coop straightens his hanging suit…and finds a Caroline death mask on his bed. As he picks it up, a tape recording begins: Earle says he still loves Caroline, & knows Coop does too. He says it’s Coop’s move. EPISODE 23 Morning. Coop & Harry listen to Earle’s tape. Earle demands that Coop print o his move in tomorrow’s paper or Earle will make it for him. They have Lucy contact Pete. Pete serves Catherine & Andrew breakfast, then leaves. Andrew & Catherine discuss Ghostwood: Andrew talked to the investors: the meeting is set & he leaves for Paris tomorrow. Josie walks in w/ kindling, sees Andrew for the 1st time, & faints. Harry agonizes over a newspaper article about Jonathan (“No Clues to o Killer”; another article: “City Bond Issue Near Approval”). Hawk brings Hank in on crutches; Harry arrests him for breaking b reaking parole & charges him w/ the attempted murder of Leo Johnson. Hank proposes to testify against the murderer of Andrew Packard, but Harry isn’t having it. Twisting the knife, Hank says Harry is sleeping w/ her; Hawk trips Hank & escorts him out. Albert tells Coop the bullets pulled from Jonathan match those that shot Coop; o Coop pledges to go talk to Josie, hoping to get her to turn herself in. •
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
The Great Northern is hosting the Tri-County Rodeo Association 1989 Annual Convention (this is the last time the 1989 setting is explicitly mentioned on the original series). Audrey is learning the hotel business b usiness from the bottom-up, a different position every week; this week is concierge. Randy St. Croix is more than a bit resentful. Randy leaves Audrey Earle’s note. John Justice Wheeler checks in to Rm. 215. He meets Audrey, recalls seeing her as Heidi. [Act 2] Nadine comes home early from school as Ed is repairing her shelves; she confesses she is seeing Mike & breaks up w/ Ed. @ Blue Pine Lodge, Coop questions Josie. She refuses to confess; Coop tells her to come to the stationhouse by 9:00 or he’ll come find her. Catherine eavesdrops. She enters once Coop is gone, cheerfully saying that Eckhardt insists on seeing Josie alone tonight & wondering what Eckhardt will think if he learns Andrew is alive. Catherine “finds” her keys on the bookshelf behind a book (between Antonia Fraser’s Mary Queen of Scots and Lawrence Sanders’s The First Deadly Sin; War and Peace is also glimpsed). Catherine deliberately reveals a gun which Josie takes gratefully. A celery-munching Ben presides over a “board meeting” for Horne Industries Inc. w/ his “executive assistant” Bob Briggs, Audrey, Jerry (w/ an unexplained band-aid between his eyebrows), & John Justice Wheeler. (Ben explains that JJW used to be in construction & came up the hard way. Yrs. ago Ben made an investment in JWW which JJW turned into an empire. Ben is asking him to return the favor.) Although the company has fallen on hard times, he wants to refocus: fight the Ghostwood development to keep Twin Peaks unspoiled in an era of vast environmental carnage, & particularly to save the pine weasel (which exists only in their tri-county area & would be wiped out by the development). After that, Ben is considering a run r un for the Senate. ~1:16pm (Double R clock). Norma Norm a talks to Annie on the phone; she tells her to get on the next bus, & tells Shelly Annie Ann ie arrives tomorrow. Earle, disguised d isguised as a truck driver, leaves Shelly a note. Ed comes in & proposes to Norma. [Act 3] Leo whittles a stick to a point in the woods. Earle, still as a trucker, takes it & fits an arrowhead on it. Norma visits Hank in jail to say she wants a divorce. Hank begs b egs Norma to give him an alibi for the night Leo was shot. S he refuses & leaves. Pete makes his chess move (seen as P to QN3, and the board is now closer to correct than in previous shots, although the white pawns are now incorrectly in the King row rather than the Queen row, contradicting Coop’s published t he Gazette — deal in the nat’l newspaper ca. Episode 18 ). They have Lucy call the Earle won’t b e able to take a piece for 5 or 6 moves. Albert takes Coop to the side: the gunpowder on Josie’s gloves matches the gun that shot Coop & Seattle P.D. have a witness who positively IDs Josie leaving the car where Jonathan was found. Harry sees them talking & k nows. Josie does her make-up (echoing the opening scene of the Pilot). Andrew com es in w/ champagne. He claims that he did love her a great deal. He says the police are closing in & her only chance is to go to Eckhardt to get out of the country (“I’m sure he truly loves you”). He says they won’t speak again & exits.
(Oddly, Harry’s drunken handwritten note in The Secret History claims “I was there, Coop”: he claims Andrew told Josie he still loved her & forgave her because he couldn’t help himself—which isn’t what he said in the scene — then then accurately describes Andrew telling her to go to Eckhardt to escape the law. On the series, Harry doesn’t even appear to know Andrew is alive at this point, or indeed at any point. The “I was there” opens the note, and may possibly poss ibly refer to Josie’s death— i.e., i.e., him reminding Coop that he witnessed it too —but it’s still not clear how Harry would claim claim to know the contents of this private conversation.) James meets Donna for a picnic. He says he’s going to be a witness against Evelyn. He says he can’t go home now, & Donna says she can’t go with him. They kiss & fall onto the blanket. [Act 4] Night. Catherine reads Great Expectations as Pete works w/ his fishing gear. Harry comes looking for Josie; Catherine says Josie took Catherine’s car w/o asking. Pete says she mentioned the Great Northern & seeing an old friend. Catherine feeds Harry Eckhardt’s name. Eckhardt, heading down to the Great Northern lobby, runs into Andrew. Andrew lies, saying Josie tipped him off allowing him to live, & warns Eckhardt: Josie is coming to him & Thomas should be careful. Andrew takes the elevator down to the garage: he says his resurrection is still a well-kept secret. (Again, Harry’s omniscient drunken note recounts th is conversation, as if it occurred right after the Andrew/Josie scene: “Then Eckhardt showed up…”) Ben dines w/ Audrey & Jack. Jack says he buys bankrupt, failing business, streamlines them, & brings them up to speed — incl. incl. making significant environmental concessions — then then resells them @ a substantial profit. Ben B en has to leave the table; the chef tried to stab Jerry. Audrey A udrey & Jack bond, she excuses exc uses herself for an appointment. 9:30pm (Gathering of the Angels @ the Roadhouse, per Earle’s note). Shelly, Donna & Audrey run into each other @ the Roadhouse, realize they all have pieces of the note. Earle (still dressed as a truck driver) watches. Coop, practicing his fishing cast on his bed, gets a call from Cath erine. He says he was just on his way over; Catherine tells te lls him Josie went to Eckhardt’s suite. Coop gets his gun & heads to Eckhardt’s rm. He hears yelling: Eckhardt saying he loves Josie, Josie yelling not to touch her and not to hurt her. (Eckhardt faintly seems to query, “Don’t hurt me?” as if confused) A gunshot. Coop breaks the door in. Eckhardt dies of a gunshot wound. Josie holds her gun on Coop. She says she shot Coop “because [he] came here”; she knew this day would come & she can’t go to jail. Harry enters, gun drawn. Josie suddenly sudde nly seems to gasp for breath & trembles; she clasps the gun to her chest. Her left arm falls, seemingly numb; she collapses on the bed, dead. Harry holds her. Coop sees a bright white light on the bed; Harry & Josie disappear. Bob crawls onto the bed, asking, “Coop, what happened to Josie?” then the MfAP dances on the bed; then Harry & Josie reappear. In the drawer pull on the nightstand, ▪
o
o
o
▪
o
o
o
Josie is seen screaming and trapped; her face morphs into a wooden face, straining to pull free. (Harry recounts these in his drunken note, handwritten on Coop’s “Andrew Packard Case” document. Given his inebriated state, it’s tough to know exactly what he means by much of it. It appears to be addressed to Coop [It begins “I was there, Coop” and ends w/ him thanking Coop], although Preston speculates Coop had probably already left town when Harry wrote it [implying that Harry may have fallen back into his Episode 24-style drunken decline]. The “I was there” immediately precedes a recounting of Andrew & Josie speaking, but perhaps it refers to Josie’s death , & Harry’s mind is wandering as he writes. He also oddly recounts Josie’s death as if Coop wasn’t there —“Josie sleeps with Eck hardt, hardt, then shoots him in his room at the Great Northern. I got g ot there moments later. Josie swore she shot him in self-defense. And like always, I believed her. Then she just died. Like her heart failed, broken to pieces p ieces by all the lies she’d kept living for so long. Right there in my arms. Most of her died a long time ago. She already felt like a ghost.”) (Interestingly, upon reading t hat Josie shot Coop, Preston says it was a “previously unidentified assailant,” implying that Coop & Albert k ept ept Josie’s res ponsibility to themselves!) ▪
EPISODE 24 3/22/1989 — (Note: (Note: In the script, Coop makes reference to Harry almost being out of vacation days, seemingly implying that he took a bunch of time off to binge drink; these references are dropped from the episode, & the show appears to continue following its episode-a-day structure.) Harry drinks Jack Daniel’s in the Bookhouse & thinks about Josie. Hawk o drops off breakfast from Norma, & gives the Bookhouse Boys salute as he leaves. 11:17am (Double R wall clock). Annie arrives at Double R (Norma asks how o Annie & “mom” got along, implying that Annie saw Vivian after she left the convent). Briggs (decidedly not “in the shadows”) eats a “compelling” pie; the Log Lady approaches & touches the mark on his neck, then sits down & touches the Log. o Coop reviews int’l files on Josie & Eckhardt (the Twin Peaks Post on the desk) — he he tells Hawk Will was unable to determine Josie’ s cause of death, & her body weighed only 65 lbs. o Leo brings Earle the Post; upon seeing Coop’s chess deal, E arle immediately knows Coop is getting help & flies off the handle, then plays his flute (“Earle’s Theme (Audrey’s Walk)”). o Audrey sets up for the Stop Ghostwood fashion show. She bumps into JJW and they apologize & plan a picnic. o Coop tells Harry they got Josie’s Interpol dossier: she’s wanted on a variety of felonies in Hong Kong & had two prostitution arrests. Harry doesn’t want to hear it. [Act 2] Jones visits Catherine . She says she’s leaving tonight to transport o Eckhardt’s body back to Hong Kong ; he & Josie are to be buried side by side. She gives Catherine “a gift” from Eckhardt: a mysterious black box. •
(Note: Briggs in The Secret History says Eckhardt’s “associate” showed up “days after” his death to make arrangements, & dropped the box off w/ Catherine. This is the only piece of “canon” to bear out the script’s implication that some time passes b/w Episode 23 & 24. ) 2pm. Jacoby Calhoun patient file on Ben. Jacoby says he has been making daily house calls for a wk.; Ben is a “Southern general” (not specified as Lee) trying to rewrite history. Preston says according to Jacoby’s s ubsequent patient files, Ben surrenders @ Appomattox & finds his way back to health. (The dating contradicts the series: on the show, Ben’s Civil War phase lasts from 3/17-3/20, far from a wk., and is over by this date. Furthermore, Ben surrendering runs counter to the series, where Jacoby’s Gen. Grant surrenders to Ben, thus allowing Ben to return to some version of himself.) (Note also that Jacoby being in active practice in Wa. on this date seems to contradict Jacoby waiting in Hi. as of 3/19 for the Board’s decision on suspending his license to practice--with the Board ultimately indefinitely suspending his license on 3/26.) Earle drops by the Haywards’ i n the guise of Dr. Gerald Craig & leaves Donna the number where he’s staying & a gift. Pete struggles to find a stalemate losing as few pieces as possible (the entire sheriff’s station is set up w/ chessboards). Garland & the Log Lady enter. Log Lady reveals the mark on the back of her leg. Both, along w/ Coop, remember a bright light & the call of an owl from their abductions. When Coop writes the two symbols side by side on the board, Briggs & the Log L ady “connect [] with” something. Audrey & JJW have their picnic; he serenades her w/ “Bury Me Not on the Lone Prairie.” [Act 3] Donna’s parents return home from shopping. Donna tells them about Dr. Craig. Will says Gerry Craig drowned on a rafting trip on Snake River: Will tried to save him. The phone number num ber Earle left is a cemetery. The package packag e has a chess piece & deal: KN to KB3. Will takes it to Coop. Ed & Jacoby try unsuccessfully to talk Nadine through the divorce; she realizes she’s gone blind in her left eye. Donna, coming downstairs, pauses & sees Ben talking to Eileen. ~6:07pm (Double R wall clock). Norma gets a flier for the Miss Twin Peaks Contest (announced by the Twin Peaks Chamber of Commerce — prize prize $2K & tuition @ Wa. St. College for 2 yrs.). Norma encourages Shelly to enter (she mocks the idea). Shelly serves Earle, disguised as a biker. Earle watches Coop meet Annie. Hawk enters to take Coop to the Bookhouse. Night. Harry tore the Bookhouse apart & is waving his gun around. Coop calms him & they hug it out. [Act 4] Coop & Hawk put Harry to bed. Mike & Nadine check into the Great Northern as Mr. & Mrs. Hinkle of Bozeman Bozem an (Mt.). Ben presents the Stop Ghostwood fashion show: Dick hosts, Lucy & Andy model. Catherine drops in to try to assess a seemingly sincere, cookie-dunking milk-drinking Ben. Tim Pinkle presents the pine weasel & chaos ensues. JJW catches Audrey & they kiss. ▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
Jones drops by the Bookhouse, knocks out a Bookhouse Boy & gets into bed w/ Harry.
EPISODE 25 Jones seduces Harry (seemingly using Josie’s perfume to make him think it is Josie, in his drunken haze), then tries to choke him w/ a watch garrote. He slams her against the wall, elbows her in the stomach multiple times & punches her, knocking her out (he even grabs a trophy as a weapon to bludgeon her, in case she comes at him again!). 3/23/1989 —(Coop tells tells Diane it’s it’s Thurs. Thurs. , which this date was in 1989) Per the contract: Catherine sells the Packard Mill to Ben for $33 million on this o date. (This is inconsistent w/ the series timeline, where Catherine & Andrew are still scheming about Ghostwood 2 days later, & Ben is actively opposing Ghostwood. It is also noteworthy that this contract is mostly reused from the Episode 7 prop land sale contract from Ben & the Icelanders’ transaction : same judge, same amt. of money, Timber Lull county listed as the place of execution.) Mary Jo Plutnik is the notary who notarizes the contract, c ontract, & her commission expires this same day! ~6:05am (clock). Audrey drops by JJW’ s rm. (as he works w/ a model o irrigation system). They flirt, he quotes her grandfather: “If you’re gonna bring a hammer, you better bring nails.” They plan a sunset flt. & a dinner for two. Jones, in jail, refuses to speak: she wants the South African consulate. Coop o theorizes that Eckhardt wanted Harry dead out of sexual jealousy. Coop proposes a hangover cure, Harry throws up. Will is in Harry’s office admiring a bonsai tree: it was delivered this morning & the card says it’s from Josie, but it was actually sent by Earle w/ a bug. Will shows Harry the chess piece & says Windom Earle was @ his house yesterday. Gordon Cole arrives (“Whole lot of shakin’ goin’ on down in Bend!”). Earle (in long johns & a sweater) listens in on a fancy device inside a suitcase as Leo serves him beer. Cole reveals the classified portion of the Earle dossier: when Earle went boi-oi-oing, the drs. discovered he was on haloperidol, the same drug PMG was on, but they figured he was using the drug to fake his illness, as Coop suspected (“Definite schizoid maneuvering”). Coop learns that Earle worked for Project Blue Book. Cole reinstates Coop to the FBI & gives him a brand-new issue Smith & Wesson 10mm Model 1076. They head to breakfast. Earle, mixing his table game metaphors, has Leo flip three cards: Queens o Donna (Clubs), Audrey (Diamonds — the the same card she she picked @ OEJ) & Shelly (Spades). Coop is the King (of Spades); Earle needs a Queen of Hearts, & decides the winner of Miss Twin Peaks gets to die. He places a Joker over the blank-faced Queen of Hearts. o [Act 2] ~7:45am? (Eileen’s watch). Donna follows Eileen to the Great Northern. She sees Nadine & Mike checking out, & asks Randy for Audrey. Audrey takes Donna to her crawlspace & they spy as Eileen tries to give back Ben’s letters, saying she won’t have them in her house anymore (this was apparently brought on by Ben “trying make up for it” ). Ben says she should o
•
▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
have been the best thing that ever happened to him, adding that he hasn’t held her since “that night” & that he wants to go back. She says she’ll never tell “her” [Donna] & warns Ben to stay away from “her” & not to come over. She leaves him forlorn w/ the letters. ~2pm (Gordon’s watch). The lawmen stop into the Double R. Cole proposes a hangover remedy, Harry vomits. Log Lady Lad y builds a matchstick house house w/ pitch gum. Cole falls for Shelly (referencing Venus de Milo) & realizes he can hear her w/o his hearing aid. Coop sketches on a napkin (he claims he combined Maj. Briggs’s “tattoo” w/ the Log Lady’s— although the sketch actually depicts Log Lady’s mark w/ three vertical diamonds intersecting it, whereas Briggs’ mark was three triangles , not diamonds). Coop tells Annie a joke; she notes that the design he’s drawing looks like the one @ Owl Cave. Harry verifies this: Coop wants to see. [Act 3] Donna gets a Miss Twin Peaks flyer in the mail, & a San Francisco postcard from James. He says his next stop is Mexico, but he’ll be bac k. Donna questions Will about Eileen & Ben. He dodges, but then flowers arrive for Eileen. Audrey is @ the library researching civil c ivil disobedience (she pulls a book called On Politics by John someone). She runs into poetry teacher Edward Perkins (Earle in disguise) & asks him about the poem: he tells her it’s Shelley , & proceeds to act like a creep. ~6:05pm (Double R wall clock). Shelly & Annie discuss Miss Twin Peaks and Annie’s feeling about Cooper. Lucy thanks Andy (spelunking in the sheriff’s station rece ption area) for helping @ the pine weasel riot yesterday. Harry tells Coop (wearing spelunking gear, and glasses!) that Pete called in their next move (seen as on the board P-QR3). Coop notes that although they’re exp osing a pawn, Earle won’t forfeit his bishop & lose his initial advantage. Gordon isn’t coming spelunking — Shelly Shelly took him to Doc Hayward to see about his hearing. Ben says he expects Audrey to be his RFK & tell him the unvarnished truth. Her plane leaves in an hr.: she’s off to a Seattle breakfast confab w/ the environmentalists to take the pine weasel national. JJW arrives ar rives just in time to say goodbye. JJW advises Ben to always tell the hardest truth first, then confesses that he’s falling in love w/ Audrey. [Act 4] Coop, Harry, Hawk & Andy descend into Owl Cave (Hawk says “we” used to play there as kids, pretending it was haunted by fearsome ghosts; Harry notes a beer bottle). They lead Coop to the symb ol, carved into the cave wall (it resembles Coop’s drawing, but seems to have an additional diamond on top, w/ a flame above it). An owl comes screeching overhead. Andy tries to hit the owl & embeds his pickax in the cave wall, directly in the middle of the flame drawing. A burst of white light is followed by a small flame, then a glowing gold light which eventually fades w/ a tiny burst of smoke. The center diamond in the petroglyph (in between the “mountains”) then falls out as a dowel pokes through (w/ the “ring” petroglyph on the front end of the dowel). Behind the outer wall, a drawing of a flame is visible, from which the dowel protrudes. The owl flies out of the Cave, screeching.
o
o
9:05pm (Coop to Diane). @ the Great Northern bar, Annie gets a rum & tonic. Coop joins her. She accepts his offer to help her readjust to the world. Earle sneaks around Owl Cave & finds the dowel — and an upside-down — and carving of the Owl Cave logo. “The symbol inverted”: he twists the dowel counterclockwise. Dust/rocks fall from above & spurts from the hole where Andy’s pickax had been, pushing the pickax out to the ground.
EPISODE 26 3/24/1989 — The lawmen discover someone did their work for them in Owl Cave. A o petroglyph behind the wall is now revealed. Hawk recognizes Earle’s footprint from the power station. Coop has Andy draw the petroglyph & tells Harry to call Garland. (Various astrological symbols are seen in the petroglyph: Neptune, by a drawing of a giant & a small person; Mercury, northeast of Blue Pine Mtn.; what might be Venus to the extreme east; an unknown symbol @ the Giant’s foot; Mars west of a symbol depicting a flame; Jupiter east of the flame; what might be Pluto near White Tail Falls; Saturn east of Glastonbury Grove; and another unknown symbol to the southeast.) Earle recounts a tale of the Lodges to Leo & new captive Rusty Tomaski Tom aski (who o was promised beer & a party): “ Once upon a time, there was a place of great goodness called the White Lodge. Gentle fawns gamboled there amidst happy, laughing spirits. The sounds of innocence and joy filled the air. And when it rained, it rained sweet nectar that infused one’s heart with a desire to live life in truth and beauty. Generally speaking, a ghastly place, reeking of virtue’ s sour smell. Engorged with the whispered prayers of kneeling mothers, mewling newborns, and fools, young and old, compelled to do good without reason. But l am happy to point point out that our story does not not end in this wretched place of saccharine excess. For there’s another place. Its opposite. A place of almost unimaginable power, chock-full of dark forces and vicious secrets. No prayers dare enter this frightful maw. Spirits there care not for good deeds or priestly invocations. They are as like to rip the flesh from your bone as greet you with a happy happy good day. And if harnessed, these spirits in this hidden land of unmuffled screams and broken hearts will offer up a power so vast that its bearer might reorder the earth itself to his liking. Now, this place l speak of is known as the Black Lodge. And l intend to find it. ” He has a monitor displaying the Owl Cave drawing. He plays flute: “Earle’s Theme (Audrey’s Walk).” Pete mopes over a chess board while composing poems to Josie. Catherine o shows him the mystery box. @ the Double R, Bobby pressures Shelly to enter Miss Twin Peaks; he says o they have to enlist by this afternoon. Lana pressures Dwayne to “guarantee” that she wins Miss Twin Peaks. Coop enters the diner & books a 4pm nature study w/ Annie. He overhears Shelly mutter as Bobby leaves, & learns her piece of the poem. [Act 2] Coop reveals to Harry that he once sent the Shelley poem to Caroline. o Hawk brings Donna’s piece of the poem; Audrey won’t be back from S eattle •
▪
until tomorrow. Coop asks Hawk for Leo’ s arrest report. He goes to the conference rm., where Andy recreates the petroglyph & Garland corrects, realizing that he has dreamt or seen it somehow. Coop asks Garland to help Coop access Earle’s Blue Book records to prevent further loss of life (Garland seems confident he can do this despite Garland’ s security clearance having been revoked shortly after his disappearance). As Garland looks @ the chalkboard, a silhouette of the Guardian is seen — against against a white b.g., the silhouette filled w/ the petroglyph, white on black, w/ the stars from the opening of Episode Ep isode 21 fading in over the black. Close on the Guardian’s head; an owl flies in; fire bursts. Pan in on the flame drawn on the chalkboard. Coop verifies that the poem was transcribed by Leo from a prior sample (where Leo had written, “merchandise […] Meet me at the depot and we will […] ”). A nose-bandage-wearing Dick confronts Ben (who doesn’t know his name) . Earle finishes encasing Rusty in a human-sized papier maché pawn (Rusty arro w. asks if it’s for the Lilac Parade) & shoots him w/ an arrow. [Act 3] ~3:36pm (Roadhouse wall clock). The Miss Twin Peaks Judging & Rules Committee (Will, Dwayne & Pete) convenes in the Roadhouse. Ben addresses them proposing a “save our forests” theme. Shelly (w/ Bobby pushing her), Nadine & Donna are entering. Bobby & Mike catch up. Odd cut to reused footage of flashlights playing over the Owl Cave glyph, then Earle wearing his bandana grinning. ~3:36pm (Blue Pine grandfather clock). Harry seeks answers from Catherine. She shows Harry the mystery box. Pete gets home from judging & drops the box, revealing an inner box. Its surface depicts the phases of the moon in a circle w/ corresponding zodiac symbols (clockwise: full moon / Libra, waning gibbous / Pisces, last quarter / Cancer, waning crescent / unknown symbol (looks like a bear paw), new moon / Aries, waxing crescent / Sagittarius, first quarter / Taurus, and waxing gibbous gibb ous / Gemini). Coop & Annie paddle out on the lake near the gazebo. She mentions a boyfriend she had senior yr. which led to her cutting herself. Earle, dressed as a fisherman, watches as they kiss for the 1st time. [Act 4] Dick hosts another Horne Industries event in support of Stop Ghostwood, a wine-tasting. Andy attends, Lana & Lucy serve. Ben lurks in the b.g. eating grapes. Night. @ the Double R, Gordon (about to leave, w/ his rental car fired up outside) regales Shelly w/ a tale of him shooting a man who was stepping away from a dead girl toward Gordon. Coop & Annie just catch him. Gordon kisses Shelly as Bobby walks in. The wine tasting continues; Lana & Andy ex cel. Lucy spits in Dick’s face. Elsewhere in the Great Northern, Coop sits by the fire drinking milk; JJW joins him w/ a drink. They discuss love. Bellman Jeff Moore gives JJW a telegram; he rushes to check out. Over dinner, Donna pressures Eileen on Ben; when her parents are evasive, Donna mentions spending the Miss Twin Peaks money to study overseas. ▪
▪
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o o
Half-moon inside the Guardian’s silhouette; owl flying against a black b.g. Coop arrives @ Easter Park; Harry & the other cops are already there. The gazebo contains a giant box w/ a “Pull Me” ring. Inside, they find Rusty’s corpse inside a papier maché black pawn.
EPISODE 27 Rusty’s friend (a roadie for Rusty’s band who got the gig thanks to Rusty) says they were on their way to a gig in Knife River when the van crapped out, & a guy came out of the woods wearing a “weird suit” & lured Rusty off w/ some brew. Coop says Earle took a pawn but didn’t tell them his move. 3/25/1989 — o Lucy tells Andy tomorrow is D-Day: she’s choosing the daddy because she can’t stand the suspense. She’s also entering Miss Twin Peaks for the cash, and she & Andy brainstorm “save the planet” ideas. o JJW checks w/ Randy; Audrey still isn’t back. Will gives Ben a heart exam, he’s fine. Will begs him to stay away from Eileen, o but Ben says he can’t as long as the lie endures. JJW arrives (Will remembers him; JJW says he has met Donna). JJW tells Ben his partner who worked w/ the rain forests has been murdered in Brazil; B razil; JJW has to go take his place. In the Hayward attic, Donna finds her birth certificate with no father listed. o (Production note: the prop blacks out the county & state name for Calhoun Hospital w/ partial success: “ Ohio County” & “West Virginia” are barely legible.) In a photo album, she sees old photos: Will & Eileen (the latter standing w/o her wheelchair) wearing hobo costumes, the couple eating pie while a (mustachioed) Ben holds two fingers up on each hand like Nixon, a couple more shots of mustachioed Ben chatting happily w/ Eileen (again seemingly standing) against a log background (possibly in the Great Northern?), a shot of someone’s hand feeding a VERY excited Eileen a roasted marshmallow on a stick while Ben holds a sparkler, w/ American flags in the b.g. (presumably 4th of July). o Hawk waits in the Great Northern lobby reading the Owls book; Audrey arrives & Hawk hustles her off to see Coop. Coop . JJW leaves a note for Audrey w/ Ben & departs. o o Garland, in the sheriff’s station conference rm., gives Cappy a notepad w/ symbols drawn on it & instructs him to see if any of the symbols have to do w/ harvest schedules or ancient calendars. Other symbols hang around the office on a clothesline-type setup (one says “Magic of Devils from the Lemegeton” [a real-life grimoire/spellbook of demons] — it it depicts the symbol for Belial [Goetia #68], who was created next after Lucifer; another is the symbol for Asmoday [#32], demon of lust). Briggs, having reviewed the files, explains that Earle became obsessive & was removed from Blue Book. He shows Coop & Harry the video of Earle rambling about dugpas. Coop now believes everything else Earle has done was a red herring; he tells Cappy to dig up info on the dugpas. Garland leaves to go for a walk in the woods. Earle listens via the bonsai. He knocks the chess pieces off the board to set down printouts of the petroglyph detail; the game is over. o ver. Leo steals the shock collar button. o
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
A woman in the Diner eats cherry pie; her right hand begins shaking uncontrollably. Bobby recommits to Shelly as she practices the speech he wrote for her; someone yells to tell Shelly Coop is on the phone for her. (An alternate version version of this this scene plays out in in a Deleted Scene, where it occurs @ the Roadhouse during setup for the pageant —Shelly’s —Shelly’s speech is different, with an inexplicable focus on American sports car sales, but Bobby’s apology is pretty much identical.) ~8:54am(?) (Roadhouse clock). Dwayne meets w/ Lana @ the Roadhouse during setup for the pageant; he reveals that Norma & Dick are the other judges. She refuses to marry Dwayne until she wins. Coop debriefs Donna, Audrey & Shelly re: the poem fragments & their strange contacts over the past 3 days (Shelly doesn’t mention Bike r Earle, but merely notes the $10 tip for a cup of coffee he left her w/ the note). Shelly also IDs Leo’s handwriting. Coop tells them to check in w/ the sheriff @ 9am & 9pm every day & not to go anywhere alone. [Act 2] Leo gets pissed when Earle talks about killing Shelly & electrocutes…h imself. Earle cackles, & shackles Leo. Audrey greets Pete as she enters the Great Northern lobby (he seems to be looking at the wooden shelves/wall as she walks up). She tells Ben she got back in the morning but Coop needed to see her. Ben wants Audrey to enter & win Miss Twin Peaks & become the face of Stop Ghostwood, but she only cares about catching JJW before he leaves. Ben kneels down after she abandons him…then whirls around as if seeing/ sensing something behind him. In the lobby, Pete seems to recite a soliloquy to the wooden mantel above the fireplace: “Josie, I see your face.” Audrey grabs Randy, then thinks better of it & grabs Pete to drive her. Pete waves to the mantelpiece as she drags him out. Coop tells Harry the symbols on the glyph suggest a time: 1st he thought it was a signpost, but it might be an invitation — or or both. As Coop holds the window blinds open, his right hand shakes uncontrollably. Briggs strolls in the woods & touches a particular tree contemplatively, then touches the mark behind his ear. Earle & Leo approach in a horse costume; Earle tranquilizes Garland. (While Garland seems to glean glea n most of his intel on Earle from files, & never explicitly says the two even met m et on Blue Book, Earle greets him, “Long time no see, Briggsie!”) [Act 4] JJW boards his jet. ~10:35am (Double R clock — this this time seems to be far too early in light of the surrounding scenes, esp. since the Audrey/JJW hookup ends at dusk, & in a scene preceding this one, Audrey told Ben she got back “this morning,” implying that it is no longer morning. This might be because the Coop/Annie diner scene was scripted — and and perhaps shot — to occur much earlier in the — to episode). Coop visits Annie Annie @ work; he he gently encourages her to try out for Miss Twin Peaks. Ominously, they knock over some dishes as they kiss. Pete drives Audrey down the runway; they just catch JJW. The two profess their love; Audrey says she’s a virgin, & they head to have sex in JJW’s plane. Pete watches weepy-eyed as they board…then his right hand shakes.
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Earle interrogates Garland @ arrow point; Garland refuses to divulge classified info. Earle gives him a shot of a chemical (haloperidol — per Coop, — per Episode 28), & he reveals his greatest fear (the possibility that love is not enough), his wife’s wt. (115 lbs.), & that he 1st saw the Owl Cave petroglyph in dreams when he was taken. Finally, he reveals what the signs mean: “There’s a time…if Jupiter & Saturn meet, they will receive you.” He then begins muttering (“Taht mug uoy (unintellig ible) gnimoc ni (gasps, passes out)”). Catherine shows Andrew the box. He says their foreign Ghostwood investors are chomping @ the bit from Paris to Beijing. He tries some simple combinations on the box relating to dates (it is unclear what the symbols’ correlation to dates is) : Eckhardt’s b’ day (he presses one unseen button, the waxing crescent / Sagittarius, & the waning crescent / bear claw); Andrew’s b’day (waning gibbous / Pisces, waxing crescent / Sagittarius); the day the gift arrived (he’s suddenly holding the box the opposite way! New moon / Aries, Full Moon / Libra, last quarter / Cancer). This last opens a drawer on the box. They find a smaller box, which Andrew smashes w/ a rolling pin. This one contains a small metal box. @ the Roadhouse, during pageant setup, Coop & Annie dance (she says it’s genetic memory: mom & dad danced the Lindy). While they start to discuss physical intimacy, Mayor Milford interrupts, attempting to make an announcement. Annie decides maybe she will enter the pageant. Coop kisses Annie, but after he tells her she’s “the Queen” in the fairy tale, the lights go dark… the Giant, waving his arms & mouthing “no” in slow -mo, takes Dwayne’s place onstage. Early evening. Pete wakes up from sleeping in his car; a jet takes off & he fears Audrey is gone, but she stayed behind. He takes her fishing. Night. Leo wails holding his hand to his head; Garland, hands tied & mostly unconscious, murmurs. Earle has what look like charts and/or types of calendars on the wall. He says the cave painting is a clock to “when the revels begin” & also a map to the Black Lodge. Back @ the Roadhouse, the Giant fades & Dwayne returns. Coop kisses Annie again. Dwayne: “This isn’t right. There’s something wrong here.” Roadhouse exterior. Green traffic light. The Double R. The empty H.S. hallway. A corridor in the Great Northern. The sheriff’s station lobby & the chalkboard drawing of the petroglyph in the conference rm. w/ a phone ringing. Trees blowing. Glastonbury Grove: a spotlight appears. Bob’s arm materializes inside, the hand making odd clawing motions. Bob appears in full: “I’m out!” A reflection of the Red Room appears in the oil pool.
EPISODE 28 3/26/1989 —(It’s been a day si nce JJW left, per Audrey to Ben; @ the pageant, Will says he hopes everyone had a good weekend, which makes sense w/ this date placing the pageant on a Sun. night) The Wa. St. Medical Association indefinitely suspends Jacoby’s license to practice o psychiatry. (Date on letter.) (This contradicts the series, where Jacoby is still in active practice on this date.) A manacled Leo frees Garland, telling him to save Shelly. o •
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Earle comes home w/ a bag full of tarantulas — and and a white face & black teeth! ~7:03am (Double R wall clock). Norma preps pies for the Miss Twin Peaks buffet; Shelly & Annie tease her about her h er vote. Ben is reading up on the philosophy of good (the Quran, the Bhagavad-Gita, the Talmud, the Bible, the Tao Te Ching). Audrey, mooning over JJW, updates Ben on her trip: the Packards are using Twin Peaks Savings & Loan to funnel money into Ghostwood (note: unclear who she is referring to by using the plural “Packards.” Catherine obviously…Josie? She presumably does not know Andrew is alive). Ben pressures Audrey to try out for Miss Twin Peaks & become a face for the cause; she resists. @ the sheriff ’s ’s station, Andy remains glued to hi s recreation of the petroglyph. Harry has men out combing the woods for Garland. Coop recounts his experience of Josie’s death to Harry; he mentions Bob appearing (“As if he had slipped through some crevice in time”) & guesses that the fear might have killed Josie, & that Bob was drawn to her fear. He also thinks Bob comes from the Black Lodge. Earle, listening in, realizes that fear is the key, calling it a perfect symbiosis that “these night creature s that hover on the edge of our nightmares” are drawn to fear. He heads off to get his Queen for their dark honeymoon (“I haven’ t been this excited since I punctured Caroline’s aorta”). He leaves Leo biting a rope suspending a cage of tarantulas. [Act 2] Pinkle choreographs the contestants (Shelly, Donna, Lucy, Nadine, Annie, Lana & 6 others). The judges settle on scoresheet qualifications. On break from choreography, Lana lures l ures Dick into the storage room & finds what she was looking for. 1:17pm (Coop to Diane). Coop concludes his 2nd meditation of the day in lieu of sleep. Annie shows up, terrified of making her speech. They trade ideas & banter, then have sex for the 1st time. Nadine shows slides of her wrestling career to Mike, Ed, Norma & Jacoby. Jacoby has called them together for Ed to announce his intention to marry Norma; Nadine says she & Mike are also going to be married, to Mike’s shock. Garland stumbles out of the woods in front of Hawk’s car , disheveled & barely conscious: “Which way is the castle?” [Act 3] Coop smells haloperidol on Garland (Will’s blood tests confirm). Briggs is out of it. He mutters, “Garland? Odd name. Judy Garland?” When asked whether it was Earle who took him, he replies, “It was God, I suppose.” He adds that his kidnapper took him to “the woods … They were lovely. Dark. The King of Romania was unable to attend.” His left hand also appears to be shaking a bit as he worries it on his face. Coop thinks the door to the Black Lodge probably exists @ a point in time. Andrew, fed up, shoots the hell out of the stainless steel box. They find a key, which Catherine puts in the cake saver. Donna, on her way to the pageant, gives her parents a last chance to come clean before she talks to Ben; they remain rem ain silent. Coop spots the symbols for Jupiter & Saturn on the drawing. He says that when Jupiter & Saturn are conjunct, there are enormous shifts in power &
o
fortune, Jupiter being expansive in its influence & Saturn contractive. Conjunction suggests a state of intensification & concentration. There is potential for explosive change, good & bad. The next conjunction (per the ephemeris) is due January to June [note: in actuality, conjunctions occur on one day — as as the script for the episode properly indicates — not not over a span of 6 mos. Furthermore, there was no Jupiter-Saturn conjunction between 1981 and 2000]. He realizes it’s telling them when the door will open. Garland tells them fear & love open the doors (Coop thinks fear is for the Black Lodge & love is for the White) & says to protect the Queen. Coop puts the pieces together; Andy, desperate to tell Coop something, knocks over the bonsai & they realize they’ve been working for Earle all along. Noting that Miss Twin Peaks starts “any minute”; they rush out. [Act 4] Night (note: @1:17, Annie said she had to give her speech in 6 hrs. placing her speech approx. around 7pm). The Miss Twin Peaks ceremony. (The Access Guide contradictorily says Miss Twin Peaks is crowned @ the Yellow Lupine Festival in April.) The ceremony opens w/ a group dance, followed by emcee Will’s welcome. (Tim Pinkle paws at the horrified Log Lady.) L ady.) Commencing the talent section, Lucy dances. Bobby, backstage checking out the ladies, sees another Log Lady backstage…it’s Earle in disguise. He knocks Bobby out. Coop & Harry arrive; Lana does a dance of contortionistic jazz exotica. Andy arrives looking for Coop but gets distracted. Audrey gives a speech on saving the forests; a brief musical interlude ensues. Backstage, Donna confronts Ben; she guesses that he’s her father & runs off. Annie gives her speech, quoting Chief Seattle of the Suquamish tribe as Earle watches from the catwalk. Will says balloting will now commence. Lucy wrangles Andy & Dick together backstage & says she’s chosen Andy as the father. A not -displeased Dick scampers off to cast his vote; Andy goes off to find Coop. Will announces Annie as the winner. The lights go out. A strobe effect kicks in; smoke bombs & a few small explosions go off. A sandbag drops on Nadine’s head. A tree from the set hits Mike (Mike to Nadine, Episode 29). Coop spots Earle heading toward Annie. Earle pushes a remote control button & an explosion goes off right in front of Coop. Earle drugs Annie. The lights come back up, Annie & Earle are gone. Andy finally finds Coop & tells him the cave painting p ainting is a map. ▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
EPISODE 29 o
Back @ the sheriff’s station, Andy & Lucy affirm their love. Harry has deputies from 3 counties looking for Earle. Pete storms in; “the Log Lady” stole his truck (& 12 rainbow trout!). Coop says it wasn’t the Log Lady & predicts that Margaret will be there in 1 minute. Harry recognizes the 12 sycamores on the map —Glastonbur —Glastonbury y Grove. Grove. Hawk Hawk says says that’s that’s where he found found the bloody towel & the diary pages. Margaret brings the oil her husband gave
•
her; Hawk brings Ronette in & she recognizes the scorched oil smell from the night Laura died. o Earle brings Annie to the Grove; she prays Psalms 141:7-9: “ Our bones are scattered at the grave’s mouth, as when one cutteth and cleaveth wood upon the earth. But mine eyes are unto thee, O God the Lord: in thee is my trust; leave not my soul [destitute] {Annie doesn’t say “ destitute,” trailing off out of breath, but this word is in the actual prayer}. Keep me from the snares which they have laid for me, and the gins of the workers of iniquity. Let the wicked fall into their own nets, whist that I with all escape. ” In the circle, Earle recites: “I tell you, they have not died. Their hands clasp yours & mine.” [Oddly, this is from a poem written by early 20th century American military lieutenant Joseph Sweeney under the pen name Gordon Johnstone.] Annie seems to go into a paralyzed trance state. Red curtains appear; Earle enters w/ Annie & the curtains fade into the night. o ~8:30pm (Ed’s watch). Will tends to Nadine & Mike’s head wounds. Mike professes his love for her, but Nadine is back to herself & has no idea who Mike is. She freaks about Norma being there (“It’s not fair!”) & demands her drape runners. Mike apologizes to Ed for letting things get out of hand. o [Act 2] Ben is @ the Haywards’ w/ Eileen. Donna storms down w/ a suitcase , about to leave. Will comes home & is furious to see B en. Sylvia arrives, asking what Ben is doing to this family. Donna tearfully insists that Will is her daddy. Will slugs Ben; Ben hits his head on the fireplace & falls to the ground, bleeding from the forehead. Andrew swaps his own safety deposit box key for the one in the cake saver; o Pete arrives home just in time to catch him. Coop & Harry arrive @ Glastonbury Grove. Coop Coo p senses that he has to go on o alone. An owl hoots & watches from above. Coop sees the oil in the center: “An opening to a gateway.” He walks through the curtains into the Red Room Venus De Milo hallway…then up to the “waiting room .” MfAP enters while a man sings “Under the Sycamore Tree s”…then fades from view. o Andy runs up & joins Harry. (Unknown date —Gordon in Part 17 simply says says this occurred occurred before Briggs’s Briggs’s 25 -yr. disappearance) Garland shares w/ Gordon & Cooper his discovery of an entity, an extreme negative force called in olden times “Jowday.” (Over time, it’s become “Judy.”) (Note: Gordon also indicates that Jeffries had already made him aware of this entity a long time ago.) The three put together a plan that could lead them to Judy. Gordon keeps this this plan from Albert. Albert. (Part 17) (Note: No timeframe is given for this whatsoever. Notably, Gordon is never o even seen meeting Garland in the series. Presumably, this occurs sometime after Garland’s reveal to Cooper of the “COOPER/COOPER/COOPER” printout on 3/03/1989 and before Cooper’s disappearance on 3/26/1989. However, Garland’s 3/27 dossier entry indicates that Garland believes Cooper might not be aware of why Gordon sent him to Twin Peaks, or that he is to be ol, strongly implying that the three had not as of that late date Garland’s new contr ol, had a meeting of the minds, re: Judy. From that perspective, it seems possible that
•
•
this plan was formed not w/ the real Cooper at all, but during DoppelCoop & with Gordon perhaps on the phone. Garland’s fated 3/28 meeting— with (Unknown date) The last thing Cooper says to Gordon before his disappearance is, “If I disappear like the others, do everything you can to try to find me. I’m trying to kill two birds w/ one stone.” (per Gordon to Albert & Tammy, Part 17) 3/27/1989 — (Note (Note on dating: The Post front front page in The Secret History places the events of the bank explosion on 3/28 [“this morning” according to the 3/28 article]. However, it seems unlikely that the Miss Twin Peaks pageant would be held on the night of 3/27 [a Mon.]. The Sun. 3/26 date of the pageant feels much more correct, as Will says he hopes everyone had a good weekend in his opening, and as this date is consistent with Episode 25 being a Thurs. and the series’ typical one-episode-one-day structure. For further issues with the Post ’s ’s dating of the bank explosion, see below under 3/28.) o Per Doug’s will, his remains are scattered near the old campsite by Pearl Lakes, not far from the entrance to Ghostwood Forest & G lastonbury Grove, where he saw the giant. (Elsewhere, Briggs contradicts this, saying Doug left no instructions & it was Dwayne’s idea to scatter the ashes @ Pearl Lakes). Briggs says Lana wasn’t in attendance. (Note on dating: The dossier seems to imply that Doug’s funeral Garland talks occurred the day before Coop’s return from Glastonbury Grove— Garland about securing to the LPA “afterward” to secure the dossier, then says “the next morning” was Coop’s return. Possibly when Garland says “afterward,” he is speaking of a span of days, but the phrasing overall is odd.) o Garland awakens before dawn: information “downloaded” into his mind during his abduction tells him that Coop is his new control, even if Coop himself isn’t yet fully aware of why Cole had sent him there. Garland is unable to reach Coop & has Lucy patch him through to Harry in the woods: Harry won’t reveal the nature of their mission over the air but says Coop has vanished. Briggs is alarmed: He sets to work preparing Mayday protocols @ LPA. o Garland secures the dossier, preparing a hiding place. (He says the date of Coop’s return from Glastonbury Grove is “the next morning”). (See below for potential conflicts regarding The Secret History’s dating of the events of o f Episode 29.) o Morning. [Act 3] The woods. Ronette’s bridge. It has been about 10 hrs. since Coop Coo p went in; Harry & Andy A ndy wait patiently. o Twin Peaks Savings & Loan. As the New Accounts woman snoozes, loan o manager Dell Mibbler welcomes Audrey…who chains herself to the vault. She tells Dell to call the Gazette & ask to speak to the editor, Dwayne Milford Jr., saying she’ll stay chained to the vault until a town meeting is held to discuss the environment & Ghostwood’s effect on it. Andrew & Pete arrive; Dell is stunned to see Andrew alive. Audrey lets them through (ironically, apparently unaware of who Andrew is & his involvement with the cause she is protesting!). The bank guard gets a call: it’s a boy! ~7:22am (Andrew’s watch). Andrew opens the safety deposit box— and finds o a bomb with a cheeky letter from Eckhardt. The bomb goes off. (See 3/28 for an alternate telling of this event from the Twin Peaks Post in the novel The Secret History of Twin Peaks .) @ the Double R, Garland & Betty sip coffee & smooch. Bobby & Shelly o contemplate marriage & tease Heidi, reprising dialogue from the Pilot. ▪
o
Brief cutaway to Leo still holding the tarantula string in his teeth. @ some point b/w this moment and 4/01, Leo is bitten by the tarantulas, & killed by 5 gunshot wounds to the thoracic area b y “someone w/ a low pulse & nifty marksmanship skills” who used a Bureau stance (Albert suspects Earle, but this seems unlikely given the timeline.) The leasing agency subsequently repossesses his truck cab, & the bank repos re pos the Johnson house. Jacoby enters the Double R w/ Sarah, who has a message for Garland (in an odd deep — possibly possibly possessed-sounding —voice): “I’m in the Black Lodge w/ Dale Cooper.” Cut to the Red Room. The voice adds, “I’m waiting for you.” [Act 4] Cooper in the Red Room. MfAP: “When you see me again, it won’t be me.” He stands, does a strange little step, & sits. “This is the waiting room. Would you like some coffee? Some of your friends are here.” Laura walks in & sits. “Hello, Agent Cooper.” She snaps & points her index & middle fingers downward. “I’ll see you again in 25 years. Meanwhile.” She puts her hands up, almost as if displayin g something. She’s gone. The Waiter appears in the chair w/ a cup of coffee. He makes a whooping noise & says, “Hallelujah.” MfAP echoes: “Hallelujah.” Waiter serves Coop coffee (“Coffee. Coffee.”). The Giant takes the Waiter’s place. He sits. Giant: “One and the same.” Giant is gone. MfAP rubs his hands. Coop tries to drink; the coffee is solid. MfAP smiles & continues rubbing his hands. Coop tilts the cup — liquid. liquid. He tilts it again —viscous. MfAP: MfAP: “Wow, “Wow, Bob, wow. wow. Fire walk with with me.” An explosion of fire; the lights turn to strobe, a woman screams. Coop gets up. MfAP is gone. Coop enters the hallway. He goes to the other end & re-enters the waiting room, then exits back to the hallway — seemingly returning to where he started. MfAP, pointing, says, “Wrong way.” Coop walks back up the hallway… and enters an empty “waiting room.” MfAP (or his doppel?) appears, laughing hysterically; he sits & says, “Another friend.” He l aughs more, then disappears behind the chair. Maddy (or her doppel?) enters, wearing the Laura Red Room dress: “I’m Maddy. Watch out for my cousin.” She fades. Coop goes down the hallway. At the other end, he re-enters the empty waiting room. The MfAP doppel appears & says, “Doppelganger.” The Laura doppel appears, her hands still up as if displaying something. “Meanwhile.” The lights flash. Laura’s doppel screams , crawls across a love seat, & runs @ Coop. Windom is briefly seen. Coop runs out. Laura continues screaming. Coop re-enters the “waiting room” @ the top of the hallway; he notices he’s bleeding from the chest. He goes back to the hallway (now sans Venus de Milo statute!) & notes his trail of blood. He returns to the room at the other end of the hall. ▪
o
o
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
Coop sees himself & Caroline, stabbed, on the floor. Caroline becomes Annie wearing Caroline’s dress. The lights flash & she disappears. Back in the hallway, Coop enters the room again. Annie is there in a black dress & says, “Dale. I saw the face of the man who killed me.” Coop: “Annie. The face of the man who killed you?” Annie: “It was my husband.” Coop: “Annie.” Annie: “Who’s Annie?” Annie becomes Caroline. Caroline: “It’s me. It’s me. It’s me.” Coop: “Caroline.” She is Annie again. Annie: “You must be mistaken. I’m alive.” Annie/Caroline now becomes Doppel-Laura in her Red Room dress, screaming; Coop flinches. Now it’s Earle. Annie fades in @ Earle’s side in her black dress, then fades out. Earle laughs, then stops abruptly. (Notably, the two are now in front of the t he Ring table — sans sans ring!) Earle: “If you give me your soul, I’ll let Annie live.” Coop: “I will.” Earle stabs him. There is an explosion of fire. Earle stabbing Coop reverses. Bob appears. Earle screams. Bob: “Be quiet.” Earle obeys. Bob makes a weird manic o noise. Bob: “You go. He is wrong. He can’t ask for your soul. I o will take his.” Earle screams again. Fire erupts from his head, then o recedes @ Bob’s beck oning. Bob laughs. Coop exits. Coop’s doppel struggles through the curtains & enters from the far end of the room. He laughs w/ Bob. Coop walks down the hallway; Leland’s doppel enters, cheerfully grinning. “I did not kill anybody.” Coop spots his doppel stalking him. DoppelCoop & DoppelLeland giggle; DoppelCoop breaks the 4th wall & grins at the camera. Coop desperately runs down another hallway into an empty Red Room, lights strobing. Doppel-Coop follows. Coop makes it down another hallway into the main Red Room (w/ chairs). Doppel-Coop catches Coop as he tries to exit. They disappear in strobes. Doppel-Bob pops up, laughing. Night. The curtain appears above Glastonbury Grove; “Coop” (actually the doppel) & a bloody-nosed Annie are on the ground. (Note: The Final Dossier says Coop disappeared for 12 hrs., and he & Annie were found near dawn. Similarly, Tammy elsewhere says “Cooper ” was found “the next morning” following the nt. of his disappearance. This is clearly inconsistent w/ the length of time Cooper is gone in the show — seemingly seemingly @ least around 24 hrs. This could c ould be Preston’s misunderstanding due to how “tight-lipped” Harry is about the incident.) Still @ nt. (Frank later references “the night” Harry called Doc Hayward in to examine Cooper @ the Great Northern, & Will does not correct him): Doc ▪
▪
• • • • •
•
▪
• • •
▪
▪
▪
▪
o
o
•
Hayward & Harry take “Cooper” to the Great Northern (per Hawk to Frank, Part 7). o Battis’s notebook: Stevee (sp elling?) is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the 1989 timeline.) Laura finally spends “a few moments” w/ Harold after promising to do so for mos. o She tells him about her experiences @ OEJ. (Note: The dates in The Secret Diary from here on contradict the show, because the Secret Diary places Laura’s death in either late 1989 or in 1990.) 3/28/1989 — (Note: (Note: The dating in the books is a mess when it comes to this period. The article in The Secret History places the bank explosion on 3/28, and the dossier also dossier also Post article places Garland’s disappearance on 3/28. However, in Episode 29, the doppelganger is recuperating @ the Great Northern the morning after the bank explosion, not the same day. The Final Dossier reaffirms 3/28 as the date of Garland’s disappearance, and also presents a series of events implying that Garland’s disappearance occurs two days after the bank explosion (possibly 3)! As 3)! As it stands, the continuity of the books seems to place at least three days’ worth of events all on 3/28. I have chosen to simply outline this full sequence of events below, all under this date.) Audrey sends word to several news organizations that something big is going to o happen @ the bank. (See note above on 3/27, re: this dating.) 9:15am. Audrey enters the bank. o Her letter to Ben in The Secret History (left @ the front desk of the Great Northern) implies a series of events very different d ifferent from the show: Ben is apparently still in control of Ghostwood & plans to close the Mill & turn the forests into neighborhoods, shopping centers c enters — and maybe a prison. (Per — and Briggs, Audrey had been reading about social protest & civil disobedience in the wks. leading up the explosion — this this at least is consistent w/ the show!) Audrey (rather mysteriously) says she won’t tell Ben how she found out what he’s planning, & says she will try to stop him by calling public attention to his secret plans (unclear what part of his plan is secret: the prison? Closing the Mill?). ( Note the subtle difference in Audrey’s plan p lan in the book vs. the series: in the show, she plans to stop Ghostwood by using peaceful protest to call c all attention to the bank’s participation in the project; in the book, she plans p lans to give the press some secret materials relating to the project. Briggs simply says Audrey selected the bank as the venue because her father kept a lot of his money there, not because of any direct link to Ghostwood.) 9:20am. Andrew & Pete enter the bank. (per a witness — who who does not recognize o Andrew). 9:25am. An explosion goes off in the basement of the bank. Pete dies, apparently o intentionally shielding Audrey from the blast by lying on top of her (the vault door also shields her at least partially). Andrew seemingly dies; he is never officially ID’ed & Preston believes (since Coop & Harry knew about his resurrection , even though we never saw this in the show) that “somewhere in the corridors of power the decision was made that some truths are too inconvenient to reveal.” (Andrew’s resurrection never becoming public knowledge seems to contradict the 1991 Access ▪
Guide publicly listing his lifespan as “1926-1987; and 1926-”) Dell dies; his body
o
o
o
o
o
o
is found on the stairs to the 1 st floor (he was believed to be less than a wk. from retirement). Audrey is found unconscious. The cashier on duty upstairs, Dorothy Doak, is not injured (curiously, Preston calls Audrey “the incident’s only living survivor,” ignoring Dorothy…and the New Accounts woman and the security guard seen in Episode 29 are curiously not tallied among either the fatalities nor survivors in the news report) report). The Twin Peaks Post publ. Cyril Pons’s article about the explosion; @ time of press, Audrey is in ICU @ Calhoun listed as critical condition. The Post plans plans to nd publ. a 2 special edition this evening w/ more details. a fter Ben spends most of the day @ Audrey’s hospital bedside. He leaves sometime after dark & apparently heads to the Hayward home where (according to his hospital admittance form) he “seeks counsel” from Will regarding Audrey’s chances for recovery, rapidly consumes a couple of drinks served by b y Will, & collapses or slips, hitting his head on the granite mantle. Will says they had been speaking privately & there were no other witnesses. Will drives Ben back to the hospital just a little over an hr. after Ben had left Calhoun. (This account contradicts Episode 29 in several respects — many many are impliedly Will telling a self-serving lie which Preston finds suspicious. However, the sequence of events also seemingly changes, with Ben’s head injury occurring la ter the same day of the bank explosion, rather than the night before.) The brief medical file Will prepares on Ben indicates that Will takes X-rays — which indicate no skull fractures. The file although Preston later can’t find any— which doesn’t offer any specific symptoms to support Will’s finding that Be n has a grade 2 concussion & should be held for observation overnight. Harry calls Briggs @ LPA to say they found Coop & are taking him back to the Great Northern. Garland asks Harry to have Coop contact him @ his home; he wants to share the dossier & his discoveries w/ Coop and take Coop to LPA. (Note: By this point, per Ben’s Final Dossier chronology, we are into the day following the bank explosion.) Annie is brought brought into the the hospital, hospital, now wearing wearing the the “Caroline” “Caroline” dress. (Note: The The chyron in The Missing Pieces says this sequence is “Some Months Later” following Laura’s death—per death—per the series series timeline, timeline, it’s it’s actually actually just over over a month.) Morning. In his room @ the Great Northern, DoppelCoop wakes up, w/ Will & Harry at his bedside. DoppelCoop: “I wasn’t sleeping. Annie. How’s Annie?” Harry: “She’s gonna be just fine. She’s in the hospital.” DoppelCoop: “I need to brush my teeth.” He gets up. “I need to brush my teeth.” Harry: “Good idea.” DoppelCoop goes into the bathroom; Will & Harry look at each other, uncomfortable. DoppelCoop squeezes the whole toothpaste tube out into the sink, then smashes his head into the mirror. The grinning reflection is Bob. Harry: “Coop? Coop!” DoppelCoop: “How’s Annie? How’s Annie? How’s Annie?” ▪ ▪ ▪
▪ ▪
▪ ▪
Note: The doppel likely likely asks asks this question @ 8:38am, given the later later events involving Annie. Harry & Will, upon hearing the mirror m irror break, yell out; ou t; Doppel Coop lies down on the floor before they can break in. They help him up. DoppelCoop: DoppelCoop: “I slipped & hit my head on the mirror. The glass broke when my head struck it. It struck me as funny, Harry. Do you understand me? It struck me as funny.” Will: “You’re going right back to bed.” DoppelCoop: DoppelCoop: “But I haven’t haven’t brushed brushed my teeth yet.” yet.” (The Missing Pieces) In the Red Rm., Coop & MfAP replay the “ring podium” scene from Laura’s dream. The ring is is gone. Coop asks where it is, & MfAP says someone else has it now. Coop says, “Annie.” Coop asks where he is & how he can leave. MfAP: “You are here…now there is no place to go BUT HOME!” He laughs & dances. (Per Will in Part 7) Morning. “Coop” is acting mighty strange, so Will takes him to the hospital (Harry drives) & has him checked out while Will makes his rounds. Will’s report claims “Coop er ” slipped in the bathr oom oom & hit his head, giving him a grade 2 concussion. While they t hey are @ the hospital, Ben is discharged by the on-call doctor & taken home by Jerry. About an hr. later (presumably meaning an hr. after “Coop”’s arrival @ the hospital), Will sees “Coop” sneaking out of intensive care (where Audrey is in a coma) fully dressed. He turns & looks @ Will, & Will sees the strange face again. Will calls out, but “Cooper” just turns & walks out w/o a word. (Preston later claims that Will saw m. specifically, not the ICU generally as Will tells “Cooper” leaving Audrey’s r m. Frank.) 2:30pm. Annie lies in a hospital bed as Nurse Roundtree tends to her; Annie recites her “Good Dale” monologue from Laura’s waking dream, then falls silent. The nurse spots the ring on Annie’s finger & takes it, putting it on. (The Missing Pieces) (This scene is presented in The Missing Pieces before the Cooper/Will/Harry scene, but is presumably later, per the clock time.) After spending a day & nt. in the hospital, the DoppelCoop checks out of Calhoun w/o medical clearance “the following morning” after he checked in. (Tammy elsewhere again refers to his check-out as being “the next day.”) (Perhaps contradictorily, Will’s account in Part 7 seems to imply— but but does not directly state —that “Cooper” “Cooper” left the hospital the same da y as he checked in, after being there for only an hr.) Also note that “Cooper”’s checkout seems to now begin a second day following the bank explosion. Furthermore, in one account in The Final Dossier , Preston implies that on his 1 st day out of the Lodge, “Cooper” spent the “remainder of the day” recovering @ the Great Northern before even going to the hospital, possibly implying a 4th day crammed into this oversized 3/28 timeline! (Note: Garland refers in the dossier to Cooper contacting him on 3/28, & on that date Garland refers to Coop’s return to Glastonbury Grove as being “that morning”— not not “this morning”—possibly indicating that the doppel’s i.e., a date before emergence occurred on a day prior to Garland’s writing — i.e., •
o
▪
▪ ▪
o
o
o
o
▪
▪
o
o
3/28. This at least is consistent w/ “Cooper” spending a day in the hospital before contacting Briggs, as indicated in The Final Dossier .) .) While Garland writes what ends up being the last dossier passage, Doppel Coop calls: he’s on his way to the Briggs house h ouse right now. He arrives… Bobby “Cooper” comes by the Briggs house & talks to Garland (per Bobby — Bobby heard about it from Betty — Part Part 4). Right after “Cooper” leaves, Garland pulls Betty aside & says one day, Bobby, Hawk & Sheriff Truman will come by & ask her about Agent Cooper. When they do, he tells her to give them a metal tube concealed in a hidden compartment in a chair (Betty, Part 9). (Note that Garland speaking to Betty after “Cooper” leaves seemingly contradicts Betty saying that Cooper was the last person to see Briggs alive, per Bobby in Part 4.) (Note: No particular date is specified for this event in the show. The novels, with their temporally-impossible 3/28 timeline, implicitly place t his on the same day Cooper checks out of the hospital, and explicitly place it on 3/28. The show, meanwhile, implies that Cooper checks o ut the same day he checked in — i.e., i.e., 3/28 — but but doesn’t specify that he immediately goes to see Briggs.) 12:05pm. Garland ’s ’s last dossier entry : “He just left. Something’s wrong. The message holds the answer, just as I thought, but I’ve misinterpreted it. Protocols are in place. I must act quickly. I’m heading to the LPA alone. *M*A*Y*D*A*Y*” Shortly after the doppel leaves the house, Garland heads to the LPA (per Betty). Briggs either successfully enacts the Mayday protocol & then stages a scene to make it look like the station has been ransacked & that he has been attacked, or DoppelCoop arrives during the staging and actually sacks the station & assaults Briggs. (Briggs’s fingerprints, blood & tissue are later found @ the scene.) Preston believes the former: that Briggs stages the scene sce ne & escapes w/ whatever classified c lassified material he can carry, which she believes be lieves later becomes the basis for the dossier. d ossier. A few miles from the outpost, he stages the crash of his vehicle, leaving a severely burned corpse inside. Preston Preston later speculates that Garland then makes the ultimate ultimate escape by slipping into some kind of “portal” near Twin Peaks where time stands still. (Note: This contradicts Parts 4, 9 and 14 of the series, as well as elsewhere in The Final Dossier, where it is stated that Garland was believed to have died in a fire @ the facility, not in a car crash. Furthermore, Bobby in Part 4 says his father died the day after “Cooper”’s visit to the Briggs home, not the same day .) Preston later surmises that the Doppel arrives @ LPA after Briggs is gone (or, less likely, while Briggs is still there, but security measures alert Briggs to the doppe l’s presence & allow him to escape). The doppel likely searches the post, takes whatever pertinent info Briggs might have left in his haste, & sets a fire to cover his tracks. Annie spends 1 day in the hospital, relatively unaffected & claiming to have no memory of the events of her “ordeal.” The next morning, she is in an “abject catatonic state.” Wagon Wheel Bakery opens a 2nd location (article in 3/28 Post ). ). ▪
▪
o
o
▪
o
o
o
). “Mystery Objects Seen in Air Over […]” (article in Post ). Post-3/28/1989 — Per Briggs, the bank explosion is later publicly explained as a gas leak from an o antiquated boiler meeting an opportunistic spark. o Audrey’s documents are destroyed: Ben is the only person who knows what she was doing @ the bank. “Ben Horne never revealed the existence of that note or commented on it to anyone.” (Unclear (Unc lear how or when Briggs gets a copy!) L odge (per Briggs — After Pete’s death, Catherine becomes a recluse @ Blue Pine Lodge — o the inclusion of this info in the dossier d ossier is seemingly inconsistent w/ Briggs “dying” on 3/28, since qualifying as a recluse requires some time; this may indicate that Briggs continued to work on the dossier during his “hibernation” period, even though the vast majority of the information contained in the dossier predates his “death”). The last of the old-growth forests have been harvested & the lumber industry o around Twin Peaks has been declining for yrs. “Soon after,” Catherine abruptly closes the Packard Mill after a fire, strangely, guts its central facilities. (It’s u nclear if Preston is saying a second fire occurred, or if Preston is referring to the fire Leo set on 3/02. If the latter, this appears to contradict Cyril Pons’s news report on the show saying the fire burned a “massive log storage area,” not the central facilities. The wording also seems to imply that the Mill fire happened after the bank explosion, but it could be awkward phrasing. The “soon after” is vague— soon soon after what? “Soon after the industry had been declining for yrs.” is the most straightforward textual reading, but is grammatically nonsensical. Preston might mean Catherine closed the Mill “soon after ” the bank explosion, w/ the earlier fire as a contributing factor.) The mill’s closing deals a devastating blow to the local economy. A few weeks o after the fire, Catherine sells the mill and its associated properties to Ben & his investors in the Ghostwood Development, “the plan he’d been pursuing pursu ing for years.” (It’s unclear how or why Ben would be back in control of Ghostwood he — he had signed the project over to Catherine, who was still seemingly in control as of the end of the series. Also note that the land sale contract for the Mill is dated 3/23, which contradicts the series timeline as well as Preston saying Catherine sold the mill “soon after” the bank explosion— if if that is indeed what Preston meant. If Catherine sold the Mill on 3/23, 3/2 3, it was 5 days da ys before the bank explosion, when Andrew & Pete were alive & well!) we ll!) After the Mill is shuttered, Norma extends credit & reduced prices to “hurting” o families & gives excess food to the homeless. o Briggs notes that after Audrey was injured @ the bank, Ben is a “man broken in half with grief, and, we can now also surmise, personal guilt” @ Audrey’s hospital bedside. Despite this, he goes ahead with the purchase of the mill and Ghostwood from Catherine. (Note: saying that Ben purchased Ghostwood from Catherine is consistent w/ Catherine’s ownership of the Ghostwood project as of the end of the show — but inconsistent with every other reference to Ghostwood in The Secret History, which indicate that Ben owned the development all along!). o
•
▪
▪
▪
(Briggs also oddly uses the phrase “as noted” when he says Ben went ahead w/ the land sale contract. Briggs hadn’t actually noted this previously — Preston’s commentary mentioned the Mill sale; the dossier itself did not — but Briggs apparently did include the land sale contract in the dossier without commentary.) Briggs notes that, despite the lack of an immediate reformation, “something did change in [Ben]” after Audrey’s injury. Briggs then says Ben had a mental break in the aftermath of Laura’s death— i.e., i.e., the Civil War stuff (this can potentially be read as saying that the Civil War breakdown occurred after Audrey’s injury, contradicting the series, but the text is vague about the order of events and seems se ems to primarily paint the Civil War fantasy as a result of Laura’s death, not the bank explosion. Jacoby’s report on Ben’s Appomattox surrender is dated 3/22, before the bank explosion, supporting this reading; however, immediately after the report, Briggs says, “But the larger question remained: Would the injury to Ben’s Be n’s daughter serve as a further wake-up call […]?” seemingly implying that Audrey’s condition was an immediate question upon Ben’s recovery from his delusion). Briggs’s awareness of Ben’s actions at least shortly after the explosion is another clue that he may have added to the dossier after his “death.” In response to this entry ( ending w/ “Only time would tell te ll if [Ben] listened [to Audrey’s note trying to get him to be better man],” Preston notes: “Chronologically speaking, this is one of the latest events that the Archivist references in the dossier. One possibility is that something may have happened to our ‘correspondent’ soon after this point. Making efforts to discover what that might have been.” However, in The Final Dossier , ote on 3/28 was Preston assumes that the “Mayday” entry which Briggs wr ote his final entry, leaving unexplained how some of the details about Ben, Catherine & Lana’s later actions could have been chronicled. Elsewhere, though, Tammy seems to imply that the classified data Briggs managed to save from LPA after his faked death became the basis for much of the dossier, implying that the majority of it was written after his faked death! In yet another portion of The Final Dossier , she seems convinced that Briggs took the dossier w/ him wherever he’d “been” for the last quarter of a century before seemingly giving it to Ruth Davenport.) Davenport.) Hank pleads guilty & begins serving a 25-yr. 25 -yr. stretch @ Walla Walla. Per Preston, Jacoby, “no longer a doctor,” decides w ork on de cides to settle in Hi. & begin work his memoirs. James narrowly avoids being charged w/ a crime in Jeffrey’s death, & appears as a witness for the prosecution, but when the defense attorney shreds James’s testimony, he fears perjury charges & flees before finishing his testimony. A bench warrant is issued for him. Preston later says the jury still found “the defendants”— Evelyn & the paramour who had been posing pos ing as his (sic) brother guilty, implying — guilty, that Malcolm survives & stands trial! James flees to Baja, Mexico, working as a mechanic under an assumed name. ▪
▪
o o
o
(The “his,” presumably a typo, potentially makes this convoluted scenario even more perplexing — was was Evelyn actually a man?) Harry “remains tight-lipped” about Cooper’s overnight disappearance— as of 2017, o the only info Preston can find is that Harry said Coop “went in alone” & “disappeared.” Apparently, the sheriff’s station crew haven’t even revealed the location of the disappearance to the FBI FB I as Glastonbury Grove! o In the altered or alternate timeline: According to police records, Harry pays @ least 3 visits to Leland over the next yr. Sarah is treated for bouts of severe depression. In subsequent yrs., Sarah battles alcoholism, addiction to prescription pills & social isolation. ~3/29/1989 — Garland — Garland dies in a fire @ his station (the day after Cooper’s visit to the Briggs house, per Bobby, Part 4; Albert also says they believed Briggs died in a fire in “that gov’t facility” outside Twin Peaks 25 yrs. ago in Part 9, & again says Briggs died in a fire @ his gov’t facility 25 yrs. ago in Part 14). (Note: This dating assumes that DoppelCoop’s visit to the Briggs house i s 3/28, o as stated above.) ~3/30/1989 — Albert returns to Twin Peaks (on 4/01, he says he is having chicken pot pie @ the o Double R for the 3rd nt. in a row). “Cooper ” vanishes from Twin Peaks & disappears (“Within two days” of leaving o Calhoun),, & Garland Briggs is declared dead after a fire of unknown causes at Calhoun) Listening Post Alpha. Somewhat contradictorily, Preston elsewhere says that “a few days later” (after the sacking & burning of LPA), the charred corpse is found in the wreckage of Briggs’s car @ the bottom of a nearby canyon. In both accounts, Preston references a few of Briggs’s teeth located nearby the corpse leading to the conclusion that the corpse is Briggs, although the body is too damaged to ID through nascent DNA technology. Death by accident is the official conclusion; reports of the attack are suppressed by FBI internal investigators. In the altered or alternate timeline, Cooper still disappears from Twin Peaks @ some point (Preston says he had come to town “a few mos. earlier,” contradicting the series timeline where only a little over a month passes b/w his arrival & his disappearance; elsewhere she says he “didn’t stay long”). A month in, the Laura Palmer investigation has gone cold. ~Post-3/30/1989 — If Preston’s assumption is right that Harry’s drunken note is written after Coop o leaves town, Harry seemingly falls back into heavy drinking. (If this is the case, this appears to be another instance of Garland adding to the dossier after his “death.”) From a study of Harry’s files, Preston believes that Cooper’s disappearance haunts Harry even more than Josie’s betrayal; apparently, he never gives up on his investigation into what happened to Cooper for the next 20+ yrs. Some of the details he discovers later end up being pertinent to Preston’s 2017 investigation. Every maximum-alert all-points bulletin issued around the world by the Bureau o fails to turn up a trace of Cooper, except a surveillance photo of him from a South American sting operation, although analysis reveals hints of digital manipulation in that photo. ▪
•
•
▪
•
Cooper’s Double establishes & runs an int’l crime syndicate to rival any cartel or crime family in recent memory, involved in gambling, drugs, cybercrime, human trafficking, prostitution, murder for hire, illegal banking, stock manipulation, extortion, blackmail, insurance fraud & bribes made to foreign officials. The proceeds of the “baroque, elaborate spiderweb” go to the Double, through a complicated network of shell corps., LLCs, offshore banking & the “complicit, well-compensated participation of a number of c orrupt regimes & broken states.” (In 2017, Tammy conservatively estimates that the Double was making in the billions before his death.) He appears to travel freely throughout the world, establishing residences & businesses in Las Vegas, Berlin, Amsterdam, Buenos Aires, the island of Cyprus & Istanbul. He appears to employ this growing fortune for “research”: per Tammy, he is hunting something, & maybe more than just one thing. He pursues Briggs across a quarter century to get the coordinates (per Tammy, seemingly trying to gain entrance to the “place” where Briggs had been hiding, a location or dimension where time appears appe ars to stand still; she also speculates that the Double may have been looking for the coordinates to the most important ious network or web that could be accessed from many location in a “myster ious different places,” “a Grand Central Station, if you will, on the other side”…she also speculates on what the Double wanted if he ever got to this place…“some kind or form of even greater power than it already appeared to possess? What would that be? Immortality?”). He also also @ some point sets up the “glass “glass box” operation in NY through a series of cutouts, seemingly as a trap to catch “some kind of entity that moved, as Briggs appeared to be able to do, free from the constraints of time & space…” 3/31/1989 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Someone Sara is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) ~Late March/early April 1989 — A few days after Garland dies, Betty B etty tells Bobby that “Cooper” had come by the house & talked to Garland. “Cooper” leaves town pretty soon after that (Part 4, Bobby). Bob by). Frank says “Cooper” “left town soon after” emerging from the Lodge (Part 6). (The series’ timeline is more general than The Final Dossier , which says DoppelCoop left town w/i two days of o f leaving Calhoun.) 4/01/1989 — Battis’s notebook: Barb is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s o notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) Albert performs an autopsy on Leo. o ~4/07/1989 — Annie Annie remains in a catatonic state, despite strong vitals for ten days. Her condition slowly improves until she can get up & walk around w/ assistance, but remains “passive & compliant,” allowing others to bathe, dress & feed her, and not seeming to see or hear anything around her. 4/08/1989 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Sandra Sandra is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) ~4/22/1989 — Audrey Audrey awakens from her coma (3.5 wks. after the bank explosion) & has no memory of the actual event. She seems to be on the way to a complete recovery. o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Post-~4/22/1989 —Ben sells the Horne family’s 350-acre parcel of Ghostwood to a “secretive investment capital grp.” that immediately begins construction of a privately owned & operated state prison. (This seems to reference a shady prison development plan 1st mentioned in the Access Guide : apparently the firm of DLMF Creations has submitted 5 concepts for a maximum security prison which have been shot down annually. “…but Ben Horne recognizes a business opportunity when he sees one.”) ~4-5/1989 — — W/i W/i a few wks. of Leo’s passing, Bobby & She lly begin to appear in public, “clearly a couple again.” They are considered & subsequently cleared as suspects in Leo’s murder, w/ Earle viewed as a more likely suspect. ~5-6/1989 — o “2 mos on,” Norma takes Annie home & cares for her personally full-time (putting her relationship w/ Ed on hold again). Vivian never returns Norma’s calls about Annie, having moved on to her next husband. (Preston oddly refers to Vivian as “their” mother here, referring to both Annie & Norma!) o (“After observing a res pectable 60-day interval”) The Miss Twin Peaks organizers announce that Annie cannot fulfill the appointed functions of her office. The town council votes that the runner-up, Lana, assume the title. 6/04/1989 — Laura Laura feels Josie is making little effort to improve her English & mostly just tries to seduce Laura. Laura seems to know about Josie & Truman (believing that Josie has a darker side, Laura says, “Poor Sheriff Truman.”) 6/10/1989 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Lora is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) 6/11/1989 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Rhonda Rhonda is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) 6/21/1989 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Denise is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that t his date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) 6/25/1989 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Blanche is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) 6/29/1989 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Ashley is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) 6/30/1989 —Catherine’s —Catherine’s life i nsurance policy is maintained through this date by the st 1 payment of $900. (The year is left blank as “19__.”) (Episode 6) ~6-7/1989 — (“2 mos. after her release from the hospital”) Audrey discovers she is pregnant. She o refuses all offers of help from her parents & moves into a small apt. "W/i 3 mos.” of the events of Episode 29, Will Hayward abruptly shutters his o practice & moves m oves to Middlebury, M iddlebury, Vt., after a lifetime in Wa. The same month, an an offshore account in the Cayman Islands from a shell LLC corp. registered to the Horne Foundation begins making monthly direct-deposit wire transfers to Eileen’s bank account in the amt. of o f $7500. “Shortly thereafter,” Will & Eileen file for an uncontested divorce. “That same month,” Donna— just after graduating w/ honors
•
•
•
•
•
•
from Twin Peaks H.S. — moves to NYC. (Contradictorily, Preston elsewhere says — moves Donna arrived in NYC in 1992.) Eileen, Harriet & Gersten remain in the family’s Twin Peaks home. 7/01/1989 — o 2nd payment of $900 due on Catherine’s life insurance policy (further payments due every 7/01 until 20 yrs. or her death). (Again, the year is left blank as “19__.”) (Episode 6) o Battis’s notebook: Robin is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1988 to fit the series timeline.) ~8/1989 — (8/06/1989 (8/06/1989 diary entry:) Norma is taking care of all the deliveries “that week” (unclear what wk. Laura is referring to), but asks Laura to handle Mr. Penderghast so Norma can visit Hank in prison. Laura (who has keys to 16 houses for Meals Mea ls on Wheels) finds Mr. Penderghast dead, his hand clutching the doorknob he was using for support. She sits for almost an hr. before calling the ambulance, feeling comforted that @ least there are no wars after death. Laura believes she is living her life in order to d ie. (Donna mentioned the death of Mr. Pender ghast ghast in the Episode 8 script, but it didn’t make the show.) 9/01/1989 —“Date admitted” on hospital hospital paperwork paperwork attached attached to the the One -Eyed Jack’s chip when Albert sends Coop his forensics. (Episode 6; probably a prop error not meant to be legible onscreen.) Prior to late 9/1989 — Lana Lana stays in town the better part of 6 mos. after Dougie’s death— dollars . until probate closes on Doug’s estate, his will granting her multiple millions of dollars. Post-9/1989 — Once Once the check clears, Lana flees to the Hamptons, dating an “ascending line of decorative male escorts.” She briefly dates “a bizarrely coiffed real estate mogul,” “a notorious resident of a certain eponymous tower on 5th Ave.” @ a charity gala, the man apparently is photographed @ Lana’s side wearing “an unusual green ring” on his left ring finger. The relationship is short-lived, as “the man” was near the nadir of his financial exploits (rife w/ bankruptcies & litigation). (This is Clue #3 that Briggs continued editing the d ossier well after his “death.”) o Rather oddly, Briggs says, w/o any support whatsoever, that he has an “intuitive o suspicion” that “Lana” may have been a paid assassin sent by unknown figures from Doug’s past to silence a voice that knew too much. 10/04/1989 — (“Last nt. ” on 10/05) Laura does some lines in the OEJ office bathroom, then exits through the other door into Blackie’s rm. & sees Blackie shooting heroin (which Laura calls an idiot’s drug). Laura demands her money & says Blackie promised it to her the nt. before. They snipe @ each other about drug use & who is a better lay, & ultimately u ltimately they have sex, w/ Laura taking control & showing Blackie a dark erotic place she never thought possible, then leaving Blackie alone & humiliated (according to Laura). As Laura leaves, Blackie threatens that Laura’s cocaine use could get her fired, & Laura knows it is her last nt. @ One-Eyed Jack’s. (Laura’s experience @ OEJ in the book seems to contradict Battis telling Audrey in Episode 9 that Laura was only there for 1 wk.) In a P.S., Laura says, “I’m going to have to tell the world about Benjamin.” (This entry is approximated by Coop reading from the diary in Episode 14, but he says it was made less than 2 wks. before her death, d eath, & the wording is different: “Someday I’m going to tell the world about Ben Horne. I’m going to tell them who Ben Horne really is.” )
•
•
•
~10/1989 — (diary (diary entry dated 10/10/1989) Laura tells Josie she will be unable to make the lesson “that night” (unclear what nt. Laura is re ferring to) until 10pm. When she gets there, Laura “takes advantage of Josie’s desire” for her, but feels empty & angry afterward. On the way home, she has a vision of Danielle telling Laura that BOB has been visiting Danielle, @ Laura’s request according to BOB. Laura realizes BOB has not visited her in over a wk. 10/31/1989 —Nancy brings Laura’s clothes & the money she is owed in in a plas plastic pumpkin, & asks to speak to Laura outside because… (The entry ends abruptly, as the next page is ripped out.) (Note: The implication that Laura left OEJ fairly recently means she was there for over a yr. in The Secret Diary timeline. This contradicts Battis in Episode 9 telling Audrey Laura only worked there one weekend.) This entry continues on one of the diary pages found by Hawk in Part 6, viewed o fully in Part 7: “there I was with a plastic pumpkin full of money and the clothes that Nancy brought. She’s bending my ear with all sorts of nonsense. I can’t make out what she’s trying to say but I take it all in as best I can. I sure didn’t need a mask today. Some Halloween!” Post-10/1989 — o In an undated entry, Laura recounts spending the afternoon @ Jacoby’s office because he wants to go over what she has has said said on the tapes, particularly particularly about going sober because of James Hurley. She says she has known James for a long time, but not so well we ll until recently, when they started a secret relationship. Laura tells Jacoby what a fake she felt like smiling as Homecoming Queen: she says could still feel the hands & mouths she had been w/ hrs. before the photo was taken, & she had worn the same panties just in case BOB came. Bobby was a hero @ the game. She has been having awful nightmares about “the woods, the paths, the tree, footprints, the sounds of an owl.” Her worst dream was of her standing @ the water’s edge under a very dark sky, but reflected in the water was a clear blue sky. She thought if she swam far enough she would come up in a world w/o so much hatred, but when she swam about half the lake, a hand grabbed her wrists & dragged her down. She S he thinks it was BOB. The last time Laura saw Leo & Jacques, they had tied her to a chair, & she suddenly felt claustrophobia & restriction. They thought Laura’s pleas were part of the game; Leo got crazy & hit Laura “too hard.” Laura cried & they untied her, & she ran home w/o w /o a word. Laura tells Jacoby she misses Donna. Laura tells Jacoby she went to Harold’s last wk. “really fucked up” & forced him to have sex w/ her. On the way out of Harold’s, Pierre Tremond came up, plucked a gold coin from behind Laura’s ear & walked away. (Note: This is the only appearance of Pierre’s name in the b ook, and the only time the name has been used besides the subsequent trading card release, which presumably took it from here.) Laura tells Jacoby BOB is getting very close, & Laura has been trying very hard to write about him, to find out what & who he is. Each time she writes about him, she sees him outside her window or feels him getting close. ▪
▪
▪
▪
▪ ▪
▪
Laura had gone to look @ the drug money in her safety deposit box & thought about running away, but she believes she deserves to stay here because she has done something wrong. Laura had taken the responses to her Fleshworld ad home & stayed up all nt. putting her panties in envelopes. (The beginning portion of this entry, talking about Jacoby and James, and the ending portion, talking about shoving her panties into envelopes & getting higher so as not to cry, are glimpsed in Laura’s diary in Fire Walk with Me.) (The end of this entry appears in Parts 6 and 7 on the flip-side of the entry wherein Laura realizes the identity of her abuser. Note that this was a torn-out page in the show, despite being presented as an intact part of the diary in Jennifer Lynch’s book .) The next two diary pages are ripped out. o A final undated diary entry (apparently written days before Laura’s death, o according to an editorial interjection by an unknown source). Laura says she knows exactly who & what BOB is, & she has to make someone believe. Someone has tor n out pages of her diary, “pages that help [her] realize maybe.” Laura gives her diary to Harold for safekeeping. She says she cannot stay sober anymore; she has to be numb. (This is similar to a torn-out diary entry seen in Part 7, wherein Laura realizes Bob’s identity, but the wording is entirely different. Also, Laura giving the diary to Harold after she realizes Bob’s identity co ntradicts the FWWM timeline.) 11/1989 —James’s motorcycle motorcycle registration registration expires. expires. ( Fire Walk with Me) ~12/28/1989 —Audrey gives birth to Richard Horne, father listed as “unknown” on the birth certificate. ( “9 mos. later, almost to the day” from when “Cooper” was seen exiting her ICU rm.) (Audrey is said to have “just turned 19” when Richard is born, contradicting her August b’day from the trading cards and Diane… tape. tape.)) ~Late 1980s — Dave Dave Macklay & William Hastings meet (per Macklay in Part 1, they have known each other since H.S.; this dating is based on the 1973 DoB from Hastings’s driver’s license, & assuming that he attended H.S. at the typical age ) ▪
▪
▪
▪
• •
•
1990 •
~1989-90 — Lucy Lucy gives birth to Wally Brando. (24 yrs. old as of Part 1; born the same day as Marlon Brando. Sheriff Harry S. Truman becomes his godfather. (Part 4) [In reality, Marlon Brando’s b’day is 4/03. Assuming that Wally is the same child o Lucy was pregnant with on the original series (never explicitly stated but implied — particularly when Lucy says in Part 2 that Cooper has never even seen Wally, which which would be an odd statement to make about someone she only knew for a month, unless the baby’s birth was relatively close in proximity to that period), t he 4/03 date would seem to either make Wally extremely premature or give Lucy an impossibly long pregnancy. Assuming that he was conceived sometime around 1/19/1989 when Lucy and Dick had sex, since Lucy believes Dick a viable possibility as the father, if he was born 4/03/1989, 4 /03/1989, it would have b een @ around 11-12 wks. after conception. In reality, the youngest premature baby on record to survive was 21 wks. 4 days. If he was born 4/03/1990, this would give Lucy a pregnancy of over 14 mos.! In reality, the longest pregnancy on record is 375
•
•
•
•
•
•
days — i.e., i.e., a year and 10 da ys. So, if Wally is the same child Lucy was carrying in 3/1989, either application of the 4/03 date seems completely fantastical. Given that Twin Peaks has played fast and loose with real world figures’ timelines, as discussed elsewhere in this document, it seems likely that the “Brando” gag was something the writers felt was funny funny without giving much thought/research t hought/research to when Marlon’s real-world b’day is and the implications that has on the show’s timeline.] ~Early 1990s — James James lays low for close to a yr. in Mexico, Mex ico, until he repairs a Lamborghini Diablo engine block for a Sinaloa Cartel capo (after it suffered bullet damage). An apparently oblivious James takes a full-time position @ the capo’s hillside Jalisco estate, maintaining his 17 exotic luxury vehicles. About 6 mos. later, a rival gang shows up to execute the capo (in league w/ an undercover sting, crooked cops & a rogue DEA agent who had been turned) — James is one of the only survivors, hiding in the trunk of a Rolls. — James He is “swept up by the federales.” Word of his “indefinite detention” “eve ntually” finds its way to the Twin Peaks Sheriff’s Dept. Harry apparently goes to Mexico, & Gordon Cole impliedly places “a few helpful calls.” A Mexican judge clears James of wrongdoing & has him escorted to the border, where he is instructed never to return. ~1990s — Harriet Hayward studies @ U. of Wash., eventually becoming a ped iatrician in the o Seattle suburb of Bellevue. Gersten plays as a piano soloist in venues across the Northwest while still in her o early teens. She takes college-level courses while she is a H.S. freshman (she is particularly proficient in math), & graduates gradua tes H.S. @ 16, entering Stanford @ the t he nd same age. In the middle of her 2 semester, she suffers a severe nervous collapse & emotional breakdown. She is treated for 6 wks. in a Bay Area psychiatric hospital, & upon release withdraws from Stanford & returns to Twin Peaks to live w/ Eileen, undergoing ongoing psychiatric care. She is prescribed antidepressants, but also turns turns to “stronger “stronger street drugs” for comfort (“concurrent w/ the nationwide nationwide trend in dependence on opioids & desig des igner synthetics”). 1990 — o A census reveals Twin Peaks pop. is 5120.1, not 51,201. Dwayne Milford apparently stops serving as mayor (Preston says he served 14 o consecutive two-yr. terms beginning in 1962). (This 1962). (This contradicts the Access Guide intro, wherein he is still serving as of 1991.) Shelly’s estranged mother dies of cirrhosis of the liver (the same yr. as Becky is o born). ~1990 — (“Last yr.” on 1991 trading card) Pete catches a 10’ 9” 364 lb. sturgeon in Black o Lake. It makes the cover story of the Gazette; Pete believes it’s a record. (“Within a yr.” of divorcing Ernie) Vivian Smythe Lindstrom Blackburn Niles o marries Simon Halliwell, a retired insurance executive from Bellevue. 1/26/1990 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Lori is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1989 to fit the series timeline.) 2/03/1990 — Battis’s notebook: Ronette is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1989 to fit the series timeline.) 2/11/1990 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Deborah
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
is presumably @ OEJ. (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1989 to fit the series timeline.) 2/16/1990 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Jemma is presumably @ OEJ. (Episode 6) (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s likely that this date should be 1989 to fit the series se ries timeline.) 2/24/1990 — In In the altered or alternate timeline, Leland Lela nd parks near the waterfall by the hotel & commits suicide in his car w/ a licensed handgun. 2/25/1990 —Battis’s notebook: notebook: Jenny Jenny is presumably @ OEJ. (Note: The Battis’s notebook prop seems to set the show in Feb./Mar. 1990. It’s It’ s likely that this date should be 1989 to fit the series timeline.) ~3-4/1990 —1 yr. from Leo’s L eo’s passing, almost to the day, Bobby Bobb y & Shelly are married in Reno. ~3/28/1990 — (“1 yr. to the day” after Annie was found in the woods) wo ods) Norma comes home to find Annie having slit her wrists in bed w/ shattered glass. While awake & alert, Annie remains unresponsive to her surroundings & seemingly unaware of what she has done. Norma rushes her to the hospital. ~3/29/1990 —(“The next morning”) 8:38am. In the hospital, Annie speaks the 1 st words anyone can remember her saying since she was found in the woods (this seemingly contradicts her reciting her speech from Laura’s dream when she is brought to the hospital in The Missing Pieces, although it’s certainly possible that the thieving Nurse respo nse to nothing: “I’m fine.” She Roundtree simply didn’t tell anyone ). Seemingly in response then lapses back into impenetrable isolation. The drs. attribute this anomaly to auditory hallucination. ~April-May 1990 —(“Within a few wks.”) Ben is w ks.”) Norma holds a community fundraiser— Ben a major contributor allowing her to put Annie in care @ a private psychiatric hospital — allowing near Spokane. As of 2017, Annie has been there ever since. o Every yr., on the anniversary of the day she was found in the woods, @ 8:38am, Annie says, “I’m fine.” (Note: The initial instance of her saying thi s, in 1990, was notably the day after the the anniversary of her being found in the woods.) ~Mid-1990 —(“No sooner” than Annie’s worsening condition requires permanent round r oundthe-clock care) Nadine suffers a “serious setback” to her h er “delicate state of mind,” pulling Ed back into his guilted caretaker role. ~10-11/1990 —Rebecca “Becky” McCauley Briggs born to Shelly & Bobby Briggs (w/i 7 mos. of their marriage). Betty Briggs & Norma cosign a loan to allow Bobby & Shelly to buy a house.
1991 • •
•
•
~1990-91 — Freddie Freddie Sykes born (23 in Part 14). ~Late 3/1989-1991 —Jacoby spends the 2 yrs. after his his license license is is revoked “gone to ground,” searching for a way to reinvent himself. 1991 — Oliver Stone’s JFK , based on the Garrison JFK assassination investigation, is o released. A crime/crimes occur which the FBI still classifies as unsolved in 2016 (per o Gordon, the dossier may have relevance to this/these case[s]). ~1991 —
Ben & Sylvia Horne divorce (w/i 2 yrs. of the Haywards’ dissolution). Sylvia assumes sole custody of Johnny. (Presumably after the 2 yrs. he spends gone to ground) Jacoby studies w/ Hawaiian o shamans & alternative medicines, chronicled in an early version of an online b log, with much content focused on the menehune. (He claims to have made contact on multiple occasions —they told him they’re not of earthly origin origin & their mission mission here is to steer the “newer root race of human beings” away awa y from its genetic propensity for violence & self-destruction. He also mentions UFOs & the grays.) 4/01/1991 — Mayor Mayor Milford writes the introduction to the Access Guide. ~Mid-1991 —(“A yr. after” Nadine t o be on the Nad ine suffers a mental menta l setback) Nadine appears to mend & Ed is ready to break brea k away. o
• •
1992 •
•
•
•
•
•
~Late 1989-1992 —Audrey never returns to H.S. after Richard’s birth, completing her her GED through independent study (“over the next 2 yrs.”). ~1991-92 —(“3 yrs. later” [following Hank’s guilty plea], per Preston in her notes on the dossier …contradictorily, …contradictorily, Preston claims in The Final Dossier that Hank died after 2 yrs. in the pen). Hank is knifed in a prison weight rm. by a “hard -core lifer who turned out to be a distant cousin of the Renault family.” He issues a deathbed confession to all his crimes, incl. the football fix & his role in the attempted murder of Andrew Packard and ending w/ a note apologizing to Norma & his former friends for the hurt he caused them. Preston says after signing the note Hank drew his last breath (according to prison sources). (P reston also says “the Archivist” had stopped writing at this time, so it’s not clear how Hank’s note ended up in the dossier; did Preston add it?) April 1992 — The The Passion Play was scheduled to take place in Glastonbury Grove (as of ~1991). The Passion Play is held every 5 yrs. or so in April in Glastonberry (sic) Grove, o allegedly sponsored by the Bookhouse Boys. Shortly after dark, half a dozen cassocked figures emerge from the shadows carrying a sword, a chrysanthemum, c hrysanthemum, a crucifix & a chalice, and the mysterious guardian at the gate appears. It lasts all night until good obliterates evil w/ the rising sun. Precise day & time are never announced. (The Bookhouse Boys having some long-held knowledge of the secrets of Glastonbury Grove seems inconsistent w/ the series.) ~1992 — Donna arrives in NYC & begins taking undergrad classes @ Hunter College (this o dating contradicts The Final Dossier elsewhere elsewhere saying Donna moved to NYC just after graduating Twin Peaks H.S. Also, Donna is stated to have just turned 18 in 1992 — this this contradicts her birthdate on the trading cards, and seems seems unlikely given that she is in the same grade as 17-yr.-old Laura in 1989, and is also inconsistent w/ Preston later saying Donna is in her late 20s near the end of the 1990s). She supports herself working as a model eventually, signing w/ Ford modeling agency. She cuts off all contact w/ her parents & former friends in Twin Peaks, only corresponding by letter & occasional phone call ca ll w/ her sisters. ~1992 or later Audrey enrolls in community college classes, studying economics & — Audrey business administration. administration. (After her 2-yr. GED study.) Post-1992 —
o
o
Donna drops out of Hunter after her freshman yr.; her modeling career takes her t o Paris, Milan & Monaco. She is considered a “ fresh face” of the ’90s in the industry. In gossip & society columns of NY newspapers, she is romantically linked to a soap opera star, a professional tennis player, a night club magnate & “a minor & somewhat dissolute scion of a European royal family.” After obtaining her degree, Audrey opens a hair & beauty salon in the Twin Peaks area. She has a framed photo of Cooper on the wall of her office.
1993 •
•
~1992-93 — (3-4 (3-4 yrs. after Diane stopped hearing from Cooper) Diane is still working @ the Bureau. One nt., she is standing in her living rm. & “Cooper” (DoppelCoop) enters —“no knock, knock, no doorbell.” doorbell.” Diane Diane holds holds him close, close, then they they sit on her her sofa. He He grills her on what has been going on @ the Bureau. He then kisses her (Diane says it had only happened once before). As soon as his lips touch hers, something goes wrong & she feels afraid. He sees the fear in her & smiles, then he rapes her. Then he takes her “somewhere like an old gas station.” @ some point, he mentions Garland Briggs. (Diane to Gordon, Part 16) (Note that, “after an independent survey of the available facts,” Preston in 2017 o concludes that Diane’s transcripts of Cooper’s daily tapes “have been heavily redacted & modified” & cannot be considered a consistently reliable source. She makes this comment in the context of the chapter about Earle killing Caroline, but appears to be speaking generally about all of Cooper’s tapes, not specifically the ones pertaining to that incident. She adds that “it’s safe to say that ‘Diane’’s motivations for doing so, at this point, are well known to us,” presumably indicating that she believes it was the tulpa who altered the transcripts, not the “real” Diane. She also implies that Gordon had access to the transcripts, but seemingly not the original recordings. If the alterations were made after the tulpa was created, one wonders why Gordon wouldn’t have noticed the changes, if he had access to the transcripts previously? Also, it is unclear whether or not the transcript in My Life, My Tapes is the unfiltered original or the modified version, so any information in that text is suspect.) suspect.) Pre-1994 — Th The Great Northern replaces rm. keys w/ key cards (“over 20 yrs. ago,” Ben to Beverly, Part 7; “we haven’t used a key like this in over 20 yrs.,” yrs. ,” Ben to Frank, Part 12).
1994 •
•
~1993-94 — The The Or. court sentences James to 6 mos. in minimum m inimum security prison followed by 2 yrs. probation for fleeing the bench warrant. Ed rents an apt. in Portland to spend alternate weekends w/ James. (Probation ends ~1996, per Preston saying a decade passed from that point to James’s return to Twin Peaks in 2006.) 1994 — Bill Bill Hastings gets a misdemeanor speeding conviction (or arrest?). (Dave’s notepad, Part 1)
1995 •
•
1994-95 — Dr. Dr. Jacoby, having reclaimed some fraction of his 1960s notoriety due to his blog & the expanding Internet, Internet, tours w/ the Grateful Grateful Dead for for the better part of these 2 yrs., serving as “senior spiritual advisor” (impliedly, drug dealer), ending in Jerry Garcia’s death (in reality, Garcia died 8/09/1995). Donna exchanges two letters w/ Audrey Horne. “A few yrs.” after 1992— Donna
•
Mid-1990s — Lana Lana marries a hedge fund manager “well on his way to his 1st billion billion..” (Note: The rough date comes from Preston, but Briggs mentions the marriage in his dossier, seemingly by far the latest event mentioned in his dossier & long after his supposed death on 3/28/1989!)
1996 •
•
•
1996 — A Tn. grand jury is convened to determine Meriwether Lewis’s cause of death. It recommends exhumation. The Nat’l Park Service refuses. ~1996 — o Jacoby is a “resident fellow” w/ a progressive think tank in Amsterdam, the Zonderkop Institute. (A 2-yr. stay ending in 1998) o (A decade passes before James’s return to Twin Peaks in 2006) After completing his parole, James takes off on another Harley. Nadine has just opened her drapery store. It is an immediate if modest success, & Ed feels obliged to support her, again putting off his & Norma’s happiness. happiness. 12/11/1996 —“Anton David Walbrook”’s U.S. passport expires. (It was issued 12/10 and his b’day is 5/01, but those yrs. are blanked b lanked out.)
1997 •
1997 — Bill Hastings gets a misdemeanor jaywalking conviction (or arrest?). (Dave’s o notepad, Part 1) o Dougie Jones is manufactured (possibly) — no records for him exist before this — no yr. (no driver’s license, passport, social security, class records, tax records or birth certificate) (per Det. T. Fusco, Part 9). A layer of new wallpaper is added to Jeffries’s former hotel rm., covering up his o “Joudy” carving.
1998 •
1998 — Dr. Dr. Poepjes decides the impending Y2K crisis represents the end of civilization &, along w/ a few died ie-hard followers, repairs to a “secure & unspecified ecological biosphere in the far north of Sweden.” Poepjes then “vanishes from the radar screen of history.” Jacoby does not follow, & returns stateside, heading directly for Fl.
1999 •
•
Late 1990s —“Near the end of the decade,” Donna’s modeling career slows & she marries the cofounder of a successful dot-com startup & a prominent figure in the NY venture capital community (said to be nearly 2 decades her senior Donna is said to be in her late — Donna 20s). They entertain frequently @ their Sutton Place brownstone & Southampton beach house, raising Donna’s social profile even further. “Just before the turn of the century”— @ a weekend charity event, Donna encounters Lana. Their photo runs on the society page of the New York Post . Lana beams; “Donna’s expression appears fraught w/ tension & dismay.”
2000 •
•
2000 — Jacoby Jacoby is a volunteer in the Fl. “hanging chad” election recount. He spends his free time offering “lay counsel” to distraught/defensive Ralph Nader supporters, releasing a lay paper on “defiant liberal denial syndrome.” The article gets some play in in a few few progressive media outlets — Jacoby Jacoby considers political activism. ~2000 —
Renzo begins recruiting a gang via arm wrestling competitions (per Muddy: “In 14 yrs., no one’s ever even come close,” Part 13). After Richard’s 10th b’day, Audrey marries her “longt “lon gtime” accountant in a private o civil ceremony. (It is apparently a marriage of financial convenience, marked by “public scenes,” heavy drinking, verbal abuse & sexual infidelity on Audrey’s part. part. Audrey consults a mental health care professional @ some point during the marriage.) ~Early 2000s —(4 yrs. into her marriage & “shortly” after the photo w/ Lana) — Donna — Donna discreetly & voluntarily enters rehab for drug & alcohol dependence. o
•
2001 •
•
•
•
2001 — The The Ghostwood Correctional Facility, a privately held & run prison, opens on the Ghostwood land, owned through a shell cor p. through a consortium of “conservative” investors from the Midwest. It provides some “low-wage low-skill” employment to those displaced by the closing of the Mill, but when workers threaten to unionize “in the early part of this century,” the corp. shuts them down by threatening to bring in out-of-state workers. Dwight Murphy is chief administrator of the prison @ this time. Alcoholism, depression, prescription opioid addiction & trafficking, domestic violence & suicide all rise. 9/11/2001 — Jacoby Jacoby is in NYC participating in an anthropological conference on shamanism @ the Museum of Natural History. Post-9/11/2001 — After After the terrorist attack, Jacoby volunteers, comforting the wounded & traumatized. (True to his prediction, the US gov’t lashes out @ the wrong targets, invading Iraq, allegedly searching for weapons of mass destruction. He believes the US & perhaps the world might be entering “Kali Yuga,” a n ancient Hindu term for a dark age.) Prior to ~2002 —Dougie Jones has a car accident & “every “every once in awhile” show s howss some lingering effects. (shortly before he came to work for Bushnell; Bushnell to the Fuscos, Part 9).
2002 •
~2002 — Dougie Dougie Jones starts working @ Lucky 7 Insurance (12 yrs., per Bushnell, Part 9).
2003 •
2003 — Jacoby Jacoby decides it is time to head home to Twin Peaks. He buys a used mobile home & moves it to an acre he buys “for peanuts” near the peak of White Tail Mtn. He makes supply runs in town @ most once a wk. after dark, & seemingly reaches out to no one but Jerry Horne (the 1st & only contributor to Jacoby’s new enterprise).
2004 •
~2003-04 —Jacoby spends “the next yr.” yr.” educating himself about the Internet’s distribution advantages for his “idiosyncratic “ idiosyncratic messianic vision,” & crafting the Dr. Amp character.
2005 •
2006
2005 —After a decline involving “arrests, convictions, time served, bankruptcy, b ankruptcy, poverty, p overty, alcoholism, [&] homelessness,” Ernie Niles dies in the waiting rm. of a Pierce County hospital. His ashes are spread over Puget Sound by a prison charity organization.
•
•
~2005-06 — James James totals his Harley in an accident involving a runaway coal truck in WV (“some mos. before” his return to Twin Peaks in 2006 ). He suffers a compound fracture of his leg & ends up broke in a county rehab facility. 2006 — Jacoby launches The Dr. Amp Blast streaming streaming live, 1 hr. a nt., 5 nts. /wk. After the o live stream, they are available as some of the first “podcasts.” He soon garners a small but intensely loyal Internet following; most of his local listeners from eastern Wa. have no idea who Dr. Amp truly is. James returns home on a Trailways Bus & goes to work w ork for Ed @ the Gas Farm. A o few yrs. later, James takes a second job working night security @ the Great Northern. He lives alone modestly, drives a used Ford Focus, & sometimes performs his songs locally. locally.
2007 •
~2007 — o On the day of a big storm, Jacoby sees Nadine in the supermarket on her hands & knees looking for a potato after dropping it. (About (Ab out 7 yrs. ago, Jacoby, Part 13.) (This dating is contradicted by Tammy in The Final Dossier claiming claiming that st Jacoby was laying eyes on his former patient for the 1 time in over 2 decades!) (“Over the past 10 yrs.”) Jerry Horne acts as one of the major donors & behind-theo scenes organizers for the legalization of marijuana in Wa. (Oddly, Preston elsewhere says Jerry “has chosen a distinctly different path” from Ben “in the past 2 decades”— unclear unclear what she is referring to if not the th e cannabis business.) ▪
2008 •
2008 — The Nat’l Park Service reverses its ruling, saying Lewis’s body may be exhumed. o o Lana’s hedge fund mgr. husband dies of a heart attack during his morning jog in Antigua, where their “winter palace” is. Lana “ma[k]e[s] out like a bandit” & “drift[s] toward” the South of France. Fra nce.
2009 •
•
2009 — o FBI Agent Tamara Preston is adjudicated for Top Secret security clearance. Eileen dies of pneumonia (elsewhere stated to be heart failure). The payments from o the Horne Foundation’s shell LLC to her bank account stop. Gersten’s life spirals ies of reckless & chaotic relationships w/ even further as a result, leading to “a ser ies a number of men & women.” Simon Halliwell chokes on filet mignon on a cruise b/w Athens & Positano. He is o buried in the family mausoleum outside Seattle. Seattle. The economic bubble bursts & the big banks nearly go under, plunging the nat’l & o global economy into the abyss. Jacoby’s message is even more resonant. ~2009 — Donna Donna is reported missing by her husband & found 2 days later in a Lower East Side crack house —an episode apparently appare ntly triggered by Eileen’s death dea th “from heart failure” (Donna apparently had not spoken to Eileen in the “17 yrs.” since her departure from Twin Peaks — supporting supporting the 1992 date for her move to NYC — nor nor did she attend the funeral). As the result of an intervention, she has an involuntary stay @ McLean psychiatric hospital
•
in Ma. This is said to be her 4 th stint in rehab over the course of 5 yrs. (Note: It seems tak es contradictory to place Donna’s 4th rehab stint after Eileen’s 2009 death, but say that it takes st place w/i 5 yrs. of her 1 rehab check-in —which occurred “shortly” after the Lana encounter, which in turn was “just before the turn of the century.” centur y.”) 2009 or later — After Donna’s release from McLean, her husband initiates divorce proceedings. o Due to her prenup, Donna get s a low-6-figure sum & a modest monthly stipend. She moves into an apt. in a suburb of New Haven, Ct., C t., attending 12-step meetings. “Approaching 40,” she reaches out to Will for the 1 st time in “more than 20 yrs.” W/i a yr., she moves to Middlebury, Vt., where Will —“now is —“now well into his 70s”— is still practicing medicine. Donna moves in & acts as his assistant. -again, on-again” relationship w/ low-level drug dealer Gersten begins an “off -again, o Steven Burnett, her primary source for narcotics. This relationship precedes & overlaps his marriage to Becky Briggs.
2010 •
•
•
2010 —The Nat’l Park Service again reverses its ruling, refusing to allow allow Lewis’s body to be exhumed. ~Early 2010s —(“In the past few yrs.”) Buckhorn, SD H.S. principal William Hastings & his girlfriend Ruth Davenport dabble in speculative esoteric/occult research & author an amateur blog on their work, The Search for the Zone. Pre-2011 —Wilkinson’s forged forged letter from “Russell” to Jefferson Jefferson becomes available to the public (“almost 200 yrs.” from 1811).
2012 •
• •
2012 — Legislation legalizing marijuana in Wa. passes. o The mystery of Dr. Amp’s identity has become part of his mystique, his reputation o spreading from regional to nat’l. Jacoby refuses offers from mainstream media outlets. Somewhat contradictorily, however, he begins video streaming Dr. Amp this same yr., revealing his identity. 8/15/2012 —William Hastings’s Hastings’s SD operator operator’s ’s license license is issued. issued. (Part 1) Sometime pre-~2013 — (per (per Albert, ca. 2014: “This was yrs. ago”) Phillip Jeffries calls Albert, saying Cooper is in urgent trouble. Albert never talks to Cooper, but tells Phillip who “our man” in Colombia is, & authorizes authori zes Phillip to give this info to Cooper. A wk. later, that man is killed. Albert does not tell Gordon. (Albert to Gordon, Part 4; this impliedly occurs after both Jeffries & Cooper have disappeared, i.e. 1989 or later, but Albert never explicitly says this)
2013 •
•
2013 — After After a brief, unspecified illness, Vivian Smythe Lindstrom Blackburn Niles Halliwell dies, & is buried in the mausoleum w/ her last husband Simon Halliwell. ~2013 — Mickey quits smoking (quit about a yr. ago, Mickey to Carl, Part 6). o (“4 yrs. ago” as of 9/06/2017) Audrey closes her salon (note: this appears to o contradict the prior paragraph, which says Audrey has “successfully owned & operated” the salon “ever since” opening it). “Not long after ,” she seems to vanish from public life — into into agoraphobic seclusion or a rumored private care facility.
10/21/2013 — An An event occurs which later requires Lucky 7 to pay out $35K to Eric Amundsen on David Eubank’s product liability claim, on which Dougie Jones is the case agent. (insurance claim form, Part 6) (yr. not specified) o 12/25/2013 —Scott Cameron’s Cameron’s business suffers a loss due to a windstorm (insurance claim form, Part 6) (yr. not specified) Sometime between 1989-2013 — Andy Andy & Lucy go to Bora B ora Bora (Lucy to Gordon, Part 14). ~Early-to-mid 2010s — When When the economy recovers, Norma franchises the Double R, & even briefly dates a “big-city slicker from a ‘comfort food’ corporation” who wants to make “Norma’s” a household name in a number of locations throughout the Pacific Northwest. o
•
•
2014 LIMITED EVENT SERIES / THE RETURN / SEASON 3 Notes on dating the series o Any attempt to date this series is inevitably going to be controversial, and there is unlikely to ever be widespread agreement from all corners of the fandom. Unlike the original series, the writers seem to have consciously avoided references to specific dates in the dialogue. However, the mini-scroll inside the tube Garland leaves for Bobby in Part 9 features the dates 10/1 and 10/2, firmly placing the sheriff crew’s finding of Naido on 10/01 and Cooper’s arrival in Twin Peaks on 10/02, and placing the Part 9 Frank/Bobby/Hawk scenes two days da ys beforehand (per Frank) — — i.e., 9/29. Since the dates themselves are actually a plot point and the prop is shot in close-up, it seems that the audience was certainly certa inly meant to see these dates. Most other dates seen on props also reflect a period of late September: Garland’s date of death is seen as 9/19 in the Buckhorn morgue, the date on DoppelCoop’s fingerprint response after his arrest is 9/22, Hastings writes 9/29 (and also says the date out loud) next to his ID of “the Major.” Even a small sma ll detail like Shelly in Part 6 asking regular customer Miriam how her students are this yr. is consistent w/ the series taking place early in the school yr. In terms of determining the year, I have chosen to place the series in 2014, which o some will no doubt find controversial. Gordon in The Secret History says the dossier was recovered by the FBI in 7/2016, 7/2016, and according to Tammy, it was recovered from the basement of Ruth’s apt. wks. after the events of the series. As always, I choose to reason off the information within the show itself first and foremost, due to the frequent conflicts between sources — such such as, in this instance, the books seemingly contradicting the September-October dating of the series by placing the recovery of the dossier dossier in July. My reasoning admittedly admittedly comes, to some extent, from a sentimental desire for the series to fulfill Laura’s p rophecy by actually taking place 25 yrs. after the events of the original, but I also think this date makes the most logical sense w/ the evidence we’re given. For me the strongest argument for placing the series in 2014 is, of all things, Wally Brando. Assuming that Wally is the same child Lucy was carrying in early 1989 (see above under “~1989-90” for the reason I consider this a fairly sound assumption), the Limited Event Series almost certainly takes place in 2014 (possibly 2013 — but certainly no later than 2014). There are many other references to the passage of 25 yrs., which •
admittedly could be instances of characters rounding: Col. Davis says there have been 16 hits on Garlands Briggs’s prints in “what, 25 yrs.?” in Part 5; Albert says the photo is the only known one of Cooper in 25 yrs. in Part 7; Ben says Cooper was @ the Great Northern “I don’t know, ma ybe 25 yrs. ago” in Part 7; Albert says they believed Briggs died in a fire in that gov’t facility 25 yrs. ago, & also says Cooper was around Briggs 25 yrs. ago in Part 9; Albert again notes that Briggs died in a fire @ his gov’t facility 25 yrs. ago in Part 14. However, in contradiction of this dating, note that Bill Hastings states he is 43 in Part 9 — given given the 8/15/1973 birthday on his his driver’s driver’s licen license, this would place the series b/w 8/15/16 and 8/15/17. Perhaps hypocritically, given my reliance on props elsewhere e lsewhere for dating this series, as noted above, I have chosen to honor the dialogue written by the writers (stating that Wally is 24) over what may be a random date chosen by a prop artist on Hastings’s license (although, as always, I note all contradictory information viewed/heard onscreen so that readers can reach their own conclusions separate from my own). As a sidebar, it is worth noting that The Final Dossier also also throws around references to 25 yrs. having passed since the events of 3/1989, which again, could be attributed to characters rounding…but nowhere d oes anyone refer to 27 yrs. having passed. Tammy says “Cooper” “d isappears from view for the next quarter of a century”; she elsewhere impliedly says he was in the Lodge for 25 yrs.: “‘you can check in, but you can never leave,’ at least not for 25 yrs.”; says Cooper disappeared into Ghostwood in pursuit of Earle “more than 25 yrs. ago”; speaks of the Double’s 25 yrs. on the loose; & again says Cooper disappeared from Twin Tw in Peaks 25 yrs. ago. Briggs also is said to “vanish from sight for the next 25 yrs..” & Tammy elsewhere says his disappearance was 25 yrs. ago, wonders where he had been hiding/hibernating for 25 yrs., & says he hadn’t aged a day in 25 yrs. Specific dating is fairly impossible, as the 9/29 date given by Hastings in Part 9 is seemingly inconsistent with the other, earlier dates given. Most of the dates generally work tantalizingly well together (Hastings says in Part 9 that Briggs’s beheading occurred occurred “last Thursday”; Garland’s loosely estimated estimated date of death seen in Part 7 is 9/19, which was a Friday in 2014; given Hastings’s description of his i.e., past few days’ activities in Part 1, he is impliedly arrested on a Saturday — i.e., 9/20 — and and DoppelCoop being be ing printed on 9/22 is consistent with the passage of time in the series from Hastings’s arrest to DoppelCoop’s two days later). However, there is simply no way that these dates can be reconciled with Hastings saying the date is 9/29 in Part 9. Hastings’s interrogation almost certainly occurs the day a fter Constance tells Lt. Knox that Garland has been dead for 5-6 days in Part 7 (with the 9/19 date of death for Garland visible in the same scene!) — which should place — which the Constance/Knox scene on 9/24 and the Hastings interrogation on 9/25. Likewise, the 9/29 date given by Hastings does not gibe with DoppelCoop being arrested on 9/22, based on the tight four-day timeline we see from the time the Blue Rose crew hears about DoppelCoop’s arrest to their arrival in Buckhorn. ( It is also worth noting that, while the 9/22 date for DoppelCoop’s arrest works nicely with some of the other provided dates, the Cooper fingerprint card also contains some ▪
o
o
o
blatantly inaccurate information, including Cooper sharing Hastings’s 1973 birthdate, and is therefore suspect.) Because of the impossibility impossibility of reconciling the few dates we are given onscreen, I have elected to simply list the days as “Day 1,” p arentheses specific dates that are provided. “Day 2,” &c., noting in parentheses Also, far from the original series’ “one -day-one-episode” structure, this series seems to skip around in time, with a Part sometimes toggling back & forth between storylines in different locations seemingly taking place on different days, and sometimes even jumping around within a single character’s timeline from Part to Part or even within a Part (examples: the random cutaway to DougieCoop & Sonny Jim playing catch in Part 12, seemingly in the mid dle dle of DougieCoop’s all-night party with the Mitchums which plays out out b/w Parts 11 & 13, during during which he he never comes home; Bobby in Part 13 referring to the events of Part 9 as ha ving happened “today” despite Bobby seeming to live out another day & night in the interim in Part 11; Lucy and Diane switching back and forth between two different outfits from scene to scene in, respectively, Parts 9 and 12). Generally, I found it best to anchor most of the major storylines around Part 17 (wherein many of them converge), which we know takes place on 10/02 (thanks to the Part 9 sheriff’s station scenes, as noted above). Working backwards from there, it becomes somewhat straightforward to work out likely timelines for each of the major continuing storylines (with costume changes acting as a helpful guide to knowing when one day ends and the next begins in some cases, as well as seeing where certain scenes were moved around in editing within a storyline). As a rule, I tried to focus first on working out the internal timeline of each individual storyline (the Blue Rose crew, Dougie, etc.), and once I had that, I attempted to see how closely I could honor the structure/sequence of the edited series while remaining loyal to the internal logic of each separate storyline. The less serialized storylines (e.g., many of the individual Twin Peaks-based characters who only have a few scenes scattered throughout the season) are tougher to place with any specificity, and in most of those instances, I simply honored the series’ sequencing, generally placing those scenes on the same day as surrounding scenes, except where there was a good reason to move them elsewhere. In general, I have attempted to note anytime I departed from the series editing/placing of scenes, along with my rati onale. One of my most overarching departures from the series’ sequencing was to move the Blue Rose storyline and corresponding related scenes (DoppelCoop, &c.) forward a day in relation to the surrounding scenes in the (seemingly mostly-linear) early Parts. My rationale is as follows: The strongest backbone to the season is the “DougieCoop” storyline, which pretty definitively takes place over at least 8 days, 7 of which are almost indisputably back-to-back. Using 10/02 as the endpoint of the Dougie storyline (the day that Cooper awakens awa kens in the hospital & heads to Twin Peaks) and counting backwards means that Dougie’s events of Part 11 take place on 9/29 — i.e., i.e., the same date that Hastings says his interrogation is taking place in Part 9. This means that all of the Blue Rose/DoppelCoop scenes leading up to that date need to be time-shifted t ime-shifted forward a day from most of the surrounding material.
•
•
•
•
•
•
~2014 or earlier — Sam Sam Colby takes a job watching a mysterious glass box in an NYC penthouse, to help w/ school. He hears the space containing the box belongs to “some anonymous billionaire.” The guy he replaces says he saw something in the box once, but won’t or can’t tell Sam what. The person watching the box is not supposed to speak about the box or the space containing it. (Sam to Tracey, Part 1) ~Late 2013-2014 — o Anthony Sinclair begins selling Bushnell and Lucky 7 Insurance down the river for Duncan Todd, manipulating claims for money, w/ the help of Las Vegas P.D. officers (“for mos. & mos.,” per Anthony, Part 13). Dougie Jones also seems to be part of this operation —Bushnell later notes that “Dougie” implicated himself when he exposed the coverup (Part 13). o Twin Peaks sheriff’s dept. begins “watching” Chad (for mos ., Frank, Part 14). ~Early-to-mid 2014 — The Mitchums’ new hotel burns to the ground (a few mos. back, Part 10). 1/14/2014 —The report report on Scott Scott Cameron’s Cameron’s inland inland marine marine loss loss claim claim is filed filed w/ w/ Lucky Lucky 7. (insurance form, Part 6; yr. not specified) ~3/2014 — o Linda (who apparently was injured in a war) begins applying for gov’t agencies to give her an electric wheelchair (“took us about 6 mos.,” Mickey to Carl, Part 6) o Dougie & Janey-E begin planning Sonny Jim’s b’day party (“we’d been planning for 6 mos.,” Jan ey-E to Dr. Ben, Part 10). o (“about 6 mos. ago, Freddie to James) In the East End of London, after a nt. @ the pub w/ his mates, Freddie Sykes turns into an alley he uses as a shortcut & gets a peculiar feeling that he is wasting his life hitting the pub every nt. when he should be helping people. He sees a stack of high boxes & jumps on top of it for fun, & is sucked up into a massive vortex in the air. He is then floating “in thin air, way up somewhere, like a void,” & the Fireman tells him to go to the hardware store near his flat & find a package of green rubber gardening gloves that is already open w/ only a right-handed glove inside. Freddie is to purchase it, put it on, & his right hand will possess the power of an enormous piledriver. Freddie asks the Fireman “Why me?” and the Fireman replies, “Why not you?” (The Fireman also apparently instructs Freddie not to tell anyone where he got the glove.) Freddie then wakes up in his rm. the next morning. He goes to the hardware store & finds the pack, but the clerk won’t sell the open pack to him. Freddie puts his money on the counter & runs, and the clerk pursues, ultimately tackling Freddie. Freddie instinctually punches the clerk, w/ the glove on, & “By the way his head’s tilting & him trying to talk,” Freddie fears he’s “snapped his Gregory.” Freddie then remembers that the Fireman told him to go to Twin Peaks, Wa., to find his destiny. When he goes to buy a plane ticket, he is told he already has a ticket. The glove becomes part of Freddie. When a dr. tries to take it off him, he starts bleeding. (Freddie tells the dr. where the glove came from.) 4/18/2014 — 7pm. 7pm. Glass breaks in the front of a bldg. owned by Carolyn King & insured by Lucky 7. (insurance form, Part 6; yr. not specified)
•
•
•
•
•
~Early 9/2014 — Dougie Dougie Jones takes points on a football game, then doubles down & loses, so he borrows $20K from Tommy & Jimmy. (“3 wks. ago,” Tommy to JaneyE, Part 6) 9/09/2014 —1:07pm. Miriam’s Miriam’s gets heart & blood pressure readings @ the hospital (Part 12, computer screen; yr. not specified). ~Early-to-mid Sept. 2014 — Red comes to Twin Peaks (he says he has been “all around here the last couple o of wks.,” Part 6) o Albatross turkey jerky arrives @ Keri’s Handi -Mart; Victoria is present (“they brought it in a couple wks. ago,” Victori a in Part 12). o Angela & Clark begin hanging out (“he’s been on her for a couple of wks. now,” Natalie, Part 12). Pre-mid-9/2014 (before Hastings’s blog entry about the event, see below)— Ruth Davenport (who is very good @ uncovering hidden records) has indications that if she & Bill Hastings go to a certain place @ a certain time, they will enter “the dimension” & make contact w/ a certain person. They go there & find the Major hiding or gives this slightly contradictory/more detailed account: “hibernating.” (The Final Dossier gives “@ some point during their last yr. together,” Hastings & Ruth make contact w/ a person/entity who identifies as “the Major.” They are eventually told they can make physical contact w/ this individual by entering “s ome sort of nonphysical or metaphysical dimension” via an entrance @ a specific time in a vacant lot on the “wrong side of the tracks” in Buckhorn.) As “other people [are] maybe gonna find him,” the Major a sks Hastings & Ruth to get him coordinates. The Major tells them to go to a secure military database. (Note that, in The Final Dossier ’s ’s dating, which differs from the limited series, these events would take place sometime between ~mid-2015 to mid-2016). o Tammy assumes that Briggs gives Bill & Ruth the secret dossier @ this meeting, & Ruth conceals it in a basement storage locker in her apt. bldg. (Tammy speculates that Briggs knows the U.S. gov’t has the coordinates stored in o the database either because Doug Milford and/or Briggs had figured out that LPA had gathered such “beyond-classified information,” or because his conversation w/ Cooper’s Double tipped Garland off to either the information’s existence or its relevance. Alternatively, Tammy speculates that Briggs himself, who knew about the Blue Rose Task Force, realizing that Cooper’s Double was coming for him, stashed the coordinates — which which he already knew —inside some “innocuous digital cutout” that would not have posed insurmountable entry barriers to amateurs, in a place where no professional would think to look.) ~9/15/2014 — Bill Bill Hastings writes an entry on The Search for the Zone (a blog he researches & publishes w/ Ruth Davenport) about entering an alternate reality/different dimension (approx. 2 wks. ago as of 9/29, Tammy to Hastings, Part 9). Note: Albert, reading the Buckhorn PD files, says Bill B ill Hastings Hastings ended an entry o on his blog, “Today we finally entered what we call the Zone and we met the Major.” Albert (speaking on the same day as Hastings’s interrogation) says this entry was “about 1 wk. ago.” Either this is inconsistent w/ Tammy placing the aforementioned blog entry 2 wks. ago, or Albert Albe rt is quoting the time period from a police report which was written @ an earlier date.
~Mid-9/2014 — o (Presumably around the same time as the blog entry, and shortly before Day 2 below) Hastings & Ruth hack the military database — most most likely w/ clues provided by the Major — & find the coordinates in the military database. Ruth writes them on her “hand” (more accurately, on her arm) (having been cautioned by the Major not to put anything on paper). (Hastings to Tammy, Part 9) o Beverly Paige starts hearing a hum in her office @ the Great Northern (“sometime last wk.” as of Part 7). 9/16/2014 — 3pm. 3pm. Pliers are recovered from Congressman Theodore Rummel’s car @ his residence (evidence tag, Part 3; yr. not specified). Day 0 — Marjorie Marjorie Green last sees her neighbor Ruth Davenport (“3 days ago ,” Part 1) PART 1 (“My log has a message for you”) (RR logo: gold & brown) Unknown time/date o In the Fireman’s house, Cooper & the Fireman converse. (Cooper speaks normally, the Fireman speaks in Red Room-style reverse-speak. Cooper does not have his FBI lapel pin.) Fireman: “Agent Cooper. Listen to the sounds.” (Both look to a nearby phonograph, which makes scratching/skipping noises 7 times.) “It is in our house now.” Cooper: “It is?” Fireman: “It all cannot be said aloud now. Remember 430. Richard and Linda. Two birds with one stone.” Cooper: “I understand.” Fireman: “You are far away.” Cooper crackles & phases out. Day 1 (Weds.) — — Joe delivers shovels to Dr. Jacoby’s trailer. o o Bill Hastings goes home right after school. (Weds., per Hastings recounting the last few days before his arrest to Macklay) After 10pm (Tracey says she got off @ 10). New York City. Tracey Barbarado , o w/ 2 takeout coffee cups from her place of employment, tries to flirt her way inside the glass box room, but Sam (under scrutiny from guard Bittner) refuses. Sam says he’ll try to stop by on his way in tomorrow; she says if she misses him, she’ll bring coffee @ the same time tomorrow nt. Day 2 (Thurs., ~9/18) — — o Great Northern. After an incident involving a skunk in the hotel, Ben instructs Beverly Paige to tell Mrs. Houseman they will refund 2 nts. of her stay (but not the whole wk.), because she & her “NY friends” keep the spa running. Jerry (apparently wearing their mother’s hat) bursts in, eating banana bread spread w/ jam, both containing his new “hydroponic indica -sativa hybrid.” He meets Beverly for the 1st time. Ben states that Jerry is no longer in the hotel business; Jerry says his new business has tripled their revenues. rev enues. Night. DoppelCoop drives to Otis & Buella’s, & beats up Robby, the guard on o the door. Inside, 2 unnamed men (one in a wheelchair & the other holding a •
•
•
•
▪
▪ ▪
▪ ▪ ▪
•
•
o
o
o
handgun) sit in the dark. DoppelCoop asks Buella for Ray Monroe & Darya. The two enter from another rm., & DoppelCoop brings them w/ him (after each hands the wheelchair-bound man a white index card-sized piece of paper, almost ritualistically). ritualistically). ~10:22pm (Sam’s watch). NYC. Bittner is mysteriously gone. A timetraveling/dimension-hopping Cooper briefly drops into the glass box while no one is watching (Part 2). Sam allows Tracey into the glass box room. They begin to have sex (Sam’s watch now reads 10:27). The box darkens until it is pitch black. Sam notices as a blurry white figure appears appear s in the box. The figure has a human female body but a monstrous head which appears to be featureless save a gaping mouth, but it is impossible to be sure as the “face” continuously morphs/blurs/doubles, sometimes making shapes similar to human skulls and the pop culture depiction of “grey” aliens, among many other ghastly shapes. It bursts through the box & feasts on Sam & Tracey. Hastings’s school has the bimonthly faculty evaluation meeting after class. It ends around 9:30pm. He gives his assistant Betty a ride home because of “something wrong with her car, something wrong.” Bill gets home 10:15 10:20. (Thurs., per Bill recounting the last few days before his arrest to Macklay) However, this appears to be at least in part an alibi or incomplete memory… Hastings & Ruth return to the same location to enter e nter the Zone & bring the Major back the coordinates. Then “something terrible” happens: “these others” come in & grab Hastings by the neck & push him down. They ask his wife’s name & he tells them, “Phyllis.” Hastings & Ruth give the Major the numbers & he starts to float upward, saying, “Cooper. Cooper,” right before his head disappears. According to Hastings later, it is beautiful…and then Ruth is dead. He later denies that either the Major or Hastings killed Ruth: “There were so many people there.” Hastings: “It was so terrible, and I had to hold her.” Hastings then wakes up in his home. (“last Thurs.,” Hastings in Part 9) Subsequently, he seems to at first believe these events to have been only a dream. (Part 2) Tammy gives a somewhat contradictory account in The Final Dossier (it (it is unclear where she might have gained this additional/conflicting add itional/conflicting information information about what occurred. Perhaps from a second unseen interview with Hastings, or from blog entries?). Tammy’s account: As Hastings & Ruth are about to give the Major the coordinates (not after they give him the coordinates as Hastings claims), the Major floats up toward a vortex/portal (Hastings does not mention any portal), & dark shadowy figures assault them, decapitating the Major & Ruth (Hastings simply claims that Briggs’s head disappear s, not that he was decapitated). Hastings is left unconscious but alive in the vacant lot (this contradicts Hastings saying he woke up in his home). He seems to suffer some form of memory loss about this event. Tammy later states her belief that Cooper’s Double “was there waiting for [Briggs],” & that he decapitated Briggs & Ruth. However, this is merely speculation, and she also speculates specu lates that the ▪
•
Double killed Hastings, who was actually killed by a Woodsman, as seen in Part 11. Garland Briggs’s date of death is later listed as 9/19 on the tag on his drawer in the Buckhorn morgue. (Part 7) Constance admits that she is not sure of the exact date he died (in Part 7, she says it was 5-6 days ago). 9/19 was a Fri. in 2014, and it seems likely that these events therefore occurred the night of Thurs., 9/18/2014. (Note that Hastings apparently recounts this story to Tammy on 9/29, per his dating of the ID photo. If the series does take place in 2014, 9/29 that yr. was a Mon.…making Hastings’s statement about “last Thurs.” impossible, as the prior Thurs. would have been only 4 days earlier, whereas Hastings has already been in jail for approx. 6 days when he gives this statement. This gives some credence to placing the series in 2016: 9/29/ 2016 2016 was a Thurs., and a reference to “last Thurs.” would therefore be more consistent w/ the amt. of time Hastings has been in jail, placing these events in the “the Zone” on 9/22/2016. The 2016 calendar is inconsistent with Garland’s estimated 9/19 date of death, though, as 9/19/2016 was a Mon.) Day 3 (Fri., ~9/19) — — o Dougie Jones disappears (per Janey-E in Part 4: she says he has been gone 3 days w/o a word & has missed work, as well as Sonny Jim’s b’day party. In Part 5, Bushnell says Dougie missed 2 days of work.) Buckhorn, SD. After her dog Armstrong smells something in her neighbor o Ruth Davenport’s apt. , Marjorie Green calls 911. Officers Olson & Douglas respond. They learn the bldg. mgr. Barney is in the “funny” hospital & question maintenance man Hank Fillmore, then finally get into Ruth’s apt. ~1:27pm (Ruth’s clock). Officers Olson & Douglas find Ruth dead in bed , the o left side of her face horribly disfigured & her left eye socket monstrously destroyed. (Note that Tammy claims in The Final Dossier that Ruth’s severed head was found “a few days later” following her death. Per the series timeline, Ruth seems to have been found the day after her death, d eath, as Hastings says she died on a Thurs. & Hastings is arrested on a Sat., the day after the body is found.) Outside, Hank Fillmore yells @ Harvey on the phone, saying Harvey opted out o of the latest endeavor & the proceeds belong to Hank & Barney’s brother Chip. Inside, forensics investigator Constance Talbot & her team analyze the crime scene as Det. Dave Macklay arrives. They pull back the blanket, revealing the woman’s head is unattached to the body below it…which belonged to a male. o Night. Margaret, very ill, calls Deputy Chief Hawk in his office: “My log has a message for you. […] Something is missing & you have to find it. It has to do with Special Agent Dale Cooper. […] The way you will find it has something to do with your heritage. This is the message from the log.” Bill & Phyllis go out to dinner after school, then go straight home. (Fri., o Hastings recounting the last few days before his arrest a rrest to Macklay) ▪
▪
•
▪
The Week Before Day 11 — o Kriscol installs a new propane engine for Jenkins (“last wk.,” Part 12). Chuck steals Billy’s truck. Billy calls the sheriff & the truck is found that same o afternoon; Billy drops any charges. (“last wk.,” Charlie, Part 12) Day 4 (Sat.; Macklay asks Hastings to account for his whereabouts the last 3-4 days, & Bill in response chronicles Weds.-Fri. then says he was home all day “today”)— o Twin Peaks Sheriff ’s ’s Station. Lucy talks to a man attempting to see “Sheriff Truman” about insurance. Unable to determine which Sheriff Truman he wants (“One is sick and the other one is fishing”), Lucy confuses the man & takes his card. (This follows the Ben & Jerry scene in the edit, but Lucy wears same sweater as the later conference rm. scene, indicating that both scenes take place the same day, and that they both follow Margaret’s initial phone call to Hawk.) 12:18pm (clock on computer monitor). Buckhorn. Constance gets a hit on the o prints left all over Ruth’s apt.: H.S. principal William Hastings. (Her kids attend his H.S.) She confirms that the head is Ruth Davenport; the m ale John Doe body is still unidentified. o Macklay arrests Bill Hastings @ his home; Phyllis protests that the Morgans are coming for dinner. o Twin Peaks Sheriff’s Station. (Per Hawk, “it’s late,” although the sun still appears to be out) Hawk places the Laura Palmer case boxes in the conference rm. & enlists Lucy & Andy’s help. He tells them to get the files they talked about out of storage & lay them out tomorrow morning. o (Still daylight; Hastings has been in the interrogation rm. @ the Buckhorn P.D. about a ½ hr.) Buckhorn Police Chief Mike Boyd introduces Macklay to Rapid City Detective Don Harrison, who encourages Macklay to question Hastings, since they’re fishing buddies. Hastings says he knew Ruth, the librarian, enough to say hello, but denies that he has been to her apt. or even knows where she lives, & says he last saw her a couple mos. ago. (Boyd says they should get the warrant “any minute” ; the judge was up the mtn.) Macklay grills Hastings on his past few days’ activities. Hastings asks for his lawyer, George; Macklay explains that Ruth is dead & Hastings’s prints were all over her apt. Hastings seems genuinely shocked. o (Still daylight) Macklay & Det. Harrison execute the warrant; police search the Hastings home & Bill’s Volvo— where where Macklay & Harrison find a piece of skin beneath Hastings’s fishing cooler. o Unknown time/date: The Fireman looks at the phonograph. It makes the scratching/skipping noise twice then stops. (Note: Like the Cooper/Fireman scene that opens Part 1, the timing of this scene is extremely ambiguous. This is where it appears in the series edit.) (Note: This T his scene is not in the combined Part 1&2 edit.) PART 2 (“The stars turn and a time presents itself”) (RR logo: blue and red) Phyllis visits Bill in jail. He says he had a dream the nt. Ruth was murdered o that he was @ her apt., but he swear s he wasn’t. Phyllis says she has known •
•
▪
o
o
o
about their affair all along. Bill says he knows about Phyllis & George, and “maybe somebody else too.” Phyllis tells Bill he is going down, & leaves. Dusk. Phyllis, leaving the police station, runs into George Bautzer. She tells him Bill knows, & says to meet her @ her house later. Two cells down from Hastings, a blackened Woodsman sits w/ a frozen expression. His body vanishes, and his now-transparent head floats upward. Night. Phyllis arrives home. DoppelCooper is standing in the dark of the house waiting. She seems to recognize him (“What are you doing here?”). DoppelCooper: “You did good. You follow human nature perfectly.” He shoots Phyllis w/ George’s gun. Las Vegas, Ne. In his office, Duncan Todd hands Roger $2k & instructs him to tell “her” she got the job. Roger: “Why do you let him make you do these things?” Todd: “Roger, you better hope you never get involved with someone like him. Never let someone like him in your life.” DoppelCoop, Ray, Darya & Jack eat @ a diner. Ray says Darya told him the doppel was worried about tomorrow, or the day after. DoppelCoop responds that he isn’t worried but, “For awhile, day after tomorrow, I’ll need to be on my own.” Ray says he’ll follow up on his contact—Hastings’s secretary— to get the information for the doppel; the doppel responds that it’s “kind of funny” that the secretary will only give it to Ray. Glastonbury Grove. Hawk walks in the woods. Margaret calls. Hawk says there is “supposed to be something happening here tonight.” Margaret: “The stars turn and a time presents itself.” Hawk promises to stop by after & let her know what happens. He sees the red curtains appear briefly through the trees. The Red Room. Empty at first, then Cooper is suddenly seated in the chair. To his left, Phillip Michael Gerard. PMG: “Is it future or is it past? Someone is here.” PMG disappears. Laura, older, enters, wearing the same black dress from Cooper’s original dream. She sits. Laura: “Hello, Agent Cooper. You can go out now. Do you recognize me?” Cooper (as usual, speaking normally): “Are you Laura Palmer?” Laura: “I feel like I know her, but sometimes my arms bend back.” Cooper: “Who are you?” Laura: “I am Laura Palmer.” Cooper: “But Laura Palmer is dead.” Laura: “I am dead yet I live.” (Laura removes her face, revealing a bright light.) Cooper: “When can I go?” Laura walks over & kisses Cooper. A voice somewhere softly says, “Whisper.” Laura, smiling, whispers into Cooper’s ear. Cooper makes a surprised sound & his smile fades. As she steps away, Laura looks up, seeming to see something. She is drawn upward, screaming, as the red curtains billow like flames. Once she is gone, Cooper looks ahead: the ▪ ▪
o
o
o
▪ ▪
▪
▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
▪ ▪
curtains rise, revealing the pale horse far away on the chevron floor, & darkness beyond.) o The chevron floor shakes, w/ a surging electrical sound. o Coop & PMG are again seated. PMG: “Is it future or is it past?” Coop looks up & PMG is now across the room, beckoning him. He follows PMG through the curtains. PMG leads Cooper to the evolution of the Arm. The Arm: “I am the arm and I sound like this. [ weak whooping noise] Do you remember your doppelganger? He must come back in before you can go out.” Day 5 — o ~12:18am (clock on Buckhorn B uckhorn PD computer monitor; note: this is presumably a stock computer desktop shot reused from Part 1, w/ the same “12:18” time listed ). Constance excitedly shows Macklay & Boyd B oyd that the hit on the corpse’s prints is blocked by military security. (Part 4) (The scene appears in Part 4 in the edit, following the Jones family breakfast, but the characters are wearing the same clothes as in Parts 1 & 2, so this is presumably still the same workday . It is dark out.) Jack wires Betty’s (Bill’s secretary’s) car. (per DoppelCoop, to Darya) o ~6pm (DoppelCoop later says he killed Jack “2 hrs. ago”). Jack locks up o DoppelCoop’s Mercedes in storage & gives the doppel a Lincoln. The doppel massages Jack’s cheeks, seemingly paralyzing him. Hastings’s secretary Betty dies in the car explosion (the day after Phyllis was o shot, per Macklay, Part 9). o ~7:57pm (DoppelCoop’s watch). Darya sits in Rm. 6 of a motel talking on the phone to Ray: He says he’s in federal prison for carrying weapons over the state line, & is calling her from a burner. He says he got another call from Jeffries, & Darya has to hit Cooper if he is still around tomorrow nt. DoppelCoop enters the motel rm., interrupting Darya’s phone call. She claims she was confirming the hit on the secretary’s car w/ Jack. The doppel tells her he killed Jack, & Ray failed to meet DoppelCoop as scheduled this afternoon. He plays Darya a recording of her phone conversation w/ Ray. She claims not to know who hired her & Ray to kill Cooper. DoppelCoop is skeptical that Ray is even in prison. DoppelCoop: “This is quite an interesting thing to think about. The game begins.” Darya claims not to know why “they” want Coop dead, & says she and Ray were to split half a million. DoppelCoop says that tomorrow he is supposed to get pulled back into “what they call the Black Lodge,” but he’s not going back: “I have a plan for that one.” Darya confirms that Hastings’s secretary told Ray something, but Ray didn’t tell Darya. DoppelCoop shows Darya a (pin-punctured) Ace of Clubs playing card with a symbol drawn on it, depicting an oval shape w/ 2 horns protruding on top. He says, “This is what I want.” He shoots Darya dead. He then sets up a communication apparatus stored inside a briefcase. DoppelCoop: “Phillip?” Voice: “You’re late.” DoppelCoop: “Couldn’t be helped.” Voice: “I missed you in NY, but I see you’re still in Buckhorn.” ▪
•
▪
▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
DoppelCoop: “And you’re still nowhere, is that correct?” Voice: “You met w/ Maj. Garland Briggs.” DoppelCoop: “How did you know that? Phillip?” Voice: “Actually, I just called to say goodbye.” DoppelCoop: “This is Phillip Jeffries, right?” Voice: “You’re going back in tomorrow, and I will be with Bob again.” The call ends. DoppelCoop uses an FBI login to access Yankton Federal Prison’s portal, then downloads their schematics onto the same device that recorded Darya’s call. DoppelCoop goes to the next motel rm., where Chantal Hutchens is staying. o The doppel tells her to clean up Darya’s rm., then get Hutch: he needs them in “a certain area” in a few days. Doppel & Chantal then have sex. Sarah Palmer drinks a Bloody Mary & watches nature films. o @ the Roadhouse, Chromatics perform “Shadows.” Shelly, Renee, Hannah & o another friend do tequila shots. James & Freddie Sykes enter. Shelly worries about Becky being w/ the wrong guy. They catch James staring @ Renee; Hannah says there’s something wrong w/ James, but Shelly says he’s just quiet since his motorcycle accident: “James is still cool. He’s always been cool.” Red flirts w/ Shelly from across the room; Jean-Michel J ean-Michel Renault tends bar. Day 6 (~9/22: “Date” listed on DoppelCoop’s fingerprint response form in Part 4 [presumably his date of arrest, although this is not specified]) sp ecified]) — — In the Red Room, the Arm tells Cooper (as PMG stands by): “253. Time and o time again. Bob Bob Bob. Go now!” PMG & Cooper hurry out, but in the hallway, the curtains won’t let Cooper exit. He returns where he came from, finding the room vacant, & exits a different way. He meets Leland, who says, “Find Laura.” He sees/hears an electrical disturbance , & then seems to walk through the curtains w/o moving them. He sees the floor & curtains doubling & blurring. PMG speaks to the Arm: “Something’s wrong.” The Arm responds, “My doppelganger.” Cooper enters the hallway, opens the curtains & sees DoppelCoop driving down a SD highway. The Venus de Milo statue turns into the Arm’s doppelgan ger, which attacks Cooper. The chevron floor shifts, then splits, revealing black churning water. DoppelArm: “Nonexistent!” Coop drops into the water, then plunges into a starscape. He ends up flat on top of the exterior of the NYC glass box, then drifts incorporeally inside @ the same time Sam & Tracey are realizing Bittner is gone, on Day 2. Cooper’s universe shakes; he seems trapped in a square which moves back and forth within the glass box, finally disappearing, & he returns to his plunge through the stars. (The edit places this portion of Cooper’s interdimensional journey directly after the DoppelCoop & Chantal hotel rm. scene; however, it makes more sense to place this sequence the next day, given the fact that Cooper sees DoppelCoop through the curtains driving on Day 6, and subsequently exits into our world @ the same time of DoppelCoop’s crash on that same day.) PART 3 (“Call for help”) (RR logo: B&W and grey w/ yellow flash) ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
•
▪
o
o
Cooper continues plunging through the stars. Then, he falls into a lavender mist which seems to envelop him… Cooper lands on a turret of a House by the Sea in a lavender-hued world. He enters into a Mansion Room in the structure & sees Naido, a woman w/ cuts on her eyeless face. Time moves strangely. Naido explores Cooper’s face w/ her hands. Suddenly, there is a loud continuous banging from a door. Naido shushes Cooper. He looks to their right & sees something on the wall resembling a very elaborate electrical outlet bearing the number “15.” He walks toward it, but Naido stops him, making slashing motions across her throat. She leads Cooper up a ladder…to the top of a metal box floating in space, way too small to contain the room they were w ere just in. Time now seems to move normally. Naido pulls a lever on a machine, seemingly stopping the banging from below and electrocuting herself. Naido goes shooting off the metal box & falls into the void of space. As Cooper stares downward at the stars, a transparent and elongated Garland Briggs head floats by, saying (in Red Room-speak), “Blue Rose.” Cooper goes back inside & c limbs down the ladder, finding the room no longer lavender-hued. The outlet now has a “3” in place of the “15,” and a single blue rose stands in a vase on a table near the outlet. Sitting on the couch where Naido had been is an American Girl, who bears a remarkable resemblance to an aged Ronette Pulaski. She looks at her watch as it changes from 2:52 to 2:53. The lamp by the outlet turns on as soon as the minute changes. (Note that American Girl’s watch says Sat. the 1st. This date, in the spiritual realm, may not be literal/accurate to our world — and and might also refer to 10/01, which is the upcoming date of the “opening” that allows Naido to cross over later in the series. Notably, 10/01 was not a Saturday in 2014…but was in 2016, perhaps len ding some credence to the theory that the show takes place in 2016.) 2:52pm. DoppelCooper drives down a SD road. Cooper approaches the “3” outlet. American Girl: “When you get there, you will already be there.” The outlet nearly sucks Cooper in . The cigarette lighter outlet in DoppelCoop’s Lincoln begins to surge as DoppelCoop becomes increasingly disoriented. In the Mansion Room, the banging on the door begins again. American Girl: “You’d better hurry, my mother’s coming.” Cooper gets sucked into the outlet, leaving his shoes behind. DoppelCoop crashes his car. 2:53pm. Desperately trying to keep vomit down, DoppelCoop sees the red curtains appear in front of his windshield. Rancho Rosa Estates, Las Vegas, Ne. (A seemingly derelict community w/ many bank foreclosure signs.) Dougie Jones & prostitute Jade finish having sex. Dougie is wearing the Owl Cave ring on his left ring finger, & his left arm has fallen asleep. Jade showers. Dougie feels sick & vomits a substance which appears to contain creamed corn, black bile and blood b lood onto the floor as the red curtains appear in front of him. He is then whisked away w/ a loud sound which Jade hears from the shower. ▪
o o
o
o
o o
o
DoppelCoop sees Dougie appear in the Red Room, then the curtains vanish from his view. DoppelCoop vomits the same mix as Dougie did, then passes out. o Red Room. PMG explains to a confused Dougie, “Someone manufactured you. … For a purpose. But I think now that’s been fulfilled.” Dougie’s left hand shrivels. Then, his head turns into billowing black smoke sm oke & a golden orb floats up from inside his collar. His entire body shrinks & is replaced by a strange floating organic object which eventually releases the gold orb. After a burst of smoke, only a gold bead remains, sitting on the chair where Dougie had been. PMG picks up the bead & the ring, and places the ring on its podium. In a plume of black smoke, Cooper materializes from the wall outlet in the o Rancho Rosa room where Dougie disappeared, shoeless & missing his FBI lapel pin. Jade smells the vomit & hustles him out, assuming he is sick. Realizing that he doesn’t have his keys, wallet or phone (the only thing in his pockets is the key to Great Northern rm. 315), Jade gives him a second ride. An assassin, Gene, cruises by & sees Dougie’s car sti ll in the driveway. His accomplice Jake waits @ the Rancho Rosa entrance entranc e ready to shoot Dougie, but does not see Coop, who ducks down to retrieve his dropped rm. key. Jake to Gene: “I’ll see you @ Mikey’s.” Gene places a bomb on Dougie’s car as a little boy watches through the window from the house across the st. His druggedout mother sits @ a table w/ crack cocaine & pills (as well as playing cards & a baby pin), yelling “119” over and over. Two SD Hwy. Patrolmen respond to DoppelCoop’s crash. The 1 st to approach, o Billy, gets a whiff of the vomit & gags. o Hawk, Andy & Lucy are set up in the conference rm. w/ all the Laura Palmer files. Lucy believes she knows what is missing: she ate a chocolate bunny when she had a problem w/ a gas bubble. Hawk believes it’s not about the bunny. o Jacoby spray paints 5 shovels gold. In Las Vegas, Jade drops Coop at the Silver Mustang Casino, giving him $5 to o call for help (he has a flashback to Laura when Jade says, “You can go out now”). In the casino, he sees a man win @ a slot machine, yelling a victorious “Hellooooo”; Coop then sees a transparent flaming Red Room icon floating over another machine. He imitates the “Helloooo” man’s behavior & hits the jackpot, & then continues his streak on a second machine. Jackie, the floor attendant, congratulates him on winning two megajackpots for a total of $28,400. He sees another floating Red Room, but an unkempt older woman on the next machine gives Coop the finger & wards him off. He sees several more Red Rooms. The older woman, taking his cue, plays the machine he was eyeing & gets a jackpot of her own. o wn. o Night. The Roadhouse. The Cactus Blossoms play “Mississippi.” PART 4 (“…brings back some memories”) (RR logo: B&W and blue) Las Vegas. Silver Mustang supervisor M. Burns & pit p it boss R. Warrick, along o w/ floor attendant Jackie, look on as Coop continues his winning streak, now totaling 29 megajackpots (30 when he points the older woman to another machine). He then runs into Bill Shaker of Allied Chemical & his wife Candy (notably, Bill’s greeting causes Coop to self -identify as “Dougie Jones” for the o
•
1st time). After DougieCoop eyes Bill’s hot dog, Bill says he hasn’t eaten since breakfast @ home, prompting DougieCoop to repeat “home.” They then discuss Dougie’s home on Lancelot Ct. w/ a red door. DougieCoop wanders off. Jackie chases him, & Warrick escorts him to Burns’s office, where Burns gives him his winnings, tries to intimidate him & calls him a limo. o 10:49pm/10:36pm/10:37pm/10:54pm (dashboard clock — the the clock jumps around between shots). Limo driver Al drives DougieCoop, searching for the red door of his home. Upon finding it, they stand outside — an an owl flies overhead hooting, & Al notes that owls spook him. Janey-E storms out of the house & drags DougieCoop inside. After she finds Dougie’s winnings , JaneyE is elated that it is enough to pay “them” back. o Sheriff’s station. Returning from his fishing trip, Frank loses cell phone reception in the parking lot & comes inside, freaking Lucy out (apparently she has recurring issues understanding cell phones). Frank checks in w/ Maggie Brown; Maggie says it has been “kind of quiet: a domestic, 2 D&Ds and a DUI.” Maggie also notes that Dennis Craig OD’ed @ the H.S., never g etting up from his desk; Andy has the case. Frank catches Deputy Bobby Briggs in the hallway; they speculate that the OD was “Chinese designer drugs again.” Bobby has every known trail covered w/ surveillance cameras & hasn’t seen any smuggling from Canada. The sheriff’s station crew meets Hawk in the conference rm. Hawk explains what Margaret told him; Chad notes that Log Lady is “10 -96 [police code for a potential psych patient] and not even allowed in the building” (Lucy: “That’s on account of a kind of gum”). After they boot Chad, Bobby enters, & cries upon seeing Laura’s picture (“Man…brings back some memories”). Upon the mention of Cooper, Bobby reveals that Cooper was the last person to see his father alive. Deputy Jesse J esse Holcomb enters; Wally Brando is outside. o Wally Brando, on his motorcycle in the parking lot, pays his respects via Frank to his godfather Harry, whom he knows is ill, & gives his parents permission to turn his childhood bedroom into a study. (He notes that he has crisscrossed “this great land of ours countless times … from Alexandria, Va., to Stockton, Ca.,” referencing Lewis & Clark, and saying his “dharma is the road”). Day 7 — Early morning (Lorraine says the job was supposed to be done yesterday). Las o Vegas. Gene & Jake sit @ Rancho Rosa in a car talking to Lorraine on the phone. They’re still waiting for Dougie to come out. Anxiously, Lorraine text s the number “2” to a contact named “ARGENT.” In a dirty room somewhere in Buenos Aires, a black box sits in a shallow pan/bowl. It beeps twice and the sole two lights on it flash red. (Part 5) (As edited, this sequence opens Part 5, and is placed in the middle of the Day 7 daytime scenes, despite taking place @ an hour of darkness.) o Morning. DougieCoop sits alone in the Jones bedroom in his pajamas. PMG in the Red Room briefly manifests in front of him. PMG: “You see me, don’t you. You were tricked. [he displays the gold bead] Now one of you must die.” Janey-E dresses DougieCoop. He meets Sonny Jim. Jim . @ breakfast, DougieCoop discovers coffee. (There is an owl cookie jar in the b.g.) ▪
PART 5 (“Case files”) (RR logo: B&W) ~7:10 (am?) (Burns’s watch). Bradley & Rodney Mitchum arrive @ the Silver o Mustang (w/ Candie, Mandie & Sandie in tow). Rodney angrily assaults Burns, believing that Burns was in on DougieCoop winning 30 jackpots in a row (a total of $425k). They fire Burns & tell him to leave town, giving Warrick Burns’s old job, & saying to let them know if Dougie ever comes in again. (Note: In the series edit, this scene follows Rhonda letting DougieCoop into the ladies’ room, later in the day. I am moving it up due to the time on Burns’s watch.) Chaplins Chevrolet. Mike Nelson interviews Steven Burnett, & tells him off o for his shoddy resume & application form. o Sitting in Hawk’s office, Frank talks to Harry on the phone about some discouraging test results. Doris storms in. She says Dwight’s got diarrhea, the twins are coming this weekend, “he” got in the cupboard again, & a leaking pipe is soaking the pantry floor. She also yells at him about her dad’s car; Frank says Sammy looked @ it about 2 hrs. ago & it’s fine. Janey-E puts Sonny Jim in the car for school. She tells DougieCoop his o winnings were $425K, & she put the money in “[their] secret place.” She says to call “them” when he gets to work & set up a time to pay the $50 grand. Janey-E puts DougieCoop into the car to take him to work since his car is MIA. o Gene & Jake drive by the Rancho Rosa house where Dougie’s car is still parked. A group of 5 punks drives by immediately after, casing the car. Janey-E drops DougieCoop off @ his office. A statue of a lawman pointing a o gun triggers something in him. o 8:55am (wall clock by elevator). Inside the bldg., Phil Bisby gives “Dougie” Frank’s coffee, & they attend a staff meeting. Anthony Sinclair boisterously welcomes “Dougie” back from Bendersville & mutters that he covered for Dougie. (Married) Darren unsuccessfully attempts to hit on Rhonda. Frank finds that he likes green tea latte. Bushnell Mullins presides over the meeting. Tony says that they are required to pay out on the Beakers (w/ the broken water main) and Littlefield. Bushnell notes that forensics said Littlefield was an arson, but Tony says the inspectors cleared it. DougieCoop sees a green glow showing on Tony’s face and says his first non -repeated words: “He’s lying.” Tony gets indignant & Bushnell tells Dougie to come to his office after the meeting. Bushnell chastises Dougie for calling Tony, one of his best agents, a liar (noting o that Tony closes more cases in a wk. than Dougie does in a month), & gives DougieCoop a pile of case files to do full assessments on tonight. DougieCoop latches on to the words “agent” & “case files.” o Lucky 7. Rhonda finds DougieCoop in the hallway, case files at his feet, desperate to urinate. She unsuccessfully tries to get him to kiss her. ~10:38am (wall clock). Buckhorn morgue. Constance talks to Macklay & o Harrison as she autopsies the headless male’s corpse. She says he hadn’t eaten any food for days, but she found a gold ring in his stomach inscribed, “To Dougie, with love, Janey-E.” ▪
(Note: In the series edit, this scene follows Gene’s phone call to Lorraine. I have moved it later due to the time on the clock, indicating that it takes place later in the day than Dougie’s 8:55am PST arrival @ work.) Rancho Rosa. The little boy across the street goes to investigate the car bomb. The punks return, shooing the boy away. They try to hijack Dougie’s car & the bomb goes off, killing three of them; th em; the other two drive off. Car wash. Chris the car detailer finds the Great Northern rm. 315 hotel key in Jade’s Wrangler; she mails it back to the hotel. ~4:06pm (Norma’s watch). @ the Double R, Becky Burnett delivers bread & reluctantly asks Shelly for money; Shelly gives her $72. Becky drives off w/ Steven. Norma notes that it is the third time Becky has asked Shelly for money in 2 wks. Steven offers Becky cocaine (she takes it, but is shocked at how much he went through during the day). Steven drives Becky to dinner as she thrills to the Paris Sisters’ “I Love How You Love Me.” FBI HQ, Philadelphia, Pa. ~4:30pm (Tammy’s watch). Deputy Director Gordon Cole, Senior Special Agent Albert Rosenfield & Agent Tammy Preston sit in a meeting w/ 5 other agents. Albert explains that “he” (Congressman Theodore Rummel, according to an evidence tag) has been officially accused of brutally murdering his wife; he claims he’s innocent and knows who did it, but can’t say because it would breach nat’l security. The congressman got word to Chris (one of the agents) that items on the table, which he placed in his garden in Georgetown, are the clues to the killer’s identity (a photo of an underwear model; pliers; a photo of two young-looking women in bikinis; a photo of a small boy in a sailor’s suit on a beach ; a gun; and a jar of pebbles). (The evidence tag on the pliers indicates that the pliers were found in the Congressman’s car— not garden, contradicting what Albert said — & that he is charged w/ drug trafficking in addition to attempted murder.) “The Congressman’s dilemma” remarks Cole, sending the agents to work on it. Tammy stays behind to show Cole & Albert what she found in NY: Sam & Tracey’s corpses, their heads brutally devoured (Ta mmy says NYPD doesn’t even know who owned the place). The FBI confiscated hundreds of digital files showing various angles of the box; once in awhile they show a blurred shape pass through, but only a few frames. The nt. of the murders, a camera got a semi-clear shot of the figure in the box, but the other cameras saw nothing, & as soon as the figure moves it disappears. (Oddly, Tammy in The Final Dossier says Gordon & Albert investigated the “glass box” operation/murder scene, even though the show makes it appear that Tammy went to Manhattan & did most of the legwork.) Cole gets a call: Cooper is in “trouble” in the Black Hills of SD. He tells Albert & Tammy they’re heading there 1 st thing tomorrow; they have a 9:00 interview. Albert: “The absurd mystery of the strange forces of existence.” (Part 3) (Note: In the series edit, this scene follows the sequence of DougieCoop beginning his jackpot streak in Part 3. However, since the Blue Rose interrogation of Hastings in Part 9 takes place the same day as the Twin 9/29 — I have moved this Peaks sheriff’s crew visiting Betty Briggs — 9/29 ▪
o
o
o
o
▪
and all subsequent Blue Rose scenes to occur a day later from where they appear in the edit so that the Blue Rose crew can reach Buckhorn on Day 10 / 9/29.) o Bill Kennedy escorts Gordon into Denise Bryson’s (now chief of staff of the FBI) office. Denise has already heard that Gordon is going to SD to see Coop. (Part 4) (Note: In the series edit, this scene follows DougieCoop’s return home in Part 4. As with other Blue Rose scenes, I moved it to occur a day later for the reasons discussed above.) ~4:31pm (wall clock by elevator). DougieCoop, Phil & many others ride the o elevator down at the end of the workday. o Dusk. DougieCoop stands outside staring @ the lawman statute. Night. The Roadhouse. Au Revoir Simone performs “Lark.” (Part 4) o (Note: In the edit, this scene closes Part 4, following the scene of Gordon & Albert discussing the interview w/ “Cooper.” As evidenced by the “Dougie” scenes, the same day continues through the end of Part 4 into Part 5, so this is the 1 st convenient place to put this nighttime scene.) o @ the sheriff’s station, Hawk & Andy pore over files. They haven’t found any Indians. 7pm (clock, & per Jacoby). Jacoby broadcasts his Dr. Amp webcast from o “Studio A” in his home atop White Tail Peak (comparing it to the Hindu Kush [a mtn. range of great significance to the spread of ancient Buddhism ]). He rants about the “vast global corporate conspiracy,” poisonous ingredients in food and the air & soil, and hawks his golden shovel, as Jerry (toking in the t he woods) and Nadine (in her office @ Run Silent, Run R un Drapes) watch. Trouble plays “Snake Eyes” @ the Roadhouse. Federico tries to get Richard o Horne to put out his cigarette; Chad butts in, ostensibly to “take care” of it. Richard hands Chad a Morley pack containing cash. @ the next table, Charlotte, Elizabeth & two friends eye Richard. Charlotte asks “can I have a light?” then joins him; Richard grabs her & says he is going to laugh when he fucks her. DougieCoop touches the lawman statue’s shoes. Officer Reynaldo tries o unsuccessfully to get him to move along. a long. PART 6 (“Don’t Die”) (RR logo: B&W and gold) A half hr. later. Officer Reynaldo finds DougieCoop still loitering by the o lawman statute (and pulling his left arm inside his jacket). Officer Reynaldo & Officer Cass bring Dougie home. Reynaldo gives Janey-E an envelope that is sitting on the porch. Janey-E says she is taking Dougie to see Dr. Ben @ lunchtime tomorrow, & sends him up to say goodnight to Sonny Jim (who is reading The Secret of the Old Mill ). ). Janey-E opens the envelope & screams for Dougie; it contains a photo of Dougie & Jade (handwritten on the back of the photo: “Your late”). She tells Dougie he was supposed to “call them & set up a time to pay them off,” & is furious when DougieCoop admits he knows Jade. Right on cue, a call comes on the phone asking if they got the envelope (the voice says Dougie owes $50k). Janey-E persuades the caller not to go to ▪
▪
•
Dougie’s office, but to meet her @ the park on the corner of Guinevere & Merlin by the mall @ “noon thirty” tomorrow. o Traffic light turns to red (w/ electric crackling so und). o PMG searches the Red Room w/ his arm outstretched. He manifests to DougieCoop, who is reviewing case files. PMG: “You have to wake up. Don’t die.” Small lights appear on the pages of the files, and Dougie begins scribbling, drawing marks next to names (notably Sinclair and investigators Det. Loomis & Stockton), & drawing lines, ladders and staircases. Day 8 (the 10th, per Andy’s watch in Part 7 — note note that this contradicts all other dates given in the series) — — o ~7:13am (Red’s watch). In a seemingly abandoned bldg. in a lumberyard, Red sells Richard Horne Sparkle (a drug he is moving down from Canada). Richard samples some; Red says he can pick the rest up @ “Mary Ann’s.” Red does some form of martial arts & throws out nonsequitirs about studying his hand, his liver problem & his fondness for The King & I . When Richard tries to act tough about Red calling him “kid,” Red embarrasses & intimidates him by flipping a dime which spins in the air for an impossible amount of time, then manifests in Richard’s mouth. Richard takes it out of his mouth, but the dime then drops from the air into Red’s hand, & Richard finds his own hand empty. “Heads I win, tails you lose.” Driving away, Richard road rages over Red calling him “kid.” o @ the New Fat Trout Trailer Park, Bill drives Carl on his daily ride into town; o Mickey hitches a ride to get Linda’s mail from the P.O. o ~8:44am (Double R wall clock). Nursery school teacher Miriam Sullivan enjoys pie & gets coffee-to-go @ the Double R & talks to Heidi and Shelly. Carl sits in the park smoking & drinking a Double R coffee. He watches a o small boy & his mother playing. A truck driver stops at an intersection to allow them to cross, but Richard cuts around, killing the young boy. Carl sees a yellow-green light rise from the boy up into the sky (seeming to run parallel to a nearby electrical pole, then passing the pole & disappearing into the blue). He mutters, “God,” then goes to comfort the grieving mother. A shot of an electric pole (w/ the same number plates as the pole near Fat Trout o when Desmond & Stanley investigated Teresa’s murder in 1988). ~9am (per Gordon in Part 3: interview time is scheduled for 9am). Gordon, o Albert & Tammy arrive @ Yankton Prison in SD. Warden Dwight Murphy & Inspector Randy Hollister show them the evidence recovered from DoppelCoop’s trunk (cocaine, machine gun, dog leg ) & explain that his vomit — still still being tested @ the lab — sent sent the patrolman to the hospital. Gordon, Albert & Tammy speak to “Special Agent Dale Cooper.” DoppelCoop: “It’s yrev very good to see you again, old friend.” He says he has been working undercover all these yrs., working primarily w/ “our colleague” Phillip Jeffries. He says he needs to be debriefed by Gordon: he was on his way to present it, but he was a bit behind schedule when his car veered off the rd. (He repeats this again.) “I’ve left messages. message s. Messages so Phillip knows it’s safe.” When Gordon says they are working to bring Coop home for their talk, DoppelCoop responds, “I’ve never really left home, Gordon.” Gordon: “See
you soon, old friend.” DoppelCoop gives a creepy thumbs -up, which Gordon returns. Hollister says they can hold Coop 2 more days w/o filing any charges; Gordon suggests they give him his “private” call & tell Gordon all about it. (Part 4) (Note: This scene and the subsequent one appear near the end of Part 4, following the scene of Constance finding the fingerprint search blocked by the military, and just before the Au Revoir Simone end credits performance. I have moved them to occur a day later along with the other Blue Rose scenes, for the reasons discussed above.) Outside, Tammy points out that “Coop” was heading west, not to Philadelphia. (Tammy has apparently never heard of Jeffries before; Albert tells her he is a “former FBI agent”). Gordon, who asked Tammy to wear a wire for the interview, now shoos her off to wait in the restaurant. Gordon observes that he hasn’t seen anything like Albert’s reaction to “Cooper” before; Albert confesses authorizing Phillip to give Coop information. Gordon: “Coop and Phillip? What the hell? Phillip Jeffries has been off the radar for yrs.” Albert explains his role in the Colombian agent’s death. Gordon & Albert agree that something is wrong w/ Cooper, & that Cooper didn’t greet Gordon properly. Gordon says he doesn’t understand this situation @ all. Albert notes, “Blue Rose.” Gordon: “It doesn’t get any bluer.” They agree to have a “certain person” look @ Cooper; Albert knows where she drinks. (Part 4) DoppelCoop lies in his cell & says to no one, “And now, food is coming ,” just before Guard Warren brings his food. DoppelCoop looks in the mirror, his face briefly morphing to look more like Bob before snapping back. He says, “You’re still with me. That’s good.” (Part 5) (Note: This scene appears in Part 5, following Constance in the mo rgue presenting Dougie’s wedding ring. I have moved this po rtion of the DoppelCoop storyline to occur a day later for the same reasons as the Blue Rose scenes, since the two storylines are intertwined @ this stage.) In Yankton Prison, Warden Murphy sets DoppelCoop up w/ a phone for his call, then goes upstairs to monitor the call w/ Inspector Hollister & a tech. DoppelCoop —to Murphy’s proposes calling Mr. Murphy’s clear discomfort— proposes Strawberry, then says he doesn’t think Mr. Strawberry is taking calls. Then, deciding he knows who to call, he dials with furious speed. Lights in the prison begin flashing & an alarm goes off. DoppelCoop says, “The cow jumped over the moon,” then hangs up the phone. Everythin g returns to normal. (Part 5) Buenos Aires, Argentina. The same dirty rm. (which seems to contain shelves of papers/files/letters). The black box beeps/flashes twice, then shrinks into a tiny distorted nugget shape. (Note: This sequence of DoppelCoop seemingly calling the Buenos Aires box is seen as the antepenultimate and pe nultimate scenes of Part 5, appearing after Tammy looking @ Coop’s fingerprints and before the end credits of Dougie at the statue. As with the other DoppelCoop scenes at this stage of the story, I have moved it to occur a day later from where it seems to appear in the edit, for the reasons stated above . This scene appears to occur in the daytime, and presumably not too ▪
o
o
▪
o
o
▪
o
long after Gordon & co. leave the prison. The strong stro ng implication is that this scene precedes the subsequent Duncan Todd “red box” scene— see below — which which in turn is pretty immovably set on this date, due to its place in the Dougie/Ike storyline.) 7:28am (clock on top of Binion’s casino ; see below). Duncan Todd sees a red box materialize on his computer screen. He clicks & the box disappears. He opens a safe in a cabinet behind him & removes a file/envelope file/envelope (carefully using a cloth to handle the safe handle & the file) & apprehensively places it on his desk as he resumes typing. (Note: The implication seems to be that DoppelCoop sends Todd a message via his jail call/the Buenos Aires box. The 7:28 time seen in the stock footage establishing shot of Vegas is probably incorrect, since this does not gibe with Blue Rose’s 9am interview time w/ DoppelCoop. Vegas time would be an hr. earlier than Buckhorn, but this still doesn’t correct the problem.) Las Vegas Highway Patrol collects the remains of Dougie’s car; they find the license plate on the roof of the “drugged -out mother”’s house. Inside, she sits @ her table yelling, “119!” Ike “the Spike” Stadtler is staying in a motel (on the Vegas strip, per Part 9). He rolls dice & writes the outcomes in a notebook. Todd’s envelope/file slides under his door. Inside is a photo of Lorraine and another of Dougie w/ his business card attached. Ike stabs each photo once. DougieCoop & Phil arrive @ work. Bushnell summons Dougie into his office (Tony watches apprehensively). ~9:55am? (DougieCoop’s watch). Bushnell reviews DougieCoop’s work on the case files. DougieCoop is transfixed by the boxing poster of the young Bushnell, & attempts to mimic the fighting stance. Bushnell compares the various files & eventually understands the connections Dougie made, calling the information disturbing & saying he’ll take it from here, but he may need Dougie’s help again. Noon (per planned meeting time, Part 5). Janey-E meets Tommy & Jimmy near a playground. They explain why Dougie owes them money & say the amt. am t. is up to $52K w/ interest. Janey-E reams them & gives them $25K, which they accept. Lorraine gets a call: “he” wasn’t in the car, & there are 3 bodies. A woman screams from down the hall; Ike runs in & slaughters Lorraine, then another woman who witnesses the murder. Richard pulls his truck into a clearing & washes the blood off. Hawk drops an Indian-head coin in the sheriff’s station bathroom, & follows it into a stall, noticing a “Nez Perce Manufacturing” logo plate on the stall door. He sees two screws missing from the stall door & pries the door apart w/ a crow bar, finding 3 handwritten diary pages hidden inside the door. As Frank is talking to the staff, Doris storms in, irate that her father’s car still won’t run. Chad says he wouldn’t take “that kind of shit off her,” & Maggie scolds him, saying Doris wasn’t always like this. Chad is aware that Frank & Doris’s son committed suicide because he “couldn’t take being a soldier.” ▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
PART 7 (“There’s a body all right”) (RR logo: pink & red) Jerry, high & lost in the woods, calls Ben to tell him someone stole his car o (“Didn’t I tell you?”). When Ben repeats “Someone stole your car?” Jerry asks, “You say the same thing?” The call ends. In the sheriff’s station conference rm., Hawk shows Frank the pages he found o from Laura’s diary (3 of the 4 that were torn out when they recovered the diary from Harold Smith’s house— 1 page is still missing). One page is Annie’s dream revelation that the “good Dale” is in the Lodge. Hawk tells Frank that Annie is a “girl that went into that place.” Hawk speculates that Leland likely tore the pages out (another page relates to Laura knowing Bob’s identity); although Leland was in the station several times, Hawk thinks he may have hidden the pages when they brought him in for the murder of Jacques Renault, & he may have feared they would frisk him. They speculate that the Cooper Harry saw emerge from the Lodge w/ Annie An nie was not the “good Cooper”; Hawk Ha wk notes that the only other person he knows who saw Cooper that day was Doc Hayward. (Note that Hawk in this scene repeatedly and unhesitatingly uses the word “Lodge” to refer to where Cooper went that nt.) o Frank calls Harry to discuss the diary entries, but seems deflated to learn where “they” have Harry; he decides not to talk to Harry about the investigation, instead telling him to get rest & “beat this thing.” ~2:30pm. Andy questions a farmer about the Ford Richard was driving, which o is now on the farmer’s lawn. The farmer acknowledges that it is his truck, & says he’ll tell Andy the whole story, but he cannot talk to him there. Andy says they will meet @ the logging rd. above ab ove Sparkwood & 21 just past Jones’s down by the creek @ 4:30, in 2 hrs. Frank calls Will Hayward (Frank has a wooden carving of an owl & of a o cornfield behind him; Will seems very into fishing). Will appears not to know about Harry’s condition (he asks Frank where Harry is, & Frank tells Will Harry is “a little under the weather these days”). Frank gets Will’s Skype handle (“MiddleburyDoc”) & Skypes Will (Will says he used Skype to diagnose Mrs. Mueller’s eczema just the other day). Will says he doesn’t remember what he had for breakfast this morning, but he does remember the nt. Harry called him in to examine Cooper @ the Great Northern, & recounts the events for Frank. Frank Truman files a report about the information Will told him (filed “more than 25 yrs.” after Will saw Cooper exiting the ICU). o 5:05pm (Andy’s watch). Andy gives up waiting & heads back to his cruiser. Ominously, the door to the farmer’s home is open. o o Johnny Horne runs rampant around Sylvia’s house as she screams, asking what Mary is doing & who let Johnny out. Johnny runs downstairs & smashes into a wall, knocking himself unconscious. (Part 9 ) (Note: This scene appears in Part 9, following the scene of Andy & Lucy arguing over which chair set to buy. I have moved it to occur a day earlier than it appears in the edit, because in the subsequent Part 10 / Day 9 scene of Richard assaulting Sylvia, Sylvia is wearing different clothes from this scene, implying a different day.) ▪
▪
o
o
o
Janey-E impatiently waits outside of Lucky 7 for Dougie, & finally goes in. Rhonda escorts the Detectives Fusco (D. Fusco, T. Fusco & “Smiley” Fusco— all brothers) into DougieCoop’s office as Tony flees & Janey -E enters. The detectives grill them on the car (which Janey-E says Dougie hasn’t seen in a “few days”). Bushnell enters & presses the detectives into revealing that they found the car in an apparent explosion, w/ deceased individuals who had ties to a gang associated w/ multiple car thefts. Janey-E says Sonny Jim (being watched by a neighbor) is waiting for supper, & she & DougieCoop leave. Outside, Ike approaches DougieCoop, gun drawn. DougieCoop expertly takes him down, aided by Janey-E & the Evolution of the Arm, which appears & instructs Coop to “Squeeze his hand off.” DougieCoop somehow som ehow squeezes Ike’s hand tight enough to cause his palm skin to become stuck to the gun & Ike tears away & makes his escape. Dusk/night. The news interviews DougieCoop and Janey-E, as well as shocked bystanders. ~6:20pm (Davis’s watch). @ the Pentagon in Arlington, Va. A woman’s voice tells Lt. Cynthia Knox, “You can go in now.” Knox enters Col. Davis’s office & informs him that they got “another” database hit on Garland Briggs’s prints, from Buckhorn PD. She notes that this is the 16 th hit. Davis believes it will be “another” wild goose chase, but sends Knox to check it out. (Part 5) (Note: This nighttime scene appears in Part 5, followin g Jacoby’s broadcast. Since Lt. Knox’s storyline is intertwined w/ the Blue Rose storyline, I have moved it to occur a day later, for the same reasons mentioned above. While it may seem odd that this scene occurs so many days after Constance initially gets the blocked fingerprint result, the dialogue makes it clear that Briggs fingerprint hits are not a top priority for the military. Notably, upon Knox’s arrival in Buckhorn in Part 7, she says the fingerprints were submitted “a few days ago.” ) Tammy, in her office, compares an old photo of Cooper to his prison photo, then notices that his left ring fingerprint on the prison paperwork has been flipped — including including the caption! (Part 5) (Note: This nighttime scene appears in Part 5, following the Richard/Trouble Roadhouse scene. I have moved it to occur a day later along with the other Blue Rose scenes, for the reasons explained above.) Albert finds Diane Evans @ Max Von’s Bar (possibly in Va. judging by the list of locations on a wall decoration near the entrance: Fredericksburg, Chancellorsville, Yorktown, Savage’s Station, White Oak Bridge, among others — note note that many if not all of the locations listed are Civil War battle locations). Gordon is home w/ a female companion drinking a Bordeaux. (Part 6) Diane says, “This is about Cooper, isn’t it?” Albert says, “Maybe.” Diane says, “No fucking way,” & Albert is home dripping wet 15 minutes later. (per Albert in Part 7 to Gordon) (Note: This nighttime scene appears in Part 6, following the scene of DougieCoop marking up his case files. As with the other Blue Rose scenes from this portion of the story, I have moved this scene to occur a day later, for reasons discussed above.) ▪
o
▪
o
▪
Sharon Van Etten performs “Tarifa” @ the Roadhouse. ( Part 6) (Note: This is the final scene of Part 6 in the edit, appearing after the scene of Maggie & Chad discussing Frank’s son . As Part 7 seems to be continuing the same day as Part 6 — explicitly explicitly in the case of the Dougie/Vegas scenes and implicitly in Twin Peaks — I have moved this nighttime scene to the end of the day.) o Beverly & Ben search for the source of the hum in Beverly’s office. Beverly shows Ben the Rm. 315 key that came in the mail. Ben says he thinks 315 was the rm. where Agent Cooper was shot. He explains that Cooper was investigating the murder of Laura Palmer; when Beverly does not know who Laura is, Ben simply says it is a long story. He tells her to have maintenance check out the hum in the morning, & says “it’s gett ing way past quitting time.” Beverly goes home. (Note: Ben wears a completely different outfit from the “Jerry phone call” scene earlier this day. However, moving this scene to any other surrounding day creates a domino effect with other Ben and/or Jerry scenes, necessitating that other scenes be moved. Occam’s razor says Ben simply changed his outfit at some point during what was seemingly a long day of work, particularly since he keeps a private pr ivate suite @ the Great Northern & often sleeps in his office rather than than going home.) Beverly returns home to her ill husband Tom Paige. She encounters his nurse o Marge on the way out. Tom guilts Beverly for being late, & she yells @ him that she didn’t want to go back to work & is lucky to have this job to t o help them survive. o The Roadhouse. Seemingly outside o utside of business hrs., a janitor sweeps up. @ the bar, Jean-Michel Renault takes a call. He talks about two blondes he sent to someone; there is some question about the girls’ age, & whether Renault will be paid for both girls. There seems to be a threat that the Renaults will lose the Roadhouse; he says the girls were whores, & the Renaults aren’t going to lose the Roadhouse over a couple co uple of 15-yr.-old straight-A students. Ending the call, he says, “He owes me for two.” Day 9 — o ~4:06am (Norma’s watch). Shelly & Heidi serve customers @ the Double R; Norma does paperwork. Bing bursts in, yelling, “Has anybody seen Billy?” (Norma’s watch indicates 4:06; same as the daytime scenes in Part 5, which were clearly shot @ the same time.) Day. Lt. Knox arrives @ the Buckhorn police station, telling Macklay that she o needs to verify the source of the fingerprints his department submitted “a few days ago.” Macklay informs a surprised Lt. Knox that “there’s a body, all right.” (Note: This scene and the subsequent eight Knox/Blue Rose/DoppelCoop scenes appear in the edit following Frank’s Skype call to Doc Hayward. For reasons discussed above, I have moved this scene to occur a day later.) In the morgue, Constance shows Knox the headless corpse & says the deceased o was in his late 40s, & died “w/i the last 5 or 6 days.” Knox calls Col. Davis (as o
▪
▪
•
▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
a Woodsman walks by behind her; she sees him & seems unnerved). Davis receives her information & says he is going to make “that other call.” ( Oddly, it appears he doesn’t actually call Gordon until the following day; by the time the Blue Rose crew arrives @ Buckhorn PD, Macklay & Constance have changed their clothes.) Gordon whistles in his office; Albert enters & recounts his experience w/ Diane. They agree to try again together. Gordon & Albert visit Diane @ home as a younger man exits. Gordon explains that Diane’s “former boss” Special Agent Dale Cooper is in federal lockup in SD (“Good,” she says). Albert explains that they have a feeling “something is wrong,” & they need someone else who knows him extremely well to talk to Coop. Gordon: “This is extremely important, Diane, & it involves something that you know about, & that’s enough said about that.” ~11:01am. (Tammy’s (Tamm y’s watch). On the plan e, Tammy presents Gordon & Albert w/ Cooper’s prints 25 yrs. ago vs. his prints in prison “2 days ago.” Albert notes that someone @ the prison flipped the left ring fingerprint (including the code mark) to match Cooper’s vintage prints. Gordon, nothing tha t Tammy has been “passing one test after another,” counts Tammy’s fingers (palms down): “I’m yrev very happy to see you again, old friend” (note that Gordon is misquoting DoppelCoop, although the effect is the same). He notes that the flipped finger is “the spiritual mound, the spiritual finger.” Albert shows Tammy the only known photo of “Cooper” in the last las t 25 yrs., outside his house in Rio; by the time they checked it out, the home belonged to “some girl from Ipanema.” Yankton Federal Prison, Sioux City. Diane walks in to interview Coop, flanked by Gordon, Albert, Tammy, Inspector Hollister Hollister & Guard Warren. Warre n. Diane speaks to “Cooper.” DoppelCoop: “I knew it was going to be you.” He recalls that they last saw e/o @ her house (DoppelCoop: “I’ll always rememb er that nt.” Diane: “Same for me. I’ll never forget it.” She asks who he is; he says he doesn’t know what she means. She demands that he look @ her; after he does, she closes the screen, disturbed. The FBI crew exits the prison. In the parking lot, Diane weeps & says that is not the Dale Cooper that she knew & that something “definitely isn’t here” (indicating where a heart should be). She hugs Gordon & he hesitates, seeming to sense something off. He asks about the “last nt.” she mentioned; she says she & Gordon will have a talk sometime. As Cooper is escorted back to his cell by Guards Holland & Johnson, he says to tell Warden Murphy he needs to speak to him in his office “about a strawberry.” Guards Holland & Johnson escort DoppelCoop into Warden Murphy’ s office — Murphy Murphy has turned the security cameras off & has a gun. DoppelCoop says the dog’s other three legs “went out with the information [Murphy is] thinking about right now” to people Murphy doesn’t want coming around the prison if anything bad happens to DoppelCoop. Murphy asks how he knows DoppelCoop knows anything about “this”; DoppelCoop simply answers, “Joe McCluskey” & Murphy is clearly disturbed. DoppelCoop demands a car for
him & Ray, & “a friend in the glove compartment” @ 1am, promising that Murphy will never see him again & no one will hear any more about Joe McCluskey “or your late Mr. Strawberry.” (Note: This scene appears in the edit following following Andy waiting in vain for the farmer. For reasons discussed above, I have moved this scene to occur a day later.) PART 9 (“This Is the Chair”) (RR logo: red) @ the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Dept., DougieCoop & Janey-E wait as o the Detectives Fusco interview Bushnell. Bushnell gives Dougie the rest of the day off; Janey-E plans to take him to the dr. Det. T. Fusco notes to his brothers that no records exist for Dougie prior to 1997; they speculate it might be Witness Protection & Det. D. Fusco plans to run it by his guy @ Justice. Det. D. Fusco gives DougieCoop a fresh cup of coffee & slips the old mug into an evidence bag for prints & DNA. Desk Sgt. Broberg informs the brothers that the palm print off the gun belongs to Ike the Spike--& they’ve found him @ an off-Strip motel. The Detectives Fusco go to arrest Ike; DougieCoop fixates on an American flag, then a leggy office worker in red heels, which leads his eyes to a humming electrical socket. o Ike the Spike, his hand hand wrapped, leaves a message for “JT”: he has been trying “JT”’s cell w/ no luck, so is trying “this line.” He leaves a msg.: “No cig ar. Taking medical leave.” He attempts to leave the motel w/ his travel bag, but the Fuscos and other detectives arrest him. Andy & Lucy passive-aggressively fight over whether to order a chair & o ottoman set in beige or red; Andy finally gives in & agrees to the beige. Lucy secretly orders Andy’s preference, the red. Jerry, in the woods, is frozen in terror of his foot (which insists, “I am not your o foot”). He screams @ it to go away, repeatedly touching it fearfully before grabbing it & upending himself. PART 10 (“Laura Is the One”) (RR logo: gold & brown) o Richard goes to Miriam’s trailer. She says she already told the police he ran over the little boy & she doesn’t know why he is not arrested, so she also sent a letter to Sheriff Truman today. Richard kicks in the bottom glass panel on Miriam’s door & assaults her, leaving her on the floor alive but bleeding heavily from the head, w/ the oven open, gas on & a candle lit. He calls Chad & tells him to intercept the letter. Richard says he is taking off. o Carl sings “Red River Valley” in front of his trailer, & is interrupted when a coffee mug comes flying out through Steven & Becky’s window. Inside, Becky lies in terror on the couch as Steven holds her down & screams @ her, apparently about something she said, for barely making m aking minimum wage & for not cleaning the place up. He says he knows exactly what she did. As Rodney Mitchum reviews a casino surveillance log @ home, Candie o pursues a fly, inadvertently whacking Rodney in the face w/ a TV remote. o Dr. Ben examines DougieCoop. Janey-E says it started last wk., when Dougie disappeared for 3 days. She mentions that Dr. Ben knows about Dougie’s “downward spiral” of gambling & drinking, but Dr. Ben is more interested in Dougie’s remarkable weight loss….and s oon, so is Janey-E. ▪
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Jerry, in the woods, has no cell service. He yells, “You can’t fool me! I’ve been here before!” 12:41pm? (time on Lucy’s computer monitor; out of focus). Chad schmoozes a suspicious Lucy (wearing the same outfit from the Part 9 “red chair scene”), & collects the mail, pocketing Miriam’s letter (which oddly lists her name as “Miriam Hodges”). Richard receives a text: “DONE.” He pulls up to Sylvia’s house, ho use, where Johnny sits, bruised, tethered to the table & wearing protective gear. Richard assaults & strangulates Sylvia, demanding her safe combination (she guesses that Ben won’t give Johnny any more; Richard notes that Sylvia always wanted him to leave town & he will if she gives him money). Johnny tumbles from his chair struggling in ang uish as he watches the scene. Richard takes Sylvia’s money, jewelry & other valuables. Three brothers play catch & find a battered Miriam crawling out of the foliage. (Part 11) Becky (same outfit as the Part 10 scene) gets a call (presumably telling her that Steven is cheating on her). Becky calls Shelly, begging to use her car, & S helly leaves the Double R & races over. Becky, carrying a gun, grabs Shelly’s keys & takes off. Shelly attempts to cling to the hood but is thrown off. Carl summons Bill & they take Shelly to the Double R. En route, Carl says he knows there’s been trouble in that trailer—“we’ve all heard it.” They call Bobby. @ Gersten’s apt., Becky screams & bangs on the door. When a neighbor tells Becky they just left, Becky fires several shots through the door. Steven (also wearing the same clothes as in Part 10) stands holding Gersten @ the bottom of a nearby staircase. (Part 11) ~2:25pm (Maggie’s watch). Maggie gets several calls relating to the incident. (Part 11) Night. Roadhouse. As Hudson Mohawke plays “Human,” Ella (who has a terrible armpit rash) & Chloe speak. Chloe says, “That zebra’s out again”; both laugh. Ella notes that she “guess[es]” she came in high a couple of times to her job serving burgers & got fired, but now works wo rks across the street serving burgers. Ella asks, “Have you seen that penguin?” Chloe seems confused, but both laugh. Au Revoir Simone plays “A Violent Yet Flammable World.” ( Part 9) (Note: This nighttime scene closes Part 9 in the edit, ed it, appearing after the second Ben & Beverly “hum” scene. I have moved it to follow several daytime scenes which appear later in the edit but take place — or or likely take place — the the same day as Part 9 daytime scenes — e.g., e.g., the Part 10 Vegas scenes, & the Part 10 Richard storyline where Lucy wears the same outfit as the earlier Part 9 “chair” scene .) Candie weeps about hitting Rodney, as Rodney watches the news & tells her it’s fine. The news anchors, Paul & Sheena, recount the capture of Ike today @ a downtown hotel. They note that Ike is the suspect in a number of gangland-related murders, including the attempt yesterday on Dougie’s life. The Mitchums are ecstatic that Ike is captured (Rodney says they can save “a whack of dough” by calling off their hit on Ike), & shock s hock ed to see Dougie. (Note ▪
o
that the news footage of Janey-E talking to the police is similar in content to the scene in Part 7, but the precise pr ecise wording is almost totally different.) (Note: This scene and the subsequent two scenes appear in the edit immediately after Dougie’s doctor visit. The se scenes are followed in the edit by several daytime scenes with Richard Horne and — in in Part 11 — Becky Becky & Shelly, whose respective scenes likely take place the same day as their earlier Part 10 scenes. Therefore, I have moved these nighttime scenes to follow those daytime scenes.) (Note that the extended forecast on TV starts w/ Thurs. This could place the scene on either Weds. or Thurs., depending what time the channel updates its forecast to eliminate the current day. Placing this scene on a Thurs. is consistent w/ the passage of time since Hastings was arrested on a Sat. on Day 4. However, this once again poses a problem w/ Day 10, the following day, being 9/29, which was a Mon. in 2014. Alternately, if this scene is set on a Weds., it would be consistent w/ the following day being Thurs., 9/29 on the 2016 calendar — another another potential point for setting the show in 2016.) Janey-E attempts to seduce DougieCoop as he eats chocolate cake. They have sex, & afterward an elated DougieCoop repeats Janey-E’s “Love you.” Jacoby broadcasts another installment of Dr. Amp: he talks about politicians shearing our wool, the pharmaceutical cos. making billions off us, marriage regulation & the “chemical shit” we feed our children (w/ a reference to bloating “like a big red balloon”). Nadine watches in her office, murmuring that Jacoby/Amp is beautiful. Roger informs Duncan Todd that it’s all over the news: they got Ike. Todd instructs Anthony Sinclair to visit Todd’s “business rivals & bitter enemies” the Mitchum bros. to pin the blame for the insurance claim Todd & Sinclair conspired to deny for them ($30 million) on Dougie, so the Mitchums will kill Dougie. If this fails, Todd says Anthony is to kill Dougie himself. (Note: This nighttime scene appears in the edit after the scene of Richard robbing Sylvia. I have moved it later, to follow the Part 11 daytime Becky/Shelly scenes, which, based on clothing seem to occur the same day as the Part 10 Becky/Steven scene.) Sylvia calls Ben to tell him that Richard stole 1000s of dollars from her. B en is concerned for Johnny but refuses to pay her back; Sylvia says she is calling her lawyer. After hanging up, Ben asks Beverly (unseen, possibly not there) if she wants to have dinner w/ him. (Note: This scene and the subsequent two appear in the edit following the scene of Tammy showing Gordon & Albert the “glass box” photo. I have moved these scenes to follow the subsequent Part 11 daytime Becky/Shelly scenes, which, based on clothing seem to occur the same day as the earlier Part 10 Becky/Steven scene.) Margaret calls Hawk: “Electricity is humming. You hear it in the mountains and rivers. You see it dance around the seas and stars s tars and glowing around the moon, but in these days, the glow is dying. What will be in the darkness that remains? The Truman bros. are both true men. They are your brothers. And ▪
▪
o
o
o
▪
o
▪
o
the others, the good ones who have been with you. Now the circle is almost complete. Watch and listen to the dream of time and space. It all comes out now, flowing like a river. That which is and is not. Hawk. Laura is the one.” (Note: Margaret’s words seem to bear more than a passing similarity to her deuterocanonical “introduction” to the Pilot: “ To introduce this story, let me just say it encompasses the all — it is beyond the fire, — it though few would know that that meaning. It is a story of many, but begins with one — and and I knew her. The one leading to the many is Laura Palmer. Laura is the one.”) @ the Roadhouse, Rebekah del Rio performs “No Stars.” o ~7:20pm (Shelly’s watch) (“way past 6:30,” per Woman in Car). Bobby & o Shelly sit w/ Becky in a Double R booth. b ooth. Although she first says she wants out of her marriage, Becky then says Steven is just going through a “bad time.” Bobby says the only reason he hasn’t busted Steven is that he hoped he would come around for Becky. Shelly relays what Carl said, & Bobby fears that Steven has hit Becky, although she denies it. Bobby says from now if Steven ever touches Becky or breaks the law in any way, Bobby will bring him down. Shelly says Becky will stay w/ her tonight. Red shows up outside & Shelly joyously joyously runs out to kiss him, agreeing agreeing to see him later @ the “same place.” Shelly rejoins Bobby & Becky just as a bullet flies through the window. Toad shuts off the lights as everyone ducks to the floor. Bobby goes outside & finds traffic @ a standstill: Carrie is yelling @ Russ, who left a gun in the car in a box. Carrie, not realizing what it was, had moved it to the backseat w/ their son Ralph, who fired it. Bobby retrieves the gun. Jesse pulls up; he was @ Big Ed’s Gas Farm when he heard shots. Bobby speaks to a woman who will not stop honking: she rants she has miles to go & is late for dinner w/ “her” uncle whom they haven’t seen in ages. “She’s sick!” A child rises from the passenger seat, arms outstretched zombie-style & eyes rolled back, vomiting green goo. (Part 11) Billy goes missing (missing for 2 days, per Audrey, in Part 12). Tina (with o whom Billy had a “thing”) & her daughter Megan are the last to see him. Per Megan, they are in the kitchen (she thinks her uncle was there too, but she’s not sure). They see Billy @ the window. He jumps over a 6-ft. fence, lands in their backyard, runs in the backdoor backd oor w/ blood coming out of his nose & mouth, & he hangs his head in the sink, then turns & looks @ them. He bolts out the back again after about 10 seconds. (per Megan, Part 14) o Abbie sees Clark & Mary @ the Roadhouse, “practically making out,” slow dancing & getting real close in the corner, off in their own world. (Abb ie, Part 12 —“like 2 nts. ago”). ago”). Day 10 (9/29 —Frank —Frank notes that 10/01 and 10/02 are “2 days from now, & the day after”)— o After midnight (per Brad; the security monitors display various times, most prominently 2:35am, but different monitors show widely varying times, suggesting that many may be recordings). In the Silver Mustang surveillance rm., Tony explains to Bradley & Rodney that Dougie did everything in his power to prevent the Mitchums from recovering insurance relief on their new ▪
•
hotel which burned to the ground & was ruled arson. Tony says Dougie has a vendetta against the Mitchums & is their enemy. @ home, the Mitchums resolve to call Dougie tomorrow to set up a meeting & kill him, saying that Dougie took them for $30,447,000. (Note: This scene appeared in the edit after the scene of Albert & Constance having dinner. Due to the stated lateness of the hour, I have moved it to follow the “sick girl” Bobby/Shelly scene, which is stated to occur much earlier in the evening.) ~1am (per prearranged time). @ Yankton, a man dressed as a guard whom o Ray has never seen before gives Ray the Owl Cave ring, then releases him from his cell (per Ray, Part 13). Someone releases DoppelCoop, dressed in his own clothes; Ray joins, also wearing his clothes. Guard Johnson escorts the two outside & gives them a car & a phone. DoppelCoop tells Ray to drive & they leave the prison as Warden Murphy watches from the landing above. (Part 7) (Note: This scene appears in Part 7 after the Jean-Michel/“sweeping” scene. As with the other Blue Rose/DoppelCoop scenes in this portion of the story, I have moved it to occur a day later for the reasons discussed above.) PART 8 (“Gotta Light?”) (RR logo: true B&W [even the usually -red ‘A’s are greyscale]) (Note: The following scenes opened Part 8. As with the other Blue o Rose/DoppelCoop scenes in this portion of the story, I have moved them to occur a day later for the reasons discussed above.) Ray drives, DoppelCoop rides. On the cell phone the guard gave him are 3 o black rectangles containing text (the letter “C”; the word “FIRE” ; & a “D” followed by a large circle w/ a red dot do t in the middle, then an “X”) He says there are three tracking devices on the car; each of the rectangles on the phone disappears as he touches them. He then has Ray drive up close to a truck & he types the truck’s license plate into the phone. “That should do it,” he says, & throws the phone out the window. Ray apologizes for running off & getting caught. DoppelCoop says Ray would probably like to go to “that place they call ‘the Farm’”; Ray agrees. Ray says he has the coordinates memorized & tries to extort DoppelCoop for money. DoppelCoop tells him to get off the hwy. Ray stops to urinate. DoppelCoop holds him @ gunpoint; Ray also has a gun & shoots DoppelCoop 2ce. Ray is shocked when a grp. of 6 Woodsmen comes out of the woods. 3 of them dance in a circle, raising their arms. 3 pull at the dirt, almost m assaging the ground w/ their hands, & DoppelCoop’s body materializes where they are digging. The 3 on the ground then tear open DoppelCoop’s shirt, rubbing their hands in his wound & smearing the blood on his face. Eventually, an orb starts to emerge from DoppelCoop’s bloodied wound, w/ Bob’s grinning face inside. Ray, freaked out, manages to run to the car & drive away. The Woodsmen fade away. o In the car, speeding down the rd., Ray calls “Phillip” on the phone. He says he thinks Coop is dead, but Coop has “found some kind of help,” so he’s not sure. He says he saw something in Cooper & “it may be the key to what this is all about.” He says he told Coop where he is going, so Ray will get him there if he comes after Ray. ▪
▪
@ the Roadhouse, the Nine Inch Nails play “She’s Gone Away” (introduced by the MC). o DoppelCoop’s corpse sits up , alive. PART 9 (cnt’d) Day. DoppelCoop walks down a dirt path, covered in blood. o o The FBI plane flies over eastern SD. (Tammy & Albert wear the same outfits as prior scenes, but Diane’s outfit is different.) Albert & Diane sleep. Tammy brings Gordon the phone: Col. Davis tells Gordon to meet Knox in Buckhorn. o Gary “Hutch” Hutchens greets DoppelCoop; he says they were expecting him last nt. Hutch says “farmers” own the property they’re on, & they’re “sleeping” out back (they are later seen unconscious, possibly dead). DoppelCoop demands a couple clean phones. Hutch gets him a better weapon while Chantal tends to his wound. Gordon asks Diane if she would mind a stopover in Buckhorn instead of o returning directly to Philadelphia, noting that it could be of interest to her, relating to an old case involving a man Agent Cooper once knew (“Blue Rose case,” she asks). Diane looks at her cell phone & sees it is blocked. Tammy hands Gordon a call from Warden Murphy: “Cooper flew the coop.” o DoppelCoop sends a text from a flip phone: “around the dinner table the conversation is lively” (phone says time is 11:09pm; probably inaccurate based on the lighting). He then calls Duncan Todd, asking, “Did you do it?” Todd says not yet, & DoppelCoop says it had better be done next time he calls. ca lls. Todd summons Roger. DoppelCoop says he wants the Hutchenses to kill Warden Murphy in the next 2 days, then he has a double header for them in Vegas — — he’ll text them details after they kill the warden. DoppelCoop pull s out in a Silverado. (Note: This scene and the preceding Blue Rose/DoppelCoop scenes open Part 9, appearing before the scene of Vegas P.D. interviewing Bushnell. Per Tammy’s interview w/ Hastings later this same day, these scenes take place 9/29 — the the same day as the Twin Peaks sheriff’s station crew interviews Betty — and and I have therefore moved them forward to accompany those scenes, for the reasons discussed below. Note that that this renders Duncan Todd’s timeline in the edit not completely linear, as this scene appears in Part 9, prior to the Part 10 Duncan/Anthony scene, which I place on the prior night.) Janey-E tells DougieCoop she can’t stop thinking about last nt., then herds o him into the car w/ Sonny Jim to take him to work. (Part 10) (Note: This scene follows the Part 10 Dr. Amp broadcast in the edit; however, it was followed by scenes w/ the Mitchum bros. that clearly take place the preceding nt., as well as Twin Peaks-based scenes relating to Richard and Becky/Shelly/Bobby which take place the same day as their earlier Part 10 scenes, as discussed above. Therefore, I have moved this scene to occur the day after those scenes, fairly early in the morning, as Dougie is heading to work.) Bobby, Frank & Hawk stop in to ask Betty Briggs about Agent Cooper’s visit o w/ Garland. She presents them w/ the metal tube. o
▪
▪
(Note: This scene appears in the edit after the scene of Johnny Horne running into the wall. Only two scenes before that, Lucy is wearing a completely different outfit than she is seen to be wearing on this day. In the earlier scene, she is wearing the same outfit she wears in Part 10, in scenes that seem to occur the day after Richard runs over the boy in Part 6 [Richard is wearing the same clothes as the accident day, and is frantically trying to cover his tracks before leaving town…it seems unlikely he would have let multiple days pass before doing so]. Therefore, between the competing “Twin Peaks sheriff’s dept.” days seen in Part 9, the Betty interview and subsequent scenes are likely to be the later day — particularly particularly as they take place two days before the Part 14 scenes — and and I have moved them accordingly. Also note that the way I have sequenced the scenes renders Hawk’s scenes in the series edit nonlinear, as I have placed his Part 10 call w/ Margaret the night before these Part 9 scenes.) 11:13am (per Albert, Part 10: Diane receives the text @ this time). Gordon, Albert & Diane arrive @ the Buckhorn morgue (“the waiting room,” notes Gordon). Macklay & Knox escort Gordon & Albert to the body. Diane stays behind to smoke in the waiting rm.; she has a text from an unknown sender: “AROUND THE DINNER TABLE, THE CONVERSATION IS LIVELY.” Macklay briefs the FBI: They now know that Bill was having an affair w/ Ruth, that Phyllis was murdered in the Hastings house — George George is in custody as the suspect — and that Betty died in a car explosion. (Oddly, Tammy later writes in — and The Final Dossier that George died shortly after Phyllis, when his car exploded, seeming to conflate his fate with Betty’s . Perhaps he made bail and then was murdered?) Constance presents Briggs’s body , & Macklay explains the backstory of Hastings & Ruth’s blog; Albert notes the reference to meeting “the Major” in the file. Constance presents t he Dougie/Janey-E ring, & Gordon says they need to speak sp eak to Hastings. (Note: This scene and the preceding one follow the scene of the Twin Peaks sheriff’s dept. visiting Betty in the edit. The scenes have been moved along w/ that one, for reasons discussed elsewhere.) ~Lunchtime (Lucy eats lunch). Back @ the sheriff’s station, Frank & Hawk puzzle over how to open the tube; Bobby, amused, finally reveals that his dad brought a similar objec home one nt. They go back bac k outside; Bobby throws the tube to the pavement & lets Hawk listen to the ring/hum it gives off. Bobby throws it again once the hum stops, & it opens, revealing 2 small scrolls of paper. The first says, “253 yards east of Jack Rabbits Palace,” then shows 2 triangles (likely representing the Twin Peaks), w/ a red sun over one peak & a red sideways-facing crescent moon and the “Judy” symbol from DoppelCoop’s Ace of Clubs card over the other. “2:53” is written under the triangles. To the right of the triangles, it says, “Before leaving Jack Rabbits Palace put some soil from that area in your pocket,” then “10/1 10/2 .” Bobby notes that he named Jack Rabbits Palace — when when Bobby was a little kid, it was an area near where “our station” used to be —his & Garland’s Garland’s make-believe world where they used to make mak e up stories. Frank realizes that Garland saw all ▪
o
o
▪
o
of this & intended for Bobby to lead the way. Frank looks @ the second sheet from the tube: a trimming from the “deep space monitoring” printo ut Briggs showed Cooper in 1989, emphasizing “COOPER/COOPER.” Hawk interprets this as indicating “two Coopers.” (Note: This sequence follows the scene of Jerry fighting his foot in the edit. I have moved it to occur later for the reasons stated above.) PART 11 (“There’s fire where you are going”) (RR logo: blue) Bushnell tells DougieCoop that his “investigative work” has exposed a ring of o organized crime & possible police corruption flowing through the office. He notes that they now know thanks to DougieCoop that the Mitchums have a legitimate claim for an accidental fire, not arson, which indicates that they are not part of this conspiracy (ev en though they are “alleged gangsters”). He notes that the Mitchums just called him seeking a personal sit-down w/ Dougie — and and Bushnell is going to send him, since the Mitchums will be ecstatic about Dougie giving them the $30 million dollar check. He also notes that he took out a secondary policy to cover Lucky 7’s potential loss on this claim & then some. o 2:23pm (clock; 3 hrs. until they see Dougie @ 5:30). The Mitchums have cereal & coffee in their bathrobes. Bradley had a dream “all fuckin’ night” about killing Douglas Jones. o ~4:45pm (Tammy’s watch). Diane smokes outside the Buckhorn morgue; Gordon & Tammy join her while Albert is “indisposed.” Gordon joyously takes a drag, noting that he & Diane used to smoke smok e together “way back when,” but he declines to finish the cigarette. (Part 9) (Note: This scene and the subsequent one follow the scene of Bobby opening the tube/capsule in Part 9 in the edit. As with that scene, both of these scenes have been moved to occur a day later, for reasons discussed elsewhere. Per the times on Tammy’s watch in this scene and the subsequent scene, I have placed the scenes here, in the late afternoon, after the Part 11 Mitchum bros. scene.) o ~4:05pm (Tammy’s watch). Tammy interrogates Hastings while Gordon, Diane, Albert & Macklay watch from the other side of the glass. (@ some point post-arrest, Hastings’s memory has apparently returned about the events surrounding Ruth’s death.) Hastings acknowledges being the author or the blog The Search for the Zone, & insists that the alternate dimension he entered is real. He says he has been interested in the subject for many yrs. He recounts his & Ruth’s experience, & he IDs Garland Briggs as “the Major” in a photo array lineup. He tearfully says he & Ruth were in love, & had planned to go to the Bahamas to go scuba diving. (Note: Hastings appears to write “9/29” on his ID of the photo. This does not seem to fit with the fairly tight 4-day Blue Rose timeline from 9/22 according to the the time of DoppelCoop’s arrest on Day 6 — 9/22 fingerprint car — nor with Garland’s estimated date of death on 9/19, given that Constance says on the day preceding this that Garland has been dead for only 5-6 days.) (Part 9) ▪
▪
▪
o
Western Montana. ~4:44pm? (Renzo’s watch). @ “the Farm,” Ray & Renzo watch DoppelCoop arrive on the surveillance monitor. Renzo says he’ll let Ray have DoppelCoop, but Renzo wants to have some fun w/ him 1 st. They bring DoppelCoop up & Muddy explains the rules: he can leave now, or arm wrestle Renzo. If he loses @ arm wrestling, Renzo is his boss, & he dies if he disobeys Renzo; if he wins, he gets to be the boss. DoppelCoop says he doesn’t want to be boss, but if he wins, he wants Ray. After toying w/ Renzo, DoppelCoop slams his arm to the table & punches his face in, killing him. The gang turns Ray over; DoppelCoop demands “some cell phones,” which they provide. DoppelCoop asks for privacy & everyone exits, watching remotely via the surveillance monitor. DoppelCoop shoots Ray in the leg when he tries to run, & asks who hired Ray to kill DoppelCoop; Ray says it came through a man named Phillip Jeffries —“at least, that’s that’s the name he gives. gives. I never met him. I only talked to him on the phone.” Ray says “Jeffries” set up “the whole prison he told Ray that DoppelCoop was going to kill thing w/ Warden Murphy”— he Ray. Jeffries said DoppelCoop had something inside that “they” want. Jeffries never mentioned Maj. Briggs. Ray reveals rev eals the Owl Cave ring: Jeffries said Ray was to put it on DoppelCoop after killing him, & reveals how he got it. DoppelCoop tells Ray to put it on his left ring finger, & he does. DoppelCoop then demands the coordinates; Ray asks if DoppelCoop Dopp elCoop thinks he can trust the numbers Ray gives —“I know who you are.” He then reaches reaches in his pocket & hands over a paper w/ the coordinates. In the other rm., Richard Horne emerges from the group of gang members watching the monitor. DoppelCoop demands to know where Phillip Jeffries is; Ray says last he heard, @ a place called “the Dutchman’s,” but it’s not a real place. Doppel Coop says he knows what it is, & shoots Ray. The ring disappears from Ray’s finger & drops into the Red Rm. DoppelCoop leaves Ray’s corpse on the ground. (Part 13) (Note: This scene and the following one appear in Part 13, following the scene of Sonny Jim playing on the jungle gym gy m in the edit. I have moved m oved these scenes earlier to occur on Day 10, in order to accommodate the subsequent Part 15 scene, wherein DoppelCoop says 5 days have elapsed since his Day 5 phone call ca ll w/ “Phillip .”) Ray’s corpse lies on the Red Rm. floor. PMG places the ring on the podium. (Part 13) FBI investigators of Ray’s murder scene subsequently find a matchbook in his pocket for a roadside motel called the Dutchman’s Lodge in rural western Mt. 5:30pm (per Bushnell). Bushnell walks DougieCoop downstairs to the car sent by the Mitchums; PMG beckons from inside Szymon’s Famous Coffees & DougieCoop takes a brief detour, obtaining a box. Bushnell makes sure Dougie has the check & says to knock them dead, giving Dougie a soft playful punch on the chin; DougieCoop holds his h is lower jaw, mushing the skin & murmuring, “Dead.” Al the limo driver again drives DogieCoop, saying they will go to Santino’s. The Mitchums wait in the desert. Rodney notes that Dougie took their casino for $472 grand (this seems inconsistent w/ the $425k stated in Part 5). B radley ▪
o
▪
o
o
o
o
o
is distracted thinking about his dream. He notes that in the dream Rodney’s “Candie cut” was completely healed—and he removes Rodney’s band -aid, revealing this to be the case. He says there is more, but he can’t remember. Al drives DougieCoop up. Brad tells Rodney that if DougieCoop has a cherry pie in the box, as he saw in his dream, Dougie is not their enemy & they can’t kill him. They see that it is indeed a cherry pie; furthermore, Bradley frisks DougieCoop & finds the $30 million dollars cashier’s check. @ Santino’s, the Mitchums marvel that Sonny Jim doesn’t have a gym set— even their orphanage had a gym set. The “lady slot addict” approaches DougieCoop & thanks him for giving her her life back — her her son Denver is back in her life (& dining w/ her tonight), she has a little dog & a house. Waitresses serve the pie; Candie, Sandie & Mandie arrive late, Candie marveling @ how much traffic there was on the Strip. Dougie does not come home (per Janey-E, Part 13: “When you didn’t come home last nt., I thought the worst.”) Night. Beverly & Ben again try to locate the hum’s origin (security couldn’t find anything). They fall into e/o & Ben says, “I can’t do this. I don’t know why it is.” Beverly says he is a good man. (Part 9) (Note: This scene appears in the edit after the Tammy/Hastings interrogation scene in Part 9. As with the vast majority of the nonVegas Part 9 material, this scene appears to take place on Day 10, after most of the Twin Peaks-based material in Parts 10 & 11. Notab ly, when Sylvia calls Ben in Part 10, he is wearing a totally different outfit from this scene, indicating that the scenes take place on different nights. For reasons noted elsewhere, Sylvia’s call likely takes place the day after Richard runs over the boy in Part 6. 6 . Whereas when Frank visits Ben B en in Part 12, in a scene which very ve ry likely takes place after Sylvia’s call , Ben is wearing the same outfit as this scene.) The Mayfair Hotel. Albert & Constance have a “sweet” date as Gordon & Tammy observe from afar. (Part 10) (Note: This scene appears in the edit in Part 10 following the scene of Duncan Todd & Anthony. Along w/ the other Blue Rose scenes that take place the same day, I have moved it a day later for reasons discussed elsewhere.) In his hotel rm., Gordon draws a log/stag hybrid w/ a hand reaching for it. He answers a knock @ the door, & sees Laura crying (same image as Laura arriving @ Donna’s door on 2/17/1989), & hears Sarah calling for Laura. The image disappears & Albert stands in the hall. He reads Gordon Diane’s text (noting that it was received @ 11:13 this morning, after “Cooper” escaped; it pinged off a cell tower in Philly, but Tammy traced it to a server in Mexico). Diane sent the following heavily encrypted reply: “They have Hastings. He’s going to take them to the site.” Gordon said he felt “it” when she hugged him, but this confirms it; they resolve to keep her close. Tammy enters & presents a photo that was found on one of the earliest cards from the NYC penthouse murders (marked “#003”): DoppelCoop talking to a bal d-headed man in a lab coat by the glass box. (Part 10) ▪
o
▪
o
(Note: This scene appeared in the edit in Part 10 following the scene of the Mitchums discussing setting setting up a meeting to kill Dougie. Along with the other Blue Rose scenes that take place the same day, I have moved it a day later for reasons discussed elsewhere.) Frank shows Hawk on Google Maps where the “information” Briggs left leads; the road is gone. Hawk says the information that Maj. Briggs gave got him thinking: he shows Frank a map that is “very old, but is always current. It’s a living thing.” He points out Blue Pine Mtn., “a very revered sacred site” where Briggs’s station was. Frank points out what appears to be a campfire @ the foot of Blue Pine; Hawk corrects him, saying it is a fire symbol, “more like modern-day electricity.” Frank asks if it is good, & Hawk says it depends on the intention behind the fire. Hawk says if you read rea d the stars on the map (above the peaks), you find the same date Briggs gave (the day after tomorrow), & it refers you to a different place on the map which depicts corn — representing representing fertility —but black, “diseased “diseased or unnatural—de unnatural—death.” ath.” He says if you put the 2 symbols together, you get what is depicted above the black corn: black fire. Frank points out the “Judy” symbol above the peaks (favoring Blue Pine Mtn. slightly, & beneath a horizontal crescent moon), noting that they saw it on the slip from Briggs’s tube. Hawk says Frank doesn’t “ever want to know about that.” Lucy (thinking about furniture) patches Margaret through. Margaret knows that Hawk has found something; he apologizes for not letting her know, but says he can’t tell Margaret what he found. Margaret: “My log is afraid of fire. There’s fire where you are going.” Jesse barges in to ask if Frank is interested in looking @ his new car; Frank says tomorrow. (Note: This nighttime scene appears after the “sick girl” scene in Part 11 in the edit. Per Frank, it takes place the same day they found Briggs’s tube ; I have therefore moved it to occur that nt., following the daytime Vegas scenes.) ~7:05pm (Norma’s watch). Bobby dines @ the Double R, hoping to see Shelly, but she has left. Norma & Ed, chatting in Norma’s booth, invite Bobby to sit w/ them. Walter Lawford arrives, kissing Norma, and Bobby & Ed move to another booth. Walter says he had to make the drive because he got last month’s reports this morning & was excited to share them. Three of the five Norma’s Double R franchises turned a profit—“a huge milestone for such a new brand, particularly when this whole region still faces such uphill challenges economically.” However, the flagship is one of the two that is lagging. (Norma says business always takes a little dip this time of yr.; Walter says it has been going on for mos.) Walter says the other locations are using their discretion about where to get ingredients, whereas Norma is spending too much per pie for “natural, organic, organi c, local” ing redients. He also tries to convince her to rename the flagship to “Norma’s Double R,” which she resists as well. They agree to have dinner later to celebrate. (Part 13) (Note: In the edit, this scene follows Anthony’s confession to Bushnell in Part 13; however, Bobby refers to finding Garland’s capsule “today,” placing this scene on the same day as the Part 9 visit to Betty. Also note that Bobby’s scene in Part 11 — wherein wherein he is wearing ▪
o
▪
o
▪
o
different clothes from this scene & dines w/ Shelly @ the Double R @ night — appears b/w the Part 9 scenes sce nes and this scene in the edit, meaning — appears that Bobby’s scenes are almost certainly out of order in the series edit. ) Electric lines buzz overhead as DoppelCoop drives a dark rd. (passing a sign that says “Entering City of Snoqualmie”). He pulls up to the Convenience Store, where a Woodsman leads DoppelCoop up the staircase, and they both crackle out of existence. The stairs fade into the woods, which fade to the wallpapered room from Mrs. Tremond/Laura’s painting, where a Woodsman sits guard @ a door, w/ a black blood-like substance dripping from his mouth, & 2 old-looking electrical appliances next to him. DoppelCoop says he is looking for Phillip Jeffries, & the Woodsman pulls a switch, activating one of the appliances. On top of a staircase, the Jumping Man chitters, his face morphing back & forth into Sarah Palmer’s face, eventually vanishing into darkness. The Woodsman shuts off the machine & strikes the floor w/ a tall stick once. Another Woodsman leads DoppelCoop inside the door. They walk down a long hallway, the woods fading in & out around them, & go through another doorway & up a staircase. Upstairs, DoppelCoop goes through two more doors, into a motel courtyard (which looks a lot like the Red Diamond City Motel). Two more Woodsmen accompany him as he approaches Rm. 8, which is locked. A Busty Woman approaches & unlocks the door for him. DoppelCoop goes inside a dingy motel rm. The opposite wall seems to roll back, revealing Phillip Jeffries — now now a steam-spewing machine (the wall and radiator phase in & out throughout througho ut the conversation). Jeffries: “Oh, it’s you.” DoppelCoop: “Jeffries.” Jeffries: “Thank God.” DoppelCoop: “Why did you send Ray to kill me?” Jeffries: “What? I called Ray.” DoppelCoop: “So you did send him?” (no answer) “Did you call me 5 days ago?” Jeffries: “I don’t have your number.” DoppelCoop: “So it was someone else who called me?” Jeffries: “We used to talk.” DoppelCoop: “Yes, we did. 1989. You showed up @ FBI headquarters in Philadelphia & said you’d met Judy.” Jeffries: “So you are Cooper.” DoppelCoop: “Phillip. Why didn’t you want to talk about Judy? Who is Judy? Does Judy want something from me? Jeffries: “Why don’t you ask Judy you rself? Let me write it down for ya.” (In the steam, Jeffries spouts coordinates: 48˚ 55’ 1.4 […]. DoppelCoop writes them down) DoppelCoop: “Who is Judy?” Jeffries: “You’ve already met Judy.” DoppelCoop: “What do you mean I’ve met Judy?” (telephone rings) “Who is Judy? Who is Judy?!” ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
▪ ▪
▪
▪
▪ ▪ ▪
The wall phases in & Jeffries fades. DoppelCoop answers the phone. There is loud electrical crackling… (Part 15) o 9:34pm (DoppelCoop’s phone). …and DoppelCoop appears in the phone booth outside the convenience store, moving glitchily, the phone in his hand. The phone receiver gives off a dial tone & he hangs up. As he exits the phone booth, he sees Richard pointing a gun @ him. Richard says he recognized Cooper back @ the farm: he’s FBI, & Richard knows his name because his mother Audrey Horne had a picture of Cooper. DoppelCoop takes Richard down, then tells him to get in the truck, saying they will talk on the way. After they drive off, the convenience store disappears in a growing cloud of white smoke, eventually fading away & leaving only the woods. (Part 15) (Note: This scene and the preceding one appear in Part 15 in the edit, following the Ed & Norma reunion scene. I have moved them up to occur on Day 10, 5 days after the DoppelCoop/“Phillip” phone call on Day 5, per DoppelCoop.) o Audrey sees Billy in her dream, bleeding from the nose & mouth (“last nt.,” Part 12). o Angela is supposed to show & doesn’t (last nt., per Natalie, Part 12). o Steven does not come home this nt. or the following one (2 nts., per Becky in Part 13). Day 11 — The Blue Rose crew, along w/ Macklay & Hastings, arrive @ 2240 Sycamore, o the spot where Hastings entered “the Zone”: an area with several derelict houses. Tammy gets the details from Hastings: he entered a fenced-in area through a hole in the fence, then went about 15-20 ft. He says he doesn’t remember what happened after that. Gordon & Albert briefly see a Woodsman lurking on the side of the house; he materializes then fades. Gordon asks Albert if he thinks there is “one” in there, & they proceed inside. Gordon walks a bit further in than Albert & sees a vortex open up the sky, crackling w/ electricity; Albert sees Gordon blur out of focus as he waves his arms upward. From Macklay’s perspective outside the fence, eve rything appears as normal, w/ Gordon waving his arms absurdly. The black center of the vortex opens to Gordon & he sees three Woodsmen Wood smen standing on a staircase (same wallpaper from the painting the Tremonds gave Laura in 1989), as electricity flashes. Gordon nearly gets sucked away, awa y, but Albert pulls him back. The vortex is gone. Gordon & Albert spot Ruth Davenport’s decapitated corpse in the brush. Albert takes a photo of the coordinates written on Ruth’s arm. Diane watches silently as the Woodsman fades in & out of view while approaching Macklay’s car. Behind Macklay, Hastings’s head appears to spontaneously burst, killing him. (Note: This scene appears in the edit following the scene of Maggie taking calls after Becky shoots Gersten’s door. For reasons stated elsewhere, this scene has been moved forward to occur a day later, as with the other Blue Rose scenes in this portion of the show.) PART 12 (“Let’s rock”) (RR logo: Red and B&W) Jerry runs out of the woods. o ▪
▪
•
▪
@ Keri’s Hand i-Mart, Sarah buys vodka & a carton of Salems. Sarah notices a new “beef jerky” displayed behind the counter (Albatross; the logo is an abstract depiction of a triangle w/ horns and a circle around it. The result might be perceived to resemble the “ Judy” symbol on Mr. C’s playing card and Hawk’s map, or the pointy nose of the Jumping Man.). Sarah asks what it is and Victoria the cashier says “it’s turkey, not beef” & when Sarah asks if it is smoked, she says she thinks so. Sarah asks Victoria if she was here when “they” 1st came, then says, “The room seems different, and men are coming.” She adds that “things can happen. Something happened to me.” She repeatedly says she doesn’t feel good, tell ing herself to stop doing this, to leave this place, & to find the car key, eventually cursing at herself as she leaves the store w/o her items. The stunned bag boy, Oscar, says he knows where she lives & he could deliver her purchases. Carl reprimands Kriscol about selling his blood to eat; Carl pays Kriscol $50 o for installing Jenkins’ s new propane tank & mowing lawns and raking up, and tells him not to pay rent this month. Hawk stops by the Palmer house. The fan is spinning. Hawk says some old o cases popped up & he thought of Sarah; Sarah suspects he is there because of what happened in the grocery store. Hawk admits that he heard about that. Bottles rattle somewhere in the house; Sarah denies that anyone is in the house, saying it is “something in the kitchen.” “It’s a goddamn bad story, isn’t it, Hawk?” 10:22am (screen above Miriam’s bed). Miriam lies in the hospital. o PART 13 (“What story is that, Charlie?”) (RR logo: B&W and green) o The Mitchums (same outfits as Part 11), DougieCoop, and Candie, Sandie & Mandie conga into the Lucky 7 offices (Bushnell commenting that it looks like they made quite the nt. of it). Candie presents gifts to Bushnell. A terrified Anthony calls Duncan Todd. (Tony’s phone shows 2/18/16 @ 11:28 , inconsistent with all other dates on the series.) Todd gives Anthony one day to remedy the situation (Tony notes that Todd previously said he had 2 days; Todd says 1 day). Todd hangs up & calls for Roger. (Note: The dialogue about how many days Anthony has to kill Dougie is rather curious. On the same nt. as Ike was arrested, Todd told Anthony that he had two days. Since then, a day has elapsed. Therefore, Todd saying that Anthony has one day is consistent with his prior edict, yet Anthony acts surprised.) (Also note: If Hastings is arrested on a Sat. on Day 4, and Cooper returns to the world two days later on Day 6 as the edit seems to indicate, these scenes should occur on a Sat., yet it appears to be a workday.) A Silver Mustang Casino moving crew delivers a gym set to the Jones house; o Janey-E also spots a new car wrapped in a ribbon — all all from the Mitchum bros., she is told. (Smiley Fusco’s watch seems to read ~7:05; Det. Clark’s watch seems to read o ~4:55). @ Las Vegas Metropolitan P.D., D. Fusco enters w/ the results for Dougie’s prints: according to AFIS, he escaped from a high -security prison in o
▪
▪
o
SD 2 days ago, & is a missing FBI agent. The dets., amused by the perceived mistake, throw the report away. Anthony arrives looking for Det. Clark; the Fuscos point him out back where Clark is smoking. Anthony asks Clark for an undetectable poison; Clark recommends aconitine. Clark will get him som e for $5k; it will give Anthony 2 hrs. to get away. They agree to meet @ 9:30 tonight outside Crosley’s, @ the back door. After Anthony leaves, Clark tells his partner that Anthony is cracking & wants to poison someone. The partner says he will call Todd. In the Buckhorn P.D., Gordon’s right hand shakes; he says it has never done that before. He & Albert look @ the picture p icture of Ruth, Albert paying particular attention to Diane as she appears to look closely & try to memorize the coordinates (4855142117[?]63956). Albert says the last few digits are smudged, but the coordinates indicate a town in the north — He He cuts off as Tammy & Macklay enter w/ coffee & donuts. Macklay notes a positive ID on Ruth. Gordon says he & Albert saw somebody out back where they found Ruth’s body who looked like a homeless man. Diane says she thinks she saw someone like that getting out of the police car (Macklay & Tammy both say they didn’t see anyone, & Diane defensively says she could be mistaken). Gordon suddenly remembers that he saw “Dirty bearded men in a room.” (Part 11) (Note: This scene appears in the edit in Part 11, following the scene of Hawk showing Frank the map. For reasons stated elsewhere, it likely occurs on Day 11, since the preceding day’s Blue B lue Rose scenes take place 9/29 / Day 10. Based on the lighting, this scene occurs in late afternoon/early evening.) (Tammy later writes that the coordinates written on Ruth’s arm lead the FBI back to Twin Peaks, Pea ks, the truth about “Diane,” & “the final collision @ the sheriff’s station b/w Cooper & the Double.” This does not seem strictly accurate to what occurs in the show: while Albert does d oes seemingly recognize the coordinates as pointing to Twin Peaks, the Blue Rose crew remains in Buckhorn for a couple of days after this revelation, only leav ing when they learn that Dougie is Cooper & that he is heading for Twin Peaks. Night. Diane, @ the Mayfair bar, types in the coordinates from Ruth’s arm on her phone GPS (muttering, “co…or…din…ates…plus 2”). They lead to Twin Peaks. (Part 12) (Note: This scene occurs in the edit near the end of Part 12, after the Audrey/Charlie scene. However, it likely occurs before several of the Blue Rose scenes that appear earlier in the edit of Part 12, given that in this scene Diane is wearing the same top as her Part 11 scenes, and her discovery of the coordinates seems relatively fresh. In other Part 12 scenes, she wears a completely different outfit from Part 11 and this scene.) (Diane’s watch appears to read 12:50, but this is likely inaccurate in light of the timing of subsequent scenes that seemingly take place this same night, given the timeline.) ~4:05pm (Tammy’s watch; it is dark outside in the establishing shot). Somewhere in the Mayfair, sectioned off on two sides by red curtains, Gordon, ▪
▪
o
▪
▪
o
Albert & Tammy drink wine. @ Gordon’s prompt, Albert explains some basic Blue Rose history to Tammy. He says the fact that he is the only one of the initial Blue Rose recruits to have not disappeared w/o explanation has led to Gordon being reluctant to bring new blood into the fold, but they are now asking Tammy to join (Albert says she has been on their radar since was in H.S.!). She agrees, & Albert says he will brief her in detail in the morning. Diane enters; noting that her work w/ Agent Cooper has given Diane more than a passing insight into Blue Rose, Albert says they want to deputize her even though she is no longer part of the Bureau, offering her “Some cash. Not much,” & the chance to find out what happened to her friend Cooper. She agrees: “Let’s rock.” (Part 12) (Note: This scene opens Part 12. There is nothing in this scene or the subsequent associated scenes that definitively places these scenes at a ny particular given point in the Blue Rose storyline. However, in the interest of honoring the way characters’ scenes are sequenced in the edit when there is not a compelling reason to depart from that order, I am assuming that these scenes follow the Part 11 material — and, by — and, necessity of the tight timeline at this point, occur on the same night as the Part 11 material, with the characters having presumably changed their clothes for the evening. I have therefore moved this nighttime scene to follow several daytime Part 13 Vegas scenes which likely take place earlier this same day, due to the tightness of DougieCoop’s timeline & the fact that his storyline essentially skips over Part 12.) 7:28pm (text timestamp; Diane’s watch contradictorily says 4:10). Diane, sitting @ the Mayfair bar, gets a text from an unknown number saying, “Las Vegas?” She responds, “THEY HAVEN’T ASKED YET.” (Part 12) (Note: This scene, and the subsequent five scenes, appear in Part 12 after the shot of Miriam in the hospital in the edit. I have moved these nighttime scenes to follow several daytime Part 13 Vegas scenes which likely take place earlier this same day, due to the tightness of DougieCoop’s timeline & the fact that his storyline essentially skips over Part 12.) Frank tells Ben Richard ran over ov er that little boy, & tried to kill ki ll the only witness, Miriam, who is in intensive care, in desperate need of an operation w/ no insurance. Ben promises to take care of it. He says Richard has never been “right, ” adding that Harry had a number of run-ins w/ Richard, “nothing too bad,” but each time worse than the tim e before. Frank says Harry knows about this: “We stay in touch.” Ben doubts he will hear from Richard: they “pretty much” lost contact when Ben refused to give him more money. (Note: This is contradicted by Tammy in The Final Dossier claiming that Audrey has “apparently never allowed her son to meet” Ben.) Ben hands Frank the key to Agent Cooper’s old rm. that came in the mail, saying he was going to send it to Harry as “a memento.” Frank notes that they just opened up an old case involving Agent Cooper. After Frank leaves, Ben tells Beverly about Richard & says Richard never had a father. Ben recalls his father getting him a secondhand Schwinn & painting it two-tone green, & Ben recalls riding it w/ his friends. ▪
o
▪
o
o
o
o
o
He tells Beverly to call the hospital so he can pay for all Miriam’s medical expenses (he can’t remember Miriam ’s last name). (Part 12) 11:05pm (per Gordon). In his hotel rm., Gordon tells a French woman a story about a grp. 75 strong waiting until after midnight then coming over the mtn., sirens wailing & guns drawn. Albert interrupts & they shoo the woman away to the bar (Gordon notes to Albert that she’s here visiting a friend of her mother whose daughter has gone missing; the mother owns a turnip farm). Albert reads Gordon Diane’s latest texting exchange. (Part 12) Hutch shoots Warden Murphy dead from the van as Murphy returns home; his son runs out. Chantal & Hutch head to Wendy’s. (Part 12) 7pm. Dr. Amp does another broadcast as Nadine watches. (Most of the scene is reused footage from Part 5 as Jacoby shows the gold shovel ad. Nadine is dressed the same as Part 5.) He talks about giant multinational corporations buying our politicians & poisoning us. (Part 12) Audrey, “tired of waiting for the phone to ring,” says she is going to the Roadhouse to look for Billy (he hated that place, but they’ve checked everywhere else). Her husband Charlie is reluctant to go, noting how much paperwork he has for his deadline. (He notes that it is a new moon.) Audrey says she is in love w/ Billy & fucking him, & recounts her dream. She vows to find Tina, the last person to see Billy, even though Audrey can’t stand being in the same rm. w/ her. They then talk about papers Audrey gave Charlie to sign: Charlie says there is something fishy about them & he’s not signing until he runs them by his lawyer. Audrey suggests running them by Paul & having Paul give Charlie a visit. They then argue over whether Charlie has given up his rights as Audrey’s husband, & Audrey says she is reneging on their contract. Charlie agrees to go to the Roadhouse, but then suggests that he call Tina instead to see if she knows anything (he says if her husband is there, she won’t be able to talk). Audrey says that Chuck (who she thinks is certifiable) told her Tina was the last one to see Billy. Charlie tells Audrey about Chuck stealing Billy’s truck. Char lie calls Tina & expresses shock @ what she says (“Unbelievable, what you’re telling me”), & says he’ll try tomorrow. Audrey screams @ Charlie when he gets off the phone for not telling her what Tina said. (Part 12) (Note: It is impossible to say with any degree of certainty when this and subsequent Audrey/Charlie scenes take place, or indeed whether they even take place on the same plane of existence as the rest of the series. While the scenes appear to take place in Twin T win Peaks, and intersect with the “real” version of the town— including the fact that someone named Billy is missing —the conclusion conclusion of Audrey’s Audrey’s storyline storyline seems to indicate indicate that much more is going on in these scenes. In the interest of placing the scenes somewhere, I am placing the initial Audrey/Charlie scene here because this is where it occurs amongst the surrounding nighttime scenes in the edit, and I am placing the Audrey/Charlie scenes from subsequent Parts here because they appear to all take place the same night in relatively close succession.) ▪
o
Audrey demands to know what Tina said. Audrey says she feels like she is somewhere else & somebody else. Charlie claims he always feels like himself, even if it isn’t always the best feeling. Audrey says she is not sure who she is, but “I am not me.” Charlie calls this “Existentialism 101,” & says Audrey is supposed to go to the Roadhouse Road house & see if Billy is there. Audrey: “Is it far?” Charlie: “Come on, Audrey, you know where it is. If I didn’t know better, I would swear you were on drugs.” Audrey: “Just where is it?” Charlie: “I’m gonna take you there. Now, are you gonna stop playing games, or do I have to end your story too?” Audrey: “What story is that, Charlie? The story of the little girl who lived down the lane? Is it?” Charlie: “You’re the one that wanted to go. Now you’re looking like you want to stay.” Audrey: “I want to stay and I want to go. I want to do both. Which will it be, Charlie? Which one would you be? Charlie, help me. It’s like Ghostwood here.” (Note: This scene follows the Part 13 scene of Sarah watching boxing in the edit.) Charlie asks if Audrey is going to put her coat on or talk him to death “right here on the threshold.” Audrey: “It’s impossible. I mean, I see it right before my eyes, but I never really saw it before. It’s absolutely fucking impossible. […] You, Charlie, it’s you. I just never really saw you before the way I’m seeing you now. Like I’m meeting a different person. Who are you, Charlie?” Charlie takes off his coat, & Audrey screams scream s her hatred for him, strangulating him. (Part 15) (Note: This scene follows the Part 15 scene of the lights going out in Margaret’s cabin in the edit.) @ the Roadhouse, Chromatics play “Saturday.” Abbie & Natalie discuss Angela, who has failed to show up last nt. & tonight. Natalie thinks she might be w/ Clark —they’ve been hanging hanging out lately. Abbie relates relates seeing Clark & Mary. Natalie says Angela hates Mary, & worries that Angela won’t be able to take this, as she is off her meds & is on edge since losing her mom “like that.” Trick comes in saying he was run off the rd. & some farmer had to pull him out. His right hand shakes & he notes that he needs a beer. Abbie asks if Trick is under house arrest; Natalie says he’s got that behind him & is a free man again. (Part 12) (Note: This scene appears in Part 12, following the scene of Diane entering the coordinates into her phone. I have moved it here to follow several daytime Part 13 Vegas scenes which likely take place earlier this same day, due to the tightness of DougieCoop’s timeline & the fact that his storyline essentially skips over Part 12.) Dougie & Janey-E watch Sonny Jim play on the gym set. (Note: This scene occurs in the edit immediately after the scene of the gym set being delivered. I have moved it later to follow subsequent ▪ ▪
▪ ▪
▪
▪
▪
•
o
▪
o
▪
o
▪
o
daytime scenes, including the Las Vegas P.D. scenes which clearly occur earlier this same day.) During a nocturnal weekly supply run, Jacoby passes Run Silent, Run Drapes in his pickup & spots the gold shovel display. He rings the doorbell & he and Nadine bond. Rumors subsequently suggest that Jacoby & Nadine may begin dating. (Note: This scene appears following the Part 13 Norma/Ed/Bobby/Walter scene in the edit. I have moved this scene to precede several daytime scenes which appear earlier in the Part 13 edit, so that this nighttime scene can occur on the night of Day 11, since Nadine’s subsequent daytime scene in Part 15 appears to take place on 10/01, a.k.a. Day 12.) The Roadhouse MC introduces James, who performs “Just You” w/ two girl singers. Renee weeps @ a table. (Note: This scene and the subsequent one appear following the Part 13 Audrey/Charlie scene in the edit. I have moved these scenes to precede several daytime scenes which appear earlier in the Part 13 edit, so that these nighttime scenes can occur on the night of Day 11, since Ed’s subsequent daytime scene in Part 15 appears to take place on 10/01, a.k.a. Day 12, and James’s subsequent scenes definitely take place the night of Day 12 into Day 13 / 10/01-02.) Ed sits alone in the Gas Farm, eating Double R soup. He squints @ the window — possibly possibly watching traffic pass, or possibly noticing his own reflection, which moves oddly out of synch with his movements. Edward Louis Severson III performs “Out of Sand” @ the Roadhouse. Audrey & Charlie arrive. The MC announces “Audrey’s Dance” & the patrons clear the floor in unison. Audrey is @ first confused, but then begins to dance, getting into the mood as the crowd sways. Then a man runs across the floor, hitting another man in the head w/ a bottle for talking to his wife Monique. Audrey runs to Charlie, begging him to get her out of there, & suddenly finds herself in a white space wearing a white gown staring in a mirror, shouting, “What?” repeatedly. (Part 16) The Roadhouse band plays “Audrey’s Dance” backwards. (Part 16) (Note: This scene and the preceding one end Part 16 in the edit, following the scene of Cooper in the Mitchums’ lim o on his way to Twin Peaks.) (“Last nt.,” Gordon, Part 14) Gordon has “another Monica Bellucci dream.” In the dream, he is in Paris on a case. Monica calls & asks Gordon to meet her @ a “certain café” (Creperie Plougastel). She says she needs to talk to him. When they meet, Cooper is there, but Gordon can’t see his face. Monica brings 2 friends; they have coffee, & Monica says, “We’re like the dreamer who dreams and then lives inside the dream.” Gordon tells her she understands; Monica asks, “But who is the dreamer?” A very powerful uneasy feeling fee ling comes over Gordon. Monica looks past him & indicates for him to look back. He turns & sees himself from a long time ago in the old Philadelphia offices, the day “Jeffries appeared…and didn’t appear.” (per Gordon, Part 14) ▪ ▪
o
▪
o
o
o
▪
o
Day 12 (10/01, per Garland’s scroll)— o ~9am (DougieCoop’s watch). Janey -E drops DougieCoop off for work. Anthony buys DougieCoop a coffee @ Szymon’s. As DougieCoop wanders off to admire the cherry pies, Anthony puts the poison in Dougie’s coffee. DougieCoop returns & touches Anthony’s shoulders, apparently attracted by Anthony’s dandruff. Believing Dougie is on to him, Anthony breaks down & throws the coffee into a nearby urinal. (Note: This is the sixth consecutive day Dougie is seen @ work. As noted above under Day 11, Hastings’s Saturday arrest on Day 4 would seemingly place this scene on the following Sunday. Alternately, if this day is Tues., 9/30/2014 —per the dates on Garland’s scroll — then Days — then 8-9 should have been weekend days. Under any analysis, Dougie may have a Fair Labor Standards Act claim!) o Anthony confesses manipulating claims & trying to murder Dougie to Bushnell. Bushnell tells him Dougie already explained it all, even implicating himself. Anthony agrees to testify against Todd even if he dies in the process. Anthony seems surprised that Dougie knows about the “two cops” (presumably this refers to Det. Clark and his partner, although the reports DougieCoop looked @ in Part 6 feature the names of two other pairs of detectives as well). Anthony seems much more hesitant to testify against the cops, saying they are worse than Todd. PART 14 (“We are like the dreamer”) (RR logo: B&W) o Gordon in his rm. @ the Mayfair returns Sheriff Truman’s call. He first expects Harry, but Frank explains that Harry is sick s ick & in the dr.’s care. Frank tells Gordon about the missing pages from Laura’s di ary that indicate 2 Coopers. ~10:15am (Diane’s watch). In another rm. @ the Mayfair (now decked out w/ o multiple high-tech FBI consoles), Albert tells Tammy about the 1st Blue Rose case, Lois Duffy. Tammy notes that a blue rose does not occur naturally in nature, & that the dying Lois Duffy was “not natural. Conjured. What’s the word? A tulpa.” Albert replies, “Good.” Gordon barges in , telling Albert he thinks he has got it & that “Deputy Diane” is on her way. Diane does not want to talk about the last nt. she saw Cooper, but Gordon presses her until she confirms that he mentioned Maj. Briggs. Albert displays the ring found in Garland’ s stomach. Diane notes that her half-sister Jane, nicknamed Janey-E, is married to Douglas “Dougie” Jones. Last she heard, the y lived in Las Vegas. Diane hates Janey-E, so she hasn’t talked to her in yrs. They call the t he Las Vegas office: Agent Wilson gives Special Agent Randall Headley the call. Gordon says to get everything they can find on Mr. & Mrs. Douglas Jones, wanted in connection w/ a double homicide. Wilson notes that there are 23 Douglas Joneses in the greater metropolitan area. Gordon excuses Diane. He then relates what Frank told him about 2 Coopers, & then recalls his Monica Bellucci dream from last nt. He notes that he hadn’t remembered Jeffries pointing @ Cooper & asking, “Who do you think that is there?” He says “this is really something interesting to think about.” Albert agrees that he is “beginning to remember that too.” •
▪
o
Nadine walks to Big Ed’s Gas Farm carrying a golden shovel to tell Ed she is releasing him to go be happy w/ Norma, & he can can thank Dr. Jacoby. (Part 15) In The Final Dossier , Tammy suggests that Nadine marches to the Gas Farm & hands Ed his marching paper s “less than 2 wks.” after her reunion w/ Jacoby. The series seems to present it as far less than 2 wks. — in fact, the — in following morning — which which is how it is presented in this timeline, but the timing of the Twin Peaks scenes is difficult to reckon.. 1:10pm-1:25pm (Norma’s watch). Ed goes to the Double R & tells Norma Nadine has given him his freedom, but Norma excuses herself to talk to Walter. Norma tells Walter she is exercising her option for Walter to buy out her shares of the other franchises & she will keep the Double R, saying she wants to spend more time w/ her family. Walter storms out. Norma & Ed reunite; Ed asks Norma to marry him & she says yes. (Part 15) (Note: The preceding scene and this one open Part 15; I have moved them to occur earlier than many Part 14 scenes, based on the time on Norma’s watch.) Bobby, Frank, Hawk & Andy pack lunch for an expedition, & arrest Chad. In the woods, Bobby leads Frank, Hawk & Andy down what used to be the rd. to Garland’s listening post station—“ nothing left of it now. Took everything away.” Bobby does not know what his father did up there, as it was top secret —all —all he remembers of the “couple “couple times” Garland took him inside inside as a kid is “lots & lots of machines.” He shows them Jack Rabbit’s Palace, explaining that he & his father used to sit there & make up great tall tales. (Garland had told Bobby never to wander around there w/o him.) The four each put soil in their pockets & head 253 yds. east. ~2:53pm. They come across a thick white mist which dissipates, revealing a pool of a shimmering gold substance, & Naido, nude, lying on the ground. Frank notes that it is 2:53, & a vortex opens above. Andy stands, releasing Naido’s hand. He disappears into the white center of the vortex. In the Fireman’s ho use, Andy meets the Fireman. The Fireman raises his hand, then lowers it; Andy is suddenly holding an irregularly-shaped object w/ a tube on top. A cloud of white smoke constitutes, then shoots upward into a white circular skylight-type opening above Andy. Andy stares up into the opening & sees: Judy, as she appeared in the glass box. (Part 1) Judy vomiting a stream of eggs, incl. the orb containing Bob. (Part 8) The convenience store, Woodsmen wandering outside. (Part 8) The Woodsman asking, “Gotta light?” (Part 8) Electrical wires & poles, as seen from below, zipping past, accompanied by electrical crackling (Part 15) The girl running & crying @ Laura’s death in the Twin Peaks H.S. courtyard (Pilot) The Red Rm. curtains, 1st opaque then superimposed over Laura’s homecoming photo, flanked by smaller depictions of her Angel on either side. Naido lying on the forest ground ▪
o
▪
o o
o
o
▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
▪
▪
▪
Superimposed over the Red Rm. curtains, the heads of Coop & DoppelCoop superimposed over e/o, both morphing & shifting until they separate & become distinct Line 1 flashing on the sheriff’s station phone A shaky shot of Andy leading Lucy L ucy by the shoulders into position in the sheriff’s station Andy holding Naido’s hand The “6” electric pole near Carrie Page’s ho use (Part 18) The smoke then returns into the nozzle of the object Andy holds, which vanishes…as does Andy. ~3:20pm (Andy’s watch). watch). Jack Rabbit’s Palace . Multiple transparent Franks, Hawks & Bobbys walk around until each resolves into one opaque version of himself. Andy fades in carrying Naido. He tells the others she is “very important” & people want her dead; she is fine physically, & they need to put her in a cell where she will be safe. Hawk & Frank note that they don’t remember anything that happened to them. @ the sheriff’s station, Lucy dresses Naido in pajamas she has had in her locker “since that time that dog got lost in here.” In the cells, Naido chatters; a drunk (bleeding from his mouth) repeats everything anyone says. ~4:10pm? (Shelly’s watc h). Becky calls Shelly: Steven has been gone for 2 nts. Shelly invites Becky down to the Double R for talk, cherry pie & ice cream. (Part 13) (Note: This scene appears in Part 13, following the scene of Anthony confessing to Dougie & preceding the scene of Anthony confessing to Bushnell, in the edit. I am placing it later in the day per the time on Shelly’s watch. Note that my placement of this scene renders Shelly’s storyline slightly nonlinear, as the Part 15 scene of her witnessing Ed & Norma’s reunion n ow occurs slightly earlier than this scene.) Sonny Jim shoves DougieCoop into the backyard for a game of catch. (Part 12) (Note: This scene is impossible to place with certainty. It appears in the edit as a standalone scene in Part 12 following the Carl/Kriscol scene; and in fact, this is the only scene featuring any a ny version of Cooper in that Part! At this point in the edit, DougieCoop is still out on his all-night party with the Mitchums, which continues from the end of Part 11 to the beginning of Part 13. This scene therefore cannot possibly occur where it is placed in the edit — i.e., i.e., Day 10. It also cannot occur on Day 7 or Day 8, since Dougie is still @ Lucky 7 after dark in those Parts. Day 11 is also unlikely, since Sonny Jim wears a different outfit in this scene than in the Part 13 “jungle gym” scene. This leaves Day 9 and Day 12 the strongest possibilities. I have chosen Day 12 simply because it keeps the scene temporally closer to the point it appears in the edit.) In the woods, Steven & Gersten huddle @ the base of a tree. Steven, holding a gun & seemingly very high (Gersten asks what “she” gave him), plans to kill himself, alluding cryptically to something he did (Gersten says “she” did it). Gersten declines to “go with” Steven ; he rambles about being a H.S. graduate, ▪
▪ ▪
▪ ▪
o
o
o
o
▪
o
▪
o
& speculates about where he will be: “with the rhinoceros? The lightning in the bottle, hmm? … Or will I be completely uh, like, turquoise? Hm? I feel something.” Cyril Pons, walking his dog, spots them. Gersten hi des behind the tree; a gunshot goes off. Pons tells Carl. (Part 15) (Note: In the edit, this scene follows the Part 15 nighttime scene of DoppelCoop @ the Dutchman’s . I have moved it up to precede several Part 14 nighttime scenes, since this daytime scene likely occurs earlier that same day.) Night. Chantal & Hutch drive down the hwy. in Utah (past hwy. signs for o Provo & Orem) discussing discussing Mormons. (Part 13) (Note: This scene appears in Part 13 following the Anthony/Det. Clark scene in the edit. Given the 15+ hour travel time from Yankton to Orem/Provo, it seems very unlikely that this scene occurs the same night as the Hutchenses assassinate Warden Murphy in Part 12, & I have therefore moved this scene to occur the following night.) o Sarah watches B&W boxing footage on a weird 16-second loop as she drinks Bloody Marys & runs out of vodka. (Part 13) (Note: This This scene appears in Part 13 following the Jacoby/Nadine scene in the edit. Unlike the surrounding nighttime scenes, which I moved back to occur on the night of Day 11 — to to accommodate Ed/Nadine/James’s subsequent scenes— this scene is more logically placed on the night of Day 12, to join Sarah’s Part 14 scene, wherein she appears to venture out to a bar after running out of liquor.) James & Freddie, Great Northern security guards, wait for one last delivery. o They plan to hit the Roadhouse Road house after — James James wants to see Renee, even though she’s married. It is James’s birthday. James persuades Freddie to tell him the story of the green glove. James goes to check the furnaces. o In the Great Northern furnace rm., James hears the hum-ringing sound, & approaches a door that appears to be the source. o Elk’s Point #9 Bar. A trucker hits on Sarah; when he will not relent, Sarah removes her face, revealing what may be Judy’s mouth, spitting out or shooting some substance. Then a left hand comes into view, & the ring finger turns black. Finally, a mouthful of grinning teeth is revealed. Sarah puts her face back & bites a chunk out of the trucker’s neck, killing him. She denies to the bartender that she had anything to do w/ it. Per Tammy, Sarah is named & questioned as an eyewitness to the murder. (Based on Tammy’s wording, it seems that Sarah was not a formal suspect.) @ the Roadhouse, Sophie accuses Megan of “hanging out @ the nuthouse […] o getting high in there.” Megan denies this, but says she is getting high in her own rm. Megan says her sweater is Paula’s. Megan says she has not seen Billy for “a couple of days.” When Sophie says she heard Megan was the last person to see Billy, Megan recounts the story, & notes that Billy & Megan’s mother Tina “had a thing” “up until pretty recent @ least.” The MC introduces Lissie, who performs “Wild Wild West.” PART 15 (“There’s some fear in letting go”) (RR logo: B&W) ▪
▪
▪
▪
The Roadhouse. The MC introduces a recording of ZZ Topp’s “Sharp Dressed Man.” Rene e & her husband Chuck drink w/ Skipper & a woman. James very awkwardly tries to talk to Renee, & Chuck and Skipper hit him. Freddie punches both men, leaving Chuck w/ his eyes rolled up in his head. Agent Wilson presents (the wrong) Douglas Jones & family to Randall o Headley. o Chantal shoots Duncan Todd & Roger. Bobby & Hawk lodge James & Freddie in cells. Chad asks what “that gloved o freak” did now. Hawk says the guys Freddie hit are both in intensive care. Chantal & Hutch sit in their van in a Vegas alley eating burgers & o philosophizing on the fact that the gov’t pays killers. They spot Mars. o ~10:30pm (DougieCoop’s watch). Janey -E serves DougieCoop cake. DougieCoop plays w/ the TV remote & accidentally turns on Sunset Blvd. Norma Desmond talks about “the old team back together again”; Cecil B. DeMille references Gordon Cole & DougieCoop, stunned, freezes the frame. He is drawn to an electrical socket & puts a fork in it, electrocuting himself. Margaret calls Hawk. “Hawk. I’m dying. […] You know about death. It’s just o a change, not an end. Hawk. It’s time. There’s some fear…some fear in letting go. Remember what I told you. I can’t say more over the phone. But you know what I mean, from our talks, when we were able to speak face to face. Watch for that one, the one I told you about, the one under the moon on Blue Pine Mtn. Hawk. My log is turning gold. The wind is moaning. I’m dying. Goodnight, Hawk.” Hawk informs the sheriff’s station crew of Margaret’s passing. o o The lights go out in Margaret’s cabin. The Roadhouse. The Veils play “Axolotl.” Ruby sits alone in a booth. Two men o approach & she says she is waiting for someone; they pick her up & drop her on the floor, appropriating the booth. Ruby crawls cra wls among the legs of the other patrons, crying, then screaming. End credits: The motel. Bosomy Woman standing w/ her face obscured in the o shadows. PART 16 (“No knock, no doorbell”) (RR logo: blue & brown w/ green lightbulb) Day 13 (10/02, per Garland’s scroll)— 2:05am (DoppelCoop’s phone). DoppelCoop & Richard arrive @ giant rock. o DoppelCoop says he is looking for a place. He says 3 people have given him coordinates to that place, & they are very close to the location of the 2 that match. As Jerry observes from afar through binoculars pointed the wrong way, DoppelCoop sends Richard to the top of the rock (claiming that he is 25 yrs. Richard’s senior!) w/ a device that will indicate when Richard is on the spot. Richard reaches the spot & suddenly is engulfed in sizzling sparks & smoke, as if being electrified. Richard’s body is cons umed in sparks. DoppelCoop says, “Goodbye, my m y son.” He attempts to send a text to Unknown: “:-) ALL.” It fails to send. (Note: DoppelCoop’s travels seem to take a lot longer than they should. The Final Dossier acknowledges this “2-day gap in [the FBI’s] knowledge of the Double’s movements” b/w when he kills Ray & when he arrives in o
•
▪
o
Twin Peaks, speculating that it may relate to his time spent @ the Dutchman’s.) In the sheriff’s station cells, Chad sits up, happy that the drunk has dozed off…but the drunk wakes up & goes back to repeating Chad’s obscenities. (Part 17) (Note: This scene and the subsequent three appear in Part 17 following the opening Blue Rose scene in the edit. I have moved them up, since they certainly — or or very likely, in the case of the Ben scene — occur occur on the night/early morning preceding the events of 10/02 / Day 13.) Electrical lines buzz overhead as DoppelCoop drives. (Part 17) Naido wakes up & chitters in alarmed fashion. The drunk imitates. (Part 17) Ben gets a call from Sgt. Williams of Jackson Hole Police, Wy. They found Jerry completely naked, refusing to give his name (but apparently providing Ben’s name & number). Jerry claims his binoculars killed someone. Ben says he will make arrangements to bring him home. (Part 17) (Note: Jackson Hole would be approx. a 9-day hike from Twin Peaks, without sleeping! From the series timeline, Jerry appears to be gone for only approx. 6 days, although, again, it is impossible to establish a firm timeline for the Twin Peaks-based scenes. Since Jerry seemingly ends up in Jackson Hole on foot so soon after the “binoculars” scene , it seems likely that the “fake” coordinates location in Part 16 is in Wy .) Day. Chantal & Hutch, dressed as housepainters, pull up near Dougie’s house. Headley, Wilson & the Vegas FBI come searching for Dougie. No one is hom e. Wilson is to stake out the house while Headley checks out Lucky 7. @ Memorial Hospital, Janey-E & Sonny Jim sit by the bedside of a comatose DougieCoop. Bushnell arrives, then the Mitchums & Candie-Sandie-Mandie. The Mitchums get a house key from Janey-E & leave to restock the Jones kitchen. (Cooper’s monitor says it is 2/03/16, contradicting all other dates seen on the series.) Gordon stands in a Mayfair hotel rm., looking around @ the humming & beeping machinery. Sonny Jim needs to pee; p ee; Janey-E takes him to the restroom. Phil Bisby calls to tell Bushnell the FBI were just @ Lucky 7 looking for Dougie. Phil told them where Dougie was, & they left about 10 minutes ago. Wilson & another FBI agent pull up to stake out the Jones home. A confused Chantal & Hutch watch as the Mitchums, Candie, Mandie, Sandie, & movers stock the Jones’s house w/ food. A Polish accountant who works for Zawaski Accounting pulls up, complaining that Chantal & Hutch are “in [his] driveway.” Cha ntal escalates the dispute into gunplay, & the accountant shoots them both as they drive away. The Mitchums sneak off w/ the girls. Wilson & the other FBI agent arrest the accountant. (Rodney’s watch seems to read 12:40, which is likely incorrect.) Bushnell hears the ringing hum & exits the hospital rm. looking for it. Left alone, Cooper suddenly awakens. Phillip Gerard materializes from the Red Room and says, “You are awake.” Coop: “One hundred percent.” Gerard: ▪
o o o
▪
o
o
▪
o
o
o
o
o
“Finally. The other one…he didn’t go back in. He’s still out. Take this.” Gerard hands Coop the Owl Cave ring. Coop asks if Gerard has the seed. Gerard presents the gold ball. Coop says he needs Gerard to make “another one,” & hands Gerard some hairs he yanks from his own head. Gerard says he understands. Janey-E & Sonny Jim return; Coop says he is checking out. He borrows Bushnell’s .32 gun & calls the Mitchums to meet him @ the casino in 20 minutes — he he wants a plane to Spokane, Wa. Coop hands Bushnell a note for Gordon should he call, & drives off w/ Janey-E & Sonny Jim just as the Vegas FBI pulls up to the hospital. Diane, @ the Mayfair bar, gets a text from Unknown: “: -) ALL.” (The current time reads 4:32pm; the text was sent @ 4:31pm.) (Note: The next shot of the phone shows the time as 4:45pm and the text as being sent 4:44pm) Panicked, she says, “I remember. Oh Coop, I remember.” She replies to the text w/ a series of numbers (48551420117163956) & says, “I hope this works.” She glances into her handbag @ a gun & goes up the elevator to the FBI’s control rm. (Note: All the timestamps revolving around the text are inconsistent with this scene taking place the same day as the FBI’s later arrival in Twin Peaks in Part 17, which occurs around 2:53pm. While Buckhorn time would be an hour later than Vegas/Twin Peaks, this is not enough to account for the discrepancy.) Gordon, in the rm. w/ Albert & Tammy, senses Diane coming. After staring @ her phone, she tells them about the nt. Cooper came to visit her. Diane then looks at the “: -) ALL.” text. She then begins repeating, “I’m in the sheriff’s station,” saying she sent “ him” those coordinates by the sheriff’s station, & repeating, “I’m not me.” She takes out her gun, and Albert & Tammy shoot her. Diane seems to be sucked into the air, & Tammy, in awe, notes that that was a real tulpa. (The current time on Diane’s phone is either 3:52pm or 4:52pm — the the hour is partly cut off, it could read either “15” or “16” in military time. The text message now has a timestamp of 3:50pm. Note that Diane’s reply w/ the coordinates is now oddly nowhere to be seen.) (Tammy, writing in The Final Dossier , oddly places tulpa Diane’s death “a few days earlier” from the death of Cooper’s Double, even though they pretty clearly occur on the same day in the series. Diane sits in the Red Room. Gerard says, “Someone manufactured you.” Diane’s face cracks like an egg & black fire comes out. A gold ball floats out, then her head disappears entirely, leaving only black flame. Her entire body then disappears in a burst of electricity, & only the gold bead is left. @ the Silver Mustang, Cooper says goodbye to Janey-E & Sonny Jim, promising that Dougie will soon be home for good. Janey-E kisses him & thanks him — whoever whoever he is. Cooper takes off w/ the Mitchums. (Cooper’s watch seems to read 9:50.) The Mitchums, Dougie & Candie-Sandie-Mandie cruise down the Vegas Strip as the Mitchums try to come to terms w/ the fact that “Dougie” is a 25 -yrs.missing FBI agent. (Rodney’s watch appear s to read 11:45.) ▪
o
▪
▪
o
o
o
PART 17 (“The past dictates the future”) (RR logo: B&W; the b.g. is blurry) Gordon admits that he couldn’t shoot Diane, then confesses that he has kept o the “Judy” plan from Albert. He says that “recently,” paid informant Ray Monroe sent a cryptic message indicating that the Cooper they met in prison is looking for coordinates from Maj. Briggs. Gordon says he doesn’t know if their plan is unfolding properly, because they should have heard from Coop er by now. Headley calls from the hospital & sends all the Douglas Jones info. Bushnell takes the phone to give Gordon the message from “Dougie”: “I am headed for Sheriff Truman’s. It is 2:53 in Las Vegas, and that adds up to a ten, the number of completion.” After hanging up, Gordon is perplexed that Dougie is Cooper. Tammy relates “Dougie”’s colorful history, noting that he was hospitalized in a coma until earlier this afternoon. They pack it up. (Note: It is confusing that Cooper claims it is 2:53 when he leaves the hospital, as the later Twin Peaks scene seems to take place @ 2:53.) DoppelCoop approaches the gold-white pool in the woods near Twin Peaks. A o portal opens above, & he disappears. The Fireman’s. Garland Briggs’s disembodied head floats in the air. The o Fireman hovers, lying horizontally. Off stage right is a long room set into the ground containing dozens of the short black machines in rows, the rm. crackling w/ electricity. The film screen shows the location in the woods from which DoppelCoop disappeared. DoppelCoop’s head is trapped in a floating cage. The projected screen image im age changes to the Palmer house. W/ a movement mo vement of his hand, the Fireman changes the screen image to a wooded path. Cooper’s cage floats into the screen… o DoppelCoop materializes on the path. Naido awakens in her cell, screeching. DoppelCoop: “What is this?” Andy, getting a picnic basket out of a station wagon, sees “Cooper.” o In the cells, the drunk imitates the agitated Naido, then passes out against the bars. Chad removes a key hidden in the sole of his shoe. o Andy excitedly takes “Cooper” inside, noting that they were just talking about him. Andy grins @ Lucy, but then has a memory of his vision: he sees himself moving Lucy into place in the hall outside Frank’s office , then Lucy standing alone in the spot, then Andy in the same sam e approximate spot w/ no Lucy, running off down the hall. Chad uses the key to escape his cell & enter the safekeeping locker. o o DoppelCoop sits in Frank’s office. DoppelCoop turns down coffee. Andy runs off to tell Hawk Cooper is there. The drunk wakes up as Naido chatters. o o Frank says, “Cooper. Cooper.” DoppelCoop: “In the flesh.” o Naido is still frantic. The drunk tries to tear off his bandage. Chad gets a gun out of a locker & loads it. o Andy runs past Lucy, pointing (presumably @ the phone) & yelling, “Very important!” The drunk picks @ his wound, agitated. Naido continues screeching. Andy o comes running in looking for Hawk; Chad holds Andy @ gunpoint. Freddie punches his cell door open, knocking Chad out. Andy cuffs Chad to a cell. ▪
o
o
o
DoppelCoop tells Frank that unfinished business brought him back to Twin Peaks. Lucy puts through a call cal l from Cooper, who is just entering Twin Peaks Peak s city limits w/ the Mitchums & Candie/Mandie/Sandie. DoppelCoop shoots @ Frank, but is shot from behind by Lucy. Andy hears the gunshot & tells the prisoners he has to get them all upstairs. Frank says into the phone, “I think this one’s dead, Agent Cooper.” Cooper says not to touch the body. Andy enters the office w/ Freddie, Naido & James. Lucy tells him she understands cellular phones now. Hawk enters, shocked. The lighting in the room (and outside as well) becomes oddly dark and muted, almost like an eclipse. Woodsmen appear & do their ritual on DoppelCoop again. Cooper pulls up & runs inside the sheriff’s station; Andy meets him & leads him to t he corpse. The Mitchums join. The orb containing Bob bursts forth from DoppelCooper’s chest & send s Cooper sprawling. Cooper gets up & asks, “Are you Freddie?” Freddie replies that he is, & this is his destiny. (The clock shows about 2:47 at this point.) Bob viciously attacks Freddie. Freddie punches Bob repeatedly, eventually sending Bob through the floor; flame bursts up through the hole (which is ringed w/ creamed corn). The flame recedes & the orb rises from the hole, now glowing red. Bob again knocks Freddie down & viciously attacks (saying, “Catch you w/ my death bag”). Freddie again punches Bob, & the orb flies up & fractures into many pieces, which then float up through the ceiling. Cooper puts the ring on the left ring finger of his doppelganger’s corpse, & the corpse disappears. The ring falls onto the Red Room floor. Cooper asks Frank for the key to Great Northern rm. 315; he says Maj. Briggs told him Sheriff Truman would have it. Outside, the lighting is now normal again. Gordon’s convoy pulls up. (Strangely, in The Final Dossier , Tammy claims in her memo to Gordon that she, Gordon & Albert witnessed “ something not Cooper ” rise up out of the Double & disappear after Cooper defeated it, implying that the Blue Rose crew was present for the Bob-orb, even though they arrive afterward in the series.) Cooper becomes aware of Naido, & looks away; a frozen Cooper face appears superimposed over the subsequent scenes. Bobby arrives. Cooper says Bobby’s father was “well aware of what’s going on here today.” “Many yrs. ago, information your father gathered brought him together w/ Director Gordon Cole […] And that’s what’s brought us to where we are today. Now, there are some things that will change. The past dictates the future.” Coop asks Frank to give his regards to Harry. Candie, Sandie & Mandie enter. Naido touches palms w/ Coop, then lowers her palm. Her face changes & spurts black smoke, then fades entirely, showing the Red Room inside the outline of her face. Naido appears in the Red Room, R oom, the image of the Red Room Ro om still framed inside her face. An incision appears in her face & it splits open, revealing what appears to be a black orb. The superimposed Cooper face fades away. Naido is replaced by a bloody organic-looking oval-shaped object. It lights up, revealing Diane’s face. In Frank’s office, Diane stands wearing the pajamas Naido had been wearing, the Red Room superimposed over her. Cooper smiles; the superimposed Cooper head returns. The Red Room is briefly seen. The Cooper head again
o
o
o
fades as Diane kisses Cooper. Cooper asks Diane if she remembers everything, & she says she does. (Tammy, later writing in The Final Dossier , contradictorily says the real Diane appears out of nowhere in a downstairs holding cell not long before the Bob-orb confrontation, & is seen by more than 20 witnesses — — presumably including the the Blue Rose crew, the Mitchums, &c. — emerging emerging from the cell minutes before “everything “e verything hit the fan in Truman’s office,” contradicting the series timeline. Even assuming that Tammy is referring to the Naido incarnation of Diane, she did not “appear[] out of nowhere” in the ce ll but was rather placed there by Andy the preceding prece ding day, da y, and a nd agin — Tammy Tammy seems to be placing herself, the — agin Blue Rose crew, & other “witnesses” on the scene before the Bob-orb battle, when they in fact arrived later.) Cooper turns to see the clock, stuck moving back & forth b/w 2:52 and 2:53; the superimposed Cooper head returns as he sees the clock. Cooper & Diane hold hands; the giant Cooper head says, “We liv e inside a dream.” Cooper says he hopes he sees every one of them again. There is a sound of wind rushing & the light fades; Coop & Gordon yell to one another, & everything fades to darkness except the giant Cooper head. (Tammy in The sa ying that the lights went Final Dossier recounts her perception of the experience, saying out in the sheriff’s station.) (In The Final Dossier , Tammy relays Gordon’s account of his experience: after the sheriff’s station lights go out, Cooper & Gordon almost immediately “apparate” to the basement of the Great Northern — which, which, according to Tammy, is the location of the coordinates that the Double was after). Behind the Cooper head, Coop & Diane holding hands, and Gordon, walk out of darkness. They are in the Great Northern boiler room. The Cooper head fades away in front of the door from which the hum seems to emanate. Cooper opens the door w/ the rm. 315 key, then says he is going through the door & tells them not to follow him. (According to Tammy, Gordon later describes what he sees inside the door as an “endless corridor.”) Gordon: “Be thinking of you, Coop.” Cooper: “See you at the curtain call.” Cooper cl oses the door behind him. The lts. come back on, & Gordon is left standing w/ the Horne bros. in the boiler rm. By the time Gordon gets back to the sheriff’s station, Diane has disappeared, w/o anyone in the crowded rm. noticing. (Tammy’s account oddly never mentions Diane being in the boiler room, & indeed seems to imply that Diane did not “apparate” w/ Gordon & Cooper, although Tammy does ambiguously say that when Cooper disappeared into the doorway, Diane “disappeared right along with him”— without without specifying the location or circumstances of Diane’s disappearance.) (Tammy also oddly refers to Diane’s “disappearance-and-doppelganger journey,” despite referring to Diane’s counterpart as a tulpa elsewhere.) Cooper emerges from darkness, the hum strong. Phillip Gerard emerges from darkness & recites the “Fire Walk with Me” poem. Electricity surges. The hum fades. Phillip Gerard & Cooper walk down the hall @ the Dutchman’s toward the staircase, the woods superimposed around them. They walk upstairs & go into the flower-papered rm. the Tremonds’/Laura’s painting . Electricity surges; the Jumping Man moves down the stairs, chittering. Gerard leads Coop through a door into the motel courtyard.
Gerard & Coop enter Jeffries’s rm. Cooper: “Phillip?” Jeffries: “Please, be specific.” Cooper: The date: February 23, 1989.” Jeffries: “I’ll find it for you. It’s slippery in here. It’s good to see you again, Cooper. Say hello to Gordon if you see him. He’ll remem ber the unofficial version. This is where you’ll find Judy. There may be someone. Did you ask me this?” (The Owl Cave ring symbol floats out of the smoke, then morphs into an “8” shape. A black bead appears & makes a small semicircle semicircle @ the t he bottom of the 8.) Jeffries: “There it is. You can go in now. Cooper, remember.” Gerard: “Electricity!” (Electricity surges. Cooper closes his eyes & everything freezes. A sound — possibly possibly the Palmer ceiling fan — is is the only noise.) Darkness. o Cooper phases into existence on 2/23/1989 & watches Laura & James from a distance in the woods…. (see above, under 2/23 and 2/24/1989) (The timeline seems to splinter, with Cooper intercepting Laura in the woods on the early morning of 2/24/1989 & Laura’s corpse seeming to vanish from the shore of Blue Pine Lodge later that that morning — see see above under 2/23 and 2/24/1989.) Unknown time/date — Night. In the Palmer house, an inhuman screaming is heard which eventually o turns into Sarah’s anguished yell. She runs into the living rm., throwing the framed Laura homecoming photo to the ground gro und & stabbing it repeatedly w/ a vodka bottle which breaks. The photo remains completely undamaged as Sarah stabs it. (On 2/23/1989, Laura vanishes from Cooper’s hand .) o Julee Cruise sings “The World Spins” against red curtains. PART 18 (“What is your name?”) (RR logo: B&W) DoppelCoop sits in a chair in the Red Room, now milky-eyed again, flames & o black smoke rising from him. o PMG places a gold bead & the piece of Cooper’s hair on a chair, saying, “Electricity,” & squeezing the hair, creating an electric buzz. The hair disappears into the bead & the bead sprouts a new Dougie Jones. (Dougie speaks independently, asking where he is.) Dougie reunites w/ Janey-E & Sonny Jim at their house, joyfully saying, o “Home.” o After Laura disappears in 1989 (seen for the second time, repeated from Part 17; unclear is this is meant to be another iteration of the same thing happening repeatedly to Cooper or simply a recap), Cooper stares into the empty woods, then hears a sound to his left. He turns, a red light/refraction illuminating his face… Cooper is in the Red Room with PMG. PMG asks, “Is it future or is it past?” o then disappears. Cooper spots PMG far away, beckoning him through the curtains. Cooper follows, & they go to view the Arm, who says, “I am the arm o
▪ ▪ ▪ ▪
▪
▪ ▪ ▪
▪
•
▪
•
•
& I sound like this. [half-hearted whooping noise] Is it the story of the little girl who lived down the lane? Is it?” Back down the hall, Laura again whispers to Cooper, then screams & is pulled up. Cooper enters another area & sees Leland, who says, “Find Laura.” Cooper enters the hall & moves his hand, causing the curtains to move/ blow. blow. He exits… Unknown: Day 1 — …into Glastonbury Grove @ nt. Diane is waiting. He & Diane both say that o they are really themselves. Unknown: Day 2 — o Day. Cooper & Diane drive on a desert rd., approaching some massive powerline structures. Diane: “You sure you want to do this? You don’t know what it’s gonna be like once we —” Cooper: “I know that. We’re at that point now. I can feel it. Look. Almost exactly 430 mi. Exactly 430 mi.” (Cooper stops the car) Diane: “Just think about it, Cooper.” (Cooper gets out & walks toward the powerlines. There is an electric buzzing; Cooper senses something & returns to the car) Cooper: “This is the place, all right. Kiss me. Once we cross, it could all be different.” (Cooper & Diane kiss, then t hey drive forward. Electricity surges & they seem to be transported…) o Night. Cooper & Diane drive on a different rd. Cooper & Diane arrive @ the Pearblossom Motel. Cooper goes inside. Diane o sees another version of herself come out from behind a pillar near the entrance. Cooper returns & they enter Rm. 7. Cooper tells her to leave the light off & to come over to him, then speaks her name & kisses k isses her. They have sex; Diane seems disturbed & feels Cooper’s face, eventually covering it entirely. Unknown: Day 3 — o Cooper wakes up in the same hotel rm. Diane is gone. There is a note on the bedside table: “Dear Richard, When you read this I’ll be gone. Please don’t try to find me. I don’t recognize you anymore. Whatever we had together is over. Linda.” Cooper repeats the names Richard & Linda, seeming confused. He exits the motel — now an entirely different bldg., surrounded by palm trees. — now He gets into his car — also also entirely different (w/ Tx. plates) — and and drives off. o ~9:15am (Cooper’s watch). Odessa, Tx. Cooper drives int o Odessa & spots a coffee shop w/ the sign “Eat at Judy’s.” Cooper enters & Kristi the waitress serves him. (Kristi’s watch seems to say 11:00.) She pours coffee, & Cooper asks if there is another waitress there. Kristi says there is, & this is “her 3 rd day off.” Three cowboys @ a nearby booth get grabby grabb y w/ Kristi & Cooper tells them to leave her alone. One pulls a gun on Cooper, but Cooper kicks him in the balls & sends him to the floor. A second man reaches for his gun, but Cooper shoots him in the foot before he can reach it. Cooper has the third man put down his gun & sit on the floor, then (gun (g un still drawn) tells Kristi to write the other waitress’s address for him. He throws two of the cowboys’ guns into the deep fryer. ▪
▪
▪ ▪
▪
•
Cooper pulls up to the address & sees a house…w/ the electrical pole previously seen @ Fat Trout in 1988, & @ the site of Richard’s hit -and-run, in front of it. He knocks, and a woman who looks just like an older Laura answers. Cooper introduces himself as FBI, & the woman asks, “Did you find him?” When asked if she is Laura, the woman says her name is Carrie Page & repeatedly insists, “I’m not her.” When Cooper says her father’s name was Leland, she says, “OK,” but when he says her mother m other was Sarah, Carrie seems somewhat disturbed, then asks what’s going on. Cooper says it’s difficult to explain, but he believes she is a girl named Laura Palmer, & he wants to take her to her mother’s home. Carrie says she needs to get out of Dodge, & riding w/ the FBI might save her ass, so she agrees to go to Twin Peaks. While she packs, Cooper observes a corpse in a chair, shot through the head, w/ something that had seemingly been stopped in the process of bursting out of his stomach (the (the corpse looks a lot like like Tommy, the loan shark from Part 6). He also sees a figure of a white horse on the mantle & an automatic gun on the floor. Cooper & Carrie drive off. Night. Carrie fears that someone is following them, but the car eventually o passes. Carrie: “Odessa. I tried to keep a clean house. Keep ev erything organized. It’s a long way. In those days, I was too young to know any better.” Unknown: Day 4 (Odessa to Twin Peaks is more than a day-long drive) — — Night. Cooper & Carrie stop @ a Valero, V alero, then enter Twin Peaks, driving past o the Double R (which is lacking the “RR to Go” sign) . They pull up to the Palmer house, which Carrie says she doesn’t recognize. Cooper knocks on the door. A woman answers, claiming that “we” own the house, & she doesn’t know Sarah Palmer. Conferring w/ an offscreen man, she answers Cooper’s questions: they bought the house from a Mrs. Chalfont, & they don’t know who owned it before her. The woman says her name is Alice Tremond. Cooper & Carrie return to the street, dejected. Carrie look s @ the house. Cooper holds his right hand out & asks, “What year is this?” Carrie hears Sarah’s muffled cry of “Laura!” and screams. All the lights go out in the house. End credits: Laura’s whisper to Cooper is seen in slow motion. o ~2014 — (2 yrs. before Buckhorn) Ray Monroe, “the deep-cover informant who apparently o was recruited by someone involved w/ the [Blue Rose] task force to work on the ‘missing Cooper’ case,” begins working the operation in Las Vegas, where the Double has established part of his empire w/ Duncan Todd as the local principal operative. Ray’s 1st contact w/ “the target” likely takes place here. (Tammy elsewhere says that “in a partially garbled message to an agency cutout,” Ray claims to be reporting directly to someone in Blue Rose, but he never specifies who. @ some point before he dies, Ray makes a phone call on a burner found @ the location in Mt. where Ray’s body was found. Based on data retrieved from the phone, it appears Ray believed he had been recruited by & had all along been working for Phillip Jeffries.) Note: The Final Dossier seems seems to place the events of the limited series in ~6/2016 (the (the dossier was found on 7/17/2016 according to The Secret History, and it was found weeks after Ruth’s murder according to Tammy), o
•
•
▪
whereas the series itself explicitly takes place in Sept.-Oct., and implicitly takes place in 2014 (as discussed above). As always, I have chosen to remain true to explicit dates mentioned in a work, rather than changing them for the sake of consistency. Therefore, as with the dynamic between The Secret Diary and the original series, there will be some events in The Final Dossier such as this that clearly take place prior to the limited series, but appear later in the timeline.
2015 •
•
•
•
2015 — Jacoby Jacoby begins a direct-mail operation, selling the golden s hovels that had started as a metaphor his followers could visualize to help dig themselves out of the shit as a matter of intrapersonal alchemy. Soon, he is selling dozens & eventually hundreds of the simple garden spades which he personally gives 2 coats of spray paint. ~2015 or later Nadine, doing the books & surfing surfing the Net in in the back office office of Run Silent, — Run Drapes, stumbles across a Dr. Amp episode. She recognizes her former therapist, & is hooked . She “soon” buys a mail-order golden shovel (hence the estimated date, since the shovels only became available in 2015), & a few more for those on her Christmas list, installing her own in the window of her store. She embraces the Dr. Amp lifestyle religiously. ~12/2015 — (6 (6 mos. before Gordon returns to Twin Peaks) Harry learns he has cancer. Having reached retirement age, he claims he is leaving the office to fish, but actually checks into a research hospital near Seattle. He keeps the news from everyone @ the station & in town (Hawk, who knows Harry better than anyone, figures it out right away). Frank, having recently retired from his own distinguished career in law enforcement in western Wa., returns to Twin Peaks to take the sheriff job for 2 yrs. before handing it off to Hawk. (Note: Harry’s illness does not appear to be much of a secret by the time of the events of the series, with Frank casually discussing it w/ Ben & telling Gordon, and Wally having heard.) ~Mid-2015-2016 — Bill Bill Hastings and Ruth Davenport make contact w/ “the Major” (“@ some point during their last yr. together”; see above under “Pre-mid-9/2014” for a more detailed account).
2016 •
•
•
~2016 — (In the wks. & mos. leading up to the Double’s surfacing in Buckhorn) Ray penetrates the Double’s inner circle, circle, meets w/ him, & works w/ him. 3/2016 —The license license plate for Dougie’s Dougie’s Ford expires expires (possibly— the yr. on the sticker is difficult to make out — Part 5) — Part ~6/2016 (Tammy says the 7/17/2016 recovery of Milford/Briggs’s dossier was “wks. after” Blue Rose’s arrival in Buckhorn)— The day before she passes, Margaret gives Hawk a page she wrote, reflecting that o life is like a library book we should care for & learn from while it is ours. She says there is no light w/o darkness, but “anyone who’s spent a nt. in the woods knows” the light will always return. She notes that forces & beings of darkness dar kness are “part of the dance, just as you & I are; they’re just listening to different music,” but “darkness will always yield to light, when the light is strong.” Just prior to Gordon’s arrival back in Twin Peaks, Margaret Coulson passes away o after a long battle w/ lung cancer. Her funeral on the shores of Pearl Lake is wide ly attended, & many share their favorite Log Lady stories, w/ Hawk going last. He
•
• • • • •
•
reads the page Margaret gave him. Margaret’s ashes are scattered in Ghostwood Forest per her request. She leaves her log to Hawk, who keeps it on his mantel. The same day as Cooper disappears in the Great Northern boiler room, Gordon o “ jet[s] off back to Philadelphia,” leaving Tammy to cover the aftermath of what went down in Twin Peaks & to mop up, to quote Albert, “this gargantuan multidimensional clusterfuck.” Tammy decides to nose around a bit. 7/17/2016 — The The dossier is recovered from a crime scene by two FBI Field Agents [names redacted] while on assignment in [redacted], & submitted to Deputy Director Cole in Philadelphia. Per Tammy, it was found in a basement storage locker in Ruth’s apt. bldg. wks. after Blue Rose’s arrival in Buckhorn. (Note: Gordon’s memo to Preston ambiguously refers to the location of the dossier’s recovery as “a crime scene” still under active investigation & classified 3 levels above top secret. It’s not clear why Gordon is being so secretive in an internal memo to Tammy, since Tammy has been part of the FBI’s investigation of the Davenport murder from the get-go. Cole also speaks of Cooper in a way implying that Preston has never heard of him, although in the series she meets some version of Cooper before the FBI even becomes aware of the Buckhorn crime scene. Of course, this vague phrasing may simply be a security measure, particularly given that the FBI has gone to the absurd length of redacting Tammy’s name on these documents! However, also noteworthy is the fact that, despite repeated references to Garland Briggs in the dossier & the eventual revelation that he authored the document, Tammy never once in her notes mentions the highly relevant fact that the dossier was found in the vicinity of Briggs’s corpse!) 7/20/2016 — Cole Cole refers the dossier to the Investigations & Operations Support S ection. 8/04/2016 — Cole Cole assigns Agent Preston to analyze the dossier. 8/05/2016 — Preston Preston is to begin analysis of the dossier d ossier on this date. 8/21/2016 —Cole’s Dossier Processing Processing Timeline is indexed, serialized & filed. 8/28/2016 — Preston Preston writes introductory remarks after a cursory examination of the dossier, before undertaking a more in-depth analysis. Post-8/28/2016 — Among Preston’s discoveries is an “erased document” from a secure server in the o Philadelphia FBI office (which she finds after searching for “Desmond ” & “Stanley”), containing a short list: Gordon Cole, Phillip Jeffries, Chet Desmond, Sam Stanley, Windom Earle, Dale Cooper, Albert Rosenfield. Nothing else is on the page. (Note: The fact that Tammy Tamm y does not immediately recognize this as a list of Blue Rose-affiliated agents, along with her seeming lack of knowledge as to who Jeffries is, indicates that her research occurs in the narrow window b/w the FBI becoming involved in Buckhorn and Cole & Albert inducting her into Blue Rose — during during which period she was continuously in SD on the series, whereas her notes on the dossier mention being in her office and visiting the Library of Congress.) In an undated memo, Preston says she has taken her research as far as she can: there o are AF & FBI files on Garland and FBI files on Coop designated many levels of top secret above her access. She doesn’t know what happened to Coop or Briggs. She’s to turn over the dossier w/ her findings to the Director’s office & await response. She’s still st ill listed on the duty roster as “on assignment,” but as far as she can determine, she’s been removed from active service until they determine
•
whether her work is acceptable & whether to let her break down the data she hasn’t yet seen. Cole subsequently gives her a directive to prepare a follow-up report, beginning the project in the town of Twin Peaks. ~Mid-late 2016 — o Ed & Norma get married not long after Ed’s proposal @ a civil ceremony by the big log near the old train station (James plays plays a song he wrote on his guitar).
2017 •
~2016-2017 (some of the results of Preston’s investigation) — — Ben Horne, responding through his attorney, den ies Preston’s repeated requests for o an interview on the subject of his shell corp.’s payments to Eileen Hayward. DOJ declines to issue a subpoena. Donna Hayward politely rebuffs all Preston’s attempts to speak to her directly, but o saying that she exchanged 2 responds to Preston’s repeated inquiries via letter — saying letters w/ Audrey Horne post-1992, but refusing to share them or discuss their content. o The Horne family spokesperson refuses to respond to inquiries about Audrey’s whereabouts. Ben Horne agrees to a personal interview w/ Preston @ the Great Northern. He o accepts responsibility for the damage to his family & is trying to find a spiritual direction and spend more time in nature, but his biggest b iggest regret is selling his family’s family’s portion of Ghostwood Forest. o Preston visits Ghostwood Correctional Facility. Preston sits w/ Annie for over 2 hrs. o Preston interviews “15 or so” attendees of Dougie & Lana’s wedding. She also o speaks to the town jeweler who sold Dougie his & Lana’s wedding bands (the jeweler still has the receipt!). receipt!). (“During the past yr.”) Preston engages in “forensic digging & dedicated effort o across a multitude of disciplines” in order to substantiate her conclusions re: Cooper’s Double’s methods & goals. g oals. Tammy believes the Black Lodge to be “a hellish place of origin for people, entities, o or creatures walking the ‘dark path,’ posthumously referenced by Margaret Coulson in her funeral remarks” (note: there are no references by name to the B lack -eulogy, although she does touch on Lodge or to a “dark path” in Margaret’s self -eulogy, similar concepts). Tammy also speculates that Hawk’s spiritual concept of the Dweller on the Threshold (referenced by Cooper on one of his tapes to Diane) may be related. She S he says the Dweller D weller “is said to t o represent the sum total of all the t he dark, negative, unresolved qualities that reside in every human being” (Hawk did not specify this; unclear where Tammy got this information; she also mentions “esoteric theories” that the same idea can apply to the fates of nations). Tammy says that the D weller legend states that when a person “on the spiritual path consciously approaches a place or state of soulful enlightenment, at the very moment they’re about to enter into its full embrace […] this Dweller allegedly appears & must be confronted & defeated in order for the person to successfully pass through.” Tammy differentiates her conception of the Dweller/Double/doppelganger like the false Diane — is is a concept from the concept of the “tulpa.” A tulpa — like ▪
in the original Tibetan that refers to “an entity created or summoned by a dark magician or sorcerer, through the practice of ancient & corrupt forms of esoteric magic: necromancy, demons, devil worship.” As a 3rd alternative theory of the Double, Tammy references a “controversial theory” Gordon told Tammy about: while in custody, Leland Palmer claimed to be “possessed by a demonic entity called BOB, & he attributed his actions to its lifelong, malign influence over him.” (“Recently,” as of 9/06/2017.) Tammy tracks down the few scraps of information o Jeffries left behind in Argentina. She thinks Jeffries focused in on an aspect of the case she believes they have misunderstood all these yrs. She discovers the word “Joudy” carved into the wall of Jeffries’s Buenos Aires hotel rm., beneath a layer of wallpaper added in 1997. Tammy does research & learns that Joudy was the name of an entity in ancient Sumerian mythology, dating back to @ least 3000 B.C. Tammy speculates that Jeffries & Briggs gained access to a system of portals in o time & space, leaving them untethered from time & allowing them to move from geographical place to place @ will. Tammy personally visits the address on the Dutchman’s Lodge matchbook from o Ray’s pocket: there is nothing but an empty space on the side of an old 2-ln. state hwy. She checks historical records & learns of the motel’s history. Tammy believes that after killing Ray, the Doub le went to the Dutchman’s Lodge, o outside of linear time, & met w/ Jeffries who gave him the coordinates c oordinates that led him to Twin Peaks. ~2017 — (“A few mos. ago”) Jasmin Caspari, “a self -styled -styled ‘Jungian tantric Rolfer’ from Switzerland” & the latest in Jerry’s long string of paramours, returns home to Lake Geneva. 8/15/2017 —William Hastings’s Hastings’s SD operator operator’s ’s license license expires. (Part (Part 1) 9/06/2017 — Preston Preston submits her follow-up report (“the final dossier”) to Cole. Where things stand/recent developments: Will Hayward has quietly begun to wind down his daily hrs. but says he never o intends to fully retire (“in the past yr.” as of 9/06/17). Donna remains by his side, also very active as a sponsor in the local 12-step community. She is currently studying for a nurse practitioner degree. o Norma owns the downtown Twin Peaks bakery where Becky works. Becky (apparently alive & well) is sp ared any lasting legal trouble due to her parents’ intervention. o A warrant was “recently” issued for Steven’s arrest as a suspected accomplice in an int’l drug-running operation. He is missing. (Presumably either he did not kill himself, or his body was never found which would be odd, since Pons presumably — which told Carl the exact spot he saw Steven w/ the gun.) Gersten has not been seen “since” (presumably since the warrant was issued for o Steven) & is believed to have left the area. o Richard, also known to be involved in the drug operation, is “@ large” & wanted on a hit & run warrant. Chad Broxford is awaiting trial. o o Ben spends as little time as possible in the “nearby family manse,” preferring to keep a private ste. @ the Great Northern & often sleeping in his office. Jerry still ▪
▪
•
• •
•
resides in a private wing @ the manse. Ben remains active in his various businesses, but is more ethical in his dealings. Jerry’s marijuana business is the most successful cannabis production outfit in Wa., o & poised to become the most successful business in Horne Corp. history. Recently, he announced that he plans to open a string of brick-and-mortar retail shops. Jacoby’s corp. income has grown by 2.5 times (impliedly since he started selling o golden shovels), but he donates 90% of this to charitable progressive causes. Harry is still living & undergoing treatment in the research hospital near Seattle, o “fighting uphill.” Cooper has not been seen see n since disappearing @ the coordinates location. o ed itions of the Twin Peaks “This happened today”: Morning. Tammy peruses past editions o Post on microfiche, finding Cooper’s sudden & unexplained 1989 departure featured on the front page along w/ pained & puzzled quotes from Sheriff Harry Truman. The article says, “Agent Cooper had come to town a few mos. earlier, to aid in the investigation into the disappearance, still unresolved, of local teenage beauty queen, Laura Palmer.” Tammy checks police records, & they verify that Laura disappeared w/o a trace on the same nt. when in the world we thought we knew she was said to have died. Tammy speaks to “our good friends” @ the sheriff’s station; they all get a slightly dazed & confused expression as if lost in a fog, until finally saying, “Yeah, that seems right. That’s how I remember it.” Tammy reads forward to Leland’s suicide, then looks @ Sarah’s history (notably saying Sarah is “Laura’s only living relative now”—which leaves Maddy’s fate in the “new” timeline ambiguous). Tammy says her own thoughts about every one of these events are growing fuzzier & more indistinct the longer she stays in Twin Peaks, w/ a kind of mental lassitude physically advancing on her. She has written everything down rapidly, & has a flt. booked back to Philadelphia tomorrow. In the next entry, Tammy is on the plane p lane 40 minutes east of Spokane (9/06/2017 is o the date on all entries — including including the prior entry which said she was flying out tomorrow and this entry where she is on the plane). She barely slept, & the “uncanny penumbra” she rep orted hasn’t left her but is fading as she s he travels farther east. ~2018 — Hawk Hawk is slated to take over o ver as Twin Peaks sheriff s heriff (after Frank stabilizes the dept. over the course of 2 yrs.).
